Transcript
Page 1: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION TRCA CONTRACT NO. 10006491

FOR

TORONTO AND REGION CONSERVATION AUTHORITY

9550 PINE VALLEY DRIVE, VAUGHAN, Ontario

ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL and ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Project Manual

ward99 Architects

Prime Consultant

Page 2: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 3: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 3

INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PROJECT MANUAL ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Project Information Page

Professional Qualifications

List of Drawings

DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Refer to Toronto and Region Conservation Authority’s Front End Documents.

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01 10 00 General Instructions

Section 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination

Section 01 32 00 Construction Progress Documentation

Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures

Section 01 33 23 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples

Section 01 35 20 Safety Requirements

Section 01 35 43 Hazardous Materials

Report prepared by Stantec: Designated Substances and Hazardous Building Materials Assessment

Section 01 41 00 Regulatory Requirements

Section 01 42 13 Abbreviations and Acronyms

Section 01 43 00 Quality Assurance

Section 01 51 00 Temporary Utilities

Section 01 52 00 Construction Facilities

Section 01 56 00 Temporary Barriers and Controls

Section 01 73 00 Execution

Section 01 74 00 Cleaning and Waste Management

Section 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures

Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals

Section 01 82 19 Fire Rating and Assemblies

DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS Section 02 40 00 Demolition

Section 02 82 00 Hazardous Removals Standard Requirements Prepared by Stantec

Page 4: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 3 ward99 architects

INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE Section 03 35 00 Concrete Floor Finishing

DIVISION 04 - MASONRY NOT USED

DIVISION 05 - METALS Section 05 52 00 Metal Fabrications

DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES Section 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry

Section 06 20 00 Finish Carpentry

Section 06 41 13 Architectural Wood Casework, Glazing and Cabinetry Hardware

Section 06 41 19 Plastic Laminate

Section 06 61 16 Solid Surface Fabrications

DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07 21 16 Batt and Blanket Insulation

Section 07 92 00 Sealants

DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS Section 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frame

Section 08 71 00 Door Hardware

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES Section 09 29 00 Gypsum Board

Section 09 30 13 Ceramic Tiling

Section 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring

Section 09 90 00 Painting and Coating

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Section 10 11 00 Visual Display Boards

Section 10 21 13 Solid Plastic Toilet and Urinal Compartments

Page 5: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 3

INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Section 10 28 13 Toilet Accessories

Section 10 28 14 Baby Changing Stations

DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS NOT USED

DIVISION 20 – DIVISION 28 REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS IN THE PROJECT MANUAL

Page 6: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 7: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 1

PROJECT INFORMATION PAGE KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

OWNER: Toronto and Region Conservation Authority 101 Exchange Avenue, Woodbridge Ontario L4K 5R6 Contact Person: Mr. Aaron J. D’Sousa, Senior Project Manager, Contracts, Project Management Office. Tel: 416 661 6600 x5775 CONSULTANT: ward99 architects, 2053 Williams Parkway, Unit 49A, Brampton ON L6S 5T4 Contact Person: Ms. Tina Ranieri-D’Ovidio, Principal, Tel: 416-613-5880 MECHANICAL SUB-CONSULTANT: WSP|MMM Group Limited 600 Cochrane Drive, Markham, Ontario L3R 5K3 Contact Person: Craig Watson, Project Manager, T +1 905-475-8727 #18841 ELECTRICAL SUB-CONSULTANT: WSP|MMM Group Limited 600 Cochrane Drive, Markham, Ontario L3R 5K3 Contact Person: Carl Wagstaff, Project Coordinator, Tel: 1 905-475-8727 #18845

Page 8: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 9: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 1

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS

ward99 Architects

2053 Williams Parkway, Unit 49A,

Brampton, Ontario

L6S 5T4

Certificate of Practice Number 5227

I reviewed and take responsibility for

the design work on behalf of a firm

registered under subsection 2.1 7.4

of the Ontario Building Code.

WSP / MMM Group Limited.

100 Commerce Valley Drive West

Thornhill Ontario L3T 0A1

Tel: 905-882-1100

Mechanical:

I reviewed and take responsibility for

the design work on behalf of a firm

registered under subsection 2.1 7.4

of the Ontario Building Code.

WSP / MMM Group Limited.

100 Commerce Valley Drive West

Thornhill Ontario L3T 0A1

Tel: 905-882-1100

Electrical:

I reviewed and take responsibility for

the design work on behalf of a firm

registered under subsection 2.1 7.4

of the Ontario Building Code.

COMPANY

COMPANY

COMPANY

2016-01-14

Page 10: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 11: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 1

LIST OF DRAWINGS KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

LIST OF DRAWINGS Architectural: A0 PROJECT TITLE AND LIST OF DRAWINGS A1 PROJECT INFORMATION, LEGEND, NOTES AND SITE ACCESS PLAN A2 EXISTING DEMOLITION PLANS AND NOTES A3 PROPOSED PLANS AND NOTES A4 PROPOSED INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS A5 DOOR AND HARDWARE SCHEDULE, TYPICAL DOOR DETAILS, FINISH SCHEDULE AND

GENERAL NOTES Mechanical:

M1 DRAWING LIST, SYMBOL LIST, DETAILS & SCHEDULES M2 BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING - DEMOLITION & NEW WORK M3 GROUND FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING - DEMOLITION & NEW WORK M4 BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN - HVAC - DEMOLITION & NEW WORK M5 GROUND FLOOR PLAN - VENTILATION - DEMOLITION & NEW WORK Electrical: E1 SYMBOL LIST, DRAWING LIST, KEY PLANS & SCHEDULES - ELECTRICAL E2 BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION WORK - LIGHTING E3 BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN - NEW WORK - LIGHTING E4 GROUND FLOOR WASHROOM PLAN - DEMOLITION WORK - ELECTRICAL E5 GROUND FLOOR WASHROOM PLAN - NEW WORK - ELECTRICAL

Page 12: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 13: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 18

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

Contract documents for work under this contract consists of the following:

.1 Toronto and Region Conservation Authority’s Front End Documents; Contract #10006491, Request for Tender Documents

.2 Standard Construction Document CCDC-2, 2008. Supplementary Conditions, as outlined in the Toronto and Region Conservation Authority’s Front End Documents; Contract #10006491, Request for Tender Documents

.3 Specifications as listed in Index to Project Manual for Architectural, Mechanical and Electrical Specifications.

.4 Drawings as listed in List of Drawings.

.5 All Addenda issued prior to Bid Closing Time.

.6 Amendments incorporated prior to the signing of the Contract, as agreed to between the signing parties.

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK AND CONSTRUCTION TIMELINES

.1 The scope of work and the construction timelines described in the contract documents

consist of the following: .1 Interior renovation to the existing ground floor of the building which includes the

following: .1 Interior renovation to the existing Men’s Public Washroom. .2 Interior renovation to the existing Women’s Public Washroom. .3 Renovation to the existing interior and exterior doors at the two main

entry vestibules, including renovation to eight doors and to the existing door frames. Renovation includes removal of existing hardware and replacement with new hardware. Supply and installation of power door operators at the interior and exterior existing doors at one main entry vestibule.

.4 Complete abatement of existing gypsum board finished walls and ceilings in the existing Public Washrooms with provision for new gypsum board finish at all washroom walls.

.5 Replacement of light fixtures and mechanical plumbing and HVAC work.

.2 Interior renovation to the existing lower level/basement of the building which includes the following: .1 Painting and replacement of existing flooring and wall base at

classrooms, storage room and bridal suite. .2 Replacement of existing doors and frames to existing classrooms. Refer

to description regarding Separate Prices. .3 Supply and installation of whiteboards, tackboards and millwork. Refer

to description of Separate Prices regarding millwork closets. .4 Replacement of light fixtures.

.3 The interior renovation work may begin sooner but no later than December 26,

2017 and must be substantially completed by January 22, 2018. Refer to Architectural Drawing A1 for details regarding the project timelines and the scope of work. The building will be closed to the public from December 26, 2017 to January 22, 2018. The building will reopen to the public starting on January 23,

Page 14: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 18 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

2018. When the building is open to the public, certain work must occur after building hours of operation as follows:

.1 Alarms to go off in the building, .2 Building testing, .3 Shut off of water in the building, .4 Work involving new and alteration to the building fire alarm

system and sprinkler system. .5 Work that results in excessive noise, vibration, dust or odour. . Note: The General Contractor is to become familiar with and

strictly adhere to City of Vaughan Noise By-Laws. .6 Work that occurs in areas of the building outside of the

construction zones, including the public corridors, public washrooms and service rooms. Refer to the drawings.

The work noted above must occur before or after the building hours of operation listed above and the timing of this work must be co-ordinated with the Owner.

1.3 PRODUCTS SUPPLIED BY OWNER

Products, including appliances and accessories, indicated on the drawings as “N.I.C.”, or so noted in specifications and/or on the drawings, are not included in the Contract but will be supplied by the Owner. These are to be put in place and connected to services by the Contractor.

The Owner will provide manufacturer's installation instructions for each such product, when available.

The Contractor's duties with respect to products supplied by the Owner include:

.1 Unload and handle at site.

.2 Remove and dispose of packaging. Inspect delivered products and notify the Owner and the Consultant of any damage or missing components.

.3 Temporarily store products in secure and suitable storage, if they are not to be installed immediately.

.4 Install and connect to services as applicable.

.5 Coordinate with millwork subcontractor to provide trim at items installed in cabinetry.

1.4 EXAMINATION OF SITE

.1 A mandatory site visit is scheduled at the KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE on Friday November 17, 2017 at 2:00pm. Meet at the building’s Main Entrance, as indicated on the site plan drawing on architectural drawing 1/A1. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to review the site conditions and make note of any circumstances and limitations of the site and to provide the appropriate pricing accordingly. Additional costs after bid closing will not be entertained due to the Contractor’s failure to acknowledge the site conditions.

.2 Examine the site immediately prior to commencing Work to confirm that site as received

by the Contractor, conform to information on tender documents.

Page 15: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 18

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Notify Consultant immediately if site conditions are not acceptable. Commencement of the Work of this Contract will be taken as acceptance of site conditions. No extras will be considered unless accepted in advance of performance of the work, in writing, by Owner and Consultant.

Contractor must make himself familiar with conditions on the roadway which may affect construction ie site access, etc.

1.5 ACCEPTANCE OF WORK IN PLACE

An on-site Pre-construction Assessment Meeting between the Contractor and the Owner is to occur whereby the existing building and site conditions are visually reviewed and noted and photographs are taken to document the existing conditions, prior to the Contractor occupying part of the site and the building. At the time of construction completion, a final on-site Post-construction Assessment Meeting between the Contractor and the Owner is to occur to ensure that no damage has occurred to the existing building and site resulting from the construction work. The Consultant will be present at both meetings to document the findings and agreements between the Owner and the Contractor.

Before starting his work and from time to time as the work progresses, each subcontractor shall examine the work and materials installed by the other subcontractors insofar as it affects his own work, and shall promptly notify the Consultant IN WRITING, if any condition exists that will prevent him from giving a satisfactory result in his own work.

Should the subcontractor start his own work without such notification, it shall be construed as an acceptance by him of all preceding work and as a waiver of all claims or questions as to its suitability for receiving his work.

1.6 RELATION OF TRADES

These specifications have been divided generally into sections conforming to Construction Specifications Canada Master Format 2004 for the purpose of ready reference. They must be read as a whole. The responsibility for apportioning the work or of settling disputes related to same shall rest entirely with the Contractor.

The Contractor is responsible for coordinating all trades. He is solely responsible for determining the lines of demarcation between Contractor and/or trades. Neither the Consultant nor the Owner assume any responsibility for any such determination or for any dispute arising concerning it. No extras will be considered due to any such dispute concerning either labour or materials.

Specifications and drawings form an integral part of the Contract Documents. Any

subject or item omitted from one but which is mentioned or reasonably implied in the other, shall be considered properly and sufficiently specified and will be part to the work.

Page 16: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 18 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.7 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP

All materials shall be new and the best of their respective kinds. Pre-packaged materials shall be delivered and stored in unopened containers.

All work performed under this Contract shall be done by mechanics skilled in their respective trades. They shall make use of such templates, jigs or special tools as may be required for the operation involved.

The Contractor is responsible for maintaining quality of workmanship. He shall report to the Consultant whenever the Work or material of any trade does not meet the required standard.

The acceptance of any materials or workmanship shall not be a bar to their subsequent rejection, if found defective.

Rejected materials and workmanship, and any work which is found defective, shall be removed and replaced or made good by the Contractor without cost to the Owner and to the satisfaction of the Consultant.

Adequate, dry storage facilities shall be provided and all stored materials shall be

protected from damage and theft.

All contractors will do Work in accordance with the best industry practice of the type of work specified, unless the Contract Documents stipulate more precise requirements, in which case, the more precise requirements shall govern.

Do Work in a neat, plumb and square manner. Ensure that various work components are properly installed, forming tight joints and appropriately aligned junctions, edges and surfaces, free of warps, twists, waves, or other such irregularities.

Wherever indicated on the drawings or specifications, or in the manufacturers’/suppliers’ written instructions, arrange to have manufacturers’/installer’s representatives inspect the Work which incorporates their materials, products or items.

Do not permit materials to come in contact with other materials such conditions may result in corrosion, staining, discolouration or deterioration of the completed Work. Provide compatible, durable separators where such contact is unavoidable.

Where equipment or elements are supported by the walls or structure, shop drawings must be stamped by an Ontario Registered Professional Engineer confirming that the wall/structure is capable of supporting the equipment/element and that the anchorage provided is adequate to support the equipment/element together with any potential load or stress.

The design of the Work is based on the full interaction of its component parts. No provisions have been made for conditions occurring during construction. Ensure that no part of the Work is subjected to a load which will endanger its safety or which might cause permanent deformation.

Conceal pipes, ducts, conduit, wiring and other such items requiring concealment preferably in, wall or ceiling construction of all finished areas. If in doubt as to method of

Page 17: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 5 of 18

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

concealment, or intent of the Contract Documents in this regard, request clarification from the Consultant before proceeding with the Work.

Lay out mechanical and electrical work well in advance of concrete placement and furring installation to allow for proper concealment. Test and inspect Work before applying pipe covering and before it is concealed.

Provide and maintain control lines and levels required for the Work. Lay out the Work in accordance with these lines and levels and dimensions indicated on the drawings.

Verify lines, levels and dimensions and report any errors or inconsistencies on the drawings to the Consultants.

Final responsibility of satisfactory completion of all the Work, however, lies with the Contractor.

1.8 SCAFFOLDING

All necessary scaffolding shall be provided and constructed according to by-law and safety regulations.

Construct and maintain scaffolding in rigid, secure and safe manner.

Erect scaffolding independent of building walls.

Avoid interference with other trades.

Move when not in use to permit installation of other work and promptly remove when no longer required.

The provision of scaffolding shall be a matter of agreement between the Contractor and Subcontractors.

1.9 PROTECTION OF OTHER WORK

Each trade shall avoid damage to other trades and shall take all measures necessary and provide all masking and materials necessary to provide adequate protection.

Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall be held responsible for all damage to work installed by others that is caused by this work or by anyone employed by him.

Patching and repairing of damaged work shall be done by the contractor who installed the work, as directed by the Consultant, but the cost of same shall be paid for by the contractor who is responsible for the damage.

Page 18: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 6 of 18 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.10 FASTENINGS

All fastenings must be permanent, of same metal or compatible with any metals with which they are in contact, of adequate size and spacing to ensure permanent anchorage against load or shear.

Exposed fastenings must be evenly spaced, neatly laid out and must not mar surfaces of prefinished materials.

No ram setting or similar techniques will be permitted without prior written approval of the Consultant.

No wood plugs and no anchorages which cause spalling or cracking will be accepted.

Generally, use plain washers. Where vibration may occur, use lock type washers and where fasteners are stainless steel use resilient washers.

1.11 SUPPLY AND INSTALL

Unless specifically noted "supply only", any reference to supply intends the supply and installation of material or item so noted.

1.12 OCCUPATION BEFORE COMPLETION

If the Contractor, for any reason, does not have the job completed by the completion date and the Owner, of necessity, is forced to occupy any part of the building before the whole of the work is completed, the Contractor will not be entitled to any indemnity for interference with his operation.

1.13 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

All Subcontractors shall examine carefully all drawings and specifications to inform themselves fully of all conditions and limitations pertaining to the work of the contract.

All Subcontractors shall co-operate and co-ordinate their work for the proper completion of the work, including co-ordination of delivery dates and commencement of sub-trades work.

The responsibility for all work, including temporary structures, shoring and erection shall at all times rest with the Contractor and his Subcontractors. The Consultant will review construction methods and shop drawings for general arrangements only. The method of obtaining the results contemplated by the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Contractor.

The undertaking of periodic site review by the Consultant or Owner’s representative shall not be construed as supervision of actual construction, nor make him responsible for

Page 19: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 7 of 18

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

providing a safe place for work, visit, use, access, travel, or occupancy of their employees or agents.

The Contractor shall be fully responsible for coordinating and expediting the work of all Subcontractors and shall employ the necessary and qualified personnel to provide the required quality of labour and materials and to prevent delays in the progress of the project. Each trade shall be afforded all reasonable opportunities for the installation of its work and for the storage and handling of its materials.

1.14 COORDINATION

Coordinate all work and preparation on which subsequent work depends to facilitate mutual progress, and to prevent any conflict.

Review all drawings to identify interference issues prior to commencing construction. Request and review interference drawings from all mechanical and electrical trades. Review all shop drawings, samples, product data, mock-ups, and other required submittals for potential interference issues and co-ordinate with the trades to avoid these conflicts.

Where interference issues arise during construction, correct work at no expense to the Owner where the interference could have reasonably been foreseen.

Ensure that each trade makes known, for the information of the Contractor and other trades, the environmental and surface conditions required for the execution of its work; and that each trade makes known the sequence of others' work required for installation of its work.

Ensure that each trade, before commencing work, knows requirements for subsequent work and that each trade is assisted in the execution of its preparatory work by trades whose work depends upon it.

Mechanical and electrical trades in particular, shall ensure that items, such as electrical panels, outlets, diffusers, switches, etc., are located where they will not interfere with the installation or operation of other items. .1 Check all drawings for the location of items to be installed later, such as millwork,

whiteboards and tackboard, and other wall or ceiling mounted items. .2 Ensure items installed do not interfere with the operation of equipment or fittings,

such as the swinging of doors, etc.

Review all shop and layout drawings, templates, and other required submittals for coordination purposes. .1 Ensure that all information necessary for the location and installation of materials,

openings, inserts, anchors, accessories, fastenings, connections and access panels are provided by each trade whose work requires co-operative location and installation by other trades and that such information is communicated to the applicable installer.

.2 Ensure that shop drawings for hollow metal work are coordinated with the openings for doors and frames; site measurements must be indicated on the drawings.

Page 20: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 8 of 18 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

.3 Review millwork shop drawings to ensure adequate clearance from walls, doors, windows, mechanical and electrical equipment, etc.

Deliver materials supplied by one trade to be installed by another well before the installation begins.

Trades giving installation information in error, or too late to incorporate in the work, shall be responsible for any extra work caused thereby.

Immediately remove any work which is unsatisfactory for subsequent work, as directed by the Consultant or by the appointed inspection firms.

Inform Commissioning Agent of all equipment installations and start ups.

1.15 ACCESS TO THE PROJECT

The Contractor for this work shall at all times allow the Owner or any other contractor or their employees in the building or around the premises, undisturbed, whether union or non-union, as may be required in the execution of other portions of the building work and installation of equipment, etc.

Cooperate fully with forces carrying out any work on behalf of the Owner.

1.16 SUB-TRADE AWARDS

The Contractor shall, on notice of award of the contract, obtain the Consultant’s approval of a complete list of all persons or firms to which he proposes to sublet any part of the work, the trades or divisions of work which are to be sublet to each, and the amount of each trade. He shall provide to the Consultant a financial breakdown showing all divisions of the work amounting to the full sum of the contract. Mechanical and Electrical trades shall be further broken down as required by the mechanical and electrical consultants.

1.17 SAFETY DATA SHEETS

The Contractor shall submit material and safety data sheets prior to commencing installation and application of at least the following: .1 lead-free solder .2 sealants and caulking .3 resilient flooring .4 painting and finishing .5 all adhesives .6 any other product which may give off air borne particles after installation

The Contractor and all of his Subcontractors must note that specifically, Asbestos and

Asbestos containing materials, solder for piping containing lead, and Painting and Coatings containing lead and/or mercury must be excluded from any part of the Work.

Page 21: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 9 of 18

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

The Contractor must submit Certificates of Compliance, prior to the application for

Substantial performance, for each of the following items: .1 An affidavit relative to the use of Lead-free solder for all domestic water lines,

regardless of location. .2 Products for which Material Safety Data Sheets have been submitted and

accepted. .3 Other Work/Products identified in the Contract Documents as requiring a

Certificate of Compliance.

Each Certificate of Compliance must indicate names and addresses of the project, the Owner, the date of Issue, produce description including name, number, manufacturer, with a statement verifying that the Work/Product installed meets specified requirements and, if applicable, complies with the submitted and accepted Material Safety Data Sheets.

Each Certificate of Compliance must be issued on the trade’s letterhead, properly executed, under whose work the respective Work/Product has been provided.

Each Certificate of Compliance must be endorsed by the Contractor with his authorized stamp/signature.

The Contractor must ensure that submissions are made to allow sufficient time for review without delaying progress of scheduled completion.

WHMIS Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are required to be provided before or with the first delivery of every controlled product.

Ensure that worksite copies of MSDS's are available to workers wishing to consult them and to the health and safety representative and/or joint health and safety committee.

Ensure that workers are instructed in the purpose and content of MSDS.

WHMIS MSDS sheets to be kept on site at all times.

The completion security account will not be paid to the Contractor without submission of all required affidavits and requested material and safety data sheets.

1.18 REGULATING DOCUMENTS

Refer to Section 01 41 00, Regulatory Requirements. Conform to applicable Codes and Building By-Laws. Conform to the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction, such as public utilities. Where required under The Occupational Health and Safety Act, engage a Professional Engineer to design formwork and falsework for concrete.

Provide copies of documents referred to in the Specification for joint use of Contractor and Consultant, on site.

Page 22: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 10 of 18 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.19 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILTY

The Contractor will be responsible to take all necessary steps to protect personnel (workers, visitors, general public, etc.) and property from any harm during the course of the contract. The list of Contractor’s responsibilities identified below is by no means comprehensive, nor is it in any priority or critical order. It is here, merely to identify the most often forgotten or ignored responsibilities of the Contractor and is reproduced only as a reminder. The Consultants and the Owner advise the Contractor that it is he who is responsible for all aspects and facets of the Project, from start to completion, from compliance with Occupational Health and Safety regulations to compliance with all codes and statutes.

The Owner may perform periodic monitoring to ensure that safety requirements are met, and that safety records are properly kept and maintained. Continued disregard for safety standards can cause the Contract to be cancelled and the Contractor removed from the site.

All work procedures and equipment shall be in accordance with Owner and Legislation standards.

All equipment shall be in safe operating condition and appropriate to the task.

Only competent personnel will be permitted on site. During the site introduction, the Owner will determine who is competent. The Contractor will cause to remove from the site any persons not observing or complying with safety requirements.

The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, Provincial and Municipal Safety Codes and Regulations and the Occupational Health and Safety Act. He shall insure that all of his Subcontractors, suppliers, installers, etc. comply with all applicable codes, regulations, and acts.

The Contractor shall supply competent personnel to implement his safety program and ensure that the Owner's standards, and those of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, are being complied with.

The Owner may hire Commissioning Agents to perform inspections of building systems at the closing stages of the work of this contract. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate the work of the Owner's Commissioning Agent on site.

The Contractor shall report to the Owner and jurisdictional authorities any accident or

incident involving personnel and/or property of the Contractor, Owner, or Public, arising from the Contractor's or any of his Subcontractors, execution of the work.

Provide the Owner with a copy of each site visit report by the Ministry of Labour, as soon as the report is issued.

The Contractor shall include all provisions of this contract in any agreement with Subcontractors, and hold all subcontractors equally responsible for safe work performance.

If the Contractor is responsible for a delay in the progress of the work due to an infraction of legislation or Owner Health and Safety requirements, the Contractor will, without

Page 23: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 11 of 18

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

additional cost to the Owner, work such overtime, and acquire and use for the execution of the work such additional labour and equipment as to be necessary, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, to avoid delay in the final completion of the work or any operations thereof.

1.20 MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS

Unless otherwise specified, comply with manufacturer's latest printed instructions for materials and installation methods.

Notify Consultant in writing of any conflict between these specifications and manufacturer's instructions. Consultant will clarify any such conflict when requested.

1.21 AIR, VAPOUR, AND THERMAL SEAL

Ensure that the existing vapour barrier system is not compromised by the work of this project. Maintain air-tight and vapour-tight membrane system in exterior walls, windows, floor and roof.

1.22 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

Comply with safety requirements outlined in Section 01 35 20, Safety Requirements.

1.23 TRUCKING COSTS

The Contractor is responsible for all costs related to trucking required for the Contract. No extra costs will be considered for weight load or limits due to seasonal conditions or restrictions on load capacities imposed by any authorities, or any similar limitations.

1.24 CASH ALLOWANCES

Include in the Contract Price, a stipulated sum Cash Allowance in the amount of $25,000.00, to be expended as outlined below, which shall apply to the following aspects of the Work: Testing and Inspections Hardware not described in the Contract Documents. Millwork and millwork hardware not described in the Contract Documents. Interior Signage not described in the Contract Documents. Fire Suppression System Monitoring and Associated Work. Additional Hazardous materials removal not described on the drawings or in the Designated Substances Report. Plywood and wood framing at the mechanical exhaust area. Ceiling access panels. Metal Storage Units.

Page 24: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 12 of 18 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Additional cash allowances, to be carried by mechanical and electrical Subcontractors,

may be included the mechanical and electrical specifications.

The listing of a cash allowance in this section shall not be construed to imply the deletion from the base contract of any work which may be specified elsewhere. Where the expenditure of a cash allowance is not specifically outlined in the specifications, it shall be expended as per instructions and specifications to be provided by the Consultant at a later date.

Cash Allowances, unless otherwise specified, cover the net cost to the Contractor of services, products, construction, machinery and equipment, freight, handling, unloading, storage installation and other authorized expenses incurred in performing the Work.

The Contract Price, and not the Cash Allowance, includes the Contractor’s profit in connection with such cash allowance.

The Contract Price will be adjusted by written order by the Consultant to provide for an excess or deficit to the Cash Allowance. Any unused portion of the allowance shall be returned to the Owner at the conclusion of the Contract.

A schedule shall be prepared by the Contractor to show when items called for under Cash Allowances are required, so that the progress of the Work is not delayed.

Expend cash allowances as directed by Consultant in writing. Allowances will be adjusted to actual cost with no adjustment to Contractor's charges. Cash expenditure must identify the H.S.T. separately.

Material Allowances: .1 Material allowances shall include the following:

.1 Net cost of material

.2 Applicable taxes and duties, excluding H.S.T.

.3 Delivery to site

.2 For Material Allowance, the contract shall include: .1 Handling at site, including unloading, uncrating, storage and hoisting. .2 Protection from elements, from damage. .3 Labour, installation, and finishing. .4 Other expenses required to do cash allowance work (ie contract co-

ordination). .5 Overhead and profit.

Material and Installation Allowances:

.1 Material and Installation Allowances shall include the following:

.1 Net cost of material

.2 Applicable taxes and duties, excluding H.S.T.

.3 Deliver to site

.4 Handling at site, including unloading, uncrating, storage and hoisting.

.5 Labour, installation and finishing.

Page 25: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 13 of 18

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.2 For Material and Installation Allowances, the contract shall include: .1 Protection from elements, from damage .2 Overhead and profit .3 Other expenses required to do cash allowance work (ie contract co-

ordination)

Testing and Inspection Allowances: .1 Testing and Inspection Allowances shall include the following:

.1 Net cost of testing and inspection firm, and laboratory services, designated and authorized by Consultant.

.2 Applicable Taxes, excluding H.S.T.

.2 For Testing and Inspection Allowances, the contract shall include: .1 Overhead and profit .2 Supply of material tested .3 Other testing and re-testing work specified .4 Other expenses required to do cash allowance work (ie contract co-

ordination)

1.25 INDEPENDENT TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

The Contractor shall appoint inspection firms as directed by Consultant and make payments from the cash allowances specified in Division noted, except for the following, which shall be included in the contract. .1 Inspection and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or

authorities. .2 Inspection and testing performed exclusively for Contractor's convenience. .3 Testing, adjustment and balancing of mechanical and electrical equipment and

systems. .4 Mill tests and certificates of compliance. .5 Re-testing as described in 1.28, Quality Control,

The Consultant will authorize payment of inspection services from specified cash

allowances.

Where tests or inspections reveal work not in accordance with Contract requirements, Contractor shall pay costs for additional tests or inspections as Consultant may require to verify acceptability of corrected work. In the case of soil compactions, the first retest only will be considered as part of inspection allowance.

The Contractor shall furnish labour and facilities to: .1 Provide access to work to be inspected and tested. .2 Facilitate inspections and tests. .3 Make good work disturbed by inspection and test. .4 Pour concrete test cylinders and store as directed by Inspection Firm.

Notify Inspection Firms sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for assignment of

laboratory personnel and scheduling of test.

Page 26: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 14 of 18 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Where materials are specified to be tested, delivery representative samples in required quantity to testing laboratory

Pay costs for uncovering and making good work that is covered before required inspection or testing is completed and approved by Consultant.

1.26 WARRANTIES

The warranty period begins on the date of substantial completion. The following is a summary of the warranties required by the contract:

# Years Entire Building, General Contract 1 Concrete Floors, Concrete Slabs-on-grade 3 Finish Carpentry 2 Architectural Casework 2 Plastic Laminate Work 2 Solid Surface Fabrications 10 Caulking and Sealants 5 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 3 Finish Hardware 3 Resilient Flooring 5 Painting 3 Washroom Accessories (excluding electric hand dryer) 1 Electric Hand Dryer 5

1.27 ADDITIONAL DRAWINGS

Consultant may furnish additional drawings to assist proper execution of the Work.

These drawings will be issued for clarification only. Such drawings, however, shall have the same meaning and intent as if they were included with plans referred to in the Contract Documents.

1.28 QUALITY CONTROL

The Consultants and authorized Owner staff shall have access to all areas of the Work, including any off-site construction facilities.

The Contractor shall give timely notice requesting inspection if Work is designated for special tests, inspections, or approvals by the Consultants, or any other authorized Owner staff, or testing and Inspection Company.

If the Contractor covers, or permits to be covered Work that has been designated as outlined above, he shall uncover such work, have the inspections and tests satisfactorily completed and make good such work at no additional cost to the Owner.

The Consultants or the authorized Owner Staff may order any part of the Work to be examined, if such Work is suspected not to be according to the Contract Documents. If,

Page 27: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 15 of 18

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

upon examination, such work is found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, then the Contractor shall correct such Work and pay for cost of examinations and correction. If such Work is found to be in full accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay for the cost of examination and making good.

If defects are revealed during inspection and/or testing, the appointed agency may request additional inspection and/or testing to ascertain the full degree of defects. The Contractor shall correct the defects and irregularities as reported by the inspection and/or testing agency, at no additional cost to the Owner and the Contractor shall pay all associated costs for retesting and re-inspection.

The Contractor shall provide any tools, materials or equipment that may be required by the inspection and/or testing agencies in retesting the Work.

The employment of inspection and/or testing agencies does not, in any way, affect the Contractor’s responsibility to perform the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents.

The Contractor shall remove all defective work, whether the result of poor workmanship by him or his subtrades, use of defective or damaged products, whether or not incorporated into the Work and any Work that has been rejected by the Consultants or authorized Owner Staff as failing to conform to the Contract Documents. Replacement and execution of the affected Work shall be done in full accordance with the Contract Documents, making good other trades’ work damaged by such removals or replacements at no additional charge to the Owner.

If, in the opinion of the Consultant and/or the authorized Owner Staff, it is not expeditious to correct the defective Work, or Work not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner, may, at its sole discretion, deduct from the Contract Price, the difference in value between the work performed and that required by the Contract Documents, the amounts of which shall be determined by the Owner.

1.29 START-UP

Upon receipt of Letter of Award from Owner, the Contractor may begin submitting all required start-up documents and insurance.

Demolition and new work cannot commence without a building permit.

1.30 PAYMENT PROCEDURES

Refer to CCDC-2 2008, Stipulated Price Contract, Part 5, Payment, and amendments included in Document III, Supplemental General Conditions.

Before submitting first request for payment, submit a Schedule of Values, which shall be a detailed breakdown of the Contract price, as directed by the Consultant and as per the Owner's format. Breakdown must equal Contract price. After approval by Consultant, cost breakdown will be used as basis for progress payments.

Page 28: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 16 of 18 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Notwithstanding the amounts indicated on the Schedule of Values for the various aspects of the Work, the Owner reserves the right to retain additional funds for some items, where listed in the specifications. This includes amounts to be retained for maintenance manuals and for commissioning, as outlined in the applicable specification sections.

Applications for payment shall list HST separately.

1.31 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS

Products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction included in the Contract Documents are to be used in the execution of the Work of this Contract unless otherwise accepted by the Consultant in writing. Substitute products and materials may not be ordered or installed without written acceptance from the Consultant.

Changes proposed by the Contractor are considered requests for “Substitutions”. Requests for Substitutions are to be submitted only by the Contractor.

Submit a complete package, including information and documentation outlined below, for evaluation by the Consultant.

A Request for Substitution must include the following information: .1 Data sheets for both the specified item and the proposed substitution, enabling

side by side comparisons. .2 Complete description of the proposed alternative product or material, including:

.1 Laboratory tests results

.2 dimensions, gauges, weights, etc. .3 An explanation of how the proposed substitute differs from the specified product:

.1 in physical properties

.2 in quality and performance .4 A list of any effects the proposed substitution would have:

.1 on service connections (wiring, piping, ductwork, etc.)

.2 on the work of other trades

.3 on construction Schedules .5 Evidence that manufacturers warranties and guarantees for the proposed

substitutes are the same, or exceed those required under the Contract. .6 Information on the availability of maintenance services and replacement

materials for proposed substitute. .7 Names, addresses, and phone numbers of fabricators and suppliers for proposed

substitute(s). .8 Confirmation that the proposed substitution, if accepted, would have no cost

impact, or indication of a credit (or extra cost) associated with the substitution.

Submissions of Requests for Substitution must be received by the Consultant well prior to any shop drawing submissions. The Shop Drawing process is not an acceptable means of requesting a substitution, and submission of drawings for products that have not been accepted will result in the automatic rejection of the Shop Drawing submission.

The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution lies with the Contractor.

Page 29: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 17 of 18

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Substitution requests deemed incomplete or incorrect by the Consultant will be rejected.

The Consultant may require the submission of further information in order to make an informed determination on the suitability of the proposed substitution. Allow a minimum of 10 working days, upon receipt of all required information, for the Consultant’s decision. Substitutions requested too late, not allowing sufficient time for thorough review by the Consultant, will be rejected.

The Owner's decision, based upon recommendations of the Consultant, of acceptance or rejection, of a proposed substitution shall be final.

1.32 PERMITS .1 The Building Permit will be paid for by the Owner. .2 Any other permits required to obtain authorization to complete the work, including the

sprinkler permit cost and the cost to complete the required sprinkler drawing and specification package, is the Contractor’s sole responsibility.

1.33 SEPARATE PRICES

.1 Separate Prices are for work which may be ADDED to the total stipulated sum indicated

on the Form of Tender, by the Owner. Indicate on the Form of Tender, the Separate Prices described below: .1 Separate Price No.1: Replacement of Existing Classroom Doors

.1 Replacement of the following existing classroom doors is NOT included in the Base Bid Price: B109, B111, B104, B104A, B117 and B116. Provide a price to complete the following:

a. Demolish the existing doors and frames noted above. b. Abate the existing asbestos containing gypsum board

finish at the perimeter of the existing demolished doors and frames as required to remove the existing doors and frames and provide new gypsum board wall finish at the perimeter door frame opening.

c. Supply and install new wood framing as required to secure the new doors and frames.

d. Supply and install new hardware and new hollow metal doors and frames as outlined on the Door and Hardware Schedule on Architectural Drawing A5.

e. Paint all new doors and frames.

.2 Separate Price No.2: Millwork Storage Closets 1. Millwork Storage Closets as described on Architectural Drawing 8/A4 is

NOT included in the Base Bid Price. Provide a price to supply and install the Millwork Storage Closets. Refer to the proposed basement floor plan on drawing 1/A3 for the quantity of millwork storage closets noted.

Page 30: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 18 of 18 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 – GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

.3 Separate Price No.3: New Porcelain Floor Tile in the Men’s and Women’s Public Washrooms

.1 The provision for new porcelain floor tile in the Men’s and Women’s Public Washrooms on the ground floor is NOT included in the base bid price. Include the following: a. Demolition of existing ceramic floor tile in the Men’s and

Women’s Ground Floor Washrooms (where the tile is indicated to remain on the architectural drawings) and all associated grout and underlaying mortar. Make good and flush existing concrete floor slab.

b. Supply and install new porcelain tile flooring type POR in the Men’s and Women’s Ground Floor Washrooms.

1.34 SUSTAINABILTIY AND WASTE MANAGEMENT

.1 The TRCA is committed to moving towards Zero Waste and aims to divert 80% of all solid waste by 2020. To that end, in an effort to improve construction and demolition waste diversion practices, the General Contractor must provide the following information with regards to the construction practices related to this contract: .1 A summary of the weights, and types of solid waste material that were diverted

(reused and recycled) to meet the TRCA diversion target. .2 Name of the recycling facilities (MRF) that received the material. .3 All documentation related to the movement of any hazardous waste. .4 All scale tickets, with weights, for any waste bins disposed of from the project.

END OF SECTION

Page 31: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 3

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 31 00 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SITE SUPERVISOR

The Contractor shall be fully responsible for co-ordinating and expediting the work of all

Subcontractors and shall employ a qualified Site Supervisor who shall be in full time attendance on this project.

Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, the Contractor shall inform the Consultant of their choice for Site Supervisors and shall provide resumes outlining qualifications and related work experiences.

Site Supervisor shall have as a minimum 5 years experience as follows: .1 Recent, previous experience with renovation or addition projects involving

occupied buildings, managing occupants and pedestrian and vehicular traffic. .2 Successful completion of a multi-session Supervisor’s training course conducted

by a recognized Construction Association in Ontario.

The Supervisors must be assigned to projects for the duration of the construction period, until the buildings are fully occupied by the Owner.

The Owner and the Consultant reserve the right to reject the proposed Supervisors should they feel that they are not fully qualified to assume the responsibilities of the positions.

There shall be a minimum of one full time Site Supervisor dedicated to the site.

Site Supervisor must carry a cell phone at all times during construction with the ability to be reached directly during all work hours and the ability to have voicemail recorded during all non-work hours including weekends and holidays.

Once the Supervisors are confirmed, there will be no change permitted without the

written consent of the Consultant. 1.2 CONSULTANT/CONTRACTOR MEETING

Prior to the commencement of the Work, the Contractor together with the Consultant

shall mutually agree to a sequence for holding regular "site meetings" on same day (to be determined) of every second week.

1.3 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING

Immediately prior to construction, upon notification, attend at location of Owner's choice, pre-construction meeting, along with authoritative representatives of certain key Subcontractors as specifically requested by the Consultant.

Purpose of meeting is as follows:

Page 32: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 3 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 31 00 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM

AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.1 Review project communications procedures.

.2 Review contract administration requirements including submittals, payment and change order procedures.

.3 Identify all critical points on Construction Schedule for positive action.

.4 Identify any product availability problems and substitution requests.

.5 Establish site arrangements and temporary facilities.

.6 Review any items which, in the Owner's, Consultant's and Contractor's opinion, require clarification.

.7 Exchange names & addresses of all key personnel representing Owner, Consultant, Contractor and Subcontractors.

.8 Identify Consultant's inspection requirements.

1.4 PROJECT MEETINGS

Contractor shall Chair project meetings on Site, every two weeks during the course of the work and will issue minutes to Owner's Representative, Consultants, and all other affected parties.

Contractor shall take minutes of meeting showing: .1 List of persons attending. .2 Decisions taken. .3 Instructions required or issued - Allocating responsibilities to action items. .4 All matters discussed. .5 Schedule Update - Progress, Delays.

Contractor shall provide suitable on site accommodation for meeting, attend all meetings,

arrange for attendance of all necessary Subcontractors, and distribute minutes of previous meeting to Subcontractors and Suppliers as appropriate.

The Contractor's representatives at site meetings must include the project co-ordinator as well as site Supervisor.

Contractor shall hold regular co-ordination meeting with Subcontractors and shall chair

and minute each meeting. Copies of minutes shall be distributed to relevant Trades and Consultants and Owner.

In addition to jobsite meetings, Contractor shall arrange for, chair, and record safety

meetings and regular meetings with his Subcontractors and suppliers. He shall distribute copies of the minutes of these meetings to all Subcontractors, Owner and Consultant.

1.5 ON SITE DOCUMENTS

The Contractor shall maintain the following documents, up to date, in the site office:

.1 Contract Documents

.2 Reviewed Shop Drawings - Printed in full colour or redline

.3 All instructions and changes, i.e. Work Authorization, Jobsite Instructions, Notices of Contemplated Change, Change Orders, etc.

.4 All inspection and test reports

Page 33: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 3

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 31 00 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.5 Permit drawings and specifications

.6 Authorizations, approval documents, permits, special rulings, etc., issued for the project by Authorities Having Jurisdiction.

.7 Details of tested assemblies being used on the project; ULC, cUL, etc.

.8 As-Built drawings.

Confirm with building inspector, at the commencement of construction, what documents are required for submission both during construction and for occupancy. Keep copies of such documents on site. Refer also to Section 01 41 00, Regulatory Requirements.

Documents listed above shall be printed, full size documents, not only digit format.

Maintain copies of Regulating Documents referred to in the specifications, up to date, in the site office.

Maintain a file of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all materials being used on site

and make available to all concerned, in the site office.

END OF SECTION

Page 34: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 35: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 2

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 32 00 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SCHEDULE

Within ten (10) days of contract award, submit a detailed construction schedule. Base the submission on the commencement of completion dates of the Contract and indicate specified restraints and milestones, activities and durations for shop drawing submission and approval, testing, fabrication and delivery, construction sequence and timing, interdependencies and constraints. Include the procurement activities for major structural elements, cladding, windows, and mechanical and electrical equipment. Ensure the participation of all major Subcontractors and Suppliers. Schedule must include reasonably detailed breakdown of mechanical, and electrical work.

Schedule shall show:

.1 Commencement and completion dates of Contract.

.2 Commencement and completion dates of stipulated stages if any.

.3 Commencement and completion dates of Trades.

.4 Order and delivery times for materials and equipment, where possible.

.5 Dates for submission of Shop Drawings, material lists and samples.

.6 Any other information relating to the orderly progress of Contract, considered by Contractor to be pertinent.

The schedule shall be reviewed and updated at every Site meeting.

Include with each update a written report of activity progress reflected in the revised Schedule, and the corrective actions which have been made or are to be taken to maintain progress on the schedule in the future, anticipated delays, resources availability, schedule changes, and work to be completed in the next 2 month period.

1.2 UPDATING AND MONITORING

Set up format of Construction Schedule to allow plotting of actual progress against scheduled progress.

.1 Allow sufficient space for modifications and revisions to the Schedule as Work progresses.

.2 Format shall be approved by the Consultant.

Display copy of Schedule in Site office during complete construction period and plot actual progress weekly.

Updating:

.1 Arrange participation, on Site and off Site, with Subcontractors and Suppliers, as and when necessary for the purpose of updating schedule and monitoring progress.

.2 Conduct reviews of progress and update schedule, distributing copies to Consultant, Owner and Sub-Trades at least once a month or as directed by Consultant.

Page 36: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 2 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 32 00 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.3 PROGRESS REPORTS

Keep a permanent written report on the Site of progress of the Work. This record to be open to review by the Consultant. A copy to be furnished to the Consultant upon request.

Indicate daily the number of persons engaged on the work (including subtrades) and the division and section of the work upon which each group of workers is engaged, in sufficient detail to record dates of construction of each particular section of work.

Record to show dates of commencement and completion of trades and parts of the work coming under the Contract, including reports on daily weather conditions, excavation work, erection and removal or forms, and other similar pertinent information.

Report delays (and potential delays) giving reason for delay and action being taken to resolve the problem.

1.4 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS

Concurrently with monthly application for payment, submit 10 electronic format colour images, which shall clearly show overall progress of Work. Provide an index with printed images clearly identified with name of project, description of view and date taken.

1.5 QUALITY OF WORK / STATUS REPORTS

The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the quality of work on site. The

Contractor shall furthermore notify workers of deficient work immediately upon receipt of notification of deficiencies by the Consultant, Subconsultants and/or Owner.

The Contractor shall provide a monthly status report on the status of deficiencies

identified by the Consultant and Subconsultants. The report shall include a description of each deficiency, status of the deficiency, description of corrective action taken, value (cost) to the correct deficiency and trade (person) responsible for deficiency. The report shall be typewritten on the Contractors letterhead. A copy of the report format shall be submitted at least 2 weeks prior to the first progress draw, for review. Submit monthly status reports with each progress draw.

After Substantial Performance, the Contractor shall continue provide the deficiency

status reports on a monthly basis, including updated lists of deficiencies identified by the Owner and consultants

END OF SECTION

Page 37: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 2

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 33 00 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK

Obtain the documents listed under this heading and supply to Consultant within the time

stipulated in the Specification, or if not so stipulated, before issue of the first Certificate. .1 Performance Bond/Labour and Material Bond. .2 Insurance Policies required under General Conditions of Contract - Insurance. .3 Certificates of good standing from the Workplace Safety & Insurance Board for

the Contractor and all Subcontractors. .4 Shop Drawing Schedule. .5 Permits required for work of Electrical Trades Divisions 26, 27 and 28. .6 Permits for temporary structures, hoists, etc. .7 Schedule of Values: Refer to General Conditions of Contract. .8 Estimate of monthly progress claims (cash flow schedule). .9 Construction Schedule. .10 Equipment Delivery Schedule.

Concurrently, with schedule of values, submit cash flow schedule broken down on a

monthly basis, indicating anticipated monthly progress billings for duration of the Contract.

Submit schedule in a format acceptable to the Consultant. Indicate anticipated

submission dates and review periods. Highlight critical items.

Submit, in a format acceptable to the Consultant, a list of manufactured equipment complete with order dates, anticipated delivery dates, and dates required on site to meet progress schedule. Update schedule at least once a month or more often if directed by the Consultant. Clearly indicate late deliveries and anticipated impact on construction schedule. Include in schedule required delivery dates for products supplied by Owner.

Schedule of Values:

.1 Before submitting first request for payment, submit a detailed breakdown of the Contract price, as directed by the Consultant and as per the Owner's format. Breakdown must equal Contract price. After approval by Consultant, cost breakdown will be used as basis for progress payments.

1.2 DOCUMENTS AND ACTION REQUIRED DURING PROGRESS OF CONTRACT

Perform the action and/or obtain the documents listed under this heading and supply to the Consultant, within the time stipulated in the Specification or, if not so stipulated, as soon as possible following Consultant's request.

Adjust Cash Allowances by award of separate Contracts, where appropriate.

Documents specified under Section 01 10 00, General Instructions and Section 01 33 23, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.

Page 38: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 2 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 33 00 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Progress photographs, submitted concurrently with monthly application for payment. Refer to Section 01 32 00.

Any permits required from Authorities Having Jurisdiction enabling Owner to occupy the

work (or part thereof) prior to Substantial Performance of the Contract.

As-Built Documents: .1 The Owner requires as-built documents for all architectural, structural,

mechanical and electrical changes on completion of the construction. .2 The Contractor, and mechanical and electrical Subcontractors shall obtain, from

the Consultant, a complete and separate set of white prints of Contract Drawings and Project Manual to keep on the site at all times.

.3 The drawing prints shall be marked up by responsible personnel of the Contractor and Subcontractors to record clearly, neatly, accurately and promptly showing all locations of buried structural, mechanical and electrical work and deviations from the contract documents.

.4 The Project Manual shall be similarly marked up to reflect deviations from the Contract Documents, as well as indicate materials used, colours selected, etc.

.5 The accurate location, depth, size and type of each underground utility and service line shall be recorded before concealment to ensure accurately directed future access to these buried lines.

.6 The as-built documents will be reviewed at regular intervals by the Consultant and the quality of performance by the Contractor and Subcontractors in developing these records will be taken into consideration when reviewing the monthly applications for payment submitted by the Contractor.

.7 Prior to the date of Substantial Performance, request from the Consultant updated drawings incorporating all changes made to the building through Change Orders and Jobsite Instructions. Transfer all recordings from the white prints to these updated drawings and return them to the Consultant, as specified in Section 01 78 00, Close-out Submittals.

.8 Mark "as-built" changes in red coloured ink.

.9 Record following information: .1 Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in

construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of structure. .2 Field changes of dimension and detail. .3 Changes made by Change Order or Supplementary Instructions.

.10 Clearly mark each of the drawings, “Project As-Built Record Copy".

.11 Final completion of these Drawings shall be a condition precedent to the

issuance of Consultant's final payment certificate.

.12 Refer to Electrical and Mechanical Specification Divisions for more specific requirements regarding preparation and submission of final Record Drawings.

END OF SECTION

Page 39: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 6

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 33 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SCHEDULE

Within 10 working days after award of Contract, prepare and submit to Consultant for

comment, a schedule fixing the dates for the submission of all Shop Drawings, product data and samples.

Allow reasonable promptness for Consultant to review submissions, exclusive of time required for inter-office transmissions.

All shop drawings must be reviewed and stamped by the Contractor prior to submission to the Consultant.

1.2 GENERAL

Submit to Consultant, for review, Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other required submittals specified.

All shop drawings and related submittals must be reviewed and stamped by the Contractor prior to submission to the Consultant.

Until submittal is reviewed, Work involving relevant product may not proceed.

Do not use for construction, Shop or setting Drawings or diagrams which do not bear Consultant's stamp and signature.

Shop drawing reviews do not authorize changes in cost or time, which may only be accomplished by an appropriate Change Order issued through the Consultant.

Shop drawings shall be for products as specified or otherwise approved by the Consultant. The shop drawing process is not a means of requesting substitutions. Refer to Section 00 73 00, Supplementary Conditions, under GC 3.8, Labour and Products, for the process for requesting approval of substitutions.

Submission and subsequent review of Shop Drawings constitute a service and does not entitle the Supplier or Subcontractor to the right to remuneration until the materials are supplied and installed on the Site in accordance with the Contract.

The Contractor must include for delivery and pick up of shop drawings to/from the Consultant by hand or courier.

The Contractor must include for reproduction of shop drawings after review by the consultants.

Page 40: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 6 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 33 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM

AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS

Drawings shall be copies of original drawings prepared by Contractor, subcontractor, supplier or distributor, for the work of the Contract which illustrate appropriate portions of the Work. Shop drawing submissions shall show pertinent information for incorporation of the products and equipment, including the following, as applicable: .1 fabrication details .2 dimensioned layout drawings, including clearances, with site dimensions .3 relationship to adjacent work .4 setting or erection details .5 performance requirements .6 operating weights of equipment .7 installation instructions .8 service connection requirements, including wiring diagrams .9 single line and schematic diagrams .10 additional information as may be specified in applicable Specification Sections.

Note that some shop drawings are required to be approved by a Professional Structural

Engineer in the Contractor's employ. .1 These include: structural steel shop drawings of folding partition, .1 and other

items as required in the specifications.

Submit Shop Drawings with transmittal forms listing: .1 the project name and number .2 the names of the manufacturer, supplier, subcontractor .3 the applicable Drawing numbers .4 the number of copies .5 the names of the items included the submittals .6 number of Specification section to which the Shop Drawings refer .7 dates and revision numbers, and submission numbers

All dimensions on shop drawings must be in metric.

Where approvals are required by Authorities having jurisdiction, submit Shop Drawings to

those authorities and obtain the approvals required.

On Shop Drawings for fire rated assemblies show required fire rating and ULC design numbers.

Submit four (4) copies of printed shop drawings generally, and as follows: .1 Submissions shall be in sufficient quantities for distribution to all reviewers, plus

one copy to be returned to the Contractor for reproduction and distribution. .2 The prime Consultant requires one copy of every submission, of all disciplines. .3 Each sub-consultant, of each discipline, will retain one copy of the shop

drawings. Where one sub-consultant is responsible for the review of more than one discipline, they will require multiple copies, as applicable.

.4 For architectural submissions which do not need to be reviewed by sub-consultants, only two copies are required.

.5 Refer to sections prepared by the sub-consultants for possible variations on these requirements.

Page 41: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 6

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 33 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Email Submission: .1 Submittals that are formatted for 11" x 17" (279 x 432mm) sheets or smaller may

be submitted by email, provided the total number of pages, for the entire submission, does not exceed 15.

.2 Submittals must be submitted in the same size and scale as they were originally prepared. Drawings may not be reduced in size for email transmission.

.3 If acceptable to the individual reviewers, larger format submittals and larger volume submittals may be reviewed by email submission. The Contractor must subsequently print and submit full sized, red line copies of such reviewed documents to each reviewer.

.4 Email submissions must be in pdf format and must be high quality documents, preferably generated by computer from the original documents (rather than scans of printed documents). If digital submissions are of insufficient quality, hard copies will be required.

.5 Emailed documents shall be reviewed and stamped digitally by the Contractor, or accompanied by a separate sheet from the Contractor listing the documents reviewed and bearing the Contractor’s review stamp, along with copies of any revisions made.

.6 Email submission is only used as a convenient means of distributing drawings, in lieu of sending hard copies by courier. Reviewed drawings must still be printed for job site files, record copies, etc. All site copies shall be red line prints or colour prints.

Drawings shall be of a size and quality which will be readily reproduced. Shop drawings must be certified to have been reviewed and corrected by Contractor and sub-contractor responsible for forwarding to the Consultant.

Shop drawings are to be to scale. Scale shall be large enough to adequately review details included. Provide site measured dimensions on drawings wherever possible.

All requirements for shop drawings apply also to resubmissions of shop drawings, as may be required by the Consultant.

Revise all reviewed shop drawings to incorporate Consultant’s comments. One complete set of final, revised Shop Drawings, used for construction, shall be submitted to the Consultant.

Shop Drawings are required for the following items: Door Hardware Woodwork and Casework Solid Surface Fabrications Manufactured Specialties Visual Display Boards Hollow Metal Work Washroom Accessories Toilet and Urinal Compartments Mechanical and electrical equipment as listed in relevant specification sections. Other items as may be requested within the specifications.

Page 42: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 6 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 33 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM

AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Refer also to the General Conditions of the Contract and Section 00 73 00, Supplementary Conditions.

1.4 PRODUCT DATA

Certain Specification Sections specify that manufacturer's standard schematic drawings, catalogue sheets, diagrams, schedules, performance charts, illustrations and other standard descriptive data will be accepted in lieu of Shop Drawings.

The above will be accepted if they conform to the following: .1 Delete information which is not applicable to project. .2 Supplement standard information to provide additional information applicable to

project. .3 Show dimensions and clearances required. .4 Show performance characteristics and capacities. .5 Indicate operating weight of equipment. .6 Show wiring diagrams and controls. .7 Add to standard sheet the Project identification data.

1.5 SAMPLES AND MOCK-UPS

Where specified, shown or considered necessary, submit duplicate samples for

Consultant's approval.

Where colour, pattern or texture is criterion, submit full range of samples.

Samples must correspond in every respect to materials supplied for project.

Construct field samples and mock-ups at locations acceptable to Consultant. Construct each sample or mock-up complete, including work of all trades required to finish work.

Do not proceed with fabrication or delivery of materials until samples are approved.

Reviewed samples or mock-ups will become standards of workmanship and material against which installed work will be checked on project.

Approval of samples does not imply acceptance of finished work.

1.6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY

Prior to submission to the Consultant, review all shop drawings, samples, product data, and other required submittals as follows: .1 Verify that the submission is for products as specified, or otherwise approved by

the Consultant. .2 Ensure that the submission is complete. .3 Note any potential interference issues and co-ordinate with the trades to avoid

these conflicts.

Page 43: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 5 of 6

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 33 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.4 Verify: .1 Field measurements. .2 Field construction criteria. .3 Catalogue numbers and similar data.

Coordinate each submittal with requirements of Work and Contract Documents. Refer to

Section 01 10 00, General Instructions, and the subsection on Coordination.

Notify Consultant, in writing at time of submission of any deviations in submittal from requirements of Contract Documents.

Stamp, initial or sign each Drawing, certifying approval of submission, verification of field dimensions and measurements and compliance with Contract Documents, prior to submission to the Consultant(s).

The Contractor shall be responsible for reproducing and distributing reviewed shop drawings, except for those copies required by the Architect and Consultants.

After Consultant's review, distribute copies as follows: .1 Job Site file (2 copies) - colour or redline copies .2 As-built documents file. .3 Other prime contractors. .4 Subcontractors. .5 Supplier. .6 Fabricator. .7 Authorities having jurisdiction, where required by Codes and/or By-Laws, i.e.

structural steel and sprinklers. .8 Owner’s Maintenance Manual (revised, as-built copies).

Distribute samples as directed by the Consultant.

Ensure that all samples are approved by authorities having jurisdiction, supplier for

correct application in Project, and other parties such as Owner in time to permit approval prior to ordering of quantity delivery to Site.

The Contractor shall advise all Trades, Subcontractors and suppliers of the limits of the Consultant's responsibility with respect to Shop Drawings and other submittals, as detailed below.

1.7 CONSULTANT'S RESPONSIBILITY

With reasonable promptness from the receipt of samples and Architectural shop drawings, the Consultant shall review them and return them to the Contractor. Allow 15 working days for review of shop drawings.

Review by the Consultant is for the sole purpose of ascertaining conformance with the general design concept. This review shall not mean that the Consultant approves the detail design inherent in the shop drawings, responsibility for which shall remain with the Contractor, and such review shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings or of his responsibility for meeting all requirements of

Page 44: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 6 of 6 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 33 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM

AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site, for information that pertains solely to the processes or techniques of construction and installation and for co-ordination of the work of all subtrades.

Shop drawing markings shall be interpreted as follows: .1 Shop drawings marked "REVIEWED" by Consultant and/or Subconsultants are

released for construction. .2 Shop drawings marked "REVIEWED AS NOTED" by the Consultant or his

Subconsultants are also released for construction, after revisions noted are made; with final copies sent to the Consultant.

.3 Shop drawings marked "REVISE AND RESUBMIT" by the Consultant or his Subconsultants are NOT released for construction and must be resubmitted after being revised in accordance with the consultants’ comments.

.4 Shop Drawings marked with the Consultant's "RECEIVED" stamp only have not been reviewed by the Consultant.

Review by the Architect does not in any way constitute review of the design of engineering elements, which form part of the Contract Document's prepared by others.

Shop drawings for products that are not a specified item, or an approved substitution, will be rejected without being reviewed.

Shop drawings which have not been requested will be returned to the Contractor with no action taken by the Consultant.

END OF SECTION

Page 45: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 5

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 35 20 - SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY

Observe and enforce construction safety measures required by the Ontario Building

Code, Canadian Construction Safety Code, Ontario Occupational Health and Safety Act, Workplace Safety & Insurance board (WSIB) and Municipal Statutes and Authorities. .1 The Contractor is again reminded that the Contractor is responsible for

Occupational Health and Safety on this project. The items listed below are only guidelines of the Owner’s expectations in this regard and not to be construed to be comprehensive or total in nature.

In particular, the Ontario Construction Safety Act, the regulations of the Ontario Department of Labour and Ontario Hydro Safety Requirements shall be strictly enforced.

In event of conflict between any provisions of above authorities the most stringent provisions will apply.

The Owner will take every reasonable precaution to prevent injury or illness to employees

and the public, participating in Owner activities, or performing their duties. This shall be accomplished by providing and maintaining a safe, healthy working environment and by providing the education necessary to perform these activities or duties safely.

The Owner is also vitally interested in the health and safety of Contractors and their

workers performing work for the Owner. Cooperation and support of the Contractor in the protection of the workers from injury or occupational disease is a major, continuing objective of the Owner. To achieve these goals, the Owner, in concert with the Contractors, will endeavour to make every effort to ensure that the Contractors provide a work site which is a safe and healthy work environment. The Owner insists that all Contractors and their workers are dedicated to the continuing objective of reducing risk and injury.

The Contractor covenants and agrees to comply with all statutory and other obligations,

including without limitation, the provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Act (Ontario) and all Regulations thereto, and all amending and successor legislation, in connection with all work performed by either the Contractor, Sub-contractors, or any Other Contractor on, or in connection with, the Project.

Without limiting the foregoing, for the purposes of this Contract, the Contractor agrees

that it shall be the "constructor" of the Project within the meaning of the Act, and as such, shall assume all the obligations and responsibilities, and observe all construction safety requirements and procedures, and duties of inspection imposed by the Act on the "constructor", as therein defined, for all work and services performed by the Contractor, Subcontractors and Other Contractors on or in connection with the Project. The Contractor further covenants and agrees that the Owner and its existing and former officers, trustees, employees and agents, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns shall be released from any obligations or liabilities otherwise imposed on the Owner, or on any of them, pursuant to the Act in connection with the Project, and that the Contractor shall assume all liability and responsibility in connection with same. The Contractor agrees to save harmless and

Page 46: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 5 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 35 20 - SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

indemnify the Owner from any losses, damages, costs and expenses of any kind, or nature whatsoever, including all legal expenses, and all defense costs and related expert or consulting fees, incurred by the Owner, or any of them, arising in connection with the failure, default, or inability of the Contractor of the Owner, or any of them, to comply with any of the aforementioned statutory, or other legal requirements, or arising in connection with any breach by the Contractor of any of its covenants, agreements and obligations under this Contract.

The Contractor shall inform and instruct Other Contractors that they, while performing work on this project, are under the authority of the Contractor. Other Contractors are to discuss and co-ordinate with, and follow instructions from, the Contractor on all matters of site access, vehicles, deliveries, storage, temporary facilities, coordination with the work of other subcontractors, work methods, scheduling, labour conditions, construction safety, environmental protection, security and all other matters which relate to the safe and proper execution of construction work.

The Contractor shall ensure that all supervisory personnel on job site are fully aware of

the procedures and requirements outlined herein and comply with all requirements specified.

All contractors are responsible to ensure that all machinery and/or equipment are/is safe and that the workers perform their tasks in compliance with established safe work practices or procedures. Workers must receive adequate training in their specific work tasks to protect their health and safety.

The Contractor shall be responsible for all persons and companies performing work, including other Contractors, on this project, at all times, up to and including, the date of Substantial Performance of the Work. Authority for coordination and instructions relating to all matters which relate to the safe and proper execution of construction work shall rest with the Contractor. The Contract Price will include the Contractor's fees for the coordination and supervision of the work of all other contractors.

In addition to the responsibility of all contractors as outlined in 1.1.10, above, Subcontractors will be held accountable for the health and safety of workers under their supervision.

Every worker must protect his/her own health and safety by working in compliance with the law and with safe work practices and procedures established by the authorities having jurisdiction.

All sections of the Occupational Health and Safety Act for Industrial Establishments,

latest edition, and the Occupational Health and Safety Act for Construction Projects, latest edition, shall be enforced, by the Contractor, in their entirety, throughout the duration of the construction project.

The Contractor shall provide the Consultant with the telephone number where the Contractor or his representative can be reached at any time, day or night, for the duration of the contract.

Where an accident, explosion, or fire causes a person injury at the work place, and the worker is disabled from performing the usual task, the Contractor shall prepare a written

Page 47: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 5

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 35 20 - SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

notice and shall forward same to the Ministry of Labour within four days of the occurrence with a copy to the health and safety representative or the Joint Health and Safety Committee, containing such information and particulars as may be prescribed.

.1 Where a person is killed or critically injured from any cause at the work place, the

Contractor shall immediately call the Ministry of Labour. A written notice from the Contractor shall be given to the Ministry of Labour within forty-eight hours after the occurrence, containing such information and particulars as may be prescribed, with copies to the Consultant and the Owner's Representative.

.2 The Contractor is advised that the accident scene is under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Labour and no wreckage, articles, etc., shall be interfered with, disturbed, destroyed, altered or carried away at the scene, or connected with the occurrence, until the Ministry of Labour has given permission.

1.2 REPORT ACCIDENTS

Promptly report in writing to the Consultant all accidents which cause death, personal injury or property damage, arising out of or in connection with the performance of the work on or adjacent to the site. Where death or serious injuries or serious damages are caused, the accident shall be reported immediately by telephone or messenger to the Consultant and to the relevant public authorities.

If any claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or Subcontractor on account of any accident, the Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to the Consultant giving full details of the claim.

1.3 FIRST AID FACILITIES

Provide at the site the equipment and medical facilities necessary to supply first-aid service to anyone who may be injured in connection with the Work, and to conform to the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction over the Work.

1.4 FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

The appropriate clauses of the Ontario Building Code, Ontario Fire Code, National Building Code of Canada and National Fire Code relating to fire safety and protection shall be strictly followed.

Provide and maintain free access to temporary or permanent fire hydrants acceptable to local fire department.

Provide sufficient temporary standpipes and connections, fire hose, valves, temporary cabinets, extinguishers, etc. to comply with the requirements of the governing Municipal and Provincial authorities.

Make necessary adjustments and modifications to temporary fire protection as required during progress of the work. Remove such temporary work when permanent system is installed and operating.

Page 48: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 5 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 35 20 - SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Conform to “Guidelines for Maintaining Fire Safety During Construction in Existing Buildings”, provided by the Office of the Ontario Fire Marshal. .1 Maintain existing exits and access to exits. Where an exit must be blocked,

provide an alternate exit acceptable to Authorities Having Jurisdiction. .2 Provide minimum 45 minute rated fire separations at junction between existing

corridors in occupied spaces and new corridors under construction. Any required access through these partitions shall be with rated doors, frames with closers and latching.

.3 Maintain exiting fire department access route or provide new, or temporary, access route acceptable to the fire department.

.4 Do not store combustible materials adjacent to existing building or where such materials could pose a fire hazard to the building or the occupants.

.5 Where temporary openings are made in existing floors, pack with mineral wool insulation to create temporary fire barrier.

.6 Existing fire alarm system is to be kept operational throughout the construction period. Keep fire department informed of any temporary shutdowns and arrange for alternate fire safety measures to be implemented during that period.

.7 Refer to the Ontario Fire Code for requirements for temporary shutdown of fire protections systems, including sprinklers and standpipe systems.

.8 Modify Fire Safety Plan in accordance with the Fire Code, when required to facilitate construction. Such modifications shall be determined in cooperation with the Owner and the local fire department.

1.5 OVERLOADING

Ensure no part of Work is subjected to a load which exceeds the design live loads shown on the structural drawings. Ensure that scaffolding and false work are not overloaded. Do not cut load bearing members without approval of Consultant.

1.6 FALSEWORK

Design and construct falsework in accordance with CSA S269.1 latest version.

1.7 VISITORS

Provide hard hats for use by all visitors.

1.8 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR OCCUPIED SITES

The existing building will be occupied during Construction after January 22, 2018 and additional safety requirements will apply, as outlined below:

Access Control: .1 The Contractor shall instruct all suppliers and subcontractors that they are

required to contact the Site Supervisor by cell phone prior to entering the site, and await escort.

Page 49: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 5 of 5

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 35 20 - SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.2 Gates and construction enclosures must remain closed and locked at all times and only opened for the time required for access/egress of authorized vehicles or personnel.

Site Communication:

.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with an emergency contact telephone number at which the Site Supervisor or other Contractor representative can be contacted directly during work hours and with voicemail available at all other times, including weekends and holidays, which will be checked regularly.

.2 Site Supervisor and flagman must have means of direct communication available at all times during work hours.

.3 Contractor shall be in daily communication with the Owner to determine any activities which may involve safety concerns, whether building related or construction related.

1.9 SIGNAGE

Provide signage indicating " Danger - Keep Out", "Hard Hats must be worn at all times",

"Safety Shoes must be worn at all times", "No Trespassing", etc., mounted on all sides of Site, and additional signs as necessary to adequately warn the public and workmen of the inherent dangers of the site and requirements to maintain personal safety. Safety Signage is also required at all construction entrances.

END OF SECTION

Page 50: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 51: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 2

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 35 43 - HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

The Ontario Occupational Health and Safety Act requires the Owner to provide a list of Designated Substances to all prospective Contractors and they in turn must supply the list to their sub-trades who are likely to handle or disturb the material.

The Owner has provided a Designated Substances Survey; refer to the report included in Project Manual at the end of this Section.

Other materials that may be present in the area of construction may include any or all of

the following and would be expected in normal construction: .1 Lead: in paint films, in solder or pipe for drinking water, in solder for other pipe or

electrical components. .2 Mercury : found in elemental form in an ampoule in thermostats or in electrical

soft switches, as a gas in fluorescent light tubes or in paint films and caulk. .3 Silica: primarily as Quartz, bound in building materials including but not limited to

concrete, brick and block.

In accordance with the Ontario Health and Safety Act and regulations enacted under the Act the Contractor and sub-trades shall take appropriate precautions for the building and their work force. Such precautions may include, for the substances listed, the measures outlined below.

Lead: .1 Any operation involving lead-based paints may potentially produce significant

exposures to lead if adequate controls are not provided. Exposure varies with the type of operation being employed.

.2 The presence of lead in building finishes left intact or found peeling in a few locations produces little exposure for workers to lead through contact, inhalation or ingestion.

.3 Operations involving the hand sanding and scraping of lead based paints can elevate exposure through inhalation. The use of a negative pressure respirator equipped with high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters is recommended to reduce exposure.

.4 Operations involving the machine sanding or abrasive cutting of paint and other surface coatings containing lead can elevate levels of much finer dust. The spray application of a lead bearing paint or coating produces a respirable fume. These operations increase the likelihood of exposure by inhalation. A negative pressure air-purifying respirator equipped with HEPA filters is recommended for these operations.

.5 Operations involving oxyacetylene torches or other heating operations produces the most significant exposure to lead in particular through inhalation and by contact of lead fumes solidifying on skin. A powered air-purifying respirator equipped with HEPA filters and full body covering is recommended for these operations.

.6 Lead found in solder of other pipe systems and electronic components poses no threat to the work force by inhalation, ingestion or by contact with the exception of maintenance or renovation activities. The maintenance of the pipe or electrical

Page 52: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 2 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 35 43 - HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

component may produce some exposure to lead fume during the seating on of lead solders but for a short duration of time. Inhalation is the source of entry and exposure is not very significant.

.7 All items identified in this section may be disposed of as regular non-hazardous waste unless concentrated. Metallic lead may be reclaimed through scrap metal dealers.

Mercury: .1 Fluorescent light tubes contain small quantities of mercury gas. These sealed

units do not pose any harm in the workplace except in the case of breakage. There are no liquid or residue present after breakage and spill cleaning is not a concern. A recommended practice is to evacuate the work area when breakage occurs. The gas will diffuse in about five to ten minutes and cleanup of the tubes can be performed. Mercury can be taken into the body by inhalation only from this source.

.2 The same precautions as those indicated for lead-based paints would apply to mercury in paints.

.3 Elemental mercury found in ampoules in electrical equipment may be disposed of as regular waste and should be turned over to the Owner for disposal through commercial recyclers. The other forms (light tubes and painted surfaces that have been concentrated) can be disposed of as regular waste.

Silica:

.1 Silica is presumed to be present in cement, cement blocks, bricks and mortar of the building. Unless the silica in these materials is reduced to respirable size (5 um or less) and the airborne concentration exceeds the time weighted average exposure of 0.2 milligrams per cubic metre in air, no adverse health effects are expected to occur. Building construction, renovation or demolition do not normally raise excessive exposure to silica with the exception of jack hammering, dry saw cutting or sand blasting. There is little likelihood for the work force to be exposed to excessive levels of respirable silica dust if the material is suppressed with water spray or flow. Respiratory protection is dependent on the type and airborne concentration of respirable silica present in the particular work environment.

.2 Prior to the disposal of building materials a leachate toxicity test in compliance with Water Management Regulation (Revised Regulation of Ontario 1990/Regulation 347) may be required by the local waster receiving site or the Ontario Ministry of Environment and Energy. Prior to disposal these authorities should be consulted with and tests performed where required.

.3 Where a friable building material enclosed in a wall, floor or ceiling such as fireproofing, insulation on pipe or ducts etc. (that is not fibrous glass) or an acoustical textured material (stucco) or a non-friable material such as cement board or cement pipe, the Contractor shall refer to the Consultant who shall contact the Owner for further direction.

END OF SECTION

Page 53: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Designated Substances and Hazardous Building Materials Assessment

9550 Pine Valley Drive, Woodbridge, Ontario

Prepared for: Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 5 Shoreham Drive, Downsview, ON. M3N 1S4

Prepared by: Stantec Consulting Ltd. 300 – 2100 Derry Road West Mississauga ON L5N 0B3

Project No.: 122150460

November 7, 2017

Page 54: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT 9550 PINE VALLEY DRIVE, WOODBRIDGE, ONTARIO

Project No.: 122150460 i

Table of Contents

Executive Summary ................................................................................................................. iii

1.0 Introduction .................................................................................................................. 1 1.1 UNDERSTANDING OF THE PROJECT ................................................................................ 1

2.0 Scope ............................................................................................................................ 1 2.1 LIMITATIONS ....................................................................................................................... 2

2.1.1 Physical and Sampling Limitations ............................................................... 2 2.1.2 Project-Specific Limitations ........................................................................... 4 2.1.3 Information from Previous Reports ............................................................... 4

3.0 Designated Substances and Hazardous Building Materials Assessment ................ 4 3.1 FACILITY DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................... 4 3.2 DOCUMENT REVIEW.......................................................................................................... 4 3.3 ASBESTOS............................................................................................................................ 4

3.3.1 Methodology .................................................................................................. 5 3.3.2 Findings ............................................................................................................ 6 3.3.3 Recommendations ......................................................................................... 7

3.4 LEAD ................................................................................................................................... 7 3.4.1 Methodology .................................................................................................. 7 3.4.2 Findings ............................................................................................................ 8 3.4.3 Recommendations ......................................................................................... 8

3.5 MERCURY ........................................................................................................................... 8 3.5.1 Methodology .................................................................................................. 8 3.5.2 Findings ............................................................................................................ 9 3.5.3 Recommendations ......................................................................................... 9

3.6 SILICA .................................................................................................................................. 9 3.6.1 Methodology .................................................................................................. 9 3.6.2 Findings ............................................................................................................ 9 3.6.3 Recommendations ......................................................................................... 9

3.7 POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS ..................................................................................... 10 3.7.1 Methodology ................................................................................................ 10 3.7.2 Findings .......................................................................................................... 10 3.7.3 Recommendations ....................................................................................... 10

3.8 OZONE DEPLETING SUBSTANCES ................................................................................... 10 3.8.1 Methodology ................................................................................................ 10 3.8.2 Findings .......................................................................................................... 11 3.8.3 Recommendations ....................................................................................... 11

3.9 MOULD ............................................................................................................................. 11 3.9.1 Methodology ................................................................................................ 11 3.9.2 Findings .......................................................................................................... 11 3.9.3 Recommendations ....................................................................................... 11

Page 55: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT 9550 PINE VALLEY DRIVE, WOODBRIDGE, ONTARIO

Project No.: 122150460 ii

3.10 UREA FORMALDEHYDE FOAM INSULATION .................................................................. 11 3.10.1 Methodology ................................................................................................ 11 3.10.2 Findings .......................................................................................................... 12 3.10.3 Recommendations ....................................................................................... 12

3.11 OTHER DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES: ACRYLONITRILE, ARSENIC, BENZENE, COKE OVEN EMISSIONS, ETHYLENE OXIDES, ISOCYANATE, VINYL CHLORIDE ......... 12 3.11.1 Methodology ................................................................................................ 12

4.0 Closure ........................................................................................................................ 13

LIST OF TABLES Table 1 Summary of Findings ...................................................................................... iii

LIST OF APPENDICES

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS BACKGROUND INFORMATION AND REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

SITE PHOTOGRAPHS

FLOOR PLANS

SUMMARY OF RESULTS OF ANALYSIS OF BULK SAMPLES FOR ASBESTOS

SUMMARY OF OCCURRENCES OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS

LABORATORY ANALYTICAL REPORT – ASBESTOS: POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY

SUMMARY OF RESULTS OF ANALYSIS OF PAINT CHIP SAMPLES FOR LEAD CONTENT

LABORATORY ANALYTICAL REPORT – LEAD: PAINT CHIP ANALYSIS

LABORATORY ANALYTICAL REPORT – MERCURY: PAINT CHIP ANALYSIS

LABORATORY ANALYTICAL REPORT – MOULD: BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS

EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS

Page 56: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT 9550 PINE VALLEY DRIVE, WOODBRIDGE, ONTARIO

Project No.: 122150460 iii

Executive Summary

Stantec Consulting Ltd. (Stantec) was commissioned by Toronto & Region Conservation Authority to conduct a Designated Substances and Hazardous Building Materials Assessment of the Classrooms & Washrooms at Kortright Visitor’s Centre (subject area) located at 9550 Pine Valley Drive, Woodbridge, Ontario.

The purpose of the assessment was to identify potential designated substances and hazardous building materials that may require special attention prior to the planned renovations activities. The work was carried out in accordance with the requirements of the Ontario Occupational Health and Safety Act (OHSA). The designated substances assessment list includes those substances designated under the OHSA and included (but were not limited to) asbestos, lead, mercury and silica as the most likely to be present. In addition to designated substances, the hazardous building materials considered in this assessment included: polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs); ozone-depleting substances (ODSs); urea-formaldehyde foam insulation (UFFI) and mould.

Based on the visual assessment and laboratory analysis, designated substances and hazardous building materials were identified to be present. Table 1 below provides a summary of the materials identified and recommendations on their management.

Table 1 Summary of Findings

Building Materials Comments

Asbestos Friable building materials suspected to be asbestos-containing were not identified to be present. Non-friable building materials were identified by laboratory analysis to be asbestos-containing in the form of • Drywall joint-fill compound (70’s construction) This material was observed to be in good condition. Drywall joint-fill compound is considered non-friable in their undisturbed state but can potentially release fibres when damaged. The following building materials were observed to be present but not sampled, and are listed as presumed asbestos-containing materials (PACMs): • Roofing materials: and, • Roof caulking These materials were not sampled as they are not expected to be disturbed during the renovation activities and sampling of these materials was not part of the agreed-to scope of work as determined by Stantec’s understanding of the project. As these materials are known to have been manufactured with asbestos, they should be presumed to be asbestos-containing unless proven otherwise by laboratory analysis.

Page 57: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT 9550 PINE VALLEY DRIVE, WOODBRIDGE, ONTARIO

Project No.: 122150460 iv

Table 1 Summary of Findings

Building Materials Comments

Lead Samples of two (2) paint applications were collected and submitted for lead content analysis. Both of the results indicated that the tested materials contain lead in concentrations below the method of detection limit (<90 ppm). Lead may also be present in the following materials: • Lead-acid batteries used in emergency lighting • Older electrical wiring materials and sheathing • Solder used on domestic water lines • Solder used in bell fittings for cast iron pipes • Solder used in electrical equipment • Ceramic tile glaze • Vent and pipe flashings

Mercury A sample of one (1) paint application was collected and submitted for mercury content analysis. The result indicated that the tested material contains mercury in concentrations of 1 ppm. Mercury vapour is likely to be present in the approximately 82 fluorescent light tubes observed. Mercury may also be present in some adhesives.

Silica Silica is expected to be present in ceramic tiles, ceiling tiles, concrete, cement and other building materials.

Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)

PCBs are not suspected to be present in the light ballasts within the fluorescent light fixtures, as the light fixtures observed had T8 light tubes which use electronic ballasts PCBs may also be present in applied dried paints, coatings or sealants, adhesives, paper, sound-deadening materials, insulation, or felt and fabric products such as gaskets.

Ozone-Depleting Substance (ODS)

The roof was not accessed as part of this assessment. Building-related cooling and refrigeration equipment located on the roof may contain ODSs.

Mould Suspect mould growth (estimated 3 sq. m) was observed on drywall within the Men’s Washroom. One (1) tape lift sample was collected and submitted for fungal analysis. Results of the tape lift samples indicated fungal growth was present.

Urea Formaldehyde Foam Insulation (UFFI)

Evidence of the application of UFFI was not observed.

Other Designated Substances

Acrylonitrile, arsenic, benzene, coke oven emissions, ethylene oxides, isocyanates, and vinyl chloride are not typically a concern in building materials, and therefore these substances were not investigated.

Page 58: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT 9550 PINE VALLEY DRIVE, WOODBRIDGE, ONTARIO

Project No.: 122150460 v

The statements made in this Executive Summary text are subject to the same limitations included in this report, and are to be read in conjunction with the remainder of this report.

Recommendations pertaining to the handling, removal, disposal and management of identified designated substances and hazardous building materials are provided within this report.

Page 59: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 1

1.0 Introduction

Stantec Consulting Ltd. (Stantec) was commissioned by Toronto & Region Conservation Authority to conduct a Designated Substances and Hazardous Building Materials Assessment of the Classrooms & Washrooms at Kortright Visitor’s Centre (subject area) located at 9550 Pine Valley Drive, Woodbridge, Ontario.

The purpose of the assessment was to identify potential designated substances and hazardous building materials that may require special attention prior to the planned renovations activities. The work was carried out in accordance with the requirements of the Ontario Occupational Health and Safety Act (OHSA). The designated substances assessment list includes those substances designated under the OHSA and included (but were not limited to) asbestos, lead, mercury and silica as the most likely to be present. In addition to designated substances, the hazardous building materials considered in this assessment included: polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs); ozone-depleting substances (ODSs); urea-formaldehyde foam insulation (UFFI) and mould.

The site work was conducted by Michael Shortt on October 27, 2017.

1.1 UNDERSTANDING OF THE PROJECT

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority commissioned this assessment as a measure of diligence in maintaining compliance with provincial regulations pertaining to the identification of designated substances and hazardous materials prior to planned renovation activities at the subject building. Designated substances and hazardous building materials may be present including, but not limited to asbestos, lead, mercury, silica, PCBs, ODSs and mould.

2.0 Scope

The scope of work for this assessment involved the following:

• A review of existing information, including site drawings, previous assessment and/or abatement documentation and discussions with site personnel, where available

• A visual assessment of readily accessible areas for the presence of designated substances and hazardous building materials

• The collection of representative bulk samples from building materials suspected of containing asbestos fibres

• The collection of paint chip samples for the determination of the lead content in paint finishes

• The collection of bulk samples of suspected mould impacted building materials • The collection of paint samples for the determination of mercury content

Page 60: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 2

• Submission of samples collected for laboratory analysis • Evaluation and interpretation of field findings and previous analytical results to develop

conclusions and recommendations pertaining to designated substances and hazardous building materials identified to be present

2.1 LIMITATIONS

This report reflects the observations made within accessed areas and the results of analyses performed on specific materials sampled, as indicated herein. Analytical results reflect the sampled materials at the specific sampling locations.

2.1.1 Physical and Sampling Limitations

Sampling was conducted pertaining to suspected ACMs, suspected lead-containing paints (LCPs), mould, and mercury in paint. The assessment for the presence of other designated substances and hazardous building materials was visual in nature, and was conducted pertaining to readily visible surfaces within accessible spaces only. Concealed spaces were assessed via existing access panels, where present. Interior and exterior finishes, solid ceilings, walls, flooring and structural elements were not removed to access concealed areas.

Due to limitations on the agreed to scope of work for this project as well as physical limitations in accessing concealed areas and limitations associated with working in occupied/operational spaces, there are specific limitations to the information that can be provided to each hazardous building material considered in this assessment, as outlined below the presence and the asbestos content of some building materials could neither be confirmed nor denied.

Building materials that may contain asbestos but were not accessible for sampling include, but are not limited to the following:

• Roofing materials • Sub-grade materials (e.g., asbestos cement drainage pipe) • Flooring material concealed beneath carpeting, ceramic tile, brickwork, hardwood flooring,

and/or concealed beneath existing sub-floors • Insulation material present inside walls (e.g., suspected asbestos-containing vermiculite

insulation inside concrete block and/or brick walls) • Drywall and/or wall plaster and associated finish materials concealed behind new and/or

additional walls • Woven tape inside duct connection joints • Mechanical (e.g., piping and ducting) insulation within wall cavities, crawlspaces tunnels or

other concealed or confined spaces • Insulation materials inside fire doors • Heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) units mechanical inner linings and/or inner

ducting insulation • Heat protection and insulating materials inside mechanical and electrical installations and

light fixtures

Page 61: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 3

Samples of paint applications suspected to contain lead and mercury were collected from surfaces of major paint applications where visually different paint colours and/or types were identified. Although the surfaces where samples were collected may be covered with more than one coat of paint, the paint samples are described by the surface (visible) colour only. Attempts were made to represent all layers of paint in the samples collected. As analytical results are referenced to the surface paint colour only, the lead content of all painted surfaces similar to that represented by the surface paint colour will be presumed to be the same, regardless of differing sub surface paints, if any.

The presence of mercury or mercury-containing equipment in inaccessible areas or as internal parts of HVAC mechanisms or other equipment, was not assessed.

Conclusions and recommendations regarding the presence of PCBs are based on limited observations and information provided regarding lighting renovations and is presented to provide guidance regarding the likelihood that PCB-containing equipment is or is not present. The exact extent and/or number of fluorescent lamp ballasts containing PCBs, if any, will not be commented on.

The assessment was limited to a visual review in accessed areas of readily accessible building-related cooling and refrigeration equipment which could contain ODSs. Testing was not conducted. Equipment or materials that were not included as part of this assessment but that may contain ODSs include, but are not limited to portable equipment, including domestic-type refrigerators and water coolers, tenant-related refrigeration equipment, flexible plastic foam or rigid insulation foam, solvents, aerosol spray propellants and fire extinguishing equipment.

Visual assessment for the presence of suspected visible mould and/or suitable conditions for mould growth (e.g., moist and/or water-stained building materials) were conducted. The conclusions made in this report provide description(s) of the potential source(s) of moisture that may have led to suitable conditions for mould growth, only in those cases where potential source(s) of moisture were identified. The visual assessment did not include an intrusive assessment. These conclusions will not necessarily identify all sources of moisture leading to suitable conditions for mould growth within the impacted area(s). This assessment does not constitute a building envelope/building systems assessment, which would include an intrusive investigation to assess the internal condition, potential moisture sources, and expected remaining service life of the various components and systems comprising the envelope of a building.

In general, the assessment for the presence of other designated substances and hazardous building materials was visual in nature, and was conducted pertaining to readily visible surfaces within accessible accessed spaces only. The potential presence of hazardous building materials in inaccessible areas not assessed includes, but is not limited to: ceiling spaces, wall cavities, crawlspaces, and buried materials.

Page 62: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 4

2.1.2 Project-Specific Limitations

The roof area was not assessed as part of this assessment.

2.1.3 Information from Previous Reports

The following documentation was reviewed prior to undertaking the assessment:

• Designated Substance Survey – Kortright Visitor Centre, 9550 Pine Valley Drive, Woodbridge, Ontario, dated December 6, 2010, and prepared by Trow Associates Inc.

3.0 Designated Substances and Hazardous Building Materials Assessment

The results of the assessment for each of the considered designated substances and hazardous materials are provided in the following sub-sections. Refer to Appendix A for regulatory framework and relevant legislation with respect to designated substances and hazardous building materials.

Selected site photographs are provided in Appendix B.

3.1 FACILITY DESCRIPTION

Kortright Visitor Centre is located at 9550 Pine Valley Drive, Woodbridge, Ontario and consists of a three (3) level building (basement and two (2) main levels). The reported construction date of the building was in the 1970’s. Additions were reported to have been constructed between 1980 and 1990. The typical structural components and finishes associated with this building consist of carpet flooring, drywall and wood ceilings and drywall walls.

3.2 DOCUMENT REVIEW

The following documentation was reviewed prior to undertaking the assessment:

• Designated Substance Survey – Kortright Visitor Centre, 9550 Pine Valley Drive, Woodbridge, Ontario, dated December 6, 2010, and prepared by Trow Associates Inc.

This documentation provided Stantec with an understanding of asbestos-containing materials that are anticipated to be present at the subject facility.

3.3 ASBESTOS

Floor plans showing the locations of ACMs, presumed asbestos-containing materials (PACMs) and bulk samples are provided in Appendix C. A summary list of the bulk samples that were

Page 63: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 5

collected including a description of the material, sampling location, type of analysis and laboratory test results is provided in Appendix D.

A summary of occurrences of ACMs and PACMs is provided in Appendix E. Each occurrence includes the following information:

• Room component that contains ACM • Location of the ACM within the room space • ACM description • Estimated quantity • Original sample number or representative sample number • Friability • Condition

A copy of the laboratory Certificate of Analysis is provided in Appendix F. The evaluation criterion for assessing ACMs is provided in Appendix J.

3.3.1 Methodology

It is Stantec’s understanding that the building was constructed prior to1990. This construction time period is consistent with those dates when designated substances and hazardous building materials were commonly used.

A visual assessment of accessible areas was undertaken in order to check for the presence of materials suspected of containing asbestos. Locations to collect discrete bulk asbestos samples of suspect building materials were identified. Samples of representative materials were then collected at these locations.

A visual assessment of the condition and accessibility was completed for each occurrence of an ACM. The Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) document entitled Deputy Ministers Directive 057 – Asbestos Management (Last Revised June 16, 1999) was used as the basis for the criteria that was applied in evaluating the presence of ACMs, where applicable.

Samples of suspect ACMs from various building materials were collected and submitted to EMSL Canada Inc. (EMSL), located in Mississauga, ON for analysis using Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) with dispersion staining. The analysis was conducted following the U.S. EPA/600/R-93/116 Method. EMSL is certified under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) to perform asbestos analysis of bulk samples. ACMs in Ontario are defined as a material that contains 0.5 per cent or more asbestos by dry weight.

A positive stop option was used during the analysis of samples. Multiple samples of visually similar material were collected and submitted for laboratory analysis. Once a sample within the set was identified to contain asbestos, further analysis of the subsequent samples was deemed to be unnecessary and not conducted.

Page 64: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 6

3.3.2 Findings

3.3.2.1 Friable Asbestos-Containing Materials

Friable building materials suspected to be asbestos-containing were not identified to be present.

3.3.2.2 Non-Friable Asbestos-Containing Materials

Non-friable building materials were observed to be present and identified by laboratory analysis to contain asbestos in the form of

• Drywall joint-fill compound

This material was observed to be in good condition.

Drywall joint-fill compound is considered non-friable in their undisturbed state but can potentially release fibres when damaged.

3.3.2.3 Presumed Asbestos-Containing Materials

The following building materials were observed to be present but not sampled, and are listed as PACMs:

• Roofing materials; and, • Roof Caulking.

These materials were not sampled as they are not expected to be disturbed during the renovation activities and sampling of these materials was not part of the agreed-to scope of work as determined by Stantec’s understanding of the project. As these materials are known to have been manufactured with asbestos, they should be presumed to be asbestos-containing unless proven otherwise by laboratory analysis.

3.3.2.4 Non-Asbestos-Containing Materials

A summary list of the bulk samples collected during this assessment and confirmed to be non-ACMs by laboratory analysis is provided in Appendix D.

3.3.2.5 Potential for Vermiculite Insulation

Based on building construction vermiculite is not suspected to be present.

Page 65: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 7

3.3.3 Recommendations

Based on the visual assessment and laboratory analysis, the locations of ACMs and PACMs are provided in Appendix E. Stantec recommends the following with regards to meeting the requirements of O. Reg. 278/05:

• Asbestos-containing drywall that may be impacted during renovation activities should be removed following Type 2 procedures prior to the renovation activities.

• The following scope of work is recommended:

Material Location Description Scope of Abatement (approximate quantities)

Minimum Abatement Procedures

Women’s Washroom Drywall walls and ceiling

Removal of 90 sq.m of drywall with asbestos-containing joint-

fill compound Type 2

Men’s Washroom Drywall walls and ceiling

Removal of 90 sq.m of drywall with asbestos-containing joint-

fill compound

Type 2

Classrooms 104 and 104A

Drywall walls and ceiling

Removal of 90 sq.m of drywall with asbestos-containing joint-

fill compound

Type 2

• Prior to renovation activities that would disturb them, undertake testing of PACMs that may

be impacted to determine their asbestos content. Confirmed asbestos materials should be handled accordingly.

• Should a material suspected to contain asbestos fibres become uncovered during renovation activities, all work in the areas that may disturb the material should be stopped. Samples of the suspect material should be submitted for laboratory analysis to determine if asbestos fibres are present. Confirmed asbestos materials should be handled accordingly.

3.4 LEAD

3.4.1 Methodology

A visual assessment of accessible areas was undertaken in order to check for the presence of materials that may contain lead. These materials included paint applications, wiring and plumbing etc.

Representative paint samples were collected and submitted to EMSL Canada Inc. (EMSL) located in Mississauga, Ontario for lead content analysis by Flame Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry, following US EPA Method No. 7420.

The sampling of paint applications involved the collection of paint chip samples of paint layers to the substrate. A minimum volume of 5 cc or ½ teaspoon of paint chips was typically

Page 66: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 8

collected. Wherever necessary and possible, paint was separated from any backing material such as paper, concrete or wood and placed in a sealed clearly labelled plastic bag.

The sampling locations are indicated on the floor plans provided in Appendix C.

3.4.2 Findings

Two (2) samples of major paint applications were collected in the form of paint chip samples and submitted to EMSL for lead content analysis. A copy of the laboratory Certificate of Analysis for the paint chip testing is included in Appendix G.

Based on the laboratory results, the following paint applications contain lead in concentrations that are below the analytical limit of detection (<90 ppm):

• Beige coloured paint (on interior walls) – <90 ppm • Beige coloured paint (on interior walls) - <90 ppm

Lead may also be present in the following materials:

• Lead-acid batteries used in emergency lighting • Older electrical wiring materials and sheathing • Solder used on domestic water lines • Solder used in bell fittings for cast iron pipes • Solder used in electrical equipment • Ceramic tile glaze • Vent and pipe flashings

3.4.3 Recommendations

Work that may disturb any lead-containing materials should follow the recommendations provided in the document entitled

• EACO lead Guideline for Construction, Maintenance or Repair, dated October 2014

This document outlines the following with respect to lead: Legal Requirements, Health Effects, Controlling the Lead Hazard, Classification on Work and Measures and Procedures for Working with Lead.

3.5 MERCURY

3.5.1 Methodology

A visual assessment for the presence of mercury-containing equipment was conducted.

Page 67: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 9

Representative paint samples were collected and submitted to EMSL Canada Inc. (EMSL) located in Mississauga, Ontario for mercury content analysis.

3.5.2 Findings

Mercury vapour is likely to be present in the approximately 82 fluorescent light tubes observed.

A sample of one (1) paint application was collected and submitted for mercury analysis. A copy of the laboratory Certificate of Analysis for the paint chip testing is included in Appendix H.

Based on the laboratory results, the following paint applications contain mercury in the following low concentrations:

• Beige coloured paint (on interior walls) – 1 ppm

Mercury may also be present in adhesives and other paints.

3.5.3 Recommendations

Mercury vapour within light fixtures or other equipment such as thermostats poses no risk to workers or occupants provided the mercury containers remain intact and undisturbed. Complete removal of mercury-containing equipment is required prior to demolition activities that may disturb the equipment. Prior to demolition work or renovation, the light tubes and thermostats must be removed and stored in a safe, secure location or disposed of following the requirements of R.R.O. 1990, Regulation 347 General - Waste Management, as amended (R.R.O. 1990, Reg. 347) under the EPA.

3.6 SILICA

3.6.1 Methodology

An assessment for the presence of silica was conducted. The presence of silica in building materials such as concrete, masonry, stone, terrazzo, refractory brick, ceramic tile, ceiling tile etc. was noted.

3.6.2 Findings

Silica is expected to be present in ceramic tiles, vinyl floor tiles, ceiling tiles, concrete, cement and masonry block and interior wall finishes observed in various locations.

3.6.3 Recommendations

The classification of work determines the appropriate respirators, measures and procedures that should be followed to protect workers from silica exposure. Precautions should be taken as required during renovation and demolition projects on concrete (i.e., coring through concrete

Page 68: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 10

slabs, demolition of masonry or concrete units, ceramic tiles, brick etc.) where dust may be generated.

Work that may disturb silica-containing materials should follow the recommendations provided in the document entitled:

• Guideline: Silica on Construction Projects, issued by the MOL, dated April 2011

The Guideline outlines: legal requirements, health effects, controlling the silica hazard, classification on work and measures, and procedures for working with silica.

3.7 POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS

3.7.1 Methodology

A visual review for the presence of PCBs in electrical equipment was completed. Equipment that is generally suspected of containing PCBs includes lamp ballasts, transformers, hydraulic systems, compressors, switchgear and capacitors.

3.7.2 Findings

Polychlorinated Biphenyls are not suspected to be present in the light ballasts within the fluorescent light fixtures, as the light fixtures observed had T8 light tubes which use electronic ballasts.

Polychlorinated Biphenyls may also be present in dielectric fluid filled electrical equipment such as motors or pumps, capacitors or transformers, plastics, molded rubber parts, applied dried paints, coatings or sealants, caulking, adhesives, paper, sound-deadening materials, insulation, or felt and fabric products such as gaskets.

3.7.3 Recommendations

Should a material suspected to contain PCBs become uncovered during renovation activities (i.e., dielectric fluids, hydraulic fluids), all work in the areas that may disturb the material should be stopped. Samples of the suspect material should be submitted for laboratory analysis to determine if PCBs are present. Confirmed PCBs should be handled in accordance with Federal Regulation SOR/2008-273 and R.R.O. 1990, Reg. 362, under the EPA.

3.8 OZONE DEPLETING SUBSTANCES

3.8.1 Methodology

An assessment for equipment likely to contain ODSs was completed. Information on the type of equipment, manufacturer and type and quantity of refrigerants was recorded, where available.

Page 69: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 11

3.8.2 Findings

The roof was not accessed as part of this assessment. Building-related cooling and refrigeration equipment located on the roof may contain ODSs.

3.8.3 Recommendations

As evidence of suspect ODS-containing equipment was not observed, no recommendations have been provided.

3.9 MOULD

3.9.1 Methodology

An assessment for the potential presence of mould was completed. This involved a visual assessment of accessible surfaces for obvious evidence of mould, moisture or water damage.

One (1) tape lift sample was collected and submitted for fungal analysis.

3.9.2 Findings

Suspect mould growth (3 sq. m) was observed on drywall within the Men’s Washroom.

Results of the tape lift sample indicated fungal growth was present. A copy of the laboratory certificate of analysis for the sample is provided in Appendix I.

3.9.3 Recommendations

Mould impacted drywall should be remediated following Level 2 procedures as outlined in the documents entited

• CCA Mould Guidelines for the Canadian Construction Industry, dated 2004 • EACO Mould Abatement Guidelines, dated 2010

Remediation should be done by a competent person, who is knowledgeable of potential hazards of mould exposure, following remediation precautions.

3.10 UREA FORMALDEHYDE FOAM INSULATION

3.10.1 Methodology

An assessment for the potential presence of UFFI was completed. This involved the assessment of exterior and interior walls for evidence of repaired openings (i.e., nozzle holes) made to facilitate the installation of the insulation. Wherever possible, an assessment of wall cavities through existing openings was made.

Page 70: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 12

3.10.2 Findings

Evidence of the application of UFFI was not observed to be present.

3.10.3 Recommendations

As evidence of the application of UFFI was not observed, no recommendations have been provided.

3.11 OTHER DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES: ACRYLONITRILE, ARSENIC, BENZENE, COKE OVEN EMISSIONS, ETHYLENE OXIDES, ISOCYANATE, VINYL CHLORIDE

3.11.1 Methodology

Designated substances including acrylonitrile, arsenic, benzene, coke oven emissions, ethylene oxides, isocyanates, and vinyl chloride are not typically a concern in building materials, and therefore these substances were not investigated. However, some common sources are shown below.

Acrylonitrile may be present in stable form in paints and adhesives.

Arsenic or arsenic compounds may be present in paints and adhesives.

Benzene as a constituent of hydrocarbon-based mixtures and is present in a stable form in roofing materials, paints and adhesives. Benzene in these forms is not expected to be of a worker exposure concern.

Uncured Isocyanate may be present in paint finishes, varnishes, polyurethane plastics, synthetic rubbers, foams and adhesives.

Vinyl chloride (monomer) is generally likely to be present in stable form within the PVC piping and conduits, where applicable.

Page 71: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 13

4.0 Closure

This report has been prepared for the sole benefit of the Toronto & Region Conservation Authority. The report may not be used by any other person or entity without the express written consent of Stantec Consulting Ltd. and Toronto & Region Conservation Authority.

Any use which a third party makes of this report, or any reliance on decisions based on it, is the responsibility of such third parties. Stantec Consulting Ltd. accepts no responsibility for damages, if any, suffered by any third party as a result of decisions made or actions based on this report.

The information and conclusions contained in this report are based upon work undertaken by trained professionals and technical staff in accordance with generally accepted engineering and scientific practices current at the time the work was performed. Conclusions presented in this report should not be construed as legal advice.

The conclusions presented in this report represent the best technical judgment of Stantec Consulting Ltd. based on the data obtained from the work.

The conclusions are based on the site conditions encountered by Stantec Consulting Ltd. at the time the work was performed at the specific assessment and/or sampling locations, and can only be extrapolated to an undefined limited area around these locations. The extent of the limited area depends on building construction and conditions, weather, building usage and other factors. Due to the nature of the investigation and the limited data available, Stantec Consulting Ltd. cannot warrant against undiscovered environmental liabilities.

If any conditions become apparent that differ significantly from our understanding of conditions as presented in this report, we request that we be notified immediately to reassess the conclusions provided herein.

We trust that the above is satisfactory for your purposes at this time. Should you have any questions or concerns, or require additional information, please do not hesitate to contact the Stantec Project Manager at your convenience.

Page 72: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 14

This report was prepared by Leroy Sadhankar and reviewed by Katherine Spence and Rob Robinson.

Regards,

STANTEC CONSULTING LTD.

Leroy Sadhankar, B.Sc, PgCert, EPt Report Writer Phone: (613) 784-2286 [email protected]

Katherine Spence, B.Sc. Project Manager Phone: (905) 858-4424 [email protected]

Rob Robinson, P.Eng. Senior Reviewer Phone: (905) 817-2070 [email protected]

LS/VP/KS/RR/nh

\\cd1215-f01\work_group\01221\active\122150460\31 - Reports\122150460_rpt_ls_2017Nov7_TRCA_final.docx

ORIGINAL SIGNED BY ORIGINAL SIGNED BY

ORIGINAL SIGNED BY

Page 73: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix A Designated Substances and Hazardous Building Materials Background Information and Regulatory Framework November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 A.1

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND

HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS BACKGROUND INFORMATION AND

REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

Page 74: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix A Designated Substances and Hazardous Building Materials Background Information and Regulatory Framework November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 A.2

A.1 DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES

Asbestos

Asbestos is typically found in plaster, mechanical insulation, gaskets, thermal insulation on pipes, refractory material, roofing felts, floor tiles, ceiling tiles and parging, heat resistant panels, incandescent light fixture reflector plates, and any other material requiring a high degree of durability or thermal resistance. The common use of potential (breakable by hand) asbestos-containing materials (ACMs) in construction ceased voluntarily in the mid-1970s; however, the spray application of asbestos-containing fireproofing was not prohibited until 1986.

Asbestos-containing materials are grouped into two classifications, friable and non-friable materials. Friable ACMs are those that can easily be crumbled or broken apart by mere hand pressure. When these materials break apart asbestos fibres are then released into the atmosphere. Non-friable ACMs or “manufactured products” are materials that by the nature of their manufacturing/construction do not readily allow the release of asbestos fibres. These materials should not be cut or shaped with power tools, since this procedure may allow for the release of the asbestos fibres. Some materials or “manufactured products”, such as plaster, drywall and ceiling tiles that are considered to be non-friable in an undisturbed state can become friable when damaged or disturbed. These are often referred to as “potentially” friable materials.

Ontario Regulation 490/09 Designated Substances (O. Reg. 490/09), as amended, under the Ontario Occupational Health and Safety Act (OHSA) primarily regulates worker exposure to asbestos during manufacturing of asbestos-containing products, but also includes requirements related to respiratory equipment, measurement of airborne fibres, and medical surveillance of exposed workers.

Ontario Regulation R.R.O 1990, Regulation 833, Control of Exposure to Biological or Chemical Agents, as amended (R.R.O. 1990, Reg. 833) made under the OHSA, sets the same time weighted average limit (TWA) value based on 8-hour work days.

Ontario Regulation 278/05 Designated Substance - Asbestos on Construction Projects and in Buildings and Repair Operations (O. Reg. 278/05), as amended, made under the OHSA defines an ACM as a material that contains 0.5% per cent or more asbestos by dry weight. Ontario Regulation 278/05 requires that an Asbestos Management Program (AMP) be implemented in buildings that have been identified to contain asbestos.

The general waste management regulation for the province of Ontario R.R.O. 1990, Regulation 347 General - Waste Management, as amended (R.R.O. 1990, Reg. 347) sets out the requirements for the proper disposal of asbestos waste in Ontario. The waste must be placed in a double sealed container, properly labelled, free of cuts, tears or punctures and disposed of at a licensed waste station which has been properly notified of the shipment(s) of asbestos waste.

Page 75: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix A Designated Substances and Hazardous Building Materials Background Information and Regulatory Framework November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 A.3

Asbestos waste must be hauled in a vehicle operating under a Certificate of Approval (CofA) from the Ontario Ministry of the Environment and Climate Change (MOECC). The vehicle must have a trained operator as well as an asbestos spill kit. The asbestos waste must be immediately buried at the licensed landfill operation operating under a CofA from the MOECC.

The transport of asbestos waste to the disposal site is covered by the federal Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act. Asbestos waste is to be transported in a proper vehicle with appropriate placards and transportation numbering.

Lead

Lead may be used in its pure metallic form or combined chemically with other elements to form lead compounds. Metallic lead is used to make products such as electric storage batteries, ammunition, lead solder, radiation shields, pipes, and sheaths for electric cables. Metallic lead is sometimes combined with other metals such as copper, tin and antimony as lead alloys for use in the manufacture of a variety of metal products.

Organic lead compounds contain a lead atom covalently bonded to carbon. Common examples of organic lead compounds include lead “soaps” such as lead oleates, high pressure lubricants, and anti-knock agents in gasoline.

Inorganic lead compounds (or lead salts) result when lead is combined with an element other than carbon. Examples are lead oxide, lead chromate, lead carbonate and lead nitrate. Inorganic lead compounds may occur as solids or in solutions, and are used in insecticides, pigments, paints, frits, glasses, plastics, and rubber compounds.

Lead may affect the health of workers if it is in a form that may be inhaled, ingested or absorbed through the skin. Lead dust consists of small, solid particles of metallic lead or lead compounds that are generated by sanding, grinding, polishing, and sawing operations. Lead fume is produced in significant amounts when solid lead or materials containing lead are heated to temperatures above 500o C, as in welding and flame cutting or burning.

The United States Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) set a criteria of lead-based paint as 0.5% lead (by weight) or 5,000 parts per million (ppm) for evaluating whether lead is a hazard in a residential setting.

In Canada, the Surface Coating Materials Regulations (SOR/2005-109) under the Federal Hazardous Products Act provides a concentration of lead that must not be exceeded in surface coatings that are presently sold in this country. This value has recently been reduced from 600 ppm to 90 ppm. However, it is important to note that there is not a direct correlation between the concentration of lead in a material to the potential occupational exposure if the material is disturbed.

Page 76: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix A Designated Substances and Hazardous Building Materials Background Information and Regulatory Framework November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 A.4

O. Reg. 490/09 (which does not apply to construction projects) and R.R.O. 1990 Reg. 833, an occupational exposure limit (OEL) for airborne lead dust or fumes has been set at the TWA value of 0.05 milligram per cubic metre of air (mg/m3) for workers. The TWA represents the time-weighted average concentration for a conventional 8-hour workday and a 40-hour workweek, to which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day after day, without adverse health effects.

The EACO document entitled Lead Guideline for Construction, Renovation Maintenance or Repair, issued October 2014 sets out guidelines for operations involving the handling, application, removal, disturbance of clean-up of lead-containing materials. The guideline is intended for the environmental abatement industry, construction industry and painting industry in general and is based on industry standard best-practices for lead abatement and dust control measures.

The Ontario Ministry of Labour (MOL) document entitled Guideline: Lead on Construction Projects, issued by the MOL in April 2011, states that the removal of lead paint is not required unless work on these materials are likely to produce airborne lead dust or fumes, for example during welding, torch cutting, sanding and sand blasting. If these operations are likely to occur during building renovations or demolition, it is recommended that the removal of lead paint be carried out in accordance with procedures outlined in the proposed regulation.

Although the TWA and some other requirements under O. Reg. 490/09 and R.R.O. 1990 Reg. 833 do not apply to construction projects, procedures that provide the equivalent level of protection should be implemented on such projects where exposure to lead is possible.

Mercury

Mercury is commonly found in buildings, as it is contained in mercury vapour lighting, thermostats, thermometers, and electrical mercury switches. If mercury is exposed to the air, odourless vapours are formed. The regulated occupational exposure limit for airborne mercury is 0.025 mg/ m3 (8-hour TWA) as prescribed in (O. Reg. 490/09) and R.R.O. 1990 Reg. 833.

In Canada, the Surface Coating Materials Regulations (SOR/2005-109) under the Federal Hazardous Products Act provides a concentration of mercury that must not be exceeded in surface coatings that are presently sold in this country. This value was set at 10 ppm in 2005. However, it is important to note that there is not a direct correlation between the concentration of mercury in a material to the potential occupational exposure if the material is disturbed.

Mercury is hazardous if it is inhaled or absorbed through the skin, therefore exposure controls (including both respiratory protection and skin protection) are important to consider.

Mercury disposal should be through a scrap dealer (elemental mercury), recycling firm for mercury vapour and returned to the manufacturer for light tubes and fixtures.

Page 77: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix A Designated Substances and Hazardous Building Materials Background Information and Regulatory Framework November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 A.5

Mercury is included in O. Reg. 490/09 and applies to every employer and worker at a workplace where mercury is present, produced, processed, used, handled, or stored and at which the worker is likely to inhale, ingest, or absorb mercury (the maximum TWA for airborne mercury is 0.025 mg/ m3). Requirements related to exposure to mercury are detailed, including those relating to worker safety and the use of personal protective equipment.

Ontario's Waste Management (R.R.O. 1990, Reg. 347) under the Environmental Protection Act (EPA) provides directives for the disposal of hazardous materials such as mercury.

Silica

Silica, also referred to as free crystalline silica, is found in concrete, cement, mortar, ceramic wall and floor tiles, stucco finishes and acoustic ceiling tiles. Prolonged exposure to, and inhalation of free crystalline silica, may result in respiratory disease known as silicosis, which is characterized by progressive fibrosis of the inner lung tissue and marked shortness of breath or impaired lung function. The maximum TWA for airborne Silica dust is 0.05 mg/ m3 (O. Reg. 490/09 and R.R.O. 1990, Reg. 833).

Silica is included in O. Reg. 490/09 and the regulation provides information on the application of the regulation as well as allowable exposure levels, where the maximum TWA for airborne Silica dust is 0.05 mg/ m3. The assessment and control program and medical surveillance requirements are for non-construction projects as defined in O. Reg. 490/09. Refer to the document entitled Guideline: Silica on Construction Projects, issued by the MOL in April 2011 for safe silica work practices and personal protective equipment (PPE).

Acrylonitrile

Acrylonitrile is a clear liquid that may be colourless or yellow and that readily reacts with other chemicals to produce long, chain-like molecules (polymers). Acrylonitrile-based polymers are used to produce nitrile rubbers, plastics, acrylic fibres, coatings and adhesives. Workers are typically exposed to acrylonitrile at manufacturing facilities that produce the aforementioned products through inhaling its vapour, direct skin contact, or through ingestion. Although acrylonitrile may be present in some of the building materials, including adhesives and coatings, the chemical will likely be bonded in the polymer form. Therefore, it is not expected that an adverse exposure to acrylonitrile will occur unless the building materials are heated to extreme temperatures. Acrylonitrile vapours may become released from the acrylonitrile-based polymers during a process where high temperatures are applied.

The TWA for a worker with respect to Acrylonitrile is 2 ppm as prescribed in O. Reg. 490/09 and R.R.O. 1990 Reg. 833. The Short term Exposure Limit (STEL) for Acrylonitrile is 10 ppm for any 15-minute exposure period.

Page 78: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix A Designated Substances and Hazardous Building Materials Background Information and Regulatory Framework November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 A.6

Arsenic

The presence of arsenic in the paint coating on interior and exterior finishes is possible. As the painted surfaces will be handled as per the proposed lead regulation, it is not expected that arsenic concentrations in the air will exceed the TWA for a worker to arsenic (10 µg/m3) as prescribed by O. Reg. 490/09 and R.R.O. 1990, Reg. 833. The STEL for arsenic is 50 µg/m3 for any 15-minute exposure period.

Benzene

Historically, benzene has been produced as a by-product of coal gasification and metallurgical coke production in steel making. The light oil product from such processes contains benzene, toluene, ethyl benzene and xylene, and these components are separated by distillation. Today, most benzene is produced from the refining of petroleum.

Benzene has applications as a solvent in synthetic rubber manufacturing and processing, and in paints, varnishes, stains, adhesives, roofing materials and sealants. The use of benzene in tire and other rubber goods manufacturing and as a solvent and component of paints and adhesives has declined considerably as a result of concerns about workplace exposure. Nevertheless, it is often present in trace quantities in petroleum and aromatic solvents, some of which have replaced benzene in many uses. Benzene is also a minor component of gasoline mixtures sold in Canada.

The TWA for a worker to benzene is 0.5 ppm as prescribed by O. Reg. 490/09 and R.R.O. 1990, Reg. 833. It is possible that benzene was present in the paints, adhesives and roofing materials used during the original construction of many buildings. However, over time, the benzene component typically volatilizes out of the paints, solvents and roofing bitumens and is released into the ambient air. Therefore, it is likely that only trace levels of benzene presently exist in these building materials. It is not expected that benzene emissions from any existing building materials on site will exceed the allowable TWA. The STEL for benzene is 2.5 ppm for any 15-minute exposure period.

Coke Oven Emissions

Coke oven emissions are found in the exhaust from the burning process of coke, and are typically not a concern in buildings. The TWA for a worker with respect to coke oven emissions is 150 µg/m3 as prescribed by O. Reg. 490/09 and R.R.O. 1990, Reg. 833.

Page 79: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix A Designated Substances and Hazardous Building Materials Background Information and Regulatory Framework November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 A.7

Ethylene Oxides

Ethylene oxide is a common by product of fumigation or sterilization procedures.

The TWA for a worker with respect to ethylene oxides is 1 ppm as prescribed in O. Reg. 490/09 and R.R.O. 1990, Reg. 833. The STEL for ethylene oxides is 10 ppm for any 15-minute exposure period.

Isocyanates

Isocyanates are a class of chemicals used in the manufacture of certain types of plastics, foams and roof insulation. The isocyanate (-CNO) group reacts very readily with certain other types of molecules, a property responsible for the usefulness of isocyanates in industry. Due to the high reactivity of the isocyanate group, exposure to isocyanates can result in primary irritation, sensitization and hypersensitivity reactions. The respiratory system, the eyes and the skin are the main areas affected by exposure. Isocyanates in their initial form are found as a vapour, a mist, or a dust which become airborne and then taken into the body. Once the isocyanates are chemically bonded to other chemicals during manufacturing processes, the isocyanates are not readily available to become airborne unless heated. Therefore, isocyanate exposure is not expected to be a concern as long as the burning of plastics, foams, and insulation is not carried out.

The TWA for a worker with respect to isocyanates, organic compounds is 5 parts per billion (ppb) as prescribed in O. Reg. 490/09 and R.R.O. 1990, Reg. 833. The STEL for isocyanates, organic compounds is 20 ppb for any 15-minute exposure period.

Vinyl Chloride

Vinyl chloride is found in many applications in building such as plumbing pipes, protective coatings on insulated pipes and interior finishes (i.e., vinyl baseboard trim). Vinyl chlorides in the above materials are bound in a solid matrix and are unlikely to become airborne such that it would exceed the maximum allowable TWA of 1 ppm, as prescribed in O. Reg. 490/09 and R.R.O. 1990, Reg. 833.

A.2 HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS

Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)

The use of PCBs in electrical equipment such as transformers and capacitors, including capacitors found in fluorescent lamp ballasts, was common up to 1980. R.R.O 1990 Regulation 362 Waste Management – PCB’s (R.R.O. 1990, Reg. 362) under the EPA, prohibits the use of PCBs in electrical equipment installed after July 1, 1980.

The TWA for a worker with respect to PCBs is 0.05 mg/ m3as prescribed in R.R.O. 1990, Reg. 833.

Page 80: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix A Designated Substances and Hazardous Building Materials Background Information and Regulatory Framework November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 A.8

As of September 5, 2008, under Subsection 93(1) of the Canadian Environmental Protection Act, (CEPA), Federal PCB regulations have been published by the Canada Gazette Part II (SOR/2008-273) that impose specific deadlines for the elimination of all PCBs in concentrations at or above 50 milligrams/kilogram (mg/kg). The regulation requires the elimination of all PCBs and PCB-containing materials currently in-use and in storage and limits the period of time PCB materials can be stored before being eliminated. Other aspects of the regulation govern the labelling and reporting of stored PCB materials and equipment as well as improved practices for the management of PCBs that remain in use (i.e., those with PCB concentrations less than 50 mg/kg) until their eventual elimination.

Ozone-Depleting Substances

Ozone-depleting substances (ODSs) are chemical agents known as chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) and hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs) used in various refrigeration equipment including air-conditioning, heat pump, refrigeration or freezer units. They have also been used in solvents, as aerosol additives in the production of foam insulation and in fire extinguishing equipment. The use of refrigerants (including those that are ODSs or contain ODSs) is regulated by Ontario Regulation 463/10, Ozone Depleting Substances and Other Halocarbons (O. Reg. 463/10), under the EPA. The regulation imposes restrictions on the purchasing of refrigerants and on the servicing, dismantling, disposing of or decommissioning of equipment containing refrigerants or halon fire extinguishing agents.

On federal land, aboriginal land and federal works, buildings and undertakings, Federal Halocarbon Regulation 2003 (SOR/2003-289) applies. All other buildings and uses of refrigerants and other agents are under the Ozone-Depleting Substances Regulations 1998 (SOR/99-7), under CEPA. The regulations prohibit the release of halocarbons contained in refrigeration systems, air conditioning systems, fire extinguishers (except to fight a fire that is not a fire caused for training purposes) or containers or equipment used in the re-use, recycling, reclamation or storage of a halocarbon.

The regulations also imposes restrictions on the servicing and dismantling, disposing of or decommissioning of any system containing halocarbons and requires the recovery of halocarbons into an appropriate container by a certified individual. The regulation also details an owner’s record-keeping obligations.

Mould

Mould can be found everywhere in the outside environment, on plants, in soil and on dead and decaying matter (i.e., dead leaves). Mould requires two main conditions in order to grow - a source of food (a substrate typically comprised of cellulose) and water. Sources of food for mould are plentiful in outdoor and indoor environments; however it is the presence of water in an indoor environment that will determine mould growth. The source of water can be a result of

Page 81: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix A Designated Substances and Hazardous Building Materials Background Information and Regulatory Framework November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 A.9

a water pipe leak or even excess condensation. Thus, the key to controlling mould indoors is to control the presence of water.

At present, there are no specific laws or regulations governing acceptable levels of mould in buildings. The lack of specific regulatory standards is due in part to an inability to establish exposure-response relationships. Variation in individual susceptibility, limitations in sampling and analytical techniques, and the vast number of fungal agents and their products make it difficult to establish safe levels of exposure for all individuals. With a lack of defined exposure criteria, current Health Canada and other agency guidelines on the assessment and control of mould contamination in public buildings are largely based on prudent avoidance (i.e., remove any indoor growth or amplification site of mould, regardless of the concentration of moulds or their products in the indoor environment).

Although there are currently no regulations in Canada pertaining specifically to mould in buildings, based on an Ontario MOL alert, employers are required by Section 25(2)(h) of the Occupational Health and Safety Act to take every precaution reasonable in the circumstances for the protection of workers.

The OHSA places a responsibility on constructors (Section 23), employers (Section 25), and supervisors (Section 27) to ensure the health and safety of workers. This includes protecting workers from mould in workplace buildings. Various sections of the Industrial, Construction, Mining or Health Care regulations may also apply to maintenance and remediation activities.

The Ontario MOL has published an Alert (MOL, 2000) indicating that sustained and/or extensive growth of visible mould on interior surfaces of a building is unacceptable and stating that mould growth on the interior surfaces of buildings is a risk factor for health problems.

Several guidelines and other resources describe procedures for the investigation and remediation of mould. The following documents indicate that mould observed in occupied building should be remediated in accordance with these procedures:

• Environmental Abatement Council of Ontario’s (EACO) Mould Abatement Guidelines, 2010 – Edition 2;

• Mould Guidelines for The Canadian Construction Industry, Canadian Construction Association – 82, 2004;

• Guidelines on Assessment and Remediation of Fungi in Indoor Environment, New York City Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, November 2008;

• Bioaerosols: Assessment and Control, American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), 1999;

• Fungal Contamination in Public Buildings: Health Effects and Investigation Methods, Federal-Provincial Committee on Environmental and Occupational Health, 2004;

• Field Guide for the Determination of Biological Contaminants in Environmental Samples, American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA), 1996; and,

Page 82: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix A Designated Substances and Hazardous Building Materials Background Information and Regulatory Framework November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 A.10

• Clean-Up Procedures for Mould in Houses, Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (CMHC), 2004.

Urea Formaldehyde Foam Insulation

Urea-formaldehyde foam insulation (UFFI) was developed in Europe in the 1950s as an improved means of insulating difficult-to-reach cavities in building walls. It is typically made at a construction site from a mixture of urea-formaldehyde resin, a foaming agent and compressed air. When the mixture is injected into the wall, urea and formaldehyde unite and "cure" into an insulating foam plastic.

During the 1970s, when concerns about energy efficiency led to efforts to improve home insulation in Canada, UFFI became an important insulation product for existing houses. Most installations occurred between 1977 and its ban in Canada in 1980.

In the insulating process, a slight excess of formaldehyde was often added to ensure complete "curing" with the urea to produce the urea-formaldehyde foam. Formaldehyde is a pungent, colourless gas commonly used in water solution as a preservative and disinfectant. It is also a basis for major plastics, including durable adhesives. It occurs naturally in the human body and in the outdoor environment. Formaldehyde is used to bond plywood, particleboard, carpets and fabrics. Formaldehyde is also a by-product of combustion; it is found in tobacco smoke, vehicle exhaust and the fumes from furnaces, fireplaces and wood stoves.

While small amounts of formaldehyde are harmless, it is an irritating and toxic gas in significant concentrations. Symptoms of overexposure to formaldehyde include irritation to eyes, nose and throat; persistent cough and respiratory distress; skin irritation; nausea; headache; and dizziness.

Health Canada has determined that 0.1 parts per million (ppm) is a safe level of formaldehyde in the home. Sensitivity to this level may vary based on individual age and health.

Tests show that UFFI is not a source of over-exposure to formaldehyde after the initial curing and release of excess gas. As it was last installed in 1980, it would certainly not be causing excess indoor formaldehyde today. Buildings with UFFI show no higher formaldehyde levels than those without it. However, if UFFI comes in contact with water or moisture, it could begin to break down. Wet or deteriorating UFFI should be removed by a specialist and the source of the moisture problem should be repaired.

There are currently no regulations in Canada pertaining specifically to UFFI in buildings. However, the Occupational Health and Safety Act places a responsibility on constructors (Section 23), employers (Section 25), and supervisors (Section 27) to ensure the health and safety of workers.

Page 83: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix B Site Photographs November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 B.1

SITE PHOTOGRAPHS

Page 84: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Project No.: 122150460 B-2

Photo 1: Men’s Washroom – asbestos-containing drywall joint-fill compound (2% Chrysotile)

Photo 2: Mould growth behind urinal bowls in Men’s Washroom

Photo 3: Women’s Washroom – asbestos-containing drywall joint-fill compound (2% Chrysotile)

Photo 4: Non-asbestos pipe insulation in the Men’s and Women’s washrooms.

Page 85: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix C Floor Plans November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 C.1

FLOOR PLANS

Page 86: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 87: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 88: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix D Summary of Results of Analysis of Bulk Samples for Asbestos November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 D.1

SUMMARY OF RESULTS OF ANALYSIS OF

BULK SAMPLES FOR ASBESTOS

Page 89: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

SampleNumber

AnalysisDescription of Sampled

MaterialAsbestos Typeand ContentSampling Location

Summary of Bulk Sample Analysis for Asbestos Type and Content

BS-01A 2% Chrysotile PLMJoint-fill compound1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-01B Not Analyzed PLMJoint-fill compound1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-01C Not Analyzed PLMJoint-fill compound1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-01D Not Analyzed PLMJoint-fill compound1st floor - Women's Washroom

BS-01E Not Analyzed PLMJoint-fill compound1st floor - Women's Washroom

BS-02A -

ADHESIVE

None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - brown squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-02A -

CERAMIC TILE

None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - brown squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-02A - GROUT None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - brown squares

1st Floor - Men's Washroom

BS-02B -

ADHESIVE

None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - brown squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-02B -

CERAMIC TILE

None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - brown squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-02B - GROUT None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - brown squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-02C -

ADHESIVE

None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - brown squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-02C -

CERAMIC TILE

None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - brown squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-02C - GROUT None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - brown squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-03A -

ADHESIVE

None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - white squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-03A -

CERAMIC TILE

None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - white squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-03A - GROUT None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - white squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

PLM - Polarized Light Microscopy

TEM - Transmission Electron Microscopy

BS - Bulk Sample

1

Page 90: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

SampleNumber

AnalysisDescription of Sampled

MaterialAsbestos Typeand ContentSampling Location

Summary of Bulk Sample Analysis for Asbestos Type and Content

BS-03A -

MORTAR

None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - white squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-03B -

ADHESIVE

None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - white squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-03B -

CERAMIC TILE

None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - white squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-03B - GROUT None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - white squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-03B - MORTAR None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - white squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-03C -

ADHESIVE

None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - white squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-03C -

CERAMIC TILE

None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - white squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-03C - GROUT None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - white squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-03C -

MORTAR

None Detected PLMCeramic tile grout and

mortar/adhesive - white squares

1st floor - Men's Washroom

BS-04A 2% Chrysotile PLMJoint-fill compoundbasement - Classroom 104

BS-04B Not Analyzed PLMJoint-fill compoundbasement - Classroom 104A

BS-04C Not Analyzed PLMJoint-fill compoundbasement - Classroom 104

BS-05A None Detected PLMJoint-fill compoundbasement - Classroom 109

BS-05B None Detected PLMJoint-fill compoundbasement - Classroom 111

BS-05C None Detected PLMJoint-fill compoundbasement - Classroom 113

BS-05D None Detected PLMJoint-fill compoundbasement - Classroom 116

BS-05E None Detected PLMJoint-fill compoundbasement - Classroom 117

PLM - Polarized Light Microscopy

TEM - Transmission Electron Microscopy

BS - Bulk Sample

2

Page 91: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

SampleNumber

AnalysisDescription of Sampled

MaterialAsbestos Typeand ContentSampling Location

Summary of Bulk Sample Analysis for Asbestos Type and Content

BS-06A None Detected PLMCarpet masticbasement - Classroom 104

BS-06B None Detected PLMCarpet masticbasement - Classroom 104

BS-06C None Detected PLMCarpet masticbasement - Classroom 104

PLM - Polarized Light Microscopy

TEM - Transmission Electron Microscopy

BS - Bulk Sample

3

Page 92: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix E Summary of Occurrences of Asbestos-Containing Materials November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 E.1

SUMMARY OF OCCURRENCES OF

ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS

Page 93: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Specific

Location ACM TypeEstimated

Quantity

Sample

Number

Original

Sample?

Asbestos

Content

Friable?

Visible?

Access. Comments/

Notes

ACM

ConditionLevel

ACM

LocationRoom

Summary of Occurrences of Asbestos-Containing Materials

Joint-fill compound 90 sq.m BS-01A No 2% Chrysotile No Yes A goodWalls and

ceiling

Walls and

ceiling

1st Floor Women's

Washroom

ACM

Joint-fill compound 90 sq. m BS-04A Yes 2% Chrysotile No Yes A goodWalls and

ceiling

Walls and

ceiling

Basement Classroom 104

and Classroom

104A

ACM

Roofing material nq ns No PACM No Yes C good

(PACM)

RoofRoofRoof Roof PACM

Roof caulking nq ns No PACM No Yes C good

(PACM)

RoofRoofRoof Roof PACM

Joint-fill compound 90 sq.m BS-01A Yes 2% Chrysotile No Yes A goodWalls and

ceiling

Walls and

ceiling

1st Floor Men's Washroom ACM

Yes - Suspect material is visible without opening hatches or lifting ceiling tiles

No - Suspect material can only be viewed if access hatches are opened or ceiling tiles lifted.

A - Areas of the building within reach (from floor level) of all building users

B - Frequently entered maintenance areas within reach of maintenance staff, without the need for a ladder

C - Areas of the building above 2.4 m where use of a ladder is required to reach the asbestos

D - Areas of the building behind inaccessible solid ceiling systems, walls, or mechanical equipment, etc., where demolition of the ceiling, wall, or equipment, etc., is required to reach

the asbestos

Accessibility Classification

Visibility

Notes:

ACM - asbestos-containing material

PACM - presumed asbestos-containing material

Access. - accessibility

nq - not quantified

na - not applicable

ns - not sampled

ref - reference sample

F - friable

NF - non friable

RCA - recommend corrective action

BS - bulk sample

1

* Based on a non-intrusive inspection of visible surfaces within the room space.

Page 94: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix F Laboratory Analytical Report – Asbestos: Polarized Light Microscopy November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 F.1

LABORATORY ANALYTICAL REPORT –

ASBESTOS: POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY

Page 95: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

EMSL Canada Inc.

2756 Slough Street Mississauga, ON L4T 1G3

Phone/Fax: 289-997-4602 / (289) 997-4607http://www.EMSL.com / [email protected]

55JACQ30J551711929

122150460

EMSL Canada Order ID:

Customer ID:

Customer PO:

Project ID:

Attn:

Proj: 122150460

Phone: (905) 474-7700

Fax: (905) 479-9326

Collected:

Received: 10/27/2017

Analyzed: 11/01/2017

Mike Shortt

Stantec Consulting, Ltd.

300-675 Cochrane Drive, West Tower

Markham, ON L3R 0B8

Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials for Ontario Regulation 278/05 via

EPA600/R-93/116 Method

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0001BS-01A

Men's Washroom - Drywall Joint - Fill Compound

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 98% 2% ChrysotilePLM White/Beige

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0002BS-01B

Men's Washroom - Drywall Joint - Fill Compound

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017PLM Positive Stop (Not Analyzed)

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0003BS-01C

Men's Washroom - Drywall Joint - Fill Compound

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017PLM Positive Stop (Not Analyzed)

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0004BS-01D

Women's Washroom - Drywall Joint - Fill Compound

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017PLM Positive Stop (Not Analyzed)

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0005BS-01E

Women's Washroom - Drywall Joint - Fill Compound

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017PLM Positive Stop (Not Analyzed)

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0006BS-02A-Ceramic Tile

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive - Brown Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM Brown None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0006ABS-02A-Grout

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive - Brown Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 10% 90%PLM Gray None Detected

Test Report:EPAMultiTests-7.32.2.D Printed: 11/01/2017 05:13PM Page 1 of 6

Page 96: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

EMSL Canada Inc.

2756 Slough Street Mississauga, ON L4T 1G3

Phone/Fax: 289-997-4602 / (289) 997-4607http://www.EMSL.com / [email protected]

55JACQ30J551711929

122150460

EMSL Canada Order ID:

Customer ID:

Customer PO:

Project ID:

Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials for Ontario Regulation 278/05 via

EPA600/R-93/116 Method

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0006BBS-02A-Adhesive

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive - Brown Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 65% 35%PLM Brown/White None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0007BS-02B-Ceramic Tile

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive - Brown Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM Brown None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0007ABS-02B-Grout

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive - Brown Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM Gray None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0007BBS-02B-Adhesive

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive - Brown Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 75% 25%PLM Brown/White None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0008BS-02C-Ceramic Tile

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive - Brown Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM Brown None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0008ABS-02C-Grout

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive - Brown Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM Gray None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0008BBS-02C-Adhesive

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive - Brown Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM Brown None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0009BS-03A-Ceramic Tile

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive -White Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM White None Detected

Test Report:EPAMultiTests-7.32.2.D Printed: 11/01/2017 05:13PM Page 2 of 6

Page 97: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

EMSL Canada Inc.

2756 Slough Street Mississauga, ON L4T 1G3

Phone/Fax: 289-997-4602 / (289) 997-4607http://www.EMSL.com / [email protected]

55JACQ30J551711929

122150460

EMSL Canada Order ID:

Customer ID:

Customer PO:

Project ID:

Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials for Ontario Regulation 278/05 via

EPA600/R-93/116 Method

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0009ABS-03A-Grout

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive -White Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM White None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0009BBS-03A-Mortar

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive -White Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM Brown None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0009CBS-03A-Adhesive

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive -White Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 85% 15%PLM Brown/Beige None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0010BS-03B-Ceramic Tile

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive -White Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM White None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0010ABS-03B-Grout

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive -White Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM White None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0010BBS-03B-Mortar

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive -White Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM Brown None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0010CBS-03B-Adhesive

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive -White Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 85% 15%PLM Brown/Beige None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0011BS-03C-Ceramic Tile

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive -White Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM White None Detected

Test Report:EPAMultiTests-7.32.2.D Printed: 11/01/2017 05:13PM Page 3 of 6

Page 98: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

EMSL Canada Inc.

2756 Slough Street Mississauga, ON L4T 1G3

Phone/Fax: 289-997-4602 / (289) 997-4607http://www.EMSL.com / [email protected]

55JACQ30J551711929

122150460

EMSL Canada Order ID:

Customer ID:

Customer PO:

Project ID:

Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials for Ontario Regulation 278/05 via

EPA600/R-93/116 Method

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0011ABS-03C-Grout

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive -White Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM White None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0011BBS-03C-Mortar

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive -White Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM Brown None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0011CBS-03C-Adhesive

Men's Washroom - Ceramic Tile Grout and Mortar/Adhesive -White Squares

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM White None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0012BS-04A

Classroom 104 - Drywall Joint- Fill Compound

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 98% 2% ChrysotilePLM White

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0013BS-04B

Classroom 104A - Drywall Joint- Fill Compound

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017PLM Positive Stop (Not Analyzed)

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0014BS-04C

Classroom 104 - Drywall Joint- Fill Compound

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017PLM Positive Stop (Not Analyzed)

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0015BS-05A

Classroom 109 - Drywall Joint- Fill Compound

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM White None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0016BS-05B

Classroom 111 - Drywall Joint- Fill Compound

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM White None Detected

Test Report:EPAMultiTests-7.32.2.D Printed: 11/01/2017 05:13PM Page 4 of 6

Page 99: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

EMSL Canada Inc.

2756 Slough Street Mississauga, ON L4T 1G3

Phone/Fax: 289-997-4602 / (289) 997-4607http://www.EMSL.com / [email protected]

55JACQ30J551711929

122150460

EMSL Canada Order ID:

Customer ID:

Customer PO:

Project ID:

Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials for Ontario Regulation 278/05 via

EPA600/R-93/116 Method

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0017BS-05C

Classroom 113 - Drywall Joint- Fill Compound

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM White None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0018BS-05D

Classroom 116- Drywall Joint- Fill Compound

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM White None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0019BS-05E

Classroom 117- Drywall Joint- Fill Compound

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 0% 100%PLM White None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0020BS-06A

Classroom 104- Carpet Mastic

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 65% 35%PLM Brown None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0021BS-06B

Classroom 104- Carpet Mastic

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 65% 35%PLM Brown None Detected

Client Sample ID:

Sample Description:

Lab Sample ID: 551711929-0022BS-06C

Classroom 104- Carpet Mastic

DateTEST Non-Fibrous Asbestos CommentColor Fibrous

Non-AsbestosAnalyzed

11/01/2017 65% 35%PLM Brown None Detected

Test Report:EPAMultiTests-7.32.2.D Printed: 11/01/2017 05:13PM Page 5 of 6

Page 100: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

EMSL Canada Inc.

2756 Slough Street Mississauga, ON L4T 1G3

Phone/Fax: 289-997-4602 / (289) 997-4607http://www.EMSL.com / [email protected]

55JACQ30J551711929

122150460

EMSL Canada Order ID:

Customer ID:

Customer PO:

Project ID:

Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials for Ontario Regulation 278/05 via

EPA600/R-93/116 Method

Analyst(s):

PLM (9)Anne Balayboa

PLM (22)Ioana Taina

Matthew Davis

or Other Approved Signatory

Reviewed and approved by:

None Detected = <0.1%. EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported above and may

not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical

method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. Samples received in good condition unless

otherwise noted. This report must not be used to claim product endorsement by NVLAP of any agency of the U.S. Government.

Samples analyzed by EMSL Canada Inc. Mississauga, ON NVLAP Lab Code 200877-0Initial report from: 11/01/201717:13:37

Test Report:EPAMultiTests-7.32.2.D Printed: 11/01/2017 05:13PM Page 6 of 6

Page 101: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix G Summary of Results of Analysis of Paint Chip Samples for Lead Content November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 G.1

SUMMARY OF RESULTS OF ANALYSIS OF

PAINT CHIP SAMPLES FOR LEAD CONTENT

Page 102: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Summary of Results of Analysis of Paint Samples for Lead Content

Sampling Location DescriptionSampleNumbe

Lead Content(ppm)

Women's Washroom Beige coloured paintPS-01 <90

Room 111 Beige coloured paintPS-02 <90

nd - none detectedppm - parts per millionPS - paint Sample

1

Page 103: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix H Laboratory Analytical Report – Lead: Paint Chip Analysis November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 H.2

LABORATORY ANALYTICAL REPORT – LEAD:

PAINT CHIP ANALYSIS

Page 104: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Client Sample Description ConcentrationLab ID AnalyzedLead

Collected

EMSL Canada Inc.2756 Slough Street, Mississauga, ON L4T 1G3

Phone/Fax: 289-997-4602 / (289) 997-4607

http://www.EMSL.com [email protected]

Attn: Mike Shortt

Stantec Consulting, Ltd.

300-675 Cochrane Drive, West Tower

Markham, ON L3R 0B8

Received: 10/27/17 5:06 PM

122150460

Fax: (905) 479-9326

Phone: (905) 474-7700

Project:

10/27/2017Collected:

Test Report: Lead in Paint Chips by Flame AAS (SW 846 3050B/7000B)*

551711928

CustomerID: 55JACQ30J

CustomerPO: 122150460

ProjectID:

EMSL Canada Or

Site: Beige coloured wall paint

551711928-0001PS-01 <90 ppm10/31/201710/27/2017

Site: Beige coloured wall paint

551711928-0002PS-02 <90 ppm10/31/201710/27/2017

Page 1 of 1

Rowena Fanto, Lead Supervisor

or other approved signatory

Test Report ChmSnglePrm/nQC-7.32.3 Printed: 11/3/2017 9:42:35 AM

*Analysis following Lead in Paint by EMSL SOP/Determination of Environmental Lead by FLAA. Reporting limit is 0.010 % wt based on the minimum sample weight per our SOP. Unless noted, results in this report are not blank corrected. This report relates only to the samples reported above and may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities. Samples received in good condition unless otherwise noted. "<" (less than) result signifies that the analyte was not detected at or above the reporting limit. Measurement of uncertainty is available upon request. The QC data associated with the sample results included in this report meet the recovery and precision requirements unless specifically indicated otherwise. Definitions of modifications are available upon request.

Samples analyzed by EMSL Canada Inc. Mississauga, ON A2LA Accredited Environmental Testing Cert #2845.08

Initial report from 11/03/2017 09:42:35

Page 105: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix I Laboratory analytical report – Mercury: Paint Chip Analysis November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 I.3

LABORATORY ANALYTICAL REPORT –

MERCURY: PAINT CHIP ANALYSIS

Page 106: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Phillip Worby, Environmental Chemistry Laboratory Director

Approved By:

Fax: (905) 479-9326

Phone: (905) 474-7700

The following analytical report covers the analysis performed on samples submitted to EMSL Analytical, Inc. on 10/31/2017. The results are tabulated on the attached data pages for the following client designated project:

122150640

The reference number for these samples is EMSL Order #011708753. Please use this reference when calling about these samples. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at (856) 303-2500.

11/7/2017Attn: Mike Shortt

Stantec Consulting, LTD

300 - 675 Cochrane Drive, West Tower

Markham, ON L3R 0B8

The test results contained within this report meet the requirements of NELAP and/or

the specific certification program that is applicable, unless otherwise noted.

NELAP Certifications: NJ 03036, NY 10872, PA 68-00367, CA ELAP 1877

The samples associated with this report were received in good condition unless otherwise noted. This report relates only to those items tested as received by the laboratory. The QC data associated with the sample results meet the recovery and precision requirements established by the NELAP, unless specifically indicated. All results for soil samples are reported on a dry weight basis, unless otherwise noted. This report may not be reproduced except in full and without written approval by EMSL Analytical, Inc.

EMSL Analytical, Inc.

200 Route 130 North, Cinnaminson, NJ 08077

Phone: (856) 303-2500 Fax: (856) 858-4571 Email: [email protected]

Page 1 of 2

Page 107: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

EMSL Analytical, Inc.200 Route 130 North, Cinnaminson, NJ 08077

Phone/Fax: (856) 303-2500 / (856) 858-4571

http://www.EMSL.com [email protected]

011708753

CustomerID: JACQ30J

CustomerPO: 551711979

ProjectID:

EMSL Order:

Analytical Results

Attn: Mike Shortt

Stantec Consulting, LTD

300 - 675 Cochrane Drive, West Tower

Markham, ON L3R 0B8

Received: 10/31/17 1:18 PM

122150640

Fax: (905) 479-9326

Phone: (905) 474-7700

Project:

Client Sample Description Lab ID:Merc-01 011708753-0001Beige Coloured Paint

Collected: 10/27/2017

Method Parameter Result UnitsAnalysis Date AnalystRL

Prep Date Analyst

7471B Mercury LY1.0 mg/Kg 11/6/20170.050 11/6/2017 LY

ND - indicates that the analyte was not detected at the reporting limitRL - Reporting Limit (Analytical)

Definitions:

Page 2 of 2ChemSmplw/RDL/NELAC-7.44.3 Printed: 11/7/2017 11:44:33 AM

Page 108: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix J Laboratory analytical report – Mould: Bulk Sample Analysis November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 J.4

LABORATORY ANALYTICAL REPORT – MOULD: BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS

Page 109: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

BULK / TAPELIFT / BIOTAPE SAMPLE NO.: Mould-01 - - - - -Location: Mould Bulk -

Mens Washroom

Serial #: N/AExpiry date: N/A

FUNGAL IDENTIFICATION:a ELEMENTS: MICROSCOPIC OBSERVATIONSb (RATINGc):Alternaria (Ulocladium) NOS mycelia -

spores trChaetomium NOS mycelia -

spores trCladosporium NOS mycelia -

spores trStachybotrys NOS mycelia tr

spores 1+OTHER OBSERVATIONS:background rating 3+FUNGAL GROWTH INDICATED?d: Y

AIHA LAP, LLC LAB NO: 171117Samples were received in satisfactory condition and tested in accordance with SOP 5.4.1.1.3. These results relate only to the samples tested.a NOS = not otherwise specified.b Mounted in lactofuchsin / lactic acid, or other medium as required, with 50-100 fields examined in bright field microscopy at 400x magnification.c - = not detected; tr = 100 - 101 elements in total; 1+ = 100 - 101 elements in each of ~25% fields; 2+ = 101 - 102 elements in each of ~50% fields; 3+ = 102 - 103 elements in each of ~75 fields; 4+ => 75%fields obscured.d Possibility of fungal growth in situ based on microscopic observations; Y = yes; N = no; ? = ambiguous. For explanation please refer to the final page of this report.

Sporometrics Inc.219 Dufferin Street, Suite 20C, Toronto, ON M6K 1Y9 - t.416-516-1660 - f.416-516-1670 - www.sporometrics.com

RESULTS OF LABORATORY ANALYSES: JOB NO. 29015.00To: Mike Shortt Date of report: 2017/10/31Company: Stantec Consulting Ltd. - Mississauga, ON Date of sampling: 2017/10/27Client Project: 122150460 Analyst: Yaima Arocha-RoseteClient Address: 300W-675 Cochrane Drive, Mississauga, ON L5N 0B3 Date Received: 2017/10/28

SPOROMETRICS 29015.00 PAGE 1 OF 3

Page 110: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

END OF REPORT

Examined By Released By

Yaima Arocha-Rosete, PhD Mike Saleh, MHSc

Analyst Analyst

Sporometrics Inc.219 Dufferin Street, Suite 20C, Toronto, ON M6K 1Y9 - t.416-516-1660 - f.416-516-1670 - www.sporometrics.com

RESULTS OF LABORATORY ANALYSES: JOB NO. 29015.00To: Mike Shortt Date of report: 2017/10/31Company: Stantec Consulting Ltd. - Mississauga, ON Date of sampling: 2017/10/27Client Project: 122150460 Analyst: Yaima Arocha-RoseteClient Address: 300W-675 Cochrane Drive, Mississauga, ON L5N 0B3 Date Received: 2017/10/28

SPOROMETRICS 29015.00 PAGE 2 OF 3

Page 111: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Guidance on the interpretation of microscopic findings Samples of bulk materials as well as tape lift samples from potentiallycontaminated surfaces may be examined microscopically to assess the potential of these materials to be supporting fungal growth andserving as indoor fungal amplification sites. Guidelines on indoor microbial contamination proposed by Health Canada (HC. 1995.Indoor air quality in office buildings: A technical guide. Federal-Provincial Advisory Committee on Environmental and OccupationalHealth. Ottawa: Environmental Health Directorate 93-EHD-166 rev.) state unambiguously that indoor, active fungal growth sites areunacceptable regardless of the extent to which these amplifiers impact on the indoor airborne spore-load. Fungal spores are commonlyborne on air currents and settle on flat surfaces as a matter of course. Thus, the observation of fungal spores alone is insufficient tocharacterize a specimen as a growth site. This judgment primarily requires the microscopic visualization of fungal filaments ("hyphae",or en masse, "mycelia"). Additionally, the identification of different kinds of fungi usually requires the observation of spores (e.g. conidia,ascospores, etc.) along with the organs responsible for their production (e.g. conidiophores, ascomata, etc.). However, the latter rarelypersist long after the spores have been produced, making definitive identification difficult or impossible in aged specimens. The ratingsystem used by Sporometrics to score the frequency of structures observed microscopically is based on a 5-point assessment of 50-100 microscopic fields, usually taken at 400 x magnification. This system uses the following rating criteria:

Descriptor Criteria (based on 50-100 fields) Interpretation of growth in situ according to observations:

Spores alone Spores and spore-bearingstructures or mycelia

tr 10º-10¹ elements in total growth not indicated growth not indicated1+ 10º-10¹ elements per ~25% fields unclear growth indicated2+ 10¹-10² elements per ~50% fields growth indicated growth indicated3+ 10²-10³ elements per ~75% fields growth indicated growth indicated4+ > 75% fields obscured by elements growth indicated growth indicated

Sporometrics Inc.219 Dufferin Street, Suite 20C, Toronto, ON M6K 1Y9 - t.416-516-1660 - f.416-516-1670 - www.sporometrics.com

RESULTS OF LABORATORY ANALYSES: JOB NO. 29015.00To: Mike Shortt Date of report: 2017/10/31Company: Stantec Consulting Ltd. - Mississauga, ON Date of sampling: 2017/10/27Client Project: 122150460 Analyst: Yaima Arocha-RoseteClient Address: 300W-675 Cochrane Drive, Mississauga, ON L5N 0B3 Date Received: 2017/10/28

SPOROMETRICS 29015.00 PAGE 3 OF 3

Page 112: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix K Evaluation Criteria for Assessing Asbestos-Containing Materials November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 K.1

EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING

ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS

Page 113: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix K Evaluation Criteria for Assessing Asbestos-Containing Materials November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 K.2

CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS

A description of the criteria used in evaluating the condition, accessibility and exposure risk of asbestos-containing materials is provided below. The criteria are generally based on the Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) document entitled Deputy Ministers Directive 057 – Asbestos Management (Last Revised 1999/07/16) and industry standards of practice.

K.1 ASSESSMENT OF CONDITION

K.1.1 Spray Applied Fireproofing, Insulation and Textured Finishes

In evaluating the condition of ACM spray applied as fireproofing, thermal insulation or texture, decorative or acoustic finishes, the following criteria apply:

Good

Surface of material shows no significant signs of damage, deterioration or delamination. Up to one percent visible damage to surface is allowed within range of GOOD. Evaluation of sprayed fireproofing requires the Assessor to be familiar with the irregular surface texture typical of sprayed asbestos products. GOOD condition includes unencapsulated or unpainted fireproofing or texture finishes, where no delamination or damage is observed, and encapsulated fireproofing or texture finishes where the encapsulation has been applied after the damage or fallout occurred.

Poor

Sprayed materials show signs of damage, delamination or deterioration. More than one percent damage to surface of ACM spray.

In observation areas, where damage exists in isolated locations, both GOOD and POOR condition may be reported. The extent or percentage of each condition will be recorded on the Assessor’s assessment form.

FAIR condition is not utilized or considered as a valid criterion in the evaluation of sprayed fireproofing, sprayed insulation, or texture coat finishes.

The evaluation of ACM spray applied as fireproofing, non-mechanical thermal insulation, or texture, decorative or acoustic finishes which are present above ceilings, may be limited by the number of observations made, and by building components such as ducts or full height walls that obstruct the above ceiling observations. Persons entering the ceiling area are advised to be watchful for ACM DEBRIS prior to accessing or working above ceilings in areas of building with ACM, regardless of the reported condition.

Page 114: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES AND HAZARDOUS BUILDING MATERIALS ASSESSMENT

Appendix K Evaluation Criteria for Assessing Asbestos-Containing Materials November 7, 2017

Project No.: 122150460 K.3

K.1.2 Other ACM

In evaluating the condition of mechanical insulation (on boilers, breaching, ductwork, piping, tanks, equipment etc.) the following criteria are used:

Good

Insulation is completely covered in jacketing and exhibits no evidence of damage or deterioration. No insulation is exposed. Includes conditions where the jacketing has minor surface damage (i.e., scuffs or stains), but the jacketing is not penetrated.

Fair

Minor penetration damage to jacketed insulation (cuts, tears, nicks, deterioration or delamination) or undamaged insulation that has never been jacketed. Insulation is exposed but not showing surface disintegration. The extent of missing insulation ranges should be minor to none.

Poor

Original insulation jacket is missing, damaged, deteriorated or delaminated. Insulation is exposed and significant areas have been dislodged. Damage cannot be readily repaired. The evaluation of mechanical insulation may be limited by the number of observations made and building components such as ducts or full height walls that obstruct observations. In these circumstances, it is not possible to observe each foot of mechanical insulation from all angles.

K.1.3 Non-Friable and Potentially Friable Materials

Non-friable materials generally have little potential to release airborne fibres, even when damaged by mechanical breakage. However, some non-friable materials, i.e., exterior asbestos cement products, may have deteriorated so that the binder no longer effectively contains the asbestos fibres. In such cases of significantly deteriorated non-friable material, the material will be treated as a friable product.

Page 115: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 2

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 41 00 - REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 REGULATING DOCUMENTS

Conform to the Ontario Building Code (Ontario Reg. 332/12), Ontario Fire Code (Ontario

Reg. 213/07), Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act (Ontario Reg. 191/11), National Building Code of Canada 2010, 2012 Canadian Electrical Code (CEC), CSA B44 - Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, CSA W59 - Welded Steel Construction, The Occupational Health and Safety Act, Ontario (R.S.O. 1990), the National Fire Code, the local municipal Fire Code, and all other applicable Codes and Building By-Laws. Conform to the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction, such as public utilities. Where required under The Occupational Health and Safety Act, engage a Professional Engineer to design formwork and falsework for concrete.

Contract forms, codes, standards and manuals referred to in these specifications are the latest published editions at the date of close of tenders. Meet or exceed requirements of specified standards.

Provide copies of documents referred to in the Specification for joint use of Contractor

and Consultant, on site.

1.2 DOCUMENTS REQUIRED BY BUILDING INSPECTOR

Confirm with building inspector, at the commencement of construction, what documents are required for submission both during construction and for occupancy. Keep copies of such documents on site.

At the time of request for occupancy, submit a complete package of all required documents to the building inspector. The package shall contain all documents required for the inspector’s sign off for occupancy, and should be expected to include the following documents: .1 Copies of Consultant’s General Review Reports .2 Copies of General Review Reports of consulting engineers .3 Consultant’s and engineers’ letters confirming project is ready for occupancy in

accordance with the provisions of the Ontario Building Code, Division C, and section 1.3.3, Occupancy of Buildings.

.4 Verification of compliance with tested designs for rated assemblies.

.5 Verification of Fire Protection Systems including: .1 Verification of engineer supervised sprinkler, standpipe and hose system

testing. .2 Material and test certificates for all work, including below ground, in

conformance with NFPA-13 and NFPA-14, as applicable. .6 Verification of Fire Alarm System as follows:

.1 Testing to CAN/ULC S537

.2 Installation to CAN/ULC S524

.3 Monitoring to CAN/ULC S561

Page 116: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 2 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 41 00 - REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

.7 Additional documents as required by the municipality.

END OF SECTION

Page 117: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 5

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 42 13 – ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

A A/B ANCHORBOLT AC AIR CONDITIONING ACT ACOUSTIC CEILINGTILE ADD ADDENDUM ADJ ADJUSTABLE AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT ALM ALARM ALUM ALUMINUM ANN ANNUNCIATOR PANEL ANO ANODIZED AUTO AUTOMATIC A/V AUDIO VISUAL AVB AIR/VAPOUR BARRIER AWT ACOUSTIC WALL

TREATMENT

B BD BOARD BEV BEVELLED BF BARRIER-FREE BH BORE HOLE B/H BULKHEAD BIT BITUMINOUS BLDG BUILDING BLK CONCRETE BLOCK BM BEAM B/M BENCH MARK BN BULL NOSED BOT BOTTOM BP BEARING PLATE BRDG BRIDGING BRK BRICK BUR BUILT-UP ROOFING BV BLOCK VENT

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

This section describes abbreviations and acronyms that may be used in these

specifications and on the drawings and schedules. When references are made in these specifications to the standards, specifications, or

other published data of various international, national, regional, or local organizations, such organizations may be referred to by their acronym or abbreviation only.

The list of abbreviations and acronyms is provided to aid in the interpretation of notations in the construction documents and shall not be used to alter the meaning of notes for which the meaning is readily inferable from the context.

Abbreviations and acronyms can have more than one meaning. Their use shall be considered with respect to different subjects and disciplines where the context in which each is used makes the meaning clear. .1 Example:

.1 CB on floor plans typically refers to a chalkboard .2 CB on site plans typically refers to a catchbasin .3 CB on electrical plans typically refers to a circuit breaker

Where additional or alternate abbreviations and acronyms are listed and used on

drawings, schedules, and in the specification sections prepared by subconsultants, those shall apply to the documents on which they are noted.

Discrepancies shall be noted and brought to the Consultant's attention for interpretation.

1.2 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

The following is a list of abbreviations used in the specifications, schedules and on the drawings:

Page 118: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 5 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 42 13 – ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

C CAB CABINET CAP CARPET CB CHALKBOARD, OR

CATCHBASIN C/B CATCHBASIN CBMH CATCHBASIN MANHOLE C/C CENTRE TO CENTRE CEM CEMENT CER CERAMIC CH CABINET HEATER CJ CONTROL JOINT CL CENTRE LINE CLF CHAIN LINK FENCE CLG CEILING CLR CLEAR CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COL COLUMN CONSTR CONSTRUCTION CONC CONTINUOUS CONTR CONTRACT OR

CONTRACTOR CONV CONVECTOR CORR CORRIDOR CP CONTROL PANEL CPT CARPET CR COAT RACK CS CONVENIENCE SHELF CT CERAMIC TILE C-UL UL TESTED FOR CANADA CTR CENTRE C/W COMPLETE WITH C/S CONCRETE, SEALED D DAM DAMPPROOFING DAT DATUM DBL DOUBLE DET DETAIL DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIA DIAMETER DIAG DIAGONAL DIFF DIFFUSER DIM DIMENSION DISP DISPENSER DL DOOR LOUVER DN DOWN DSP DOWNSPOUT DVTL DOVETAIL JOINT DRY DRYER DW DISHWASHER DWG DRAWING

E EF EACH FACE EJ EXPANSION JOINT EL ELEVATION ELEV ELEVATOR EQL EQUAL EQ/T EQUIVALENT THICKNESS EQPT EQUIPMENT EX EXISTING EXH EXHAUST EXP EXPANSION EXP STR EXPOSED STRUCTURE F FBD FIBREBOARD FD FLOOR DRAIN F/D FIRE DAMPER FCD FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FDN FOUNDATION FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FFL FINISH FLOOR LEVEL FH FIRE HYDRANT FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET FIN FINISH FIX FIXTURE FLG FLASHING FLEX FLEXIBLE FLUOR FLUORESCENT FPR FIRE PROTECTION RATING FR FIRE RETARDANT/RATED FRR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING FSS FIRE SEPARATION FTG FOOTING FURR FURRING G GA GAUGE GALV GALVANIZED GB GYPSUM BOARD GL GLASS GRB GRAB BAR GVL GRAVEL GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD GWG GEORGIAN WIRED GLASS H HB HOSE BIBB H/C HANDICAPPED HD HAND DRYER HM HOLLOW METAL

Page 119: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 5

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 42 13 – ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

HRD HAIR DRYER HTD HIGH TRAFFIC DOORS HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION AND

AIRCONDITIONING HWT HOT WATER TANK HYD FIRE HYDRANT I ID INSIDE DIAMETER INS INSULATION ISOL ISOLATION

L LAB LABORATORY LAM LAMINATE LAT LAY-IN ACOUSTICAL TILE LAT -1 LAY-IN ACOUSTICAL TILE

(TYPE 1) LAV LAVATORY LBL LABEL LDBR LOAD BEARING LDG LANDING LF LIGHT FIXTURE LH LEFT HAND LHR LEFT HAND REVERSE LIB LIBRARY LINO LINOLEUM LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL LNTL LINTEL LONG LONGITUDINAL LPT LOW POINT LMC LINEAR METAL CEILING LS LIGHT STANDARD LVL LEVEL LV -1 LOUVRE (TYPE 1) LWB LIGHT WEIGHT BLOCK M M METRES MAT MINERAL ACOUSTIC TILE MAX MAXIMUM MDF MEDIUM DENSITY

FIBREBOARD MECH MECHANICAL MEMB MEMBRANE MET METAL MEZZ MEZZANINE MH MANHOLE MIN MINIMUM MIRR MIRROR MISC MISCELLANEOUS MLWK MILLWORK

MLWK MILLWORK MM MILLIMETRES MO MASONRY OPENINGS MR MOISTURE RESISTANT MTD MOUNTED MWP MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING N NAT NATURAL NBCC NATIONAL BUILDING CODE OF

CANADA NFHB NON-FREEZE HOSE BIBB NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NO NUMBER NOM NOMINAL NSF NON-SLIP FLOORING NTS NOT TO SCALE O OA OVERALL OBC ONTARIO BUILDING CODE OC ON CENTRE OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER O/H OVERHEAD OPG OBSCURE PLATE GLASS OWSJ OPEN WEB STEEL JOIST OV OVEN P P PAINT PAP PREFINISHED ALUMINUM PANEL PA PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM PB PORCELAIN BASE PAR PARALELL PB PUSH DOOR OPERATOR PBD PARTICLEBOARD PC PRECAST CONCRETE PE PORCELAIN ENAMEL PERF PERFORATED PERIM PERIMETER PERP PERPENDICULAR PG PLATE GLASS PL PLASTER PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE PLUMB PLUMBING PLYWD PLYWOOD PMF PREFINISHED METAL FLASHING PMS PREFINISHED METAL SIDING PMP PREFINISHED METAL PANEL PML PANEL POLY POLYETHYLENE OR POLYOLEFIN POR PORCELAIN TILE PR PAIR

Page 120: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 5 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 42 13 – ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

PREFIN PREFINISHED PRELIM PRELIMINARY PT PAINT, OR PORCELAIN TILE PTD PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER PTN PARTITION PTW PRESERVATIVE TREATED

WOOD PVG PAVING PWC PLASTIC WALL COVERING Q QT QUARRY TILE R R RADIUS RA RETURN AIR RAD RADIATOR RB RUBBER BASE RD ROOF DRAIN REBAR REINFORCING BAR RCONV RECESSED CONVECTOR RCH RECESSED CABINET

HEATER REC RECESSED REF REFERENCE / REFER REFR REFRIGERATOR REINF REINFORCE/D/ING/MENT REM REMOVE/ABLE RES RESILIENT REV REVISE / REVISION RFG ROOFING RH RIGHT HAND R/H ROOF HOPPER RLG RAILING RM ROOM, OR RECESS

MOUNTED RMC REINFORCED MASONRY

COLUMN RUBB RUBBER RUH RECESSED UNIT HEATER RWL RAINWATER LEADER S S -1 STAIN (TYPE) 1 SAD SECURITY ALARM DEVICE SAN SANITARY SC SOLID CORE SCB SLIDING CHALKBOARD SCHED SCHEDULE SD SOAP DISPENSER SEC SPECIAL EPOXY COATING SF SHEET FLOORING SIM SIMILAR

SK SINK SL SLATE SND SANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER SNR SANITARY NAPKIN RECEPTACLE SOG SLAB ON GRADE SP SPANDREL PANEL SPECS SPECIFICATIONS SPC SPECIAL COATING SPF SPORTS FLOORING SPKR SPEAKER SRCONV SEMI RECESSED CONVECTOR SS STAINLESS STEEL ST STEEL STAG STAGGERED STC SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS STD STANDARD STIFF STIFFENER STOR STORAGE STR STRUCTURE SUPPL SUPPLEMENT/AL SURF SURFACE SUSP SUSPENDED SVF SHEET VINYL FLOORING SIDEWALK SWF SPECIAL WALL FINISH SYM SYMBOL T TB TACKBOARD TB TOP AND BOTTOM TBD TO BE DETERMINED TC TEACHER’S CLOSET, OR TOP OF

CURB TEC TECTUM PANEL T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE TEMP TEMPERED GLASS TERR TERRAZZO TEL TELEPHONE TEMP TEMPORARY TH TEST HOLE TM TILT MIRROR T/O TOP OF TOC TOP OF CURB TOCS TOP OF CONCRETE SLAB TOS TOP OF STEEL TPG TEMPERED PLATE GLASS TPH TOILET PAPER HOLDER TR TRANSOM TYP TYPICAL U U/C UNDERCUT U/G UNDERGROUND UH UNIT HEATER

Page 121: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 5 of 5

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 42 13 – ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

ULC UNDERWRITER’S LABORATORIES OF CANADA

UL UNDERWRITER’S LABORATORIES (USA)

UNEX UNEXCAVATED UNF UNFINISHED UNO UNLESS NOTED

OTHERWISE U/P UNPAINTED UR URINAL U/S UNDERSIDE UTIL UTILITY V VAR VARIABLE, VARIES VB VAPOUR BARRIER VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VERT VERTICAL VEST VESTIBULE VT VINYL FACED VR VAPOUR RETARDER VT VINYL TILE VWP VINYL WALL PANEL

W W/ WITH WASH WASHING MACHINE WB WHITE BOARD WC WATERCLOSET (TOILET) WD WOOD WDF WOOD FLOORING WF WASH FOUNTAIN WG WIRED GLASS W/O WITHOUT WP WATERPROOFING, WORKING POINT WR WASHROOM W/R WATER RESISTANT

END OF SECTION

Page 122: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 123: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 1

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 43 00 – QUALITY ASSURANCE

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Refer also to the Quality Control Provisions of Section 00 10 00, General Instructions. Provide a system of quality control to ensure that the minimum standards specified herein

are attained. Bring to the attention of the Consultant any defects in the work or departures from the

Contract Documents which may occur during construction. The Consultant will decide upon corrective action and state recommendations in writing.

The Consultant's general review during construction and inspection by independent inspection and testing agencies reporting to the Consultant are both undertaken to inform the Owner of the Contractor's performance and shall in no way augment the Contractor's quality control or relieve him of contractual responsibility.

1.2 NOTIFICATION

Give the Consultant advance notice of shop fabrication, field erection and other phases of the work so as to afford him reasonable opportunity to inspect the work for compliance with contract requirements. Failure to meet this requirement may be cause for the Consultant to classify the work as defective.

1.3 DEFECTIVE MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP

Where factual evidence exists that defective workmanship has occurred or that work has been carried out incorporating defective materials, the Consultant may have tests, concrete cores, inspections or surveys performed, analytical calculation of structural strength made and the like in order to help determine whether the work must be replaced, Test, inspections or surveys carried out under these circumstances will be made at the Contractor's expense, regardless of their results, which may indicate that, in the Consultant's opinion, the work may be acceptable.

All testing shall be conducted in accordance with the requirements of the Ontario Building Code, except where this would, in the Consultant's opinion, cause undue delay or give results not representative of the rejected material in place. In this case, the tests shall be conducted in accordance with the standards given by the Consultant.

END OF SECTION

Page 124: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 125: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 2

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 51 00 – TEMPORARY UTILITIES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE AND FAX

Install and pay for all telephone and fax machine services for Contractor’s own use, and

for the Owner's and Consultant's use. Fax shall have dedicated line.

Refer to Section 01 52 00, Construction Facilities, for alternatives to site phone and fax machine provisions.

1.2 POWER AND WATER SUPPLY

Provide all temporary light and power complete with all wiring, lamps and similar

equipment as required for completion of the Work. Provide adequate lighting for all workmen, sufficient for safety and for execution of good workmanship, taking particular care to observe all safety requirements. Adequate temporary lighting will be insisted upon. The Owner will not be liable for any loss, damage, delay, or claims for extra costs resulting from lack of services.

Existing building services may be used, as available. This does not include emergency generators or batteries. All costs resulting from the use of these services are the responsibility of the Contractor.

Water supply: The existing building water service may be used to supply potable water for construction use.

1.3 TEMPORARY HEATING AND VENTILATION

Furnish heating apparatus and fuel for heating the temporary offices and sheds.

Provide local exhaust ventilation to prevent harmful accumulations of hazardous

substances into atmosphere of occupied areas. Dispose of exhaust materials in manner that will not result in harmful exposure to persons.

Ventilate storage spaces containing hazardous or volatile materials. Continue operation of ventilation and exhaust system for time after cessation of work process to assure removal of harmful elements. Store paints & solvents in secure, locked, ventilated room at all times.

Protect existing ducting system with filters, inspect daily and replace weekly or more

frequently as necessary. Finally vacuum clean ducting system and replace filters at completion of the Work.

Maintain strict supervision of operation of temporary heating and ventilating equipment. Contract documents for work under this contract consists of the following: .1 Enforce conformance with applicable codes and standards. .2 Enforce safe practices.

Page 126: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 2 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 51 00 – TEMPORARY UTILITIES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

.3 Prevent abuse of services.

.4 Prevent damage to finishes.

.5 Vent direct-fired combustion units to outside.

1.4 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

An adequate number of ABC type fire extinguishers shall be provided for the protection of the work during construction.

1.5 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY UTILITIES

Remove temporary utilities from site when directed by Consultant and/or at the completion of the project

END OF SECTION

Page 127: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 2

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 52 00 – CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 CONTRACTOR'S SITE OFFICE

Maintain a site office within the area of renovation.

The site office shall be furnished with the following as a minimum requirement:

.1 Desk and chair

.2 File cabinets as required for storage

.3 Plan file for storage of drawings

.4 Table and stacking chairs to provide seating at job meetings

.5 Telephone and fax machine, or other acceptable means of communication as noted below.

Mobile telephone will only be accepted in place of site telephone if the contact number for the site is available at all times when construction personnel are on site, and subject to acceptance by Owner and Consultant.

A printer and computer (or equivalent) may be accepted in lieu of a fax machine on site, subject to acceptance of provisions by Owner and Consultant.

Locate site office in a suitable location to approved of the Consultant.

The Contractor shall maintain the following documents, up-to-date, in site office:

.1 Contract Documents

.2 Reviewed shop drawings

.3 All instructions and change documents, ie Work Authorizations, Jobsite Instructions, Notices of Contemplated Change, Change Orders

.4 All inspection and test reports

.5 Permit drawings and specifications

.6 As-built drawings

1.2 STORAGE SHEDS

Provide adequate weather-tight sheds with raised floors, for storage of materials, tools and equipment which are subject to damage by weather.

Storage sheds shall be painted and doors shall be fitted with locks.

Locate storage sheds adjacent to building in the mobilization zone as located on the drawings.

Material stored on site must be protected by tarpaulins until enclosed in building.

1.3 SANITARY FACILITIES

Workers are permitted to use the building’s public washrooms.

Page 128: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 2 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 52 00 – CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Post notices and take such precautions as required by local health authorities. Keep

area and premises in sanitary condition. 1.4 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES

Remove temporary facilities from site when directed by Consultant and/or at the

completion of the project.

END OF SECTION

Page 129: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 2

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 56 00 – TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 PROTECTION

Supply, install and maintain all guard rails, barriers, night lights, sidewalk and curb protection as may be necessary or as the by-laws may require.

Supply, install and maintain all necessary temporary doors, screens and coverings to protect work areas. All such work shall be neatly painted. Doors shall have hasp and substantial padlock. Owners representative shall have key or combination where access is required.

Protect existing asphalt and concrete paving and curbs from damage and make good any

damage at completion of project.

Properly protect floors and roofs from any damage. Take special precautions when moving heavy loads or equipment over floors and roofs.

Keep floors free of oils, grease or other such materials likely to discolour them and/or

affect bonding of applied surfaces.

Protect glass and other finishes against heat, slab and weld splatters, using appropriate protective shields and covers.

Provide and maintain, in good working order, appropriately labelled ULC fire

extinguishers, to the approval of Authorities Having Jurisdiction.

Provide a minimum of two safety helmets on site at all times for the use of any other Owner authorized visitors to the site. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to make certain that any such visitors wear the protective headgear and any other safety gear which may be necessary at that particular time of construction.

Should the job be stopped for any cause, the Contractor shall be responsible for and

provide all necessary protection to prevent damage by weather or other cause until the cause of stoppage has been cleared.

The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for supervision of project and for protection

of public from vehicles in movement, stockpiled materials and construction.

The Contractor is responsible for the prevention of vandalism and theft of all tools, equipment and materials.

Any damage to roadways must be repaired immediately, to municipal standards.

Any damage to site by the Contractors forces, delivery vehicles, etc., must be made good

at the end of the job. Similarly any damage to curbs, sidewalks, or other municipal property shall be made good by the Contractor.

Page 130: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 2 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 56 00 – TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND CONTROLS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.2 TEMPORARY DUST PROOF PARTITIONS

Supply and install dust proof partitions in the existing corridors and doorways at entrance to work areas prior to any work taking place. Refer to Section 02 40 00 for specific requirements for dust proof partitions and to architectural drawing A1.

Dust proof partitions shall remain in place until the new Work is ready for occupancy, and accepted by the Owner.

1.3 SECURITY

The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for supervision of project and for protection

of public from vehicles in movement, for stockpiled materials and construction. Vehicular parking and stockpile materials must be maintained on the construction staging area only. No street parking or stockpiling will be allowed on the Municipal streets.

The Contractor is responsible for the prevention of vandalism and theft of all tools, equipment and materials until date of Substantial Performance of Contract.

1.4 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY BARRIERS

Remove temporary barriers and enclosures from site when directed by Consultant and/or at the completion of the project.

END OF SECTION

Page 131: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 2

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 73 00 – EXECUTION

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 CUTTING AND PATCHING

Before cutting, drilling or sleeving load-bearing elements, obtain approval of location and

method.

Do not endanger work or property by cutting, digging, or similar activities. No trade shall cut or alter the work of another trade who has installed it unless approved by that trade.

Cut and drill with true smooth edge to minimum suitable tolerances.

Fit construction tightly to ducts, pipes and conduit to stop air movement completely. The

trade performing work that penetrates a fire, air, vapour, moisture, thermal or acoustic separation element of the building shall pack voids tightly with insulation, rated where required; seal air, vapour and moisture barriers; and caulk joints as may be required to ensure that no air movement through the penetration is possible.

Cutting, drilling and sleeving of work shall be done only by the trade who has installed it.

The trade requiring drilling and sleeving shall inform the trade performing the work of the location and other requirements for drilling and sleeving. The Contractor shall directly supervise performance of cutting and patching.

Replace and/or make good damaged work.

Patching or replacement of damaged work shall be done by the subcontractor under

whose work it was originally executed, and at the expense of the subcontractor who caused the damage.

1.2 CONCEALMENT

Conceal all pipes, ducts and wiring in finished areas except where indicated otherwise.

This includes new work in existing building.

Where furring out is required, use material similar to adjacent surfaces except where indicated otherwise.

All new horizontal runs of ducts, pipes and conduits shall be concealed in ceiling spaces.

All new duct drops and risers shall be concealed in ceiling spaces, bulkheads or furred out duct shafts. All new pipe and conduit drops and risers shall be buried in walls. New devices in walls shall be recessed.

1.3 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

Mechanical and Electrical services must be temporarily capped or terminated to permit renovation in existing areas to proceed.

Page 132: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 2 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 73 00 – EXECUTION

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Cutting of holes up to 100mm in size in the existing structure and surfaces required by the trades shall be by those Subcontractors. Cutting and patching of openings greater than 100mm in size shall be by the Contractor in co-ordination with the trades. PATCHING OF ALL HOLES IN EXPOSED FINISHED SURFACES SHALL BE BY THE CONTRACTOR. Mechanical and Electrical trades shall do their own coring of existing slabs as required.

1.4 GENERAL NOTES

Refer to the Door Schedule, Section 08 71 00, and the Room Finish Schedule, and the

general notes below.

Junction of different floor finishes shall occur on centre line of doors.

All drywall finished partitions shall be extended to u/s of wood roof deck or slab above.

All exposed concrete block corners shall be bullnose block.

Hardware shown on Door Schedule on the drawings refers to code requirements only. Refer to Hardware Schedule, included in Section 08 71 00, for total hardware required.

H.M. doors and frames shall be prepared for security alarm devices (S.A.D.) and

handicapped door operators.

All fabric finishes on walls shall be maximum 25 flame spread rating.

END OF SECTION

Page 133: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 3

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 74 00 – CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL

Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances, anti-pollution

laws, and recommendations of Construction Safety Association.

Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers, and remove from premises daily.

Prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous conditions.

Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances.

Provide instructions designating proper methods and materials to be used in final cleaning of Work.

Do not burn any rubble, waste or packaging, or surplus materials. No dumping of waste,

such as oil or paint, into sewers will be permitted. 1.2 MATERIALS

Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned, and

as recommended by cleaning material manufacturer.

1.3 POLLUTION CONTROL

Cover dry materials and rubbish to prevent blowing dust and debris.

Prevent dust nuisance to adjacent properties, existing Library and general public by taking appropriate pollution control measures as directed by Consultant.

1.4 FIRES

Fires and burning of rubbish on Site are not permitted.

1.5 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION

Maintain entire site and adjoining municipal and/or private property free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. Do not allow rubbish to accumulate in work under construction or on roofs. Clean site daily.

Provide on-site containers for collection of waste materials, and rubbish. Empty containers on a regular basis in conformance with Municipal and Provincial Regulations.

Page 134: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 3 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 74 00 – CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Cleaning operations shall include those areas used for temporary site access or used on a temporary basis to facilitate the Work.

Broom clean and vacuum areas as required for application of finishes. Continue to clean

on an “as needed” basis and insure that areas which receive paint, floor tile and other critical finishes are kept dry, dust free, and at acceptable temperatures.

Keep all areas of the Work clean and orderly, free from accumulation of dirt, debris, garbage, oily rags, excess material, or such other trash items. Remove such items from all areas of the Work on a daily basis.

Vacuum and/or broom interior building areas when ready to receive painting and other finishes. Continue cleaning on an “as needed” basis until the building is ready for inspection and take-over.

Schedule cleaning operations so that resulting dust and other contaminants do not affect

wet, newly painted surfaces, or newly installed equipment, or devices. 1.6 CLEANING AT COMPLETION OF WORK

In addition to the progressive removal of rubbish from the entire building and Site, and

leaving the buildings broom clean, the Contractor shall perform the following work in preparation for Substantial Performance.

Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials from all exposed interior and exterior finishes, including glass and other polished surfaces. Clean glass both sides, and replace broken glass. Vacuum inside all cabinets and drawers and leave millwork ready for use. Remove paint spots and smears from all surfaces, including hardware.

Remove stains, spots, marks and dirt from decorated work, electrical and mechanical fixtures, and the like. Remove protective materials.

Remove all protective film from switchplates and hardware, particularly kick plates. Clean hardware, aluminum, stainless steel and the like.

Clean resilient and sheet flooring and all floor and wall tile.

Clean lighting reflectors, lenses and other lighting surfaces.

Replace heating, ventilation and/or air conditioning filters at Substantial Performance,

whether or not the units were operated during construction operations.

Vacuum clean all building interiors affected by construction operations before occupancy.

Broom clean paved surfaces and rake clean other disturbed surfaces in the area of the Work, to remove site debris caused by the Work of this Contract. Inspect for damages and make good.

Clean exterior walkways, driveways and the like. Remove snow from walks and paved

areas if necessary, prior to occupancy.

Page 135: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 3

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 74 00 – CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Conduct final inspection of interior and exterior surfaces, and concealed spaces.

Leave premises ready for immediate occupation without further cleaning, all to the Consultant's approval.

END OF SECTION

Page 136: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 137: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 4

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 77 00 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 TAKEOVER PROCEDURE

Subject to detailed instructions included in these specifications, conform to OAA/OGCA

document 100, Take-Over Procedures.

1.2 OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS

Review occupancy with the building inspector well in advance of required occupancy date, and ensure that the requirements are met for occupancy, including all document submissions. Refer also to Section 01 41 00, Regulatory Requirements.

An occupancy permit is required for any project that is not deemed complete prior to the date of occupancy.

Refer to OBC Division C, section 1.3.3, Occupancy of Buildings, for occupancy requirements. The designated building official is required to issue an occupancy permit only under the conditions outlined therein.

In addition to the OBC requirements for occupancy, the spaces must be complete for the

purposes of occupancy by the Owner.

The issue of an occupancy permit shall not imply Substantial Performance of the Contract. Determination of Substantial Performance is defined by lien legislation.

1.3 ACTION REQUIRED AT OCCUPANCY

When of the opinion that the Occupancy Requirements have been met, perform an

inspection of the work, accompanied by the major subcontractors. Submit an inspection report, confirming that the occupancy requirements have been met, to the Consultant and the Owner.

Arrange for and pay related fee for all necessary inspections required for occupancy such as Hydro, Fire Department and Building Department.

Confirm with the building inspector that the occupancy requirements of the municipality have been met, and submit evidence of such to the Consultant and Owner.

Next, arrange for a review of the Work with the Consultants and Owner. The Consultant

will determine whether the Work is Fit for Occupancy.

Request letters confirming General Review from Consultant, and Structural, Mechanical and Electrical Engineers, for submission to Authorities Having Jurisdiction.

Page 138: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 4 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 77 00 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Upon receipt of the required documents, confirm that occupancy of the Work is accepted by the Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Submit evidence of the permission for occupancy to the Consultant and Owner.

When partial occupancy of uncompleted project is required by the Owner, co-ordinate the Owner’s uses, requirements and access with the construction requirements to complete project.

1.4 ACTION REQUIRED AT SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE

Perform the actions listed below prior to issue of the Certificate of Substantial

Performance of the Contract.

Submit the documents and material detailed in section 01 78 00, Closeout Submittals. Deliver all required submittals to the Consultant for approval PRIOR to Substantial Performance of the Work. Final payment will not be made until all these items have been received and approved.

Prior to applying for a Certificate of Substantial Performance, perform an inspection in accordance with OAA/OGCA Document 100, Stage 2, Contractor’s Inspection for Substantial Performance. Submit a copy of the deficiency list to the Consultant.

Ensure all sub-systems ie fire alarm, security, E.M.S., are fully operational prior to

Substantial Performance.

When of the opinion that the requirements for Substantial Performance have been met, submit an application for a Certificate of Substantial Performance to the Consultant. The application shall be as outline for Stage 3 of the OAA/OGCA Take-Over Procedures.

Expedite and complete deficiencies and defects identified by the Consultant. Final

Certificate for Payment will not be issued until all deficiencies are satisfactorily corrected, inspected, and approved by the Consultant, and all documentation has been handed to the Consultant.

Remove all protection erected, and make good all damage to the Work and adjoining

Work due to the lack or failure of such protection. In addition, all debris, surplus materials tools equipment shall be removed from the work areas and the site, and the Project shall be left clean and tidy to the full and complete satisfaction of the Consultant and Owner.

Perform final adjustment of Cash Allowance, specified in Section 01 10 00, General

Instructions.

Arrange for Consultant to prepare CAD drawing files for the Owner using the final as-built drawings. In addition, have the Consultant prepare an updated Project Manual, in Word format.

At time of Substantial Performance, instruct the Owner’s personnel in operation,

adjustment and maintenance of equipment and systems, using operation and maintenance manuals as the basis for instruction.

Page 139: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 4

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 77 00 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Prior to final site review, start up and demonstrate operation of all systems to the Owner and the Consultant.

Review cash allowances in relation to contract price, change orders, hold-backs and

other contract price adjustments.

Review inspection and testing reports to verify conformance to the intent of the documents.

Review condition of all equipment, which has been used in the course of the Work to ensure turnover at completion in “as new condition” with warranties, dated and certified from time of Substantial Performance of the Contract.

When partial occupancy of uncompleted project is required by the Owner, co-ordinate the

Owner’s uses, requirements and access with the construction requirements to complete project.

Provide on-going review, inspection, and attendance to building call back, maintenance

and repair problems during the warranty periods.

Continue to submit monthly deficiency status reports, as specified in Section 01 32 00, Construction Progress Documentation.

1.5 TOTAL PERFORMANCE

Upon completion of all items noted on the deficiency list, clean all areas, surfaces, and

components affected by corrections and completion of deficient items.

Ensure that all services, equipment, and apparatus are properly tested and adjusted.

Letter of Completion:

.1 Submit a Letter of Completion to the Consultant stating that the Contract is complete, that all deficiencies identified by the Consultant, Subconsultants, Inspectors and Owner have been rectified, and requesting final reviews by Consultant and Subconsultants.

.2 Sign and return deficiency lists, issued by Consultant and Subconsultants, to confirm completion of all deficiencies identified thereon.

Final Site Review: .1 Consultant will conduct one site review for Total Performance, within ten (10)

working days of the request by the Contractor. Should the Contractor fail to provide the Letter of Completion, the Consultants will be under no obligation to perform a site review within the above noted time.

.2 Additional site reviews, as requested by the Contractor or as necessitated due to the Contractor's failure to complete work as required, shall be paid for by the Contractor at a rate of $500 per visit, per consultant, plus the cost to prepare

Page 140: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 4 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 77 00 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

additional site review reports at per diem rates (rates as recommended by the OAA or PEO, or as negotiated in advance).

Submit a final request for payment, incorporating all approved changes to the Contract price, and adjustments to the Cash Allowance.

Final Certificate for Payment will not be authorized until all deficiencies are satisfactorily corrected, reviewed and signed off by the Consultant, and required submittals have been completely and accurately provided.

1.6 WARRANTY PERIOD

The Warranty Period on this Project will expire twelve (12) months from the date of

Substantial Performance of the Work, except for extended warranties as called for throughout the Specifications or equipment not certified by Consultant at time of Substantial Performance.

1.7 UTILITY CHARGES

The Owner will assume responsibility for utility service billing.

Contractor to arrange for reading of meters at completion of Work.

END OF SECTION

Page 141: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 5

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 78 00 – CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED FOR OCCUPANCY

Refer to Section 01 41 00, Regulatory Requirements for documents required to be

submitted to Authorities having Jurisdiction, for occupancy.

1.2 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED AT SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE

Prior to Substantial Performance of the Contract, perform the actions detailed in section 01 77 00, Closeout Procedures, and submit the following documents and materials:

.1 Deficiency list prepared by Contractor for all areas of the project. .2 Certificates of good standing from the Workplace Safety & Insurance Board for

the Contractor and all Subcontractors .3 Operations and Maintenance Manuals, including warranties .4 One complete set of final approved Shop Drawings (bound separately) indicating

corrections and changes made during fabrication and installation, plus one digital copy of the same (on CD).

.5 Keys and construction cores

.6 Maintenance materials

.7 As-Built Documents as specified in Section 01 33 00, Submittal Procedures

.8 Electrical panel directories (typed and mounted in panels); refer to electrical specifications.

.9 Pressure Vessels Inspection Certificates

.10 Balancing Report for Ventilation System.

.11 Inspection Certificates required by Provincial, Municipal and other authorities having jurisdiction.

Deliver all required submittals to the Consultant for approval prior to Substantial Performance of the Work. Final payment will not be made until all these items have been received and approved. These submittals include:

1.3 MAINTENANCE MANUALS

At Substantial Performance submit to Consultant two (2) printed copies, and one digital copy, of Architectural, Mechanical, and Electrical Operations Data and Maintenance Manuals made up as follows: .1 Bind printed data in vinyl hard covered, three-ring loose leaf binder for 212.5mm

x 275mm (8-1/2" x 11") size paper. .2 Enclose title sheet, labelled "Operation Data and Maintenance Manual -

Architectural", project name, date and list of contents. Enclose similar sheet labelled Mechanical and Electrical in applicable manuals. Include the following information:

.1 name of project

Page 142: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 5 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 78 00 – CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

.2 name of Owner

.3 name of Consultant

.4 name of Contractor

.5 date of Substantial Performance.

.3 Organize contents into applicable sections of work to parallel project specification break-down. Mark each section by labelled tabs protected with celluloid covers fastened to hard paper dividing sheets.

.4 All data related to a section of work or product shall be grouped together, except for shop drawings, unless otherwise requested by the Owner. Confirm method of organization with Owner prior to assembling manuals. Typically, each section shall be organized, as applicable, as follows: .1 General information; identify section of work, subcontractor(s)

responsible .2 Warranty .3 Guarantees, Bonds .4 Schedules (hardware, paint) .5 Product data sheets .6 Material safety data sheets (MSDS) .7 Operating manual .8 Maintenance instructions .9 Receipts for maintenance materials, keys, etc., .10 Maintenance contracts (applicable to elevator, wheelchair lift, planting,

sod, etc.) .11 Inspection and testing reports

Provide one copy of each of the following in the first binder:

.1 Contractor’s final statutory declaration on CCDC form 9A-2001

.2 Major Subcontractor’s final statutory declarations on CCDC form 9B-2001

.3 Workers' Compensation and Insurance Board (WSIB) certificate

.4 certificates of approval of the work by the Building Department (if available)

.5 Ontario Hydro certificate of inspection.

Provide a disk or memory stick containing all construction progress photos submitted; refer to Section 01 32 00. Provide an index with printed images clearly identified with name of project, description of view and date taken. Disks are to be clearly labelled.

Include the following information, plus any additional data required within the specifications. .1 List of all Subcontractors, major suppliers, and local equipment service

representatives, their addresses and telephone numbers. .2 Date of Substantial Performance (commencement of warranty periods) and

termination dates of warranties. .3 Operating manuals including lubricating, repair and other instructions to keep all

mechanical and electrical/electronic equipment in good working order. Reviewed shop drawings of same. Refer to Mechanical and Electrical Specifications for further requirements.

.4 Door and Frame Schedule (as-built); insert in front of Division 08 section in manuals.

Page 143: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 5

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 78 00 – CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.5 Final hardware schedule, revised to include all changes during construction, including local manufacturer's descriptive and service literature. Include AHC’s final inspection report.

.6 Final finish/colour schedule; insert in front of Division 09 section in manuals.

.7 Provide paint schedule indicating paint brand and formulas used.

.8 Maintenance instructions for all types of floor finish and other special finishes. Include instructions for cleaning, repairing, refinishing and freshening, and warnings of damaging or dangerous practices where necessary.

.9 Maintenance and service instructions and manufacturer's literature for all special architectural features: i.e. windows, patent glazing, handicapped lift etc.

.10 Description, operations and maintenance instructions for equipment and systems, including complete list of equipment and parts list.

.11 All warranties, guarantees, bonds, etc., properly completed and signed, which extend beyond the general warranty period, for all work and equipment as specified or as otherwise supplied and installed, from manufacturers and trades. Warranties, guarantees and bonds shall include: .1 Name and address of project. .2 Warranty commencement date. .3 Duration of warranty. .4 Clear indication of what is being warranted and what remedial action will

be taken under warranties. .5 Signature and seal of Contractor.

List additional material used in project showing name of manufacturer and source of

supply.

Neatly type lists and notes. Use clear drawings, diagrams or manufacturer's literature.

Supply copies of inspection and testing reports, inspection and acceptance certificates, balancing reports, all bound in all three copies of manuals.

Supply Operations and Maintenance manuals, and other required documentation as

specified for Mechanical and Electrical work.

Manuals must bear seal and signature of Contractor.

Maintenance Manuals must be delivered, complete and in one package, to Consultant. The final Certificate for payment will not be issued until ALL documentation has been received, reviewed, and approved, by Consultant.

Due to the high value to the Owner of these manuals, for the purpose of project

administration and calculation of Substantial Performance, the manuals will be assigned a value of $5,000.00 per discipline (architectural / mechanical / electrical).

1.4 SHOP DRAWING MANUAL

Provide one complete set of final approved Shop Drawings, bound separately. Shop

drawings shall be the drawings reviewed and stamped by the consultants. Mark-up shop drawings to indicate corrections and changes made during fabrication and installation.

Provide a complete set of the same documents in digital format also.

Page 144: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 5 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 78 00 – CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Refer to the Index to Shop Drawing Manual included in the Appendix to this Project

Manual. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS

Where supply of maintenance materials is specified, deliver items as follows:

.1 Materials in unbroken cartons or, if not supplied in cartons, they shall be strongly packaged.

.2 Clearly mark as to content.

.3 If applicable give colour, room number of area where material used.

.4 Obtain signed receipt from the Owner’s designated representative and store in an assigned, lockable room.

Copies of signed receipts for maintenance materials are to be included in the maintenance manuals.

Replacement materials are for the sole use of the Owner and must not be used by Contractor to replace deficient work.

1.6 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS AND RECORD DOCUMENTS

Provide As-Built Drawings, as specified in Section 01 33 00, and Record Documents

(electronic files).

Prior to the date of Substantial Performance, request updated drawings from the Consultant. Transfer all “as-built” markups from the on-site drawings to these updated drawings and return them to the Consultant for preparation of architectural Record Drawings.

Record documents shall consist of the original documents altered to reflect all changes and information indicated on as-built documents.

The Consultant shall prepare architectural Record documents and be reimbursed for

costs by the Contractor through the Cash Allowance included in the Contract.

Refer to Mechanical and Electrical Specification Divisions for specific requirements regarding preparation and submission of final mechanical and electrical Record Drawings.

1.7 REVIEW OF MANUALS BY CONSULTANT

Submit all manuals for review by the Consultant. Mechanical and electrical manuals may

be forwarded directly to the consulting engineers for review.

The Contractor is responsible for confirming the completion of the manuals prior to forwarding to the Consultant for review. If any items are outstanding, provide tabs at the

Page 145: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 5 of 5

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 78 00 – CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

appropriate locations and indicate the nature of the outstanding documents to be inserted.

Do not submit partially complete manuals to the Consultant; only documents which cannot be provided at the time of Substantial Performance are permitted to be flagged for later insertion. The Consultant will review manuals once for completion and will then review only one resubmission. If additional reviews are required, the Contractor will be invoiced for the Consultant’s time at a rate of $90/hour.

END OF SECTION

Page 146: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 147: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 2

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 82 19 – FIRE RATING AND ASSEMBLIES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL

Test methods used to determine fire hazard classification and fire endurance rating shall

be as required by Ontario Building Code.

Upon request, furnish the Consultant with evidence of compliance to fire protection requirements as noted in documents or specified codes, etc.

Materials and components used to construct fire rated assemblies and materials requiring

fire hazard classification shall be listed and labelled, or otherwise approved, by fire rating authority. Labelled materials and their packaging shall bear fire rating authorities label showing product classification.

Fire and time rated door assemblies shall include doors, frame, anchors, and hardware

and shall bear label of fire rating authority showing opening classification and rating.

Construct fire rated assemblies in accordance with applicable fire test report information issued by fire rating authority. Deviation from fire test report will not be allowed.

Construct fire rated assemblies as continuous, uninterrupted elements except for

permitted openings. Extend fire rated walls and partitions from floor to underside of structural deck above.

Materials which have a fire hazard classification shall be applied or installed in

accordance with fire rating authority’s printed instructions.

Provide firestopping as specified in Section 07 84 00. .1 Firestopping shall be a tested system consisting of non-combustible materials,

smoke sealant, and means of support, used to fill gaps between fire-rated separations or between fire separations and other assemblies, and used around items that penetrate a fire separation.

.2 Fill and patch voids and gaps around openings and penetrations in and at perimeter of assemblies so as to maintain continuity and to produce a fire resistant, smoke tight seal, acceptable to jurisdictional authorities.

Provide fire blocks to compartmentalize concealed spaces as required by the OBC.

.1 Fire block means a material, component or system that restricts the spread of fire within a concealed space or from a concealed space to an adjacent space.

.2 Fire blocks are also referred to as fire stops in the OBC.

The Contractor shall ensure that all fire safety features called for in the Contract Documents are supplied and installed to meet fire safety standards established by those authorities having jurisdiction. The Contractor shall ensure that the work of Subcontractors is properly coordinated to achieve the intent of this Specification.

Nothing contained in the Drawings or Specifications shall be construed as to be in conflict with any law, by-law, or regulations of municipal, provincial, or other authorities having

Page 148: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 2 ward99 architects

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 82 19 – FIRE RATING AND ASSEMBLIES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

jurisdiction. Work shall be performed in conformity with all such laws, by-laws, and regulations.

Maintain a 1 hour fire-rated assembly at the existing ground floor assembly.

END OF SECTION

Page 149: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 7

DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS

02 40 00 – DEMOLITION

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 RELATED WORK

Temporary Barriers and Controls Section 01 56 00 Execution Section 01 73 00

1.2 REFERENCES

Conform to all laws, By-Laws and regulations of the authorities having jurisdiction and, in particular, the Ontario Occupational Health and Safety Act; The Environmental Protection Act; The Ontario Building Code, Ontario Regulation 332/12; The Ontario Fire Code; The National Building Code, 2010; and the National Fire Code.

CSA S350-M, code of practice for safety in demolition of structures.

Ontario regulations under the Environmental Protection Act: .1 O.Reg. 102/94 Waste Audits and Waste Reduction Work Plans .2 O.Reg. 103/94 Industrial, Commercial and Institutional Source Separation

Programs .3 O.Reg. 347/90 General - Waste Management; refer to "Definitions"

Ontario regulations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act:

.1 O.Reg. 213/91 Construction Projects

.2 All regulations regarding “Designated Substances”

.3 O.Reg. 860/90 Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS)

Conform to “Guidelines for Maintaining Fire Safety During Construction in Existing Buildings”, provided by the Office of the Ontario Fire Marshal.

RFCI Recommended Work Practices for Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings 1.3 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING SITE AND STRUCTURE

Examine the existing site and building before bidding to be familiar with the detailed

extent of demolition, dismantling, relocation and reassembly required.

Examine the drawings and include all costs associated with specific time requirements of the work, including after-hours work and remobilization costs.

No allowance will be made for failure to obtain complete information prior to the bid

closing.

Page 150: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 7 ward99 architects

DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS

02 40 00 – DEMOLITION

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.4 SUMMARY OF WORK

Carry out all alteration and demolition work required to accommodate new work indicated on drawings. Make good any damage caused by alterations required.

Remove HVAC equipment, electrical fixtures and all other items so noted on drawings as required for the renovation, unless otherwise noted.

Unless noted otherwise, building materials resulting from demolition under this contract shall become the property of the Contractor, and shall be removed by the Contractor.

Supply and install temporary construction hoarding and dust proof partitions at junctions

with work area, as indicated on the drawings and as required to complete the work and separate the work from public areas. Construction hoarding and dust proof partitions shall be erected on the ground floor level before or after the building’s operating hours and shall remain in place until the work is fully commissioned and accepted by the Owner.

1.5 SCHEDULE OF WORK

Safety and required exiting from the existing building must be maintained at all times, particularly during operating hours and scheduled events. Work must be suspended if the Owner advises that noise and/or dust is interfering with the building operation.

.2 Work which will generate excessive noise, dust, odour and/or vibration must be undertaken before or after the building’s hours of operation when the building is occupied by the public. Refer to Section 01 10 00 General Instructions and Architectural Drawing A1 for additional information.

.3 Dust proof partitions and construction hoarding must be installed prior to any work being undertaken.

.4 Work which must occur within the main Visitor’s Centre building, when the public is present in the building, outside of the two main areas of construction work for connection to main electrical and mechanical services or otherwise must be undertaken before or after the building’s hours of operation. Refer to Section 01 10 00 General Instructions and Architectural Drawing A1 for additional information.

.5 When the building is open to the public, work related to life safety, the building sprinkler

system and fire alarm system are to occur before or after the building’s hours of operation and must be coordinated with building staff.

.6 Refer to drawings for complete scope of work and for additional notes regarding

scheduling of work. 1.6 PROTECTION

Make good damage to adjacent private properties resulting from Work of this Contract.

Page 151: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 7

DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS

02 40 00 – DEMOLITION

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Protect existing building from damage and contamination during demolition activities. All

openings must be made weatherproof. Provide temporary barriers, dust control measures, security controls, supports, and such additional protection as may be required by specific demolition work.

Construction hoarding / Dust proof partitions: .1 Supply and install temporary construction hoarding and dust-proof plastic

partitions where indicated on the drawings and provide additional hoarding and dust-proof partitions as required to complete the construction work.

.2 Provide construction hoarding as indicated on indicated on the drawings.

.3 Where access is required through partition, provide a solid core wood door or hollow steel door, in steel frame, equipped with self-closing and latching hardware.

Prevent movement, settlement, and damage to existing building to remain, including services, paving, landscaped areas to remain, and adjacent structures. Provide temporary supports, including shoring and bracing, as required. All shoring must be designed by a professional engineer licensed in the Province of Ontario.

Employ licensed rodent and vermin exterminators to destroy all discovered vermin and rodents.

Remove contaminated and dangerous material from the site and dispose of safely and

legally. Meet all M.O.E. requirements.

Take precautions to guard against movement or settlement of adjacent land, existing building, and remaining services and utilities. Provide and place bracing or other means of support.

Take precaution against contamination of air and adjacent properties.

1.7 MAINTAINING FIRE SAFETY IN EXISTING BUILDING

Maintain all required exiting for safe operations within the existing building. Where an exit is closed off due to construction activities, provide alternate exit acceptable to both the Consultant and to Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Any temporary exits must be clearly identified with appropriate signage.

Maintain access roadways for fire department vehicles, acceptable to the fire department. Access must be approved prior to commencement of construction activities.

Store all combustible materials in accordance with the Fire Code and the Occupational Health and Safety Act. Do not store combustible materials within the existing building or against the building. All combustibles shall be stored in a manner which minimizes risks to building and occupants.

Maintain construction hoarding and dust proof partitions and protection at openings, as

specified above, with fire separation ratings as required by Authorities Having Jurisdiction.

Page 152: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 7 ward99 architects

DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS

02 40 00 – DEMOLITION

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Maintain fire alarm system in operating condition in existing building. Notify the fire

department and Owner of any temporary shutdowns of service and provide alternative measures during such periods of time.

Coordinate with Owner and Authorities Having Jurisdiction for all changes to fire

emergency procedures as may be required during construction. 1.8 SERVICES

Seal and cap mechanical and electrical services in order to facilitate removals indicated

on drawings. Mark location and type of service of all capped services at the site. Submit record drawing showing locations and dimensions of all capped services.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 Not Used

PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL

Page 153: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 5 of 7

DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS

02 40 00 – DEMOLITION

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Page 154: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 6 of 7 ward99 architects

DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS

02 40 00 – DEMOLITION

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

existing

Page 155: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 7 of 7

DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS

02 40 00 – DEMOLITION

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

END OF SECTION

Page 156: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 157: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 5

DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE

03 35 00 –CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTIONS INCLUDES

Finishing concrete floor surfaces.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

Division 01- General Requirements. Finish Carpentry Section 06 10 00 Sealants Section 07 92 00 Ceramic Tiling Section 09 30 00 Resilient Sheet Flooring Section 09 65 00

1.3 REFERENCES

ACl-302.lR-96, Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.

ASTM-C171-97a, Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete.

ASTM-C309-98a, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete.

CSA-A23.1/A23.2-00, Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction I Methods of Test for Concrete.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

Submit Product data and Shop Drawings under provisions of Section 01 33 00 –

Submittal Procedures.

Provide list of Products proposed for use on Project where such Products are not specified by trade name or where Specification permits choice or alternatives. Include descriptive manufacturer or Supplier literature.

Include application instructions for concrete curing compound.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Conform to CSA-A23.1/A23.2 and ACI 302.lR.

1.6 QUALIFICATION

Concrete Finishes Company specializing in commercial floor finishing with a minimum of

five years documented experience, approved by the Consultant.

Submit references 2 months before concrete work commences.

Page 158: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 5 ward99 architects

DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE

03 35 00 –CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver Products to site under provisions of Section 01 10 00 – General Instructions.

Store and protect Products under provisions of Section 01 10 00 – General Instructions.

Take delivery of and store packaged materials on site in original undamaged condition

with manufacturers' packing, labels and seals intact. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

Temporary Lighting: Minimum one 200 W light source, placed 2.5m above the floor

surface, for each 40m2 of floor being finished.

Temporary Heat: Ambient temperature of 10 degrees C minimum.

Ventilation: Sufficient to prevent carbon monoxide or high levels of carbon dioxide and other injurious gases from affecting concrete.

Electrical Power: Sufficient to operate equipment normally used.

Work Area: Water tight protection against rain and detrimental weather conditions.

1.9 WARRANTY

Provide a warranty for the work of this section in accordance with the General Conditions

but for a period of three years.

The warranty shall cover defects in concrete floor finishing due to faults in workmanship or materials provided in this section.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

Water: clean, potable and not detrimental to quality of concrete.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

Page 159: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 5

DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE

03 35 00 –CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

3.2 PREPARATION

Steel trowel concrete slabs left exposed or to receive applied floor finishes.

Where concrete slabs are to receive ceramic tile, screed off to true lines and levels and leave ready to receive finish. Depress slabs to accommodate finish thickness.

Where floor drains occur, floors shall be level around walls with a minimum 5mm per

meter uniform pitch to drains, unless indicated otherwise. 3.3 FINISHING CONCRETE FLOORS

CURING

Page 160: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 5 ward99 architects

DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE

03 35 00 –CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

3.5 TOLERANCES

Exposed High Wear Resistance Surface Dense Trowelled: 6mm in 3000mm.

Exposed Smooth Non-slip Surface Trowelled and Broomed: 8mm in 3000mm.

Level concrete slab to achieve the following tolerances: .1 Under carpet - 9mm in 3000mm .2 Under vinyl composition flooring - 7mm in 3000mm .3 Under sheet flooring - 3mm in 3000mm .4 Under thin-set ceramic tile - 3mm in 3000mm and 1.5mm in 305mm maximum

Correct defects in the floor only by grinding or removal and replacement of the defective

slabs. Areas requiring corrective work will be identified by the Consultant. Re-measure corrected areas. Costs of corrective work shall be borne by the Contractor.

Page 161: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 5 of 5

DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE

03 35 00 –CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PROTECTION

END OF SECTION

Page 162: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 163: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 4

DIVISION 05 – METALS

05 52 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED WORK

Architectural Casework Section 06 41 13 Painting Section 09 90 00

1.2 REFERENCES

1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS

Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with Section 01 33 23. Show and describe detail

work of this Section including large scale details of members and materials, of connections, joining details, anchorage devices, dimensions, gauges, thicknesses, description of materials, metal finishing specifications, as well as all other pertinent data and information.

Indicate field dimensions on shop drawings. 1.4 FABRICATION

Design, fabricate and erect structural steel members in accordance with CAN/CSA-Sl6.1.

CAN/CSA G40.20/G40.21

CAN/CSA G164

CSA W47.1

CSA W48

CSA W59 CSA W178.1 CSA W178.2 ASTM A653 / A653M

ASTM A53

ASTM A325

ASTM A307

General Requirements for Rolled or Welded Structural Quality Steel/Structural Quality Steel Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Articles Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of Steel Filler Metals and Allied Materials for Metal Arc Welding Welded Steel Construction (Metal Arc Welding) Certification of Welding Inspection Organizations Certification of Welding Inspectors Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength

Page 164: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 4 ward99 architects

DIVISION 05 – METALS

05 52 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL

.1 Supply angles, bolts, anchors, sleeves and any other attachments to structure

necessary for the installation of work under this Section. PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 WORKMANSHIP

Use only workmen skilled in the Work of this Section. Do work to best standard practice

and in accordance with applicable laws, by- laws and regulations. Conform to the requirements of Authorities Having Jurisdiction.

Fit and assemble work in shop where possible. Execute work according to details and reviewed shop drawings. Where shop fabrication is not possible, make trial assembly in shop.

Welding: to CSA W59. File or grind exposed welds smooth and flush, so as to be invisible

after painting.

Make workmanship of best grade of modern shop and field practice known to recognized manufacturers specializing in this work. Fit joints and intersecting members accurately.

Structural Steel:

Welding Materials:

Sheet Steel:

Prime Paint:

Bituminous Paint:

Zinc-Rich Coating:

Steel pipes:

Galvanizing:

Sheet Aluminum:

Stainless Steel:

Bolts and anchors bolts:

to CAN/CSA - S161.1; CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21. to CSA W59, CSA W55.3 for stainless steel, ASTM A371; for aluminum, ASTM B 285 and CSA-S244. wiped coated, ASTM A 653; structural quality CGSB 1-GP-40 M. CGSB-1-GP-108 M. organic zinc rich coating, “ZRC 221 Cold Galvanizing Compound” by ZRC Worldwide. to CAN/CSA-G40.20 type 300W. to CAN/CSA G164, G90. 2mm thick, clear anodized, satin finish. Type 304 for interior work, Type 317 for exterior applications, No. 4 brushed finish to ASTM A307.

Page 165: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 4

DIVISION 05 – METALS

05 52 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Make work in true plumb, true, square, straight, level and accurate to sizes and shapes detailed, free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance or performance.

Insulate metals where necessary to prevent corrosion due to contact between dissimilar

metals and between metals and masonry, concrete or plaster. Use bituminous paint, butyl tape, building paper or other approved means.

Supply all fastenings, anchors and accessories required for fabrication and erection of

the work. Make exposed metal fastenings and accessories of same material, texture, colour and finish as base metal on which they occur unless otherwise shown or specified. Keep exposed fastenings to an absolute minimum and inconspicuous, spacing them evenly and setting them out neatly. Make fastenings of permanent type.

Draw mechanical joints to hairline tightness and seal countersunk screws and access

holes for locking screws with metal filler where these occur on exposed surface.

Thoroughly clean all ferrous metals, by methods suitable to remove burrs, weld spatter, rust, loose mill scale, oil, grease, dirt and other foreign matter. Apply one coat of prime paint to all surfaces except those requiring field welding. Brush on thoroughly and work well into all crevices.

After erection and installation, thoroughly clean the work and apply field touch up of same

formula as shop coat to all damaged or unpainted surfaces. Work all paint well into all joints, crevices and open spaces.

After installation, remove any rust and touch up all galvanized work with two coats zinc

rich coating. 3.2 WASHROOM VANITY/COUNTER SUPPORTS

Supply and install steel supports at washroom vanity counters:

.1 As detailed on the drawings.

.2 Vanity Support Angle Brackets: 2” x 1/8” steel shapes welded to profiles indicated. Lengths as required to brace and support counter. Provide 5/16” holes for bolted connections, spaced at 6” O.C. maximum. Provide prime painted finish.

.3 Coordinate work with millwork subcontractor and plumbing contractor. 3.3 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS

Examine the drawings and provide all metal brackets and supports detailed or indicated,

with the exception of items included in custom cabinetry.

Anchor Bolts, Lag Screws, etc.: Supply anchor bolts, washers and nuts, lag screws, expansion shields, toggles, straps, sleeves, brackets, etc. where required or called for on Drawings for work of this Section. Such items occurring on or in exterior wall or slab shall be hot dipped galvanized. Thread dimensions shall be such that nuts and bolts fit without re-threading or chasing threads.

Page 166: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 4 ward99 architects

DIVISION 05 – METALS

05 52 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Miscellaneous Sections: Provide all miscellaneous steel angles, channels, tubes, plates, etc. of shapes and sized noted or required which are not included on Structural Drawings or called for in other Sections of the Specifications.

END OF SECTION

Page 167: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 4

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 10 00 – ROUGH CARPENTRY

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED WORK

1. Finish Carpentry 2. Plastic Laminate Work 3. Batt and Blanket Insulation

Section 06 20 00 Section 06 41 19 Section 07 21 16

4. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Section 08 11 13 5. Door Hardware Section 08 71 00 6. Painting and Coating Section 09 90 00 7. Electrical Division 26, 27, 28

1.2 REFERENCES 1.3 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

Do not deliver materials until they are required for incorporation into the work.

Protect materials, under weatherproof cover, both in transit and on site.

All exterior and interior finish materials shall, upon delivery, be neatly stored in a dry

place and shall be protected from damage due to weather, water, or any other cause. 1.4 PROTECTION

Protect fire-retardant materials against high humidity and moisture.

Protect countertops and cabinets with 6 mm plywood or other suitable sheet material.

Protect installed hardware from damage and blemishes.

1. CAN/CSA O80-Series Standards for Wood Preservation 2. CSA O121 Douglas Fir Plywood 3. CSA O141 Softwood Lumber 4. CSA O151 Canadian Softwood Plywood 5. CSA B111 Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples. 6. National Lumber Grading Authority (NGLA), Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber

Page 168: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 4 ward99 architects

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 10 00 – ROUGH CARPENTRY

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 2 – MATERIALS 2.1 MATERIALS

Wood materials: straight, sawn square, true, dressed four sides, properly sized and

shaped to correct dimensions from nominal sizes indicated or specified.

Lumber grade and moisture content: .1 Comply with the official grading rules of NLGA for the particular lumber and

grade, and structurally complying with the latest requirements of the Ontario Building Code.

.2 Comply with CSA Standard O141 Softwood Lumber. Use only grade marked lumber.

All wood materials: .1 well-seasoned NLGA, free from defects which impair strength and durability. .2 Moisture content limit:

.1 S-GRN: Unseasoned

.2 S-DRY: Maximum 19% moisture content

.3 KD: Maximum 15% moisture content

Pressure Treated Lumber to CSA O80.

Blocking, nailing strips: .1 NLGA No. 2 Ontario White Pine, No. 2 Red Pine, all complying with the grading

rules of the NLGA for Construction, .2 Douglas Fir dense complying with COFI standard grading and dressing rules.

Douglas Fir plywood:

.1 comply with CSA Standard O121, COFI Exterior.

.2 Western softwood plywood - comply with CSA Standard O151, COFI Waterproof glue WSP. Exposed two sides shall be grade G2S, and exposed one side shall be grade G1S.

Wood preservative .1 Pentox Green preservative and Osmose Cut End preservative, as manufactured

by Osmose Pentox Inc.; Pentox Conservator Clear for painted wood. .2 For painted surfaces use clear type and for concealed surfaces use green tinted

type.

Fire Retardant Treatment: To ULC S102; flame spread rating 25 or less.

Rough hardware: .1 nails, screws, bolts, lag screws anchors, special fastening devices and supports

as required for the erection of all carpentry items. .2 For preservative treated wood, use only stainless steel hardware, with the

following exception: .1 where galvanized steel items, such as gates, flashings, etc., are being

attached to wood, galvanized steel fasteners shall be used.

Page 169: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 4

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 10 00 – ROUGH CARPENTRY

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.3 Do not mix stainless steel with galvanized steel; contact of these dissimilar metals can cause galvanic corrosion.

.4 Stainless steel hardware to be type 317.

.5 Galvanized hardware must be hot-dipped galvanized as follows: .1 fasteners meeting CAN/CSA-G164 minimum zinc coating of 600 g/m2

(ASTMA153 Class A or B1 G 185) .2 connectors meeting CAN/CSA-G164 minimum zinc coating of 600 g/m2

(ASTM A653 Class G-185 sheet) or better. .3 Electroplated galvanized hardware is not permitted.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

Examine surfaces to receive the work of this Section and proceed only when conditions are satisfactory for a proper installation.

Lay out work carefully and to accommodate work of other trades. Accurately cut and fit; erect in proper position true to dimensions; align, level, square, plumb, adequately brace, and secure permanently in place. Join work only over solid backing.

3.2 INSTALLATION – GENERAL

Provide running members of the longest lengths obtainable.

Slowly feed machine-dressed members using sharp cutters. Provide finished members free from drag, feathers, slivers or roughness of any kind. Remove machine marks by sanding.

Machine sand surfaces exposed in the finished work and hand sand to an even smooth surface free of scratches.

Properly frame material with tight joints and rigidly secure in place. Use glue-blocks were

necessary.

Design construction methods for expansion and contraction of the materials.

Conceal joints and connections wherever possible. Locate prominent joints only where directed.

Match joints made on the site with joints made in the shop.

Unless otherwise specified glue and blind screw or nail all work. Set and fill and plug surface screws using matching wood plugs.

Accurately scribe, cope and mitre members where required to produce hairline joints.

Erect work plumb, level, square and to the required lines.

Page 170: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 4 ward99 architects

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 10 00 – ROUGH CARPENTRY

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Do not regard blocking, strapping and other rough carpentry indicated as complete or exact. Provide rough carpentry items required for the installation of the Work of other Sections.

The use of pressure treated wood is required for the following:

.1 Wood in direct contact with the ground or framed into concrete below ground level.

.2 Structural wood elements within 150mm of ground.

.3 In termite areas, for all structural wood elements within 450mm of ground.

.4 Wood framing members without a dampproof membrane separating the wood framing member from concrete in contact with the ground.

.5 Building components where moisture may accumulate.

Aluminum must not be in direct contact with pressure treated wood. Provide minimum 6mm spacing between aluminum products and treated wood, with10mil polyethylene barrier and polyethylene or nylon spacers.

3.3 INSTALLATION - ROUGH CARPENTRY

1. Blocking: Fasten wood nailers, blocking, bucks, grounds curbs, copings

and strapping solidly to supporting materials in true planes so that they will remain straight and not be loosened by work of other Trades.

2. Framing: Do all wood framing in accordance with the Ontario Building Code -latest version, and to CAN 3 086 as applicable.

3. Preservative: .1 Apply preservative to all cut ends of pressure treated wood. .2 Preserve all other wood indicated to be preserved. Use clear preservative for items to be painted. .3 Preserve wood by immersing in preservative for at least one hour.

END OF SECTION

Page 171: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 2

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 20 00 – FINISH CARPENTRY

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED

All finished wood items and trim, other than custom cabinetry, shown on drawings.

1.2 RELATED WORK

1. Rough Carpentry Section 06 10 00 2. Architectural Wood Casework Section 06 41 13 3. Plastic Laminate Work Section 06 41 19 4. Painting and Coating Section 09 90 00

1.3 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

Protect materials against high humidity and moisture at all times.

PART 2 – MATERIALS 2.1 MATERIALS

Wood materials - straight, sawn square, true, dressed four sides, properly sized and shaped to correct dimensions from nominal sizes indicated or specified.

Lumber grade and moisture content - comply with the official grading rules of NLGA for the particular lumber and grade, and structurally complying with the latest requirements of the Ontario Building Code. Comply with CSA Standard 0141 Softwood Lumber. Use only grade marked lumber.

All wood materials unless noted otherwise - well seasoned NLGA, free from defects which

impair strength and durability. Moisture content limit: S-GRN: Unseasoned; S-DRY: Maximum 19% moisture content: KD: Maximum 15% moisture content.

Hardwood Lumber:

.1 Select white hard maple moisture content of 7% or in accordance with: .1 National Hardwood Lumber Association NHLA

.2 AWI / AWMAC custom grade moisture content as specified.

Douglas Fir plywood - comply with CSA Standard 0121, COFI Exterior. Exposed two sides shall be grade G2S, and exposed one side shall be grade G1S

Canadian Softwood Plywood - comply with CSA Standard 0151, COFI Waterproof glue WSP. Exposed two sides shall be grade S2S, and exposed one side shall be grade S1S.

Hardwood plywood - conforming to CSA 0115 and AWMAC. Face veneer: plain sliced,

bookmatched, select white hard maple. Core as specified.

Page 172: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 2 ward99 architects

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 20 00 – FINISH CARPENTRY

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Solid hardwood – conforming to CSA 0115 and AWMAC. Select white hard maple to be stained and varnished.

FASTENERS:

.1 Wood screws: electroplated, to CSA-B35.4

.2 Nails and Staples: to CSA-B111 PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

Examine surfaces to receive the work of this Section and proceed only when conditions are satisfactory for a proper installation.

3.2 INSTALLATION – GENERAL

Provide running members of the longest lengths obtainable.

Slowly feed machine-dressed members using sharp cutters. Provide finished members free from drag, feathers, slivers or roughness of any kind. Remove machine marks by sanding.

Machine sand surfaces exposed in the finished work and hand sand to an even smooth surface free of scratches.

Properly frame material with tight joints and rigidly secure in place. Use glue-blocks where necessary.

Design construction methods for expansion and contraction of the materials.

Conceal joints and connections wherever possible. Locate prominent joints only where

directed.

Match joints made on the site with joints made in the shop.

Unless otherwise specified glue and blind screw or nail all work. Set and fill and plug surface screws using matching wood plugs.

Accurately scribe, cope and mitre members where required to produce hairline joints. Erect work plumb, level, square and to the required lines.

END OF SECTION

Page 173: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 9

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 41 13 - ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK AND HARDWARE

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK

.1 Provide all casework indicated on drawings. Casework shall have plastic laminate finish except where noted otherwise.

1.2 RELATED WORK 1. Rough Carpentry Section 06 10 00 2. Plastic Laminate Work Section 06 41 19 3. Solid Surface Fabrications Section 06 61 16 4. Door Hardware Section 08 71 00 5. Painting and Coating Section 09 90 00 6. Electrical Work Division 26, 27, 28

1.3 QUALIFICATIONS

.1 All Work to conform to minimum standard for premium Grade Work as specified in Quality Standards for Architectural Woodwork prepared by Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada.

1.4 INTENT

The intent of this Section is that the casework shall be manufactured and finished at the plant, delivered to the Site and immediately installed by this Section including provision of necessary strapping, backings, bearers, rough hardware and finish hardware. Touch up finish immediately prior to completion of the Work and leave in perfect condition.

It is also the intent of this Section that all casework be manufactured with low or no VOC products, to minimize VOC emissions in the finished products.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

Submit Shop Drawings of all finish carpentry and in accordance with Section 01 30 00.

Draw Shop Drawings in related and/or dimensional positions with sections. Scale minimum 1:10.

Shop Drawings shall show fabrication details, materials, jointing, description of anchorage and hardware. Dimensions shall be based on actual measurements taken at the Site. Provide details and dimensions for all fittings and the like for mechanical and electrical connections to this work.

Page 174: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 9 ward99 architects

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 41 13 - ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Submit product data for all finishes.

Submit samples of materials, construction method and finishes for Consultant's approval.

The colour of stain shall be selected by the Consultant; submit prepared 300mm x 300mm finished samples for approval.

Submit samples of all hardware.

Submit one full size sample of proposed units of Type selected by Consultant prior to proceeding with the remainder of cabinet work.

1.6 CO-OPERATION

Co-operate with other Sections and do all cutting, fitting and making good of own work for all Sections as may be necessary to carry out the true intent of the Drawings and Specifications. Examine the work and materials installed by others insofar as it affects this Work, and report to Consultant any such work not done properly.

1.7 MEASUREMENTS

Take necessary measurements at the Building of spaces and conditions to which work must conform or through which access is required. Take such measurements prior to fabrication of the Work of this Section and in ample time to avoid delays in the Work.

1.8 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

Do not deliver finished material during rain or damp weather or until "Wet Trades" have completed their work and windows are glazed or covered. Carefully protect from damage of any kind.

1.9 WARRANTY

Provide an extended Warranty to the General Conditions of the Contract to two (2) years from date of Substantial Performance of the Contract.

The warranty shall cover replacing, reworking and/or refinishing to make good defects in architectural woodwork due to faulty workmanship or defective materials, which appear during this two (2) year period. Work showing defects during this period shall be replaced or made good without delay and at no cost to Owner.

Page 175: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 9

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 41 13 - ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK AND HARDWARE

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 2 – MATERIALS 2.1 MATERIALS

1. All wood must be straight and true, dressed 4 sides and conform to details. It must

conform to official grading rules of Canadian Lumberman's Association for quality and moisture content. It must conform to NBC Structural requirements and be grade stamped according to CSA Standards 0140 or 0151. Stained woods and plywoods must be selected for colour and grain uniformity.

2. All materials shall be low VOC products. 3. Softwood Lumber: Conform to CAN/CSA 0141 and National Lumber

Grades Authority requirements. 4. Hardwood Lumber:

Conform to National Hardwood Lumber Association

(NHLA) requirements. Provide stain finish to AWMAC Premium Grade. Select white hard maple moisture content 7% or less in accordance with:

.1 National Hardwood Lumber Association (NHLA) .2 AWI/AWMAC premium grade, moisture content as specified.

5. Hardwood Plywood: Conform to CSA 0115 and AWMAC. Select white hard maple, plain sliced and bookmathed face veneer core as specified. Exposed faces to be natural grade per AWMAC. Interior of cupboard and closet doors to be classified as exposed faces.

6. Canadian Softwood Plywood: Veneer plywood conforming to CSA 0151. 7. Douglas Fir Plywood: Veneer plywood conforming to CSA 0121. 8. Poplar Plywood: Veneer plywood conforming to CSA 0153. 9. Wood Particleboard:

Conform to CAN3-0188.1. fabricated from 100% recycled or recovered wood fibre, containing no added

urea formaldehyde, and certified by the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC). Conform to ANSI A208.1/Grade M-2, with formaldehyde emissions of 0.09 ppm or less. .1 Nu Green 2 Particleboard as manufactured by Uniboard, or equal by

Panolam Industries or Flakeboard. 10. Hardboard: Conform to CGSB 11-GP-3M. 11. Nails and Staples: Conform to CSA B111. 12. Plastic Laminate: Refer to Section 06 41 19 for plastic laminate work. 13. Glue: Waterproof synthetic resinous glue, of approved type

for general carpentry work and thermo-setting type for plastic laminate work, low VOC emitting. Adhesives shall be free of urea formaldehyde. All adhesives to conform to CSA 0112 Series.

14. Typical Wood Finish:

to Master Painters Institute (MPI) system INT 6.3E Polyurethane Varnish over Stain .1 Wood Stain; MPI #90 .2 3 coats Polyurethane Varnish, clear gloss; MPI #86

Materials to be premium quality.

Page 176: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 9 ward99 architects

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 41 13 - ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Stain colour to be selected by the Consultant. .15 Stainless steel millwork base moulding at Customer Service counters: .1 Finish: Brushed stainless steel sheet. .2 Thickness: 0.030 inches, 22 gauge. .3 Length: 10’-0”, cut to suit the lengths indicated on the drawings. .4 Height: Custom height of 6” as indicated on the drawings. .5 Corners: Mitred corners. .6 Back: Plain to accept construction adhesive. .7 Acceptable Product: Base Moulding MX manufactured by diamond life. .8 Adhesive: As recommended by the manufacturer; Liquid Nails Polyurethane Construction Adhesive.

2.2 CABINET HARDWARE

The hardware specified herein is to be provided as listed. Any proposed substitutions

must be submitted to the Consultant for approval prior to shop drawing submission. Proposed substitutions must be equal or better quality than the specified items and will be considered at the Consultant’s discretion. Hinges must be as specified.

Furnish and install all hardware to custom millwork as follows:

Hardware for 19mm thick cupboard doors Finish Hinges Hettich Selekta Pro 2000 619 Roller Catches Richelieu Selekta Pro 2000 603 Pulls, recessed Richelieu 3100-

310075160174 630

Cupboard Deadbolt Lock

Hafele

235.08.358 Polished nickel

complete with lock cores 210.04.606 and cylinder rosettes 210.04.062

Strike Plates Hafele gable catch: 239.61.319 bottom slot: 239.08.705

black

Elbow Latch & Strike Richelieu

Hardware for drawers Slides Knape & Vogt GS4270 soft close

(length to suit) Zinc

Pulls, recessed Richelieu 3100-310075160174

630

Drawer locks Hafele 235.08.303 nickel complete with lock cores 210.04.606 and cylinder rosettes 210.04.062

Strike Plate Hafele 239.08.705 Black

Hardware for Adjustable Shelves Pilaster Strips Knape & Vogt 255 ZC Steel Zinc Shelf Clips Knape & Vogt 255 ZC Steel Zinc

Page 177: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 5 of 9

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 41 13 - ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK AND HARDWARE

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Hardware for 38mm thick closet doors Hinge Stanley F179 102 x 102 619 Locksets Lockset Complete with Interchangeable Cylinder Supplied by

Finishing Hardware Supplier Roller Catches Richelieu 504XV 625 Surface Bolts

Richelieu

392 646

Keying:

.1 All locks in a room to be keyed alike.

.2 Provide 6 extractor keys.

2.3 FABRICATION – GENERAL

Check job dimensions and conditions and notify the Consultant in writing of unacceptable

conditions. Do not proceed until remedial instructions are received.

As far as practical, assemble work at the shop and deliver to the job ready for installation. Leave ample allowance for fitting and scribing on the job.

Fabricate work square and to the required lines. Recess and conceal fasteners and anchor heads. Fill with matching wood plugs. All fixed elements must be glued and screwed or dowelled to ensure rigid construction.

Comply with glue manufacturer's recommendations for lumber moisture content, glue life,

pot life, working life, mixing spreading, assembly time, time under pressure and ambient temperature.

Provide exposed end grain of solid members and edges of exposed plywood and particleboard with matching solid hardwood edging at least 6.4mm thick.

Make all necessary cut-outs in the furniture for sinks and electrical switch and outlet boxes

and pre-drill all mounting holes for faucets, fittings and outlet boxes. Refer to electrical and mechanical Drawings and specifications.

Provide and install pipe covers, scribing pieces, top, bottom and/or and closures and filler

panels where necessary, including wherever units require furring out or blocking to existing conduits, pipes, etc.

Provide trim around dishwashers and other under-counter appliances after installation of

appliances.

Service cover panels to be provided at all kneehole drawer units, kneehole front rails and knee drawer table assemblies. End closing panels to be provided at all exposed ends of service strips and island/peninsula assemblies. Front filler panels to be provided where called for on Drawings and as required by field conditions.

Page 178: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 6 of 9 ward99 architects

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 41 13 - ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Ceramic base around all toe spaces where indicated on the drawings is specified in Section 09 30 13.

2.4 BASE CABINET CONSTRUCTION

All cabinet work shall be factory assembled in modular, unitized construction. Carefully

machine with dovetailed mortised and tenoned or blind dado joints. Each unit shall be self supporting and designed to be bolted together with fasteners inside units with plastic plugs over fasteners. All joints to be securely glued. Fabricate units as per Drawings and as specified.

.2 Casework shall be plastic laminate veneer. Plastic laminate work shall conform to Section 06 41 19.

.3 All doors and drawer fronts, and all shelving in open shelving units, shall be high pressure laminate. Interiors and concealed gables in plastic laminate cabinetry may be thermofused melamine panels. Melamine must match plastic laminate. Pattern will be in colour to be selected by the Consultant.

.4 All exposed edges of melamine panels to have 3mm PVC edging, in colour to match laminate. All other edges to be sealed and moisture proofed before assembly.

.5 Exposed edges of high pressure laminate panels (HPL) with matching HPL edges.

.6 Gables to be 19mm thick panels, with PVC edging on all exposed edges. .7 Provide top front, top back rails and posts of solid hardwood 19mm x 50mm framing

members, tongue and grooved together and dadoed to gables.

.8 Bottoms to be 19mm melamine panels, with PVC edging. .9 Provide all base cabinets with minimum 100mm high toe space of 19 mm material set

back from front face of cabinets 100 mm minimum. Provide one coat of sealer to toe space. Ensure compatibility with ceramic base grout.

.10 Doors generally to be flush overlay 19mm minimum particle board with plastic laminate

finish at fronts, backs and edges all four sides of colour to match door face. Interior face of door to be considered a finished face.

.11 Refer to detail Drawings.

.12 Doors generally to be flush overlay 19mm plastic laminate faced panels with matching

edges all four sides.

.13 Back panels shall be minimum 13mm thick melamine panels, removable within unit where access is required behind. Removable panels to have PVC edge trim, four sides. Where back panels are exposed to view, they shall be 19mm plastic laminate faced panels.

.14 Drawer Construction

Page 179: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 7 of 9

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 41 13 - ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK AND HARDWARE

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.1 Fronts - 19mm HPL panels with PVC edges on all four sides, secured to front of drawer box with minimum 5 screw nails.

.2 Drawer boxes - 13mm solid birch or maple all glued and dovetailed together. Back and front to be tenoned to sides.

.3 Drawer bottom to be 6mm tempered hardboard grooved into sides, back and front members.

.4 Provide all drawers with spring hinged stops to prevent accidental removal of drawer. Provide guides and slides for all drawers as specified above, sized for depth of drawer. Top hung drawer slides or grooved drawer sides for runners are not acceptable.

.15 Shelves to be 19mm HPL panels, finished both sides, with HPL edging on all four edges. Shelving in cabinets with solid doors may be melamine panels, with PVC edging on all four edges.

.16 Sit all adjustable shelves on pilaster clips. Pilasters to be recessed into gables and fastened with screws.

.17 Shelving in upper cabinets to be generally 300mm deep unless specifically noted. Provide

centre pilaster to all shelves 1200mm long or over.

.18 Provide extended top, bottom and exposed gables where furring out of upper cupboards is required due to pipes, conduits, exhaust ducts, and the like behind to provide a flush face at walls. Extend enclosure to ceiling where necessary to conceal ducts, pipes, etc..

.19 Shelves - 19mm. minimum hardwood plywood with melamine finish, front and back.

2.5 UPPER CABINET CONSTRUCTION

Construct upper cabinets with construction similar to base cabinets.

Shelving to be open shelving generally 300mm deep unless specifically noted. Provide

centre pilaster to all shelves 1200mm long or over. Back to be 6mm plywood finished to match exterior.

Sit all adjustable shelves on pilaster clips. Pilasters to be recessed into gables, and fastened with screws. Staples are NOT acceptable.

Provide centre gable to units 1200mm long and also provide stiffener under bottom at front

25mm x 57mm on all cabinets to prevent deflection.

Provide extended top, bottom and exposed gables where furring out of upper cupboards is required due to pipes, conduits, exhaust ducts, and the like behind to provide a flush face at walls. Extend enclosure to ceiling where necessary to conceal ducts and the like.

Construct units to fit around existing columns.

Page 180: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 8 of 9 ward99 architects

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 41 13 - ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

2.6 TALL CUPBOARDS / STORAGE CLOSET

Construct tall cupboards with construction similar to base cabinets.

Provide minimum 100mm high toe space of 19 mm material set back from front face of cupboard and in line with adjacent base cabinets. Provide one coat of sealer to toe space. Ensure compatibility with ceramic base grout.

Doors shall be 38mm solid wood core with plastic laminate finish at all exposed faces and edges, flush slab doors, as specified above.

Locksets for Tall Cupboards, which are to be keyed alike to room doors, are supplied

under the door hardware but are to be installed under this section. Supply and install locksets for all other tall cupboards.

2.7 COUNTERTOPS AND DISPLAY MILLWORK

Provide and install counter tops of types noted on drawings and herein specified. Refer to Section 06 61 16.

.2 Display Millwork Units: Fabricate to AWI/AWMAC Quality Standards for custom quality. .1 Fabricate as detailed. .2 Case Bodies: Maple veneer plywood with particleboard core, with solid maple

perimeter edge. .3 Plastic Laminate finish at exposed panel faces and edges where indicated on the

drawings. .4 Hardware: For cupboard doors, drawers and shelves as indicated below. .5 Case Doors: tempered glass to CAN/CGSB-12.1, with integral ground finger pulls,

6mm minimum thickness. .6 Case Shelves: tempered glass to CAN/CGSB-12.1, 12mm minimum thickness.

2.8 FINISHING - WOOD CASEWORK

Carefully prepare all wood work to receive finish. Thoroughly sand all wood surfaces to remove machine marks and make dust-free before finishing.

Finish all interior of exposed cases with one coat of selected stain, one coat of sealer, sanded smooth, and three coats of finish as specified. Apply finish in accordance with best practice; the resultant finish must be of highest quality for furniture use.

Finish unexposed surfaces with two coats of tinted sealer.

Provide solid maple hardwood trim at top of low walls in the staff areas of the Customer Service area as detailed on the drawings. Stain and varnish solid wood trim with clear transparent finish.

Page 181: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 9 of 9

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 41 13 - ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK AND HARDWARE

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

Set and place all materials and components in place, rigid, plumb and secure.

Provide heavy duty fixture attachments for wall mounted cabinets.

Install all shelving and counter tops.

Use draw bolts in countertop joints.

At junction of solid surface counter/back splash/side panel and adjacent tile finish, apply small bead of sealant.

Apply water resistant building paper over wood framing members in contact with masonry

or cementitious construction.

After installation, fit and adjust operating hardware for cabinet doors, drawers and shelves.

END OF SECTION

Page 182: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 183: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 4

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 41 19 - PLASTIC LAMINATE WORK

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK

Provide all plastic laminate work indicated on the drawings. Coordinate with millwork

subtrade.

For counters indicated to be solid polymer, refer to specifications Section 06 61 16.

1.2 RELATED WORK

1. Finish Carpentry Section 06 10 00 2. Architectural Wood Casework Section 06 41 19 3. Solid Surface Fabrications Section 06 61 16 4. Door Hardware Section 08 71 00 5. Electrical Work Division 26, 27, 28

1.3 SUBMITTALS

Refer to Section 01 33 23.

Submit two 300 x 300mm samples of all materials to the Consultant for approval. The samples shall be identified by the project number, date and the name of the contractor the samples shall show colours and details of edging, forming and construction. The materials used in the building shall correspond to the approved samples.

Shop Drawings:

.1 Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices and other components.

.2 Show full-size details, edge details, attachments, etc.

.3 Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, including concealed blocking and reinforcement required.

.4 Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixtures, faucets, soap dispensers and other items installed in countertops.

Submit data sheets for particle board, plywood, adhesives, joint sealants, and sealers.

Maintenance Data and Materials: .1 Submit manufacturer’s care and maintenance data, including repair and cleaning

instructions. Include in project closeout documents. .2 Provide maintenance kit for finishes.

Page 184: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 4 ward99 architects

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 41 19 - PLASTIC LAMINATE WORK

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.4 PROTECTION

Refer to General Instructions Section 01 10 00.

Cabinets and doors shall be covered with heavy kraft paper and shall be put in cartons for protection during shipment.

Remove any stickers immediately after installation

Protect installed surfaces with heavy kraft paper secured in position with masking tape. Do not remove until final inspection.

Comply with the printed directions, issued by the material manufacturers. 1.5 WARRANTY

Plastic laminate work shall be warranted against warping or delamination for a period of

two (2) years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Contract.

Work showing defects during the warranty periods shall be replaced or made good without delay and at no expense to the Owner.

PART 2 – MATERIALS 2.1 MATERIALS - PLASTIC LAMINATE

Plastic laminate:

.1 Conforming to CAN3-A172; by Nevamar as indicated below.

.2 1.6mm (.062") thick, general purpose grade for flatwork; finishes to be sued. Balancing sheet shall be the same thickness as surface sheet and shall be supplied by the same manufacturer.

.3 Plastic Laminate selections are as follows: PL1: Nevamar, Silver Alu Metalux, MXT003T, install with vertical grain.

Cores: .1 Wood products shall be FSC certified, manufactured with no added urea

formaldehyde. .2 Particle board shall be NuGreen 2 NAUF particle board, as manufactured by

Uniboard, meeting the requirements of ANSI A208.1 Grade M-2. Surface shall be smooth, dense, and free from loose particles, or defects which will telegraph through the laminate.

.3 Plywood core - fir core, poplar faced, 3, 5, or 7 ply, exterior grade veneer plywood, urea-formaldehyde free. Faces and second ply shall be without voids, or fir plywood conforming to CSA 0121, graded solid faces, 3, 5, or 7 ply.

.4 Provide waterproof cores in countertops with sinks and in all other areas where moisture is possible.

Page 185: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 4

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 41 19 - PLASTIC LAMINATE WORK

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Adhesives:

.1 Formulated for use in decorative laminate fabrication and to suit the conditions of application without failure.

.2 Adhesive conforming to CSA 0112 Series, no added urea formaldehyde; Greenguard Children & Schools certified low emitting products.

.3 Adhesive for countertops where sinks will be installed is to be water resistant.

.4 Adhesive shall be acceptable to the laminate manufacturer.

.5 Plastic Laminate adhesives applied onsite and used within the weatherproofing system must have a VOC content equal to or less than 20 g/L as per section 01 67 00.

Sealant - approved water-resistant sealer or glue, low VOC.

Draw bolts - mechanical devices of approved manufacture which can be recessed into

the core of decorative laminated panels and used to draw two parts together for permanently tight joints. Fixing clips - 1.6mm. (16 ga.) steel, galvanized (or prime painted), as detailed.

2.2 FINISH SCHEDULES

Refer to room finish schedule and drawings for details of countertop work.

2.3 PLASTIC LAMINATE WORK

All units shall be shop fabricated. Plastic laminate shall be applied to an approved

underlayment with a thermosetting adhesive.

Build work plumb, true and square. Arrange adjacent parts of continuous laminate work to match in colour and pattern.

Obtain the governing dimensions before fabricating items which are to accommodate or

abut appliances or equipment.

Veneering of plastic laminate to core material shall be done according to the laminate manufacturer's directions. All veneered work shall be backed with a balancing sheet except where exposed in the finished work, then face veneer to be applied to all exposed surfaces.

Where fabrication is done at the site, laminate and core materials shall be stored in the

work area for not less than 48 hours for preconditioning before bonding together.

Self Edging. .1 Straight self edging shall be decorative laminate 1.6mm thick. .2 Chamfer exposed edges of laminate uniformly, at approximately 15mm. .3 Do not mitre the decorative laminate sheet at edges.

Joints: .1 Locate joints where indicated, where not indicated at approximately 2440 or

3660mm centres also include joints at corners, and changes in superficial area.

Page 186: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 4 ward99 architects

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 41 19 - PLASTIC LAMINATE WORK

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

.2 Accurately fit decorative laminate together to provide tight, flush, butt joints.

Joints in cored. panels shall be made with 6mm blind splines and draw bolts, one draw bolt for widths up to 150mm, two or more draw bolts at maximum 450mm o.c. for widths exceeding 150mm.

.3 Seal the core at joints with sealer. 2.4 EXAMINATION OF SURFACES AND CONDITIONS

Refer to General Instructions 01 10 00.

Surface and ambient temperatures shall be minimum of 20oC at a relative humidity

between 20 to 80%. PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION – GENERAL

Install all work plumb, true and square, neatly scribed to adjoining surfaces.

Make allowances around periphery and where fixed objects pass through or project into

countertops, to permit normal movement without restriction.

Secure work by concealed means in an approved manner (or as detailed). Fasteners shall not be more than 600mm o.c. and 150mm from edges and ends. Where concealed fastening is not possible use stainless steel trim threaded screws with matching cup washers or other approved means.

Sand or chamfer site cut edges of the laminate free from chips. Radius any internal angle

cuts. Seal core edges.

Isolate decorative laminate panels from direct contact with exterior metal frames.

Upon completion of installation remove identification marks and clean surfaces. Protect as specified in 1.4 above.

3.2 TRIM

Decorative laminate trim shall be as detailed. Joints shall be kept to the minimum, with

none occurring in lengths under 3000mm. Slightly bevel the laminate edges of joints. Secure trim with adhesive.

END OF SECTION

Page 187: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 4

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 61 16 - SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED

Provide continuous solid polymer counters and vertical panels, as detailed on drawings.

1.2 RELATED WORK

1. Rough Carpentry Section 06 10 00 2. Finish Carpentry Section 06 20 00 3. Architectural Casework Section 06 41 13 4. Plastic Laminate Work Section 06 41 19

1.3 SUBMITTALS

Refer to Section 01 33 23.

Submit samples of solid surfacing materials to the Consultant for colour selection. The materials used in the building shall correspond to the approved samples.

Shop Drawings: .1 Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale

details, attachment devices and other components. .2 Show full-size details, edge details, attachments, etc. .3 Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, including concealed blocking and

reinforcement required. .4 Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixtures, faucets,

soap dispensers and other items installed in solid surface.

Maintenance Data and Materials: .1 Submit manufacturer’s care and maintenance data, including repair and cleaning

instructions. Include in project closeout documents. .2 Provide maintenance kit for finishes.

1.4 PROTECTION

Refer to General Instructions Section 01 10 00.

Countertop surfaces shall be covered with heavy kraft paper, or tops shall be put in cartons for protection during shipment.

Protect installed countertop with heavy kraft paper secured in position with masking tape. Do not remove until final inspection.

Comply with the printed directions, issued by surface manufacturers.

Page 188: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 4 ward99 architects

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 61 16 - SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.5 WARRANTY

Solid surface countertops work shall be warranted against warpage or manufacturing defects for a period of ten (10) years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work. Work showing defects during this period shall be replaced or made good without delay and at no expense to the Owner.

PART 2 – MATERIALS 2.1 MATERIALS

Solid surfacing material shall be cast, nonporous, filled polymer, with through body

colours, Greenguard certified; Corian as manufactured by DuPont. .1 Thickness: 12.7mm .2 Finish: Semi-gloss .3 Edge: as detailed .4 Colours as follows:

SP1 DuPont, Corian, Private Collection, “Natural Gray”

Joint adhesive: Manufacturer’s standard one- or two-part adhesive kit to create inconspicuous, nonporous joints.

Sealant: Manufacturer’s standard mildew-resistant, FDA-compliant, NSF 51-compliant, ULC or cUL listed silicone sealant in colours matching components.

Conductive tape: Manufacturer’s standard aluminum foil tape, with required thickness, for use with cutouts near heat sources.

Insulating felt tape: Manufacturer’s standard for use with conductive tape in insulating

solid surface material from adjacent heat source.

2.2 SHOP ASSEMBLY

Fabricate components to greatest extent practical to sizes and shapes indicated, in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer’s printed instructions and technical bulletins. Provide products in the largest pieces available.

Form joints between components using manufacturer’s standard joint adhesive without conspicuous joints. Reinforce with strip of solid polymer material, 50mm wide.

Provide factory cutouts for plumbing fittings and accessories as indicated on the drawings.

Rout and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns.

Page 189: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 4

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 61 16 - SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.1 Rout cutouts, radii and contours to template. .2 Smooth edges.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION OF SURFACES AND CONDITIONS

Refer to “Examination of Work in Place” in Section 01 10 00, General Instructions.

Surface and ambient temperatures shall be minimum of 20oC at a relative humidity

between 20 to 80%, for a minimum of 72 hours prior to installation and continually following installation.

3.2 INSTALLATION – GENERAL

Install work plumb, true and square, neatly scribed to adjoining surfaces.

Make allowances around periphery and where fixed objects pass through or project into

countertops to permit normal movement without restriction.

Form field joints using manufacturer’s recommended adhesive, with joints inconspicuous in finished work. Exposed joints/seams shall not be allowed.

Reinforce field joints with solid surface strips extending a minimum of 25mm on either

side of the seam with the strip being the same thickness as the top.

Cut and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns. Perimeter exposed edges to be finished smooth at undermount sink perimeter.

Rout radii and contours to template.

Anchor countertops and fascia securely to base cabinets or other supports.

Align adjacent countertops and form seams to comply with manufacturer’s written

recommendations using adhesive in colour to match countertop.

Install vertical panels at both ends of vanity counter surfaces; at both high level and lowe level counters.

Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches and clean entire surface.

Install countertops with no more than 3 mm sag, bow or other variation from a straight

line.

At junction of counter back and side splashes and adjacent wall finishes, apply small bead of sealant.

Page 190: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 4 ward99 architects

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

06 61 16 - SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Upon completion of installation remove identification marks and clean all surfaces. Protect as specified above.

END OF SECTION

Page 191: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 3

DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

07 21 16 – BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDED

Acoustical Batt Insulation. Batt Insulation

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1. Division 1 - General Requirements. 2. Rough Carpentry Section 06 10 10 3. Division 20 - Mechanical

1.3 REFERENCES

CAN/ULC-S702-1997, Thermal Insulation, Mineral Fibre, for Buildings.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

INSULATION .1 Acoustical Batt Insulation at Existing and New Interior Walls:

.1 Mineral fibre to CAN/ULC-S702, thickness as indicated.

.2 Acceptable Products: .1 CGC: Thermafiber Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets. .2 CertainTeed Insulation Canada Inc.: Sustainable Insulation Noise

Reducer Sound Attenuation Batts. .3 Owens Corning Canada Inc.: EcoTouch Quiet Zone Pink Fibreglass Acoustic Insulation. .4 Roxul Inc.: Acoustical Fire Batt (AFB).

.2 Batt Insulation at Existing Exterior Walls:

.1 Mineral fibre to CAN/ULC‐S702, Type 1 ‐ unfaced, thickness as indicated. .2 Thermal Resistance: RSI value of 2.47 per 89mm thickness. .3 Acceptable Product: Roxul Inc., Roxul Comfortbatt.

ACCESSORIES

Insulation Clips: Impale type, perforated 50mm by 50mm cold rolled galvanized carbon steel 0.8mm thick, spindle of 2.5mm diameter annealed steel, length to suit insulation, 25mm diameter washers of self-locking type.

Page 192: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 3 ward99 architects

DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

07 21 16 – BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Retaining Mesh: Galvanized steel, hexagonal wire mesh. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION

Verify that substrate surfaces, adjacent materials and installation conditions are rec1dy to

accept the work of this section. Ensure insulation materials and surfaces are dry.

Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate and conditions.

3.2 INSULATION INSTALLATION

Supply insulation to Section 06 10 10 -Rough Carpentry as required for building-in to work of that section.

Install insulation to maintain continuity of thermal protection and acoustical separation of building elements and spaces.

Fit insulation closely around electrical boxes, pipes, ducts, frames and other objects in or

passing through insulation. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces.

Do not compress insulation to fit into spaces. Install in spaces without gaps or voids.

Install friction fit insulation tight to framing members.

On sloping surfaces or in ceiling applications retain insulation in place with impale type fastener spaced at 600mm on centre. Adhere fastener to substrate with adhesive compatible with fastener and substrate.

In unfinished unexposed applications retain insulation in place with wire mesh secured to

framing members with fasteners appropriate for framing material.

Keep insulation minimum 75mm from heat emitting devices such as recessed light fixtures.

Notify the Consultant upon completion of insulation installation to allow for inspection

before work is enclosed and obscured.

3.3 PROTECTION

Protect insulation under provisions of Section 01 56 00 -Temporary Controls.

Protect insulation from harmful weather exposures and physical abuse.

Provide temporary coverings or enclosures when insulation will be subject to damage and cannot be protected by permanent construction immediately after installation.

Page 193: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 3

DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

07 21 16 – BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

END OF SECTION

Page 194: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 195: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 5

DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

07 92 00 – SEALANTS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED WORK

Architectural Wood Casework Section 06 41 13 Plastic Laminate Section 08 41 19 Firestopping and Smoke Seal Section 07 84 00 Plumbing Fixtures Division 22

1.2 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

The products of the following manufacturers are approved for use subject to meeting the specifications for the particular type of sealants listed below. However, this is not an approval to substitute another type of sealant for those specified unless the material manufacturer requests change in his product in writing to the Consultant. .1 Canadian General Electric Company Ltd. .2 Dow Corning Canada Inc. .3 Tremco

Material manufacturers must be willing to review Shop Drawings and drawing details, visit

the site to review sealant installation and provide written reports to the Consultant.

1.3 INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS

Sealants and caulking shall be installed by a specialized Subcontractor, having skilled mechanics thoroughly trained and competent in all aspects of caulking work, with minimum 5 years’ experience.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

Submit samples of each sealant, in conformance with Section 01 33 23.

Provide colour cards for Consultants selection.

Submit written adhesion and compatibility approval from the sealant manufacturer for all materials to be sealed.

1.5 WARRANTY

Extend Contractor’s warranty to five (5) years, in writing. Warranty shall commence on

the date of Substantial Performance.

Page 196: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 5 ward99 architects

DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

07 92 00 – SEALANTS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Defective work shall include, but not be restricted to, joint leakage, cracking, crumbling, melting, running, loss of adhesion, loss of cohesion, or staining of adjacent surfaces.

Provide manufacturer’s project-specific 20 year non-staining warranty and 10 year weather seal warranty for “Type A” sealant listed below.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS

Sealant Type A: For exterior locations. Non-Staining, primer less, silicone weather-

proofing sealant: .1 SilPruf SCS9000 NB, manufactured by Canadian General Electric Company

Limited, Dow Corning 756 SMS, manufactured by Dow Corning Canada Inc., or .2 Spectrem 3, manufactured by Tremco Ltd., and .3 conforming to the product properties published.

Sealant Type B: For interior locations. Non-staining, primer less, silicone hybrid sealant:

.1 SCS7000, manufactured by Canadian General Electric Company Limited.

.2 Dow Corning 756 SMS, manufactured by Dow Corning Canada Inc., or

.3 Spectrem 3, manufactured by Tremco Ltd., and

Sealant Type C: For interior locations where conditions of high humidity exist such as washrooms, showers, Mildew resistant, one component silicone conforming to CGSB 19-GP.22M and ASTM C920: .1 CGE SCS1700 Sanitary Sealant, .2 Dow Corning 786, or .3 Tremco Tremsil 200 White

Sealant Type D: For interior locations. Paintable, non-staining, primer less, silicone

hybrid sealant: .1 SCS7000, manufactured by Canadian General Electric Company Limited.

Sealant Type E:

.1 Multi-component, epoxidized polyurethane sealant conforming to CAN/CGSB-19.24, Type 2, Class B, SWRI Certified.

.2 Dymeric 240, manufactured by Tremco Ltd.

.3 [Contractors Weatherproofing Sealant (CWS) Contractors Concrete Sealant by Dow Corning.]

Colours of sealants and caulking when exposed in the finished work to later selection by the Consultant. Allow different colours for different situations and materials. Allow for custom colours for exterior sealants.

Primers for sealing: As manufactured or recommended by the manufacturer of the sealing materials for the specific applications.

Page 197: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 5

DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

07 92 00 – SEALANTS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Joint backing material: .1 circular foam strips, of approved manufacture, compatible with sealant and 50%

greater width than joint width; .2 Vertical Surfaces: extruded polyolefin foam, Sof Rod by Tremco Ltd. .3 Horizontal Surfaces: closed cell polyethylene foam, Standard Backer Rod by

Tremco. Bond Breaker: pressure sensitive plastic tape backing material, which will not bond to

sealant; 3M #226 or #481, or Valley Industries #40.

Cleaning material for surfaces to receive sealant to be as recommended by the manufacturer of the sealant.

PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 LOCATIONS

Seal all exterior junctions and joints wherever required to close gap and wherever sealant

is essential to maintain the continuity of air barrier, water barrier, or non-rated smoke separation of wall with Sealant Type A. Areas to be caulked include: .1 Concrete to metal, masonry, concrete and precast concrete. .2 Masonry to metal, concrete, precast concrete, and masonry. .3 Metal to metal, masonry, concrete, and precast concrete. .4 Around pipes and conduit through foundation walls. .5 Between hollow metal frames and screens and adjacent materials. .6 Between metal siding and metal panels and adjacent materials. .7 Between window, louvre, and skylight frames and sills and adjacent materials. .8 At all control and expansion joints.

Seal all interior junctions and joints wherever required to close gap and wherever sealant

is essential to maintain the continuity of air barrier, water barrier, or non-rated smoke separation of wall with Sealant Type B. Areas to be caulked include: .1 Concrete to metal, masonry, concrete and precast concrete. .2 Masonry to metal, concrete, precast concrete, and masonry. .3 Metal to metal, masonry, concrete, and precast concrete. .4 Around pipes and conduit through walls. .5 Between hollow metal frames and screens and adjacent materials. .6 Between window, louvre, and skylight frames and sills and adjacent materials. .7 At all joints between millwork and masonry, to provide neat junction. .8 At junction between all counters and/or splashbacks and adjacent substrate with

neat 3mm bead. .9 At all control and expansion joints.

Seal with Sealant Type C at the following locations:

.1 Around access panels in ceramic tile faced walls with a neat 3mm bead.

.2 Around perimeter of piping penetration at tile work.

.3 At junctions between all counter tops and/or splashbacks and adjacent substrate in washrooms, with neat 3mm bead.

Page 198: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 5 ward99 architects

DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

07 92 00 – SEALANTS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

.4 At junctions of lavatories, toilets, and other plumbing fixtures and adjacent substrate.

Seal with Sealant Type D at all interior non-moving joints to be painted.

Seal at all other vertical and horizontal joint locations with Sealant Type E.

Refer to Section 07 84 00, Firestopping and Smoke Seal, for location of fire stopping and fire resistant caulking.

Refer to Section 09 29 00, Gypsum Board, for acoustic sealant work.

3.2 SUPERVISION

Unless specified otherwise herein comply with the recommendations and directions of the

manufacturer whose materials are being used on the work.

Arrange for the sealant manufacturer's technical representatives to visit the site prior to the commencement of the sealing to meet with the Contractor and the Consultant.

Sealant manufacturer to visit site periodically and to provide written reports to Consultant ensuring sealant is in accordance with good trade practice, the manufacturer's recommendations and the intent of this Specification.

3.3 PREPARATION

Install sealants only when surfaces and ambient temperatures are suitable for the

material used, as per manufacturer’s recommendations.

Clean all joints and spaces to be sealed.

Ensure that surfaces are structurally sound, free from grease, chalk or other contaminants which may adversely affect the adhesion of the sealing materials. Use dry oil free clean compressed air stream if necessary to clean out the joint.

Clean surfaces with a solvent or cleaner recommended by the manufacturer of the

sealant materials.

Remove chalk lines completely. Do not place clear sealant over coloured chalk lines.

Test materials for indications of staining or poor adhesion before any sealing is commenced.

Submit colour chart to Consultant and obtain his written instructions for colours and

locations of colours.

Page 199: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 5 of 5

DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

07 92 00 – SEALANTS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

3.4 PRIMING

If recommended by the manufacturer of the sealing materials, prime joints to prevent staining, or to assist the bond, or to stabilize porous surfaces.

Apply primer with a brush which will permit the priming of all joint surfaces.

3.5 MASKING

Where necessary to prevent contamination of adjacent surfaces, mask the areas adjacent to the joints with masking tape.

3.6 INSTALLATION

Install joint backing materials at all locations as detailed or where required by sealant manufacturer's printed directions.

Install a bond breaker tape or packing over asphalt impregnated fibre board as recommended by sealant manufacturer.

Ensure that the correct sealant depth is maintained.

Finished joints shall be free of wrinkles, sags, air pockets, ridges and embedded impurities.

Tool all sealant surfaces to produce a smooth surface.

Remove droppings and excess sealant as work progresses and before material sets.

Sealing materials shall be gun grade or tool grade consistency to suit the joint conditions.

Commence sealing only after all adjacent surfaces have been painted under Painting

Section. 3.7 CLEANING

Clean adjacent surfaces immediately and leave work neat and clean. Remove excess

sealant and droppings using recommended cleaners as work progresses. Remove masking after joint tooling.

END OF SECTION

Page 200: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 201: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 11

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 11 13 – HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED WORK

Sealants Section 07 92 00 Door Hardware Section 08 71 00 Gypsum Board Section 09 29 00 Painting and Coating Section 09 90 00 Electrical Division 26, 27, 28

1.2 WORK INCLUDED

Supply and install all hollow metal products including doors, frames, transom frames, screens, sidelight and window assemblies with provision for glazed, paneled or louvered openings, fire labelled and non-labelled, as scheduled or shown on the Drawings.

Work shall include the following: .1 Door cutouts, complete with reinforcing, stops and closers required for glazing. .2 Reinforcing for Finishing Hardware. .3 Supply all necessary fastening and anchoring devices for above items. .4 Steel closure pieces at metal panels, steel columns, horizontal members, and

hollow metal frames and screens. Refer to Drawings. .5 Metal panels in hollow metal frames. .6 Provision of zinc-rich coating on all exterior steel doors, frames and screens. .7 Fire rated and labelled doors, frames, & screens where noted on schedule. .8 Supply and install HSS and channel reinforcing members where shown at

screens and door frames/sidelights. .9 Supply and installation of transfer grilles and door louvres, where indicated on

Door and Frame Schedule; fire labelled where door rating is indicated. .10 Supply and install door silencers on metal frames.

1.3 REFERENCES .1 CAN4-S104 Fire Tests of Door Assemblies .2 CAN4-S105 Standard Specification for Fire Door Frames Meeting

the Performance Required by CAN4-S104 .3 CAN4-S106 Standard Method for Fire Tests of Window and Glass

Block Assemblies .4 Canadian Steel Door Manufacturers Association (CSDMA)

.1 Recommended Specifications for Commercial Steel Doors and Frames

.2 Recommended Dimensional Standards for Commercial Steel Doors and Frames

.3 Recommended Specifications for Sound Retardant Steel Doors and Frames

.4 Canadian Fire Labelling Guide for Commercial Steel Door and Frame Products

.5 Guide Specification for Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames .5 CGSB 82.5 Insulated Steel Doors .6 CSA A101 Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulation for Buildings

Page 202: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 11 ward99 architects

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 11 13 – HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

.7 CSA W59 Welded Steel Construction (Metal Arc Welding)

.8 ASTM A653 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated Zinc Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process

.9 ANSI A250.4 Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors Frames and Frame Anchors

.10 ANSI A115.IG Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware

.11 ANSI A250.11 Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames

1.4 PERFORMANCE

Doors and frames covered by this specification shall be certified as meeting Level “A” acceptance criteria when tested in strict conformance with ANSI-A250.4-2011. Swing Test duration shall be 1,000,000 cycles. For door twist tests maximum deflection is not to exceed 32mm (1¼”) when loaded to 136kg (300 lbs), and permanent deflection is not to exceed 3.2mm (1/8"). Tests shall be conducted by an independent nationally recognized accredited laboratory.

Fire labelled product shall be provided for those openings requiring fire protection and temperature rise ratings, as determined and scheduled by the Consultant. Doors, frames, transom frames and sidelight assemblies shall be tested in strict accordance with CAN4-S104. Product shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories of Canada under an active Factory Inspection Program and shall be constructed as detailed in Follow-Up Service Procedures issued to the manufacturer.

Should any door or frame specified by the Consultant to be fire rated, not qualify for labelling due to design, hardware, glazing or any other reason, advise the Consultant before manufacturing commences.

Core materials for exterior doors shall attain a thermal resistance rating RSI 1.06 (R6.0)

when tested in accordance with ASTM C518.

Product quality shall meet standards set by the Canadian Steel Door Manufacturers Association.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Supply all steel door and frame product from one manufacturer Member Company of the

CSDMA. Manufacturer must be capable of labelling the fire rated doors, frames, and screens,

glazed with specified fire glass. Refer to Section 08 81 00 for fire glass specifications. No Georgian Wire Glass will be permitted on the job.

CSDMA Specification 08 11 13 “Commercial Steel Doors and Frames” is the minimum fabrication standard for this section, as if printed in its entirety herein, except where specified otherwise.

Page 203: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 11

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 11 13 – HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Handle and install product in strict compliance with CSDMA 08 11 13, DHI A115.IG and NFPA 60.

A cash allowance is included in the tender price to cover cost of an independent

inspection company, to be selected by Consultant. Allowance is the responsibility of the Contractor and any ensuing deficiency correction costs are the responsibility of the supplier and/or the installer(s), as determined by the inspection report. The Owner reserves the right to have inspection include manufacturing facilities, and work in progress for this project, prior to award of contract or Substantial Performance of the contract.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

Submit confirmation that the manufacturer can label all fire rated doors, frames, and screens, glazed with the fire rated glass to be used on the project, for the fire separation required.

Prepare and submit shop Drawings in accordance with Section 01 33 23, and show the following: .1 Door and frame schedules, identifying each unit, with door numbers referencing

the numbering in the contract documents. .2 Provide columns for Stock Code Numbers for both doors and frames. .3 Typical and special details; including mortises, reinforcements, anchorages,

locations of exposed fasteners, openings (glazed, panelled or louvered) and arrangement of hardware.

.4 Materials and finishes; including steel, core, material thickness.

.5 Hardware preparation.

.6 Frame anchorage details.

.7 Submit manufacturer's standard catalogue data for specified products demonstrating compliance with referenced standards.

.8 Other pertinent information

Submit information on standard shop drawing sheets as approved by the Canadian Steel Door and Frame Manufacturers Association.

Shop drawings for hollow metal screens over 8m2 in size, and for all screens which are required by code to be designed as guards at variations in floor level, must be sealed by a professional engineer, registered in the Province of Ontario.

Submit manufacturer's printed installation instructions.

Operation and Maintenance Data: Include methods for maintaining installed products

and precautions against cleaning materials and methods detrimental to finishes and performance.

Page 204: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 11 ward99 architects

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 11 13 – HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.7 PRODUCT HANDLING

Matchmark doors, panels, frames and windows with Stock Code Numbers as shown on the Door Schedule. If Stock Code Numbers are not shown on the Schedule, matchmark with Door Numbers.

Deliver, store and handle components so as to prevent damage, distortion and corrosion.

Store Steel Frames under cover, raised on wood skids at least 100mm above grade, and as required to prevent damage and rusting. Store assembled frames in an upright position. Stack frames to prevent twisting; maximum 5 units per stack. Provide minimum 6mm airspace between frames to permit air circulation. Covers must be vented so as to avoid a build-up of humidity within.

Doors to be delivered to site immediately prior to installation. Store doors protected at corners to prevent damage or marring of finish. Store in upright position, in enclosed, dry space, in a manner to prevent rust and damage. Use vented covers.

1.8 TESTING

Three doors will be selected at random by the Consultant and shall be subjected to

destructive testing by an Inspection Company appointed by the Consultant, to verify conformance to the specifications. Replace the doors at no additional cost to the Contract.

1.9 WARRANTY

Provide an extended warranty of three (3) years from date of Substantial Performance against defects of workmanship including failure of welded seams or of reinforced hinge anchorage plates. Work showing defects during this period shall be repaired or replaced without cost to the owner.

PART 2 – MATERIALS 2.1 MATERIALS

General: All materials shall be new and suitable for their various purposes and shall be

free from flaws and imperfections.

All doors, frames, and screens shall be from one manufacturer. Only the following manufacturers will be accepted: .1 Manufacturers:

.1 Fleming Baron Door Products (Assa Abloy)

.2 Daybar Industries Ltd.

.3 All Steel Doors

Page 205: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 5 of 11

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 11 13 – HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.4 Gensteel Doors

.5 Trillium Steel Doors

.6 Vision Hollow Metal

.2 Manufacturers must be able to provide and label the fire rated doors, frames, and screens required for this project, using the fire glass specified. If the manufacturer carried in the tender is not capable of providing the fire labelled products, the Contractor will be required to use one of the other listed manufacturers for the work, at no additional cost to the Owner.

.3 Sheet Steel: .1 General: cold rolled, carbon steel, stretcher levelled. Steel to have

hardness of Rockwell 'B' maximum 65 (ASTM E103) suitable for forming and bending without metal or coating fracture.

.2 ASTM A65 3/A653M commercial grade tension levelled hot-dipped galvannealed steel sheet, coating designation Z275

.4 Steel Thicknesses: .1 Doors:

.1 1.6mm (16 ga) for exterior, high use and oversize doors

.2 1.3mm (18 ga) for other interior doors .2 Panels: 1.3mm (18 ga) .3 Frames: 1.6mm (16 ga) .4 Hinge Reinforcement: 3.5mm (10 ga)

.5 Door Materials:

.1 Exterior, High Use and Oversize Doors: .1 Includes all exterior doors and vestibule doors, stairwell doors,

Gymnasium doors, and all other high use doors, and .2 all doors over 3m2 and over 1200mm wide or over 3000mm in

length .3 Semi-rigid glass fibre insulation fastened between continuous

interlocking steel ribs to prevent sagging or movement. .4 Doors to be Fleming H-Series, 16 gauge, with continuous welded

edge seams. .2 Other interior doors and panels up to 3m2 and maximum width of

1200mm or maximum length of 3000mm: .1 Doors to be Fleming D-Series, 18 gauge. .2 Interior Doors to be reinforced with continuous interlocking steel

ribs.

.6 Fire rated doors: in accordance with fire test requirements. .1 locate U.L.C. label on inside of hinge jamb on frame. .2 locate U.L.C. label on the top hinged edge of door midway between top

hinge and top of door. Doors to be as noted above. .7 Sound Insulated Doors:

Page 206: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 6 of 11 ward99 architects

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 11 13 – HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

.1 Where sound insulated doors are indicated in the door schedule, provide assemblies that have been tested in accordance with ASTM E90, certified to a minimum rating of STC 43.

.2 Assembly includes manufacturer’s proprietary door and frame construction, and acoustical gasketing system. Doors to be Fleming SD Series, 16 gauge.

.8 Door Reinforcement: Reinforce all steel doors with 20 ga. vertical interlocking weld steel stiffeners at 150mm o.c., spot welded to face sheets.

.9 Frame reinforcement: .1 Reinforce frames for high frequency hinge preparation. .2 Stiffen all mullions and hinge jambs with continuous 3.5mm channel

where continuous hinges are required. .3 Reinforce and provide cut outs and boxes for security devices. .4 Reinforce for overhead stops.

.10 Exterior Top Caps: galvanized steel caps, flush with top of door. .11 Zinc Rich Coating: ZRC 221 Cold Galvanizing Compound by ZRC Worldwide,

low VOC coating, or equivalent approved by the Consultant. .12 Metal Filler: Two component epoxy type. .13 Primer: Rust inhibitive primer .14 Glass Stop Screws: Oval head, cadium plated, self-tapping steel screws. Other

mechanical locking methods may be used but shall be detailed on Shop Drawings for review.

.15 Door Silencers: Rubber - Ives SR64 or approved equal.

2.2 FABRICATION

General .1 Dissimilar metals in contact, or metals which will be in contact with concrete or

masonry when installed, shall be insulated one from another by methods and materials required for such results, as approved by the Consultant.

.2 Components shall be the types and sizes shown on the Drawings.

.3 Reinforce components, where required, for the installation of Finishing Hardware. Drill and tap to suit templates.

.4 Prepare doors and frames for the installation of the security system. Confirm requirements with Consultant.

.5 Ensure adequacy of anchoring devices.

.6 No patching, plugging, skimming or other such means of overcoming defects, discrepancies or errors shall be resorted to without written permission of the Consultant.

.7 Fabricate components from clean steel, free of rust and scale, which has been thoroughly degreased.

.8 The dimensions shown on the Drawings are the full rebate size of the frame.

.9 In addition to specified requirements for hollow metal doors and frames, fire doors and frames shall comply with the Underwriters Laboratories requirements for the specified rating and be provided with the appropriate labels.

.10 All seams in exterior doors, stairwell doors, and all doors over 3m2 and over 1200mm wide or over 3000mm in length, and seams in all frames must be

Page 207: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 7 of 11

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 11 13 – HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

continuously welded. No spot welding will be permitted. All welds must be ground flush. No visible seams will be accepted.

.11 All exterior steel doors, frames and screens to be painted with 2 coats of zinc-rich coating after fabrication and before delivery to site.

.12 All areas where shop applied zinc-rich coating has been damaged on site shall immediately be cleaned and touched up with the same zinc-rich coating product.

.13 Steel framed doors, screens and windows are to be glazed as specified in Section 08 81 00. Exterior and acoustic doors and screens are to be prepared for double glazed units.

Edge Clearances

.1 Unless otherwise specified, allow edge clearances in accordance with Canadian Manufacturing Specifications for Steel Door and Frame Manufacturers Association.

.1 Where hardware items are to be attached to, or mortised into, bottom edges of doors, provide proper clearance between door and floor or threshold to accommodate such hardware.

Hardware Preparation .1 Refer to Hardware Schedule, included in Section 08 71 00, and prepare doors for

hardware listed. .2 Templated hardware: prepare work in accordance with templates supplied in

Section 08 71 00. Prepare doors for mortice locksets according to Hardware Schedule

.3 Reinforce doors and frames for concealed, mortised and surface mounted hardware in accordance to "Thickness of Steel for Component Parts" in the "Canadian Manufacturing Standards for Steel Doors and Frames", published by the Canadian Steel Door and Frame Manufacturers' Association.

.4 Prepare doors and frames for security system where noted.

.5 At oversized door locations, provide minimum 4 butt hinge preparations.

.6 Prepare all exterior doors and vestibule doors and frames for four hinges.

Hollow Metal Doors and Panels .1 Doors and panels shall be of seamless, continuously welded construction with no

visible seams or joints on faces. Doors to be 44.4mm minimum thickness. .2 Secure edge seams with suitable continuously welded seams to the approval of

the Consultant. .3 Interlocking seams for doors shall be fully seam welded, for full length of door. All

welding to be ground smooth. .4 Core construction:

.1 Exterior doors to be filled with glass fibre insulation between steel reinforcing. All Type H doors to be steel stiffened as specified herein.

.2 All interior doors shall have steel reinforcing.

.3 Temperature Rise Rated (TRR): Solid slab core of non-combustible, inorganic composite to limit temperature rise on the “unexposed” side of door to 250(C at 30 or 60 minutes, as required by governing building code requirements and determined and scheduled by the Consultant

.5 Welds shall be ground, filled, and dressed smooth to provide an invisible joint and smooth flush surface.

Page 208: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 8 of 11 ward99 architects

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 11 13 – HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

.6 Fully reinforce doors as required for specified hardware. All exterior, stairwell, and washroom doors and all doors noted as “high frequency” shall be reinforced with S.W. Fleming high frequency angle top hinge reinforcement, welded to door skin.

.7 Close top and bottom edges of doors with a continuous, recessed, minimum 1.5mm thick steel channel, extending full width of door and welded to both faces. At exterior doors, provide an additional flush closing channel at top edge and, where required for attachment of weather stripping, a flush closure at bottom edge. Provide similar closure channel at all stair doors.

.8 Surround openings in doors with minimum 1.5mm thick steel edge channels, welded to both face sheets.

.9 Vertical edge profile for single acting swing doors: bevelled 3mm in 50mm.

.10 Glazing Stops: .1 Equip glazed doors with minimum 0.9mm steel glazing stops, mitred and

welded at corners. Where least dimension of stop is less than 12mm, make stop from solid square bar.

.2 Glazing stops at outside of exterior doors and at secure side of interior doors shall be rendered non-removable by welding to door. Secure removable stops with screws.

.3 Glazing stops may be mechanically locked in place, providing details have been reviewed on Shop Drawings.

.4 Glazing stops at fire rated doors and screens shall conform to the requirements of the tested assemblies.

.11 Fabricate exterior panels with a full width steel drip on the outer, lower edge.

.12 Doors for installation in channel frames shall be double-depth mortised to accommodate both butt flanges.

.13 Construct fire rated doors to meet fire test requirements and provide U.L.C. labels.

Steel Frames .1 Frames shall be of sheet steel, formed profiles shown on the Drawings. Fleming

D Series for interior, Fleming H Series for exterior. .2 Fabricate frames in sections as large as practicable to minimize field jointing.

Internally reinforce all mullions and hinge jambs with 1.3mm channel. .3 Steel thickness: 1.6mm (16 ga.) galvanized steel. .4 Glazing stops shall be as specified for doors above. .5 Sidelight framing shall be of same metal and thickness as adjacent door frame. .6 Assemble components with accurately cut joints. Mitre outside corner joints of

frames. Continuously weld joints on inside of profile; grind welds flush and sand to smooth uniform surface. Provide semi-rigid insulation to exterior frames.

.7 Tack weld two (2) removable 1.2mm steel spreader channels to inside faces of door frames at base, for protection during shipping.

.8 Provide adjustable base clips at bottom of each door jamb for anchorage to floor.

.9 Provide button type rubber silencers; three per strike jamb of single doors: two per head member of double door frames.

.10 Prepare door frames for ANSI strike, where doors to be fitted with latchsets or lockets.

.11 Provide removable mullions where noted. Reinforce removable mullions with 3.5mm channel to prevent forcing of latching hardware.

.12 Masonry Anchors:

Page 209: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 9 of 11

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 11 13 – HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.1 At interior frames, provide masonry anchors of 1.5mm galvanized

corrugated tee anchors or 3mm diameter galvanized wire anchors - supplied loose, at rate of 3 per jamb up to 2.2m high; one additional per jamb for each 0.6m over 2.2m high. Frames for observation windows shall be provided with 2 anchors per jamb.

.2 At exterior frames, provide galvanized tee anchors fabricated from 3mm steel plates, installed at rate of 3 per jamb up to 2.2m high; one additional per jamb for each 0.6m over 2.2m high

.13 Provide two 38mm by 38mm by 4.8mm thick steel stiffening angles in the head member of frames for two or more doors totalling over 1980mm, wide. Provide necessary vertical stiffeners where required and carry to structure above. Provide stiffener angles in all exterior door jamb with sidelights and in all centre mullions between doors.

.14 Mounting bars for sidelights shall be as detailed on the Drawings and shall be completely filled with glass fibre insulation.

2.3 INTERIOR WINDOWS

Supply and install steel windows where indicated on drawings. Window frames shall be similar to door frames and as detailed on drawings.

Provide rated frames at windows in fire rated walls. Frames to be labelled.

Steel framed windows are to be glazed as specified in Section 08 81 00.

Provide masonry anchors, as specified above, at interior windows; minimum 2 anchors per jamb.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

Store doors and frames as specified under item 1.7, Product Handling, above.

When installing frames during cold weather, installer to coat inside of frames with a corrosion inhibiting bituminous product, prior to installation, to protect against cold weather additives in masonry grout.

Silencers, gaskets, etc., are to be installed in holes in frames prior to installation of frames; so to avoid filling these holes with grout during installation.

Keep steel surfaces free of grout, tar, other bonding materials, and sealers; clean surfaces immediately following installation.

Page 210: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 10 of 11 ward99 architects

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 11 13 – HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

3.2 INSTALLATION

Frame and Screen Installation .1 Remove all steel spreaders, which are provided to avoid damage during

shipping. Provide wood spreaders at base and midpoint of frames. Wood spreaders to be min. 38 x 89mm lumber, notched to clear frame stops; width to be equal to opening between jambs at header level. Wood spreaders to remain in place until frames are set permanently in walls.

.2 Set frames and screens plumb, square, aligned, without twist and at correct elevation. Maximum allowable limits of distortion shall be as follows: .1 Plumbness: Not more than 1.6 mm out of plumb, measured using a line

from the intersection of vertical members and the head to the floor. .2 Squareness: Not more than 1.6 mm difference between diagonal

measurements between corners. .3 Alignment: Not more than 1.6 mm, measured on jambs, through a

horizontal line parallel to the plane of the wall. .4 Twist: Not more than 1.6 mm, measured at face corners of jambs, on

parallel lines perpendicular to the plane of the wall.

.3 At masonry walls, build in frames using the corrugated or wire masonry anchors. Brace frames solidly in position while being built in, with wood spreaders as noted above. Provide vertical support at centre of head for openings exceeding 1200 mm in width.

.4 After installation, fill countersunk screw heads flush with frame and sand smooth ready for painting. Fill exterior frames with glass fibre batt insulation. Cooperate with masonry trade to fill interior frames with mortar.

.5 Where large screens are assembled on site, they must be joined by continuously welded seams, ground smooth. Provide formed covers for structural columns built into screens.

Door Installation .1 Install hollow metal doors plumb and true. .2 Co-ordinate installation of hardware. .3 Adjust operable parts to ensure proper operation. Lubricate using a suitable

lubricant compatible with door and frame coatings. .4 Install hollow metal panels with concealed fastenings.

3.3 TOUCH UP

Remove rust, clean and touch up any damaged galvanizing with "ZRC 221" coating.

Remove rust, clean and touch up any damaged paint with approved rust inhibitive primer.

3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas. Repair or replace damaged products. Clean installed products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions before Owner's acceptance.

Page 211: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 11 of 11

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 11 13 – HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Remove construction debris associated with this work from project site, and dispose of in accordance with applicable laws.

Protect installed products and finished surfaces from damage during construction.

END OF SECTION

Page 212: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 213: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 14

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 71 00 – DOOR HARDWARE AND DOOR HARDWARE LIST

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED

Supply and installation of door hardware for hollow metal doors.

Supply of locksets for 38 mm thick doors at tall millwork units, for installation by millwork

subtrade.

Supervision and inspection of door hardware installation by hardware supplier.

Supply and installation of automatic operators.

Final inspection and certification by hardware supplier’s Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC).

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

1. Architectural Casework Section 06 41 13 2. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Section 08 11 13 3. Electrical Division 26

1.3 PRODUCTS SUPPLIED BUT NOT INSTALLED IN THIS SECTION

Power supplies, compressor/control boxes, junction boxes installed by Division 26.

1.4 REFERENCES. 1. CAN/CGSB-69.17-M Bored and Pre-assembled Locks and Latches 2. CAN/CGSB-69.18-M/ANSI/BHMA-A156.1 Butts & Hinges 3. CAN/CGSB-69.19-M/ANSI/BHMA-A156-3 Exit Devices 4. CAN/CGSB-69.20-M/ANSI/BHMA-A156-4 Door Controls (Closers) 5. CAN/CGSB-69.29/ANSI/BHMA-A156-13Mortise Locks & Latches 6. CAN/CGSB-69.34/ANSI/BHMA-A156.18Materials & Finishes 7. Canadian Steel Door & Frame Manufacturers Association (CSDFMA), Canadian Metric Guide for

Steel Doors & Frames (Modular Construction 8. NFPA 80-Standard for Fire Doors and Windows 9. Door and Hardware Institute Recommended locations for Architectural Hardware for

Standard Steel Doors and Frames 10. Door and Hardware Institute Recommended locations for Architectural Hardware for

Flush Wood Doors 11. Door and Hardware Institute Sequence Format for Hardware Schedule 12. Door and Hardware Institute Key Systems and Nomenclature 13. Door and Hardware Institute Abbreviations and Symbols used in Architectural Door

and Hardware Schedules and Specifications, 14. Door and Hardware Institute Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware

Page 214: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 14 ward99 architects

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 71 00 – DOOR HARDWARE AND DOOR HARDWARE LIST

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Hardware shall comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

Hardware for doors in fire separations and exit doors shall be certified by a Canadian Certification Organization accredited by the Standards Council of Canada.

All door closers shall have back checking features and shall be of proper size to operate door efficiently.

Confirm all kick plate and threshold sizes before ordering them.

Use no wall stops on drywall.

Exposed screws for installing hardware shall have Phillips or Robertson heads.

Rim panic device strikes shall be mortise type application. Equip panic devices with six

bolts.

Confirm degree of swing for door holders, closers, etc.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

Door and Hardware List: .1 Submit six copies of a detailed final door hardware list prepared by a qualified

Architectural Hardware Consultant. .2 List all items to be furnished and delivered under this section. .3 Indicate door hardware proposed, identifying each item by manufacturer name,

manufacturer’s catalogue model number, material, function, finish, location, and other pertinent information.

.4 The list shall be in the same format as the door hardware list bound in this project manual.

.5 Approval of the Final Door Hardware List by the Consultant and the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for providing all required door hardware.

Product Data: .1 Within ten (10) calendar days after award of hardware supply subcontract,

submit: In a three ring binder six (6) copies of product data sheets with the finish hardware schedule showing all items of hardware to be used on the project. Identify each hardware item supplied under this section by product number, function, hand & finish. Finish hardware schedule to be in conformance of door and Hardware Institute Standards. Six (6) copies of catalogue cuts and other data required to identify individual components listed and/or to demonstrate compliance with specified requirements for all items contained in the finish hardware set. Submission of manufacturer’s full line brochure is not acceptable.

Samples:

Page 215: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 14

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 71 00 – DOOR HARDWARE AND DOOR HARDWARE LIST

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.1 When requested in writing, provide (to the Consultants Site Office) one sample of each hardware item complete with fasteners, within fifteen (15) calendar days of award of a purchase order. Samples to be clearly labelled with their hardware schedule designation, installation location, and manufacturers’ name and model number. Samples will be returned; approved samples may be incorporated into the work.

.2 Substitute new samples for those rejected by the Consultant.

.3 Do not supply door hardware to the site until all samples are approved by the Consultant.

Templates: .1 Furnish templates within ten (10) calendar days of being requested by the

Consultant and/or door & frame manufacturer, the Contractor must submit templates for door and frame preparations and/or mounting of finish hardware items, and identify each template by label indicating applicable specification paragraph number, brand name & number, door number & hardware package number.

Keying Schedule: .1 Provide three (3) copies of keying schedule for review prepared and detailed in

Reference 1.5.5. Include all special keying notes and stamping instructions. Locks and cylinders are not to be ordered until the key schedule has been approved by the owner.

Wiring Diagrams: .1 Furnish a written description of the functional use of all electrical hardware.

Include door and frame elevations showing the location of each item of electrical hardware to be installed, including a diagram showing number and size of all conductors. Include drawings showing all terminal connections.

Operations and Maintenance Data: .1 Prior to Substantial Performance, provide the following information for inclusion

in the Maintenance manuals, in accordance with Section 01 78 00, Closeout Submittals:

.1 Name of hardware distributor, address and contact name

.2 Copy of final “as-built” finish hardware schedule

.3 Wiring diagrams, elevations, risers, point to point

.4 Copy of final keying schedule

.5 Copy of floor plans with keying nomenclature assigned to door numbers as per the approved keying schedule

.6 Maintenance instructions for each product

.7 Catalogue cut sheets and product specifications for each product

.8 Parts list for each product

.9 Installation instructions for each product

.10 A copy of the certification letter from the AHC, confirming the correct supply and installation of hardware, as required by Subsection 3.3, below.

Page 216: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 14 ward99 architects

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 71 00 – DOOR HARDWARE AND DOOR HARDWARE LIST

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Maintenance Materials: .1 Provide maintenance materials, in accordance with Section 01 78 00, Closeout

Submittals. .2 Supply four sets of wrenches for door closers, locksets, latchsets, and exit

devices. .3 Supply five sets of other special parts or tools required for proper maintenance

and adjustment of door hardware, including those used for locks/passage/privacy, all type of door closers, and all exit devices.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Contractor shall coordinate a hardware pre-installation meeting with hardware installer, hardware supplier and hardware sub-consultant (original hardware specifier). Payment for original hardware sub-consultant’s time to attend meeting shall be paid for through the cash allowance included for inspections (except where hardware supplier is also the hardware sub-consultant). Review installation procedures with the hardware suppliers.

Supplier and installer shall hold regular review meetings (at least every second week) during the installation period. Submit minutes of meetings to the Consultant.

The Contract contains a cash allowance for independent inspection, as noted in subsection 1.5, above. Supplier and installer shall attend such inspections; costs associated with their attendance shall be included in the Contract.

Substitutes:

.1 Only approved products specified will be accepted. Make substitution request in accordance with Division 01. Include product data and indicate benefit to the project.

Supplier Qualifications: .1 Successful hardware distributor to have a minimum of five (5) years experience

in the door and hardware industry. The distributor to have on staff an Architectural Hardware Consultant (A.H.C.) who will be responsible for scheduling, detailing, ordering and co-ordination of the finishing hardware for this project. This individual shall be required for jobsite visits, as outlined below and when so requested by the Architect.

Designated Installer: .1 Hardware Installers must have a minimum of five (5) years experience in

installation of hardware. Provide verification of installer’s qualification to Consultant for approval. All installers to attend review meetings with the Hardware Distributor.

1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

Marking and Packaging:

Page 217: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 5 of 14

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 71 00 – DOOR HARDWARE AND DOOR HARDWARE LIST

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.1 All cartons shall be marked with heading number, door number, and key-set symbol where applicable in original packaging provided by the manufacturer. Pack packaged hardware in suitable wrappings and containers to protect it from damage during shipping and storage. Accessories, fastening devices and other loose items shall be enclosed with each applicable item of hardware.

Delivery:

.1 Deliver hardware to those who are to install it, complete with keys, templates and

installation instructions together with all required screws, expansion shields, anchors, jigs and other related accessories for satisfactory attaching or installing hardware.

Storage: .1 Store in a clean, dry room with lockable man door and adequate shelving to

permit organization so item numbers are readily visible.

1.9 WARRANTY

Provide warranties by the accepted manufacturers:

Hardware Item Length of Warranty Mortise Hinges Lifetime Locks (ND-Series) 7 yrs Locks (All other Series) 2 yrs Exit Devices 3 yrs Door closers -mechanical 10 yrs Door Operators - Electro mechanical 2 yrs Door Hold open Devices - Electro mechanical 2 yrs Overhead stops/holders 2 yrs Floor/Wall stops 2 yrs Electric Strikes/Key Switches/Power Supplies 2 yrs

Where manufacturer’s standard warranty period exceeds these requirements, it shall

prevail.

Door hardware warranties shall cover all defects in material and workmanship that become apparent during the warranty period and such defects shall be made good or the defective product shall be replaced, to the satisfaction of the Owner and at no cost to the Owner.

1.10 MAINTENANCE

Maintenance Service:

.1 After the building is occupied arrange an appointment with the Owner’s

maintenance staff for instruction of proper use, servicing, adjusting and lubrication of hardware furnished. Submit to the consultant a list of attendees and meeting date.

Page 218: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 6 of 14 ward99 architects

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 71 00 – DOOR HARDWARE AND DOOR HARDWARE LIST

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Extra Materials: .1 Provide Owner with maintenance materials as specified above.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS

Products listed in the finishing hardware schedule are from the manufacturers listed

below:

ITEM MANUFACTURER NAME Full Mortise Hinges Ives Locksets, Latchsets/Deadbolts Schlage Exit Devices Von Duprin Cylinder Best Flush Bolts/Constant Latching Flush Bolts Ives Door Closers LCN Overhead Door Holders/Stops Glynn Johnson Door Pulls/Flatware Canadian Builders Hardware Wall/Floor Stops Ives Weather/Smoke/Sound Seals KN Crowder Door Sweeps/Thresholds KN Crowder Automatic Door Operators/Actuators LCN Electric Strikes Von Duprin Power Supplies Von Duprin

2.2 MATERIALS

Screws and Fasteners:

.1 All screws shall be matching finish to their product and shall be manufacturer’s

standard. Door closers, door holders and exit devices installed on fire rated wood doors and hollow metal doors shall be attached with sex nuts and bolts.

Materials - Acceptable Manufacturers (Note: Supply all products in a given category from the same manufacturer): .1 Mortise Hinges:

.1 Furnish three knuckle concealed bearing hinges with NRP option on all

reverse bevel doors with locking hardware. Hinge width to accommodate door closer projection, door trim and allow for 180-degree swing. Doors up to 2286mm in height, supply 3 hinges, doors greater than 2286mm in height add one hinge for every additional 760mm of door height. Doors 925mm wide and less furnish 114 mm high hinges, doors greater than 925mm wide furnish 127mm high hinges, heavy weight or standard weight as specified. Supply ferrous (steel), stainless steel material for all interior and/or fire-rated doors and stainless steel for exterior doors.

Page 219: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 7 of 14

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 71 00 – DOOR HARDWARE AND DOOR HARDWARE LIST

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

As Specified: Ives Hinges, 5BB1, 5BB1HW

.2 Locksets/Passage Sets/Privacy Sets:

.1 Cylindrical-Lever:

.1 Standard duty commercial exterior and interior cUL listed for all functions up to 3-hour doors. Levers to be solid pressure cast zinc with no plastic inserts. Grade 2 lever sets to have through bolts to prevent chassis rotation with internal components and chassis constructed of cold rolled steel with zinc dichromate plating to resist corrosion. Lever sets to have independent heavy duty compression springs as well as precision laser cut stainless steel spindles with interlocking on keyed side. Supply as Specified: Schlage “AL” series

.2 Cylindrical:

.1 Extra heavy duty residential, commercial, institutional and

industrial applications. Latch bolts to be steel with minimum ½” throw deadlocking on keyed and exterior functions. ¾” throw anti-friction latchbolt on pairs of fire doors. Provide manufacturer’s standard wrought box strike for each latch or lock, with curved lip extended to protect frame. Locks and latchsets tested to exceed 3,000,000 cycles. Lock case to be steel, incorporate one-piece spring cage and spindle. Precision solid brass 6-pin cylinder with nickel silver keys available in all Schlage keyways. All levers to be solid with no plastic inserts. Supply as Specified: Schlage “ND” series

.3 Strike Plates:

.1 Provide lockset and latchset strike plates with lip centre

dimensions sized to minimally clear trim. Where strike lip extends beyond the projection of the casing or other trim, provide curved lip strikes. Strike plates applied to inactive leaf of paired openings to have flat lip sized to fit flush with the face of the door skin.

.3 Exit Devices/Exit Device Trims/Mullions:

.1 Heavy Duty

.1 Exit device to be cUL listed for panic hardware and fire exit hardware. Supply exit devices and fire exit devices featuring coil compression springs on all device mechanism subassemblies and dead latching mechanisms for all active latchbolts. Supply exit devices with smooth mechanism case and “the quiet one” fluid dampener to eliminate noise associated with exit device operations. Non-handed device with touchpad assemblies with

Page 220: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 8 of 14 ward99 architects

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 71 00 – DOOR HARDWARE AND DOOR HARDWARE LIST

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

no exposed fasteners and cast end caps, reinforced aluminum with stainless steel touchpad and raised edge to minimize pinching. Roller strikes to be standard on all rim and surface vertical rod devices. Doors greater than 915mm wide supply long bar exit devices, doors greater than 2134mm high supply extension rods for required series. 1,000,000cycle testing independently certified by ETL. Supply as Specified Von Duprin 98 series

.2 Device Trim:

.1 Supply device trim featuring recessed cylinder mounting and coil

compression spring design with shear pin protection for all lever designs. Similar lever designs for exits as specified for locksets. Supply as Specified: Von Duprin 996 series

.4 Door Closers/Auto Door Operators:

.1 Door closers to have the following features (see separate closer sections

below for further information): .1 fully hydraulic, rack and pinion action with high strength cast iron

cylinders and one piece forged steel pistons. .2 Include high efficiency, low friction pinion bearings. .3 hydraulic fluid of a type requires no seasonal adjustments;

ULTRA X TM fluid has constant temperature control from -35o C to +49o C

.4 hydraulic regulation controlled by tamper-proof, non-critical screw valves, adjustable with a hex wrench.

.5 separate adjustments for backcheck, general speed and latch speed.

.6 door closers with special template (ST-) numbers include all required associated product, information sheets and instructions.

.7 size 1 manual door closers to provide less than 5 pounds opening force on a 900mm door leaf.

.8 door closer with Pressure Relief Valves are not accepted.

.9 door closer bodies, arms, covers to be powder coated.

.10 closers with painted finishes shall exceed a minimum 100-hour salt spray test, as described in ANSI A156.18 and ASTM B117.

.11 closers detailed with plated finishes shall include plated covers (or finish plates), arms and visible fasteners.

.2 Medium Duty Mechanical:

.1 Non-sized (1-6) and non-handed cylinder body to have 1 ¼”

piston diameter with 5/8” single heat-treated shaft. Track closer cylinder body non-sized (2-4) or (1-2). Closers to have forged main arm and forearm, forged steel main arm and forearm EDA and CUSH type arms). Optional arms to be interchangeable within the series of closers, except track arm type closers. Track

Page 221: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 9 of 14

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 71 00 – DOOR HARDWARE AND DOOR HARDWARE LIST

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

arm type closers to have single lever arm with low friction track and roller assembly and provisions for an optional bumper to assist backcheck. Supply as Specified: LCN 1460 HD series.

.3 Heavy Duty Mechanical: .1 Non-sized (1-6) and non-handed cast iron cylinder body to have

1½” piston diameter with 3/4” double heat-treated pinions shaft witn 5/8" full compliment bearings. XP closer hydraulic regulation controlled by tamperproof, non-critical screw valves, abrasion resistant Vitron “O” ring, adjustable with a hex wrench. Closers to have forged steel main arm and forearm (forged steel main arm and foreoarm EDA and CUSH type arms). Optional arms to be interchangeable within the series of closers, except track arm type closers. Track arm type closers to have single lever forged arm with low friction track and roller assembly and provisions for an optional bumper to assist backcheck. Supply as Specified: LCN 4040XP series.

“NOTE: ALL LOW ENERGY OPERATORS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THIS SECTION”

.4 Heavy Duty Electric Operator:

.1 Two in one swing door auto door operator, cUL listed for fire

door applications.

Provisions for separate conduits to carry high and low voltage wiring in compliance with the National Electrical code.

Push ‘n go permits non-switch activation. Electromechanical unit with microprocessor control. Tested internally to over ten million cycles. Certified by cUL for use on labeled doors. Adjustable hold open period of 2 to 30 seconds in

automatic or manual mode. Push applications

Supply as Specified: 9131 series

.5 Actuators:

.1 Wall Type

Wall plate switch to be hard-wired either 12VDC or

24VDC actuator with round, stainless steel touch plate in 4 ½” diameter. Engraved blue filled handicap symbol conforms to most accessibility codes. Units to include

Page 222: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 10 of 14 ward99 architects

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 71 00 – DOOR HARDWARE AND DOOR HARDWARE LIST

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

heavy grade components for vandal resistant mounting and weather resistant switch standard. Supply as specified: LCN 8310-856, 8310-874

.5 Overhead Door Stops/Holders:

.1 Heavy Duty Surface Mounted:

.1 Surface overhead stops/holders to be stainless steel base, non-handed for single-acting doors with a heavy-duty channel/slide-arm design and offset jamb bracket to allow for simple field modifications of functions. Channel to be surface mounted to the door with thru bolts and the jamb bracket is surface mounted to the jamb. Supply as Specified: Glynn-Johnson 900 series

.2 Heavy Duty Concealed Mounting:

.1 Concealed overhead stops/holders to be stainless steel base, non-handed for single or double-acting doors with a low profile channel, mortised in the door and jamb bracket is mortised in the doorframe. Unit to be fully concealed when door is in the closed position. Units to be field adjustable for function changes if required. Supply as Specified: Glynn-Johnson 100 series

.6 Door Pulls/Flatware/Coat Hooks:

.1 All flatware to be of stainless steel material, .050 gauge.

Supply as Specified: CBH 903 T304 B4E (Kickplates 40mm less door width single door and 25mm less door width double doors) CBH 380 door push/pull plates, cut for cylinder where specified with deadlocks.

.7 Floor/Wall Stops:

.1 Floor Stops: Refer to hardware schedule.

.2 Wall Stops (No Button on Locking Hardware):

.1 Wall stops to be constructed of stainless steel or brass/bronze base with special retainer cup that makes the rubber stop tamper resistant. Convex design of rubber bumper. Supply as Specified: Ives WS401CVX, WS407CVX

.3 Wall Stops (Projecting Button on Locking Hardware):

Wall stops to be constructed of bass/bronze base with special retainer cup that makes the rubber stop tamper resistant.

Page 223: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 11 of 14

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 71 00 – DOOR HARDWARE AND DOOR HARDWARE LIST

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Concave rubber bumper to avoid damage to locks with projecting buttons. Supply as Specified: Ives WS401CCV.

.8 Weather/Smoke/Sound Seals:

.1 Supply as Specified: KN Crowder W-21 (head/jamb seal)

.9 Electric Strikes, Electro-Magnetic Door Holders: .1 Electric Strikes

.1 Grade 1, electric strikes to be cUL listed burglary-resistant and

electric strike for fire doors and frames. A label for single doors and B label for double doors. Electric strikes to be stainless steel construction, non-handed available in 12V or 24V AC or DC with continuous duty solenoid and accept ¾” throw latchbolts. Strike box to be adjustable to compensate for any misalignment of the door or frame with two-piece plug connector for ease of installation. Supply as Specified: Von Duprin 6000 series

.2 Electro-Magnetic Door Holders:

Provide floor and wall mounted units to hold door in

open position and to release and automatically close under fire alarm conditions. Electromagnet shall be protected against transients and voltage surges up to 600 volts. Power requirements, tri-voltage. Supply as Specified: LCN-SEM 7800 series

2.3 FINISHES

Unless otherwise specified, all finishes to be brushed chrome (626).

Finishes are specified as follows:

ITEM BHMA# DESCRIPTION BASE MATERIALS Hinges 652 satin chrome plated steel Lock Trim 626 satin chrome plated brass/bronze Exit Devices 626 satin chrome plated brass/bronze Door Closer 689 powder coat aluminum steel Magnetic Wall Holders 689 powder coat aluminum steel Door Pulls 630 satin stainless steel stainless steel Protective Plate 630 satin stainless steel stainless steel Door Stops/Holders Overhead 630 satin stainless steel stainless steel Wall/Floor 626 satin chrome plated brass/bronze Thresholds 628 Anodized aluminum aluminum Miscellaneous

Page 224: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 12 of 14 ward99 architects

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 71 00 – DOOR HARDWARE AND DOOR HARDWARE LIST

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Mullions 689 powder coat aluminum steel Electric Strikes 630 satin stainless steel stainless steel

2.4 CYLINDERS, KEYING SYSTEMS AND KEY CONTROL

Meet with the Owner to finalize keying requirements and obtain keying instructions in writing as outlined in Division 01. Furnish interior cylinders to the existing Best key system; all permanent core cylinders will be by Owner.

Provide temporary construction keying system during construction period at all locks. Permanent keys will be furnished to the Owner’s Representative prior to occupancy. The Owner or Owner’s Security Agent will void the operation of the construction keys.

Permanent cylinders to be keyed by factory, combined in sets or subsets, master keyed or great grand master keyed, as directed by Owner.

Furnish keys in following quantities, furnish a sum total of three (3) change keys per cylinder. This sum total of keys to be cut and furnished as directed by Owner. Any unused balance of cut change keys shall be furnished as key blanks directly to Owner with the cut Keys.

All keying requirements to be confirmed by Owner.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

Ensure that doors and frames are properly prepared and reinforced to receive finish

hardware prior to installation.

Ensure that door frames and finished floor are sufficiently plumb and level to permit proper engagement and operation of hardware.

Submit in writing a list of deficiencies, determined as part of inspection required, to supervising consultant prior to installation of finished hardware.

3.2 INSTALLATION

Hardware Installers must have a minimum of five (5) years experience in installation of

hardware. Provide verification of installer’s qualification to Consultant for approval. All installers to attend review meetings with the hardware distributor.

Install hardware at mounting heights as specified in the manufacturers templates or specific references in approved hardware schedule or approved elevation drawings.

Where mounting height is not otherwise specified, install hardware at mounting heights as per referenced standards.

Install hardware using only manufacturer supplied and approved fasteners in strict adherence with manufacturers published installation instructions.

Page 225: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 13 of 14

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 71 00 – DOOR HARDWARE AND DOOR HARDWARE LIST

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Ensure that all locksets / latchsets / deadlocks are of the correct hand before installation

to ensure that the cylinder is in the correct position. Handing is part of installation procedure.

Ensure that all exit devices are of the correct hand and adjust device cam for proper

outside trim function prior to installation. Handing is part of installation procedure. Follow all manufactures installation instructions. Adjustment is inclusive of spring power,

closing speed, latching speed and back-check at the time of installation.

Delayed action door closers are to be adjusted to forty (40) second delay for handicapped accessibility and movement of materials. Time period to be approved by Owner.

Install head seal prior to installation of “PA”-parallel arm mounted door closers and push

side mounted door stops/holders. Trim, cut and notch thresholds and saddles neatly to minimally fit the profile of the door frame. Install thresholds and saddles in a bed of caulking completely sealing the underside from water and air penetration.

Counter sink through bolt of door pull under push plate during installation.

Install blocking material of sufficient type and size in cavities of metal and wood stud

walls and partitions. Located concave and convex type door bumpers at the appropriate height to properly contact protruding door trim.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

Verify each door leaf opens closes and latches properly. Inspect fire rated openings to ensure they are installed in compliance with NFPA 80 requirements. Test access control system and electrified hardware devices for proper operation, owner to sign off on verification of operation. Verify electric door release hardware operates properly upon activation of the fire alarm system.

Finishing Hardware supplier’s Architectural Hardware Consultant shall perform on-site inspections every two weeks during hardware installation and provide inspection reports listing progress of work, unacceptable work and corrective measures. Repair or replace as directed by the Consultant.

Upon completion of finish hardware installation, the Architectural Hardware Consultant and the Contractor shall inspect work and provide a list of all hardware deficiencies. The Architectural Hardware Consultant shall re-inspect when notified by the Contractor as to the clearing of deficiencies. Final inspection must ensure all hardware items operate as per manufacture requirements. Coordinate inspections with manufacturer’s representatives as required to establish warranties.

Once any deficiencies have been corrected, the Architectural Hardware Consultant and

the Contractor shall certify in writing that all hardware items and their installation are in accord with requirements of Contract Documents.

Page 226: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 14 of 14 ward99 architects

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 71 00 – DOOR HARDWARE AND DOOR HARDWARE LIST

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

Check and make final adjustments to each operating item of hardware on each door to ensure proper operation and function.

Adjust doors with self closing devices or automatic closing devices for proper operation after the HVAC system is balanced and adjusted. Verify spring power of non-sized door closers is properly adjusted.

All hardware to be left clean and free of disfigurements. Instruct Owner’s personnel in the proper operation, adjustment and maintenance of

hardware.

Check all locked doors against approved keying schedule. 3.5 PROTECTION

Protect hardware from damage during construction. Wrap locks panic hardware, fire exit

hardware, door pull trim with kraft paper or plastic bubble materials to protect finish from damage until date of substantial completion. Remove and reinstalling or where necessary, using temporary hardware to maintain finish in new condition and maintain manufacturer’s warranty.

END OF SECTION

Page 227: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 10

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 29 00 – GYPSUM BOARD

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

Rough Carpentry Section 06 10 00 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Section 08 11 13 Acoustic Ceilings Section 09 51 00 Painting and Coating Section 09 90 00 Load-bearing Steel Stud Framing Section 05 41 00 Non-Structural Metal Framing Section 09 22 00

1.2 REFERENCES

ASTM International:

.1 ASTM C1396 Standard Specification for Gypsum Board

.2 ASTM C840 Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum board

.3 ASTM C1629 Standard Classification for Abuse-Resistant Nondecorated Interior Gypsum Panel Products and Fibre-Reinforced Cement Panels

CAN/ULC-S101 Standard Methods of Fire Endurance Tests of Building

Construction and Materials

Gypsum Association: .1 GA-214 Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish .2 GA-216 Application and Finishing of Gypsum Panel Products

The Gypsum Construction Handbook - CGC Inc.

1.3 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

Handle and store materials carefully to prevent damage. Materials must be delivered to site in their original, unopened packages.

Obtain approval of proposed locations for stockpiling material. Materials must be stored in an enclosed shelter providing protection from exposure to the elements. Provide any necessary temporary covers, skids and the like.

Store all panels flat.

Do not install damaged or deteriorated material but remove from Site.

Materials as delivered shall bear manufacturer's name, brand name of material and where applicable, ULC designation.

Page 228: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 10 ward99 architects

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 29 00 – GYPSUM BOARD

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

Do not apply gypsum board or joint filler to surfaces that are damp or contain frost.

During gypsum panel application and joint finishing, temperatures within work areas shall be within the range 12oC. to 25oC.

Provide adequate ventilation to carry off excess moisture 1.5 RELATIONS WITH OTHER TRADES

Co-ordinate with mechanical and electrical Trades to ensure that all services are installed

prior to application of wall board.

Coordinate with mechanical and electrical trades for locations of access panels. Install access doors and panels supplied by those trades.

Co-ordinate with forces installing insulation and vapour barrier in exterior soffits. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS

All materials to conform to ASTM C1396 unless specified otherwise. Except where noted

otherwise, products listed herein are produced by Canadian Gypsum Company (CGC). Equivalent products from Georgia Pacific (GP) and Certainteed will be accepted, subject to acceptance of equivalency by the Consultant.

Gypsum panels: .1 Typical panels to be 16mm thick abuse resistant and mould resistant, to ASTM

C1629. Sheetrock Mold Tough Abuse Resistant Firecode Core gypsum panels or GP ToughRock Fireguard X Mold-Guard Abuse Resistant gypsum board.

.2 Panels in gypsum board ceilings at high ceilings may be 13mm thick mould resistant panels; CGC Sheetrock Mold Tough or GP ToughRock Mold-Guard.

Metal Studs and Channels: minimum 0.455mm (26 ga) galvanized steel as manufactured by Bailey Metal Products or approved alternate; to ASTM C645. At cement board application, provide for load-bearing steel stud framing, Section 05 41 00.

Metal Furring Channels: minimum 0.455 (26ga) sheet galvanized steel channel and

accessories as manufactured by Bailey Metal Products, or approved alternate; to ASTM C645.

Cold Rolled Furring Channel: 20mm, x 12.7mm zinc coated channel weighing minimum

0.446 kg per m.

Page 229: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 10

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 29 00 – GYPSUM BOARD

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Cold Rolled Carrying Channel: 38mm x 15mm zinc coated channel weighing min 0.707 kg per m.

Cold Rolled Carrying Channel: 28 ga. galvanized steel with perforated flanges; one piece

per location.

Control Joint: CGC No. 093.

Hanger wire: minimum 3.77mm (9ga) galvanized steel wire.

Tie Wire: minimum 1.5mm (16 ga) galvanized soft annealed steel.

Screws: CGC Brand Screws (or approved equal) of type recommended by the board manufacturer.

Thermal Break: Permanent adhesive faced rubberized cork, 3 mm thick by width of stud

on channel to be used between masonry in exterior wall and metal furring channels. Joint Treatment Material:

.1 Joint compound, topping compound, laminating compound; to ASTM C474 and C475.

.2 Use material recommended by board and tape manufacturer for the proposed use.

.3 CGC Sheetrock or Durabond Setting-Type, for use with CGC fibreglass drywall tape.

Reinforcing Tape: .1 Paper or fibreglass mesh tape, as recommended by the panel manufacturer for

the panel type.

Finish materials .1 Over surface of glass mat faced boards, use level 5 finisher such as CGC Tuff

Hide.

Acoustic sealant: Quietseal Pro as manufactured by Quietrock, or equivaltent as manufactured by CGC, Tremco or Presstite Division of Interchemical Corporation for acoustic partitions.

Acoustic and Batt Insulation: Refer to Section 07 21 16.

Ceiling Anchors: Self drilling tie wire anchors, Phillips "Red Head" T-32 or approved equal.

Drywall Reveals: Fry Reglet, reveal mouldings and “F” reveal mouldings, 13mm wide,

with baked on finish, as follows: .1 DRM-625-50 and DRM-50-50 .2 DRMF-625-50 and DRMF-50-50 .3 Aluminum alloy 6063 T5 with chemical conversion coating. .4 Colour to be selected by the Consultant.

Access Panels: Refer to mechanical and electrical.

Page 230: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 10 ward99 architects

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 29 00 – GYPSUM BOARD

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Stainless Steel Corner Guards: 16 gauge stainless steel wall guards in satin finish. Size:

flange width of 25mm, height to match full height of wall and door opening head as indicated on the drawings. Provide concealed fastening only. Adhere corner guard to wall. Acceptable product: wallguard.com or equivalent product. Supply and install 8 corner guards to be located in the Men’s and Women’s Ground Floor Public Washrooms.

Provide for wood stud framing at partitions and ceilings as indicated on the architectural drawings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

Provide plumb, straight, level, rigid, and secure installation. Failing to achieve this result shall be cause for rejection and reinstallation of this work.

Conform to The Gypsum Construction Handbook, ASTM C840, and these specifications. The most stringent requirements shall apply.

Where walls run parallel and under steel joists, the joists shall be enclosed both sides with gypsum board to provide sound barrier between rooms. Fill with minimum 100 mm acoustic batt insulation.

Install access panels supplied by mechanical and electrical contractors. Rigidly secure

panel frames to furring or framing systems. 3.2 CEILING SUSPENSION

Do not regard grillage system indicated on drawings as exact or complete. The

Specification for metal framing contained in CGC Gypsum Construction Handbook and ASTM C840 shall govern installation conditions not covered by this Specification. The more stringent specifications shall apply.

Hangers .1 Install hangers for suspended wallboard ceilings to support the grillage

independent of walls, columns, pipes, ducts and the like. Erect plumb and securely anchor to the structure. Submit details of proposed method to the Consultant for approval. If so requested, test hangers to prove that anchorage is adequate to support the proposed loading. Erect hangers plumb and securely anchor to structural steel or support channels fastened to structural steel (DO NOT FASTEN TO STEEL DECK).

.2 Space hangers at 1200mm maximum o.c. along the carrying channels and not more than 150mm from ends (or as required to conform with fire tested assemblies where applicable.

Page 231: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 5 of 10

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 29 00 – GYPSUM BOARD

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Carrying Channels

.1 Space channels at 1200mm maximum o.c. (or as required to conform with fire tested assemblies where applicable).

.2 Run channels transversely to structural framing members.

.3 Where splices are necessary, lap members at least 200mm and wire each end with two laps; avoid clustering or lining up splices.

.4 Attach to hangers by bending hanger under runner and securely wire in place with a saddle tie.

.5 Provide 25mm clearance between channels and abutting walls and partitions.

Cross Furring .1 Install drywall screw channels transversely across runner channels, joists or

other supports. .2 Space drywall screw channels at 600mm o.c. and not more than 150mm from

perimeter walls. Provide 25mm clearance between channels and abutting walls and partitions. Use closer spacing if so noted on drawings.

.3 Secure drywall screw channels to each support with approved clip or attachment; splice joints by messing minimum 200mm and tying channels together with double strand 16 gauge tie wire.

.4 Level drywall screw channels to a maximum tolerance of 4mm over 3600mm.

.5 Drywall shall not be fixed directly to open web steel joists and the like. Provide cross furring as specified.

Opening .1 Frame openings with suitable channels; check clearances with respective

Trades. Provide support for edges of boards at all cut-outs and openings in ceilings.

.2 Provide all additional hangers and supports for fixtures as required.

.3 Provide additional hangers and framing for enclosure of radiant heating panels.

Bulkheads .1 Furr out bulkheads in areas indicated and as required to conceal mechanical,

electrical or other services in rooms where drywall finishes are scheduled, and elsewhere if called for on drawings.

.2 Use methods and materials as previously specified in this section. Drywall panels at bulkheads shall be as specified for walls.

3.3 STEEL STUD SYSTEM (PARTITION) INSTALLATION

Conform to the guidelines for metal framing contained in The Gypsum Construction Handbook, CSA A.82.31, and these specifications. The most stringent requirements shall apply.

Attach metal runners at floor and ceiling to structural elements with suitable fasteners located 50mm from each end and spaced 600 mm. o.c. with toggle or molly bolts spaced 400mm o.c.

Page 232: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 6 of 10 ward99 architects

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 29 00 – GYPSUM BOARD

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Position studs vertically, engaging floor and ceiling runners, and spaced 400mm o.c., unless otherwise noted on drawings. When necessary, splice studs with 200mm nested lap and one positive attachment per stud flange. Place studs in direct contact with door frame jambs, abutting partitions, partition corners and existing construction elements. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls install rubberized cork stip between studs and wall surfaces to provide thermal break.

Anchor studs for shelf-walls and those adjacent to door and window frames, partition intersections and corners to ceiling and floor runner flanges with an approved crimping tool. Securely anchor studs to jamb and head anchor clips of door or borrowed-light frames by bolt or screw attachment. Over metal door and borrowed-light frames, place horizontally a cut-to-length section of runner, with a web-flange bent at each end, and secure with one positive attachment per flange. Position a cut-to-length stud (extending to ceiling runner) at vertical panel joints over door frame header.

Stiffen partitions exceeding 3m long or 2.7m high with 19mm. cold rolled channels. Fix horizontally and provide the number of rows necessary to ensure a rigid installation. Provide other partition reinforcing necessary to support wall hung components, cupboards, closets and the like. Use 2 studs at jambs of openings and corners.

Where horizontal runs of service lines are to be installed within the partition, erect studs with web openings aligned.

Provide reinforcing and necessary stiffeners to support hollow metal frames and screens. Reinforcing to be capable of supporting screens rigidly and solid without deflection.

3.4 CHASE WALL INSTALLATION

Align two parallel rows of floor and ceiling runners spaced apart as indicated. Attach to

concrete slabs with concrete stub nails or power driven anchors 600 mm o.c. Attach to suspended ceilings with toggle or molly bolts 400mm o.c. Attach to wood framing with suitable fasteners 600mm o.c.

Align metal studs vertically in runners, 200mm o.c. with flanges in the same direction and with studs on opposite sides of chase directly across from each other. Anchor studs to floor and ceiling runner flanges with an approved metal crimping tool.

Cut cross bracing to be placed between rows of studs from gypsum panels, 400mm high by chase wall width. Space braces at quarter points not to exceed 600mm o.c. vertically and attach to stud webs with six 25mm screws 200mm o.c. maximum on each side.

Bracing with 64mm metal studs may be used in place of gypsum panels. Anchor web at each end of metal brace to stud web with two 10mm pan head screws. When chase wall studs are not opposite, install metal stud cross braces 400mm o.c. horizontally and securely anchor each end to a continuous horizontal 64mm runner screw-attached to chase wall studs with the cavity.

Adapt cross bracing as necessary to avoid interference with service.

Page 233: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 7 of 10

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 29 00 – GYPSUM BOARD

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

3.5 WALL FURRING INSTALLATION

Direct Furring Channel Attachment - Attach metal furring channels, vertically or horizontally spaced 400mm o.c. to masonry or concrete surfaces with hammer-set ro power-driven fasteners or concrete stub nails staggered 600mm o.c. on opposite flanges. Nest channels 200mm at splices and anchor with two fasteners in each wing. Where furring channel is installed directly to exterior wall, install thermal break strip between furring channel and wall. For horizontally placed channels attach maximum 100mm from floor and ceiling.

Bracketed Furring Channel Attachment

.1 Attach adjustable wall furring brackets with serrated edges up, 900mm o.c. horizontally, 1200mm o.c. vertically, within 100mm of columns or other abutting construction, within 150mm of floor and ceiling, and as required above and below openings. Use 50mm cut nails in mortar joints of brick or clay tile or concrete block, or in field of lightweight aggregate blocks; use 16mm concrete stub nails or power driven nails or other suitable fasteners in monolithic concrete. Place fastener in top hole of bracket.

.2 Lay cold-rolled channels horizontally with flanges down, on furring brackets, plumb with other channels, and tie with double strand 16 ga. or triple strand 18 ga. wire at each junction with cold rolled channel.

Free Standing Furring - In locations where wall furring is indicated as self-supporting, use steel studs and furring channels installed to provide a rigid frame to receive wall board.

3.6 APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BOARD

Do not apply gypsum board until bucks, anchors, blocking, electrical and mechanical work are approved.

Apply all gypsum board parallel to framing. Position all ends over studs. Use maximum practical lengths to minimize end joints. Fit ends and edges closely, but not forced together.

Stagger joints on opposite sides of partition.

Apply single, double or triple layers of gypsum board to metal furring as indicated using screw fasteners.

Maximum screw spacing for single-ply gypsum board and face ply of 2-ply gypsum board

to be 300mm o.c.

Maximum spacing of screws for base-ply of 2-ply gypsum board over steel framing to be 300mm o.c. along edges of the gypsum board and 600mm o.c. into stud or furring channel in the field of the gypsum board.

Use cement board as backer board wherever tile is to be installed to walls of shower

partitions.

Page 234: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 8 of 10 ward99 architects

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 29 00 – GYPSUM BOARD

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

3.7 ADHESIVE APPLICATION

Where gypsum board is called to be laminated to masonry walls, application shall conform to Gypsum Association Publication GA-216-2013, Section 11, “Adhesive Application of Gypsum Panel Products to Interior Masonry, Concrete, or Brick Walls”.

Do taping and filling, as specified below, for paint finish.

3.8 CONSTRUCTION OF SOUND ATTENUATED PARTITIONS

Where sound insulated drywall partitions are indicated on the drawings, provide double stud wall, offsetting studs and wrapping acoustic insulation between studs. Apply one layer of specified soundproof wallboard, on both faces of wall.

Install sound attenuation batts to completely fill void between studs.

A 6mm continuous bead of acoustical sealant around perimeter of wall at web of top and bottom tracks and end studs. Lay gypsum board into position forcing caulking bead to fill space between gypsum board and structure.

Seal full perimeter for cut-outs around electrical boxes and ducts with acoustical sealant.

3.9 CONSTRUCTION OF FIRE RATED PARTITIONS

Where fire rated construction is required, the thickness and number of layers of board shall be governed by rating required and material used in approved assemblies.

Provide 1 hour rated beam enclosures, where required, to ULC design. 3.10 CONSTRUCTION OF SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS

Apply gypsum panels of maximum practical length with long dimension at right angles to

drywall furring channels. Position end joints over furring channel web and staggered in adjacent rows.

Closely fit together, ends and edges but not forced together.

Fasten panels to drywall furring channels with screws spaced a maximum of 300mm o.c. in field of panels and along abutting ends and edges.

Provide control joints in ceilings as noted but maximum 7500 mm o.c. each way or at change in direction.

Provide framing and drywall finish in stairwells, where required to enclose underside of stairs and landings.

Where noted on plans, provide bulkheads with steel framing and drywall finish.

Page 235: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 9 of 10

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 29 00 – GYPSUM BOARD

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

3.11 WALL FURRING

Apply gypsum panels parallel to framing. Position all edges over drywall furring channels

with joints staggered in successive courses.

Use maximum practical lengths to minimize end joints. Fit ends and edges closely, but not forced together.

Fasten panels to channels with screws spaced a maximum 300mm oc. 3.12 APPLICATION OF ACCESSORIES

Erect accessories straight, plumb or level, rigid and at proper plane. Use full length

pieces where practical. Joints shall be made tight, accurately aligned and rigidly secured.

Reinforce all vertical and horizontal exterior corners with cornerbead fastened with screws 200mm oc on both flanges along entire length of bead.

Where assembly terminates against masonry or other dissimilar material, apply ledge trim over panel edge and fasten with screws or staples spaced 300 mm. oc.

Power drive screws at least 9mm. from edges or ends of panel to provide uniform dimple

0.8mm deep. Where recessed reglets are noted on drawings, built into drywall assembly to provide

edges flush with drywall. 3.13 TAPING AND FILLING

Finish in accordance with GA-214, as follows:

.1 Exposed gypsum board to Level 5 finish, suitable for finish painting with semi-glass and gloss coatings. Use full skim coat of joint compound over entire surface to achieve smooth and uniform appearance.

.2 Concealed gypsum board to minimum Level 1 finish. Where a fire-resistance rating is required, finishing level must conform to ULC rated assembly design.

Finish face panel joints and internal angles with joint system consisting of self-adhering cross-fibre fibreglass joint tape and joint compound installed according to manufacturer's directions and feathered out into panel faces. Note: If self-adhering joint tape is not used, taping compound will be required.

Be sure drywall surface is dry and clean.

Center and apply CGC Fiberglass Drywall Tape directly over joint, pressing firmly to ensure even adherence to surface. Eliminate wrinkles by pressing entire length of tape with drywall knife. Avoid overlapping tape at intersections. Cut tape with drywall knife.

Page 236: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 10 of 10 ward99 architects

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 29 00 – GYPSUM BOARD

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Cover taped joint with a layer of setting-type joint compound, forcing compound through the tape with a drywall knife or trowel to completely fill and level the joint. Allow joint to dry, and sand lightly. Apply second coat of setting-type or drying-type joint compound, feathering approximately 50mm beyond first coat. Let dry and sand lightly as required.

To finish inside corners, bend tape with to form a “U” shape. Apply tape along one side

only. Press tape into corner for approximately 30mm, then apply the other side. Work downward, alternating sides in this manner until tape is pressed firmly in place. Apply setting-type joint compound as specified above, first on one side for the length of the corner and then repeating the process on the second side.

Finish fastener heads, corner bead and trim as required with two to three coats of joint

compound, feathered out onto panel faces and sanded to a smooth surface.

Provide skim coat over entire face of boards to ensure smooth surface for painting.

Fill screw head depressions to bring flush with adjacent surface of gypsum board so as to be invisible after painting is completed.

Sand dried taping compound lightly to remove burred edges and other imperfections.

Avoid sanding adjacent surface of board.

Completed installation to be smooth, level or plumb, free from waves and other defects and ready for painting.

Painting shall be done in accordance with Section 09 90 00

END OF SECTION

Page 237: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 8

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 30 13 – CERAMIC TILING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED

Substrate preparation Grouting control joints in tiling substrate Crack-Isolation membrane system (CIM) Cement mortar-bed, screed and levelling coats Thin-Set Mortar Bond Coat Installation of Porcelain Tile and matching base, supplied by cash allowance Glass and Glass Mosaic Tiling Installation Systems, adhesives, mortars and grouts Sealing tiling movement joints and accessory contours

Sealing penetrations All tiling work indicated on drawings and schedules.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

Gypsum Board Section 09 29 00 Accessories (non-ceramic) Section 10 28 13

1.3 REFERENCES

ISO 13006 Ceramic tiles- Definitions, Classification, Characteristics and Marking

American National Standards Institute .1 ANSI A108/A118/A136.1 American National Specifications for the Installation of

Ceramic Tile (Compilation). .2 ANSI A137.1 Specifications for Ceramic Tile

ASTM International

.1 ASTM C 50 Standard Specification for Portland Cement.

.2 ASTM C 847 Standard Specification for Metal Lath.

Canadian General Standards Board .1 CGSB 71-GP-22M: Tile, Ceramic .2 CGSB 71-GP-30M: Adhesive, Organic, for Installation of Ceramic Wall Tile .3 CAN/CGSB-75.1M: Adhesive, Epoxy and Modified Mortar Systems, for

Installation of Quarry Tiles

Canadian Standards Association .1 CAN/CSA A-3000 Cementitious Materials Compendium

Terrazzo, Tile and Marble Association of Canada (TTMAC):

.1 Specification Guide 09 30 00/ Tile Installation Manual 2012-2014

.2 TTMAC Hard Surface Maintenance Guide

Page 238: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 8 ward99 architects

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 30 13 – CERAMIC TILING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.4 SUBMITTALS

Submit required submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00

Submittal Procedures Submit manufacturer's product data sheets on each product to be used, including: .1 Storage and handling instructions .2 Preparation instructions .3 Installation instructions and recommendations

Submit 4 random samples of each colour of ceramic tile to be used on this project; clearly

identify with manufacturer's name, colour number and project number. Do not proceed with work until samples have been approved by Consultant.

Closeout Submittals: .1 Submit three (3) copies of TTMAC Hard Surface Maintenance Guide, for

inclusion in maintenance manuals. .2 Provide document listing specific warnings of any maintenance products or

practices that could possible damage the finished work.

Spare Materials: Provide approximately 4.5m2 (50 sq.ft.) of each floor tile for maintenance purposes; confirm quantities with Consultant. Tiles shall be boxed, labelled, and stored where directed by the Owner.

1.5 PROTECTION

Protect Work of this Section against damage by other trades for minimum 72 hours after application by prohibiting passage of traffic over tile.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

Installer to have membership in good standing with the TTMAC; must have 10 years experience in the Work of this Section. Employ skilled mechanics trained and experienced in tile work. If requested, submit references detailing experience in at least three projects of similar scope.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Coordinate delivery of materials. Ensure materials are delivered in manufacturer's unopened containers, fully identified with name, brand, type, and grade.

Protect materials from contamination, dampness, freezing, or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

Page 239: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 8

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 30 13 – CERAMIC TILING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Broken, cracked, chipped, stained, or damaged tile will be rejected, whether built-in or not. Protect mortar and grout materials against moisture, soiling, or staining.

Handle tile that has temporary protective coating on exposed surfaces to prevent coated

surfaces from contacting backs or edges of other units. If coating does contact bonding surfaces of tile, remove coating from bonding surfaces before setting tile.

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

Comply with manufacturer's requirements for environmental conditions before, during,

and after installation.

Maintain continuous and uniform building temperatures of not less than 12(C or more than 38(C during installation and for at least 7 days after completion of installation.

Ventilate spaces receiving tile in accordance with material manufacturer's' instructions.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 TILE MATERIALS

.1 Porcelain Floor Tile (POR OR NEW POR): meeting requirements of ANSI-A137.1 or

ISO-13006, 300mm by 300mm, square edges, slip resistant surface. Matching 300mm long and 100mm high straight base with bullnosed top edge. Acceptable product: .1 POR – Regal Series. Supplied by Olympia Tile/Stone International Inc.

Colour: Grey Matte.

.2 Ceramic Wall Tile (CWT and CWT1): meeting requirements of ANSI-A137.1 or ISO-13006. Matching edge trim to suit application. .1 CWT1 – Tropical Grass Series. Supplied by Olympia Tile/Stone International

Inc. Colour: Tropical Grass Cream-Z. Size: 305mmW by 610mmH. Install in a vertical stacked pattern at all walls in the ground floor Men’s and Women’s Washrooms and as noted on the architectural interior elevation drawings on Architectural Drawing A4.

2.2 INSTALLATION SYSTEM MATERIALS

Installation system materials and sealers to be the products of one manufacturer, who shall warrant the system against failure.

Thin-set Mortar: .1 At tile sizes 305 x 305mm and smaller:

.1 single component, polymer-modified premium tile mortar, conforming to ANSI-A118.4 and A118.11, ISO 13077 class C2ES; Ultraflex 3 by Mapei Canada Inc., Laticrete 254 Platinum by Laticrete International Inc., or Ardex X5 by Ardex Engineered Cements.

Page 240: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 8 ward99 architects

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 30 13 – CERAMIC TILING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

.2 At tile sizes over 305mm in any dimension:

.1 Non-slump, polymer-modified premium large format tile mortar, conforming to ANSI-A118.4 and A118.11, ISO 13077 class C2TES1P1; Ultraflex LFT by Mapei Canada Inc., Laticrete 4-XLT by Laticrete International Inc., or Ardex X77 by Ardex Engineered Cements.

Dry-Set Setting Mortar: .1 Premium floor and wall dry-set mortar, complying with ANSI A118.1 and ISO

13007 C1; Mapei "Kerabond", or Ardex X77 Microtec. .2 For installations over young concrete.

Grout:

.1 At ceramic tile: Conforming to ANSI A118.6, polymer-modified grout, “Ultracolor Plus” with “BioBlock”, by Mapei Canada Inc., or 1500 Sanded Grout with Microban, by Laticrete, or Ardex FL. Grout to be fast setting, polymer modified cementitious grout.

Grout Additives: To be supplied by grout supplier, Plasti-joint by Mapei or 1776 Grout

Enhancer by Laticrete, or approved equal.

Wall Mastic: Conforming to ANSI-136.1 Type 1. Type 1 mastic by Mapei or Latamastic by Laticrete, or Ardex D 14.

Dry Cure Grout: L & M Dry Cure, by D.A. White & Co. Ltd., or Dry-Mix Blended by Gum-It

Products Co. Ltd., or Joint Filler by H.B. Fuller or Flextile Wall Grout. Coloured acid resistant grout. Grout colour to match tile.

Levelling coat: Self-curing liquid latex, Portland cement based floor levelling product by

Mapei, Laticrete, or Ardex. Levelling coat must be compatible with mortar being used, and approved by the manufacturer for the specific application.

Sealants: Conform to Section 07 92 00.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

Accessory products must be compatible with all other products used in tile installation

system. Confirm compatibility with product manufacturers.

Anti-Fracture Membrane: .1 Laticrete two component anti-fracture membrane “Blue 92”, or Mapei Mapeguard

2 with Mapei SM Primer , or Ardex 8+9.

Junction Strips: .1 Schluter Systems products, for junctions with other floor coverings. Finish: Satin

finish anodized aluminum.

.2 Profiles as follows: .1 Reno-TK: Sloped transition to 6mm flooring

Page 241: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 5 of 8

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 30 13 – CERAMIC TILING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.2 Reno-V: Sloped transition to low flooring

.3 Schiene: Tile edge at surface of equal height

.4 Deco: Transition at tile and hard surface of equal height

.5 Reno-ramp: Ramped transition at Tile/Concrete

Control Joints: Schluter Systems “Dilex-AKWS” movement joint, 6mm wide, with aluminum anchors perforated for bonding into mortar and PVC movement material forming joint surface. Colour to be selected by Consultant, to match grout as closely as possible.

Corner and Header Trim: Schluter Systems, Rondec; finishing and rounded corner edge protection profile in stainless steel finish.

Joint Sealants: Conform to Section 07 92 00.

Stainless Steel Corner Guards: 16 gauge stainless steel wall guards in satin finish. Size: flange width of 25mm, height to match full height of wall and door opening head as indicated on the drawings. Provide concealed fastening only. Adhere corner guard to wall. Acceptable product: wallguard.com or equivalent product.

PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION AND EXAMINATION

Coordinate locations and depths of any slab depressions required for the work of this

section. If any discrepancies exist between the drawings and the recommended installation methods of the TTMAC, the manufacturers, or these specifications, notify the Consultant immediately, in writing.

Examine surfaces prepared to receive installation of tiling. If conditions are not acceptable, report to Consultant, in writing. Commencement of installation of any part of the Work of this section will be construed as acceptance of existing conditions.

Ensure concrete substrate is fully cured prior to commencing tile installation; wait a minimum of 60 days after placement of concrete floor slab.

Substrate must be structurally sound, solid, stable, level, plumb and true to a tolerance in

plane of 6 mm in 3000 mm.

Substrate shall be dry, clean and free of dust, oil, grease, paint, tar, wax, curing agent, primer, sealer, form release agent or any deleterious substances which could inhibit adhesion.

Prepare substrate surfaces for adhesive installation in accordance with adhesive

manufacturer's instructions.

Ensure compatibility of substrate materials with materials supplied under this Section.

Page 242: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 6 of 8 ward99 architects

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 30 13 – CERAMIC TILING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Mechanically sand or scarify the substrate as required to completely remove all paint, adhesives, sealers, loosely bonded topping, loose particles and contaminants. Surface etching or contaminant removal by chemical means is not permitted.

Apply levelling coat to level floors and where required to build up concrete floors slabs to elevations as noted on the Drawings or as directed by the Consultant. Levelling coat to be used to correct substrate irregularities up to 8 mm thickness. Above 8 mm, use mortar bed method to correct irregularities.

Review setting out point with consultant for each location; verify patterns and edge

conditions.

Verify that substrate expansion joints have been installed properly.

3.2 INSTALLATION

Regard recommendations, installation methods and materials specified and illustrated in Terrazzo, Tile and Marble Association Manual, latest issue, and applicable manufacturer's instructions as minimum acceptable standards. Provide additional work and materials as required to meet the contract specifications and the drawing details.

Lay tile to pattern indicated on drawings. Unless otherwise indicated, arrange pattern so that a full tile or joint is centred on each wall and that no tile less than ½ width is used. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings.

Install floor tile by thin-set method, to TTMAC Detail 311F; .1 use“detail A” with crack isolation membrane, unless otherwise noted. .2 use “detail C1” over cracked existing concrete .3 use “detail D” over young concrete

Where slab depression is required, install floor tile by mortar bed method, to TTMAC

detail 310F-A.

Install tile on masonry walls by thin-set method, to TTMAC detail 303W.

Install tile over backer board by thin-set method to TTMAC detail 305W.

Do not cover expansion and control joints in substrate with mortar or tiles.

Apply anti-fracture membrane over substrate before applying thin-set mortar.

Before commencing installation, wipe all dust from back of tile with a damp sponge.

Use tile setting method specified hereinafter. All tile must be fully bedded using suitable notched trowels to ensure full, even bedding.

Apply mortar using notched trowel, of type recommended by mortar manufacturer for

specific installation. Do not spread more material than can be covered before it begins to skin over.

Page 243: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 7 of 8

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 30 13 – CERAMIC TILING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Set tiles before skinning occurs. Back butter each tile immediately before laying, to achieve full mortar contact.

Set tiles firmly over wet mortar; shifting tile in the direction of the mortar ridges to ensure

full mortar contact. Beat in tile to flatten ridges into a continuous bed. Between 25% and 33%of the tile is to be imbedded in the mortar. Adjust tile for correct alignment.

Make joints of tiles 3mm in width. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in

tolerance allowed in tile size. Do not use gauges, string or plastic spacers. Make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar, or excess grout. Provide minimum 85%mortar coverage.

Using a damp sponge, clean all joints and wipe all mortar smudges from the face of the

tile before mortar hardens.

Keep expansion joints free of adhesive or grout.

Place tile snugly around piping, fixtures and other items built in or passing through tile work. Form external angles with round edge tile extending over edge of square edge adjacent tile. Internal angles shall be formed square, carrying 1 flat tile past edge of other.

Drill holes for fixing accessories of other trades.

Finish surfaces flat and level or sloped and graded as required.

Provide stringers, caps, coves, corners, angles and other molded pieces to suit requirements of job. Ensure that striping and joints are in alignment.

Lay out borders and defined lines, wherever they occur, prior to setting of adjacent tile.

Keep inner edges of borders against fields or wall panels straight.

Cut tiles to conform to irregularities in wall lines and vertical planes along outer edges. Smooth cut edges with carborundum block or by other means to provide clean straight edges.

Install wall base free of sharp corners or exposed edges. Form internal angles square

and external angles bullnosed.

Wait at least 24 hours after tile installation before grouting. Grout joints, leave to set for 45 minutes, then rub with “scrubby” brush to break surface, make one pass with clean sponge to leave grout joint flush with tile.

Install control joints at a maximum spacing of 4m in both directions in large rooms, one

direction in corridors. Conform to shop drawing showing pattern of control and expansion joints, as approved by the Consultant.

Install thresholds and edge trim at junctions with other floor finishes, at doorways, and

where indicated on drawings.

Repoint joints after cleaning to eliminate imperfections. Avoid scratching tile surfaces.

Page 244: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 8 of 8 ward99 architects

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 30 13 – CERAMIC TILING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Finished tile to be clean and free of tiles which are pitted, chipped, cracked or scratched.

3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

Clean tile work progressively as work proceeds. Do not allow mortar to stain absorbent tile. Do not use acids for cleaning.

Conform to Section 07 92 00 for Joint Sealants.

Protect finished areas from traffic until setting materials have cured. Protect grouted areas from foot traffic for72 hours after completion of grouting.

Provide protective covering in traffic areas until building is ready for occupancy.

END OF SECTION

Page 245: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 5

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 65 00 – RESILIENT FLOORING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS

ASTM Standards

CAN/ULC-S102.2 Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of

Flooring, Floor Covering and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies

RFCI .1 IP #1 Recommended Installation Practice for Homogeneous Sheet Flooring,

Fully-Adhered

.2 IP #2 Recommended Installation Practice for Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT)

.3 Recommended Work Practices for Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings

1.3 SUBMITTALS

Submit samples as per Section 01 33 23.

1.4 EXTRA MATERIALS

At completion of this Work hand over to Owner minimum 2% of each type and colour of

flooring installed.

Material to be in wrapped packages or fully labelled as to produce and colour.

.1 F 141

.2 F 386

.3 F 511

.4 F 710

.5 F 1344

.6 F 1861

.7 F 2055

.8 E 662

.9 E 1907

.10 F 970

Resilient Floor Coverings Standard Test Method for Thickness of Resilient Flooring Materials Having Flat Surfaces Quality of Cut (Joint Tightness) of Resilient Floor Tile Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring Specification for Rubber Floor Tile Specification for Resilient Wall Base Size and Squareness of Resilient Floor Tile by Dial Gage Method Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials. Methods of Evaluating Moisture Conditions of Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Floor Coverings Standard Test Method for Static Load Limit

.1 Porcelain tile installation

Section 09 30 00

Page 246: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 5 ward99 architects

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 65 00 – RESILIENT FLOORING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.5 WARRANTY

Submit manufacturer’s warranty warranting material and performance for a period of five

(5) years following the date of Substantial Performance of the Work.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS

Adhesives:

.1 Solvent-free white acrylic, as recommended by manufacturers of vinyl composite

tile, rubber flooring, and base. .2 VCT adhesive: Mapei Ultrabond ECO 711, Roberts Consolidated Premium VCT

Adhesive 2057, or Flextile Flextech 710. .3 Rubber base adhesive: Mapei Ultrabond ECO 575 or equal. Adhesive must

produce good and permanent waterproof bond between wall surfaces and cove base.

.2 Resilient Base (RB 100): to CAN/CSA-A126.5, Type 1, rubber. Style: coved typical. Minimum 1200mm length and 100mm high by 3mm thick, with grooved back. Colour: two colours (RB1 and RB2) to be selected by the Consultant. .1 Cove base:

Johnsonite: Rubber Wall Base, DC. Roppe Corporation: Pinnacle Rubber Standard Toe Base.

Metal Edge Trim: Aluminum or brass alloy with lip of edge strip extending under and with

shoulder finishing flush with top of resilient floor.

Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT): to CSA-A126.1, Type A (Plain and Mottled Tile), 3mm thick, 300mm by 300mm size. Colour will be selected by the Consultant from the standard range. Acceptable products include: .1 Amtico: ColoursPlus, Fortress Elements .2 Armstrong: Excelon, Imperial Texture .3 Johnsonite: Azrock VCT .4 Flextile: Flex-Thru Architectural Collection

.5 Linoleum Flooring (NEW LIN OR LIN): Acceptable Product is as following: .1 At the basement level rooms: Forbo Flooring Systems,

.1 Style: Marmoleum, Striato

.2 Colour: 3573 Trace of Nature

.3 Gauge: 2.5mm thick

.4 Backing: Jute

.5 Adhesive: Provide as recommended by manufacturer. .

Page 247: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 5

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 65 00 – RESILIENT FLOORING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION AND TESTING

Check floor surfaces for evidence of carbonation, dusting, excessive moisture or other

defects affecting bond of adhesive. Ascertain nature of curing and/or sealing compound used on concrete and its compatibility with flooring adhesive. Take all required remedial measures. Remove compounds if necessary to ensure that adhesive bonds to concrete.

Test concrete slab, using anhydrous calcium chloride test, in conformance with ASTM F1869. Do not proceed until moisture vapour emission rate is equal or less than 2.44kg/100m2/24hours (3lbs/1000sq.ft./24hours).

Confirm ph level of concrete is acceptable to manufacturers of adhesive and tile.

Generally, ph level is to be 9 or less.

Perform bond testing to confirm compatibility between concrete slab and adhesives.

Provide test results to manufacturers of products proposed for use, and obtain approval of conditions before commencing installation.

3.2 INSTALLATION – GENERAL

Do not start installation of resilient flooring until all other trades have completed their work and just prior to completion of building.

Obtain approval from manufacturers for all adhesives, caulking, patching and levelling agents, and installation methods, before proceeding with the work of this section.

Ensure flooring materials are clean of any contaminants which would interfere with proper bonding.

3.3 PREPARATION

On concrete floors, level depressions and cracks with non-shrinking latex joint filler. Patching and levelling products must be compatible with adhesives; obtain approval from manufacturer of adhesive. Do not use products containing gypsum.

Report large cracks to Consultant. Do not proceed until remedied. Prime surface with approved primer.

Thoroughly clean concrete floors of any substances deleterious to bond of adhesive.

Close off areas where tile work is in progress to prevent deposit of dust or grit on slabs where tile is being laid.

Page 248: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 5 ward99 architects

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 65 00 – RESILIENT FLOORING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

3.4 INSTALLATION - FLOORING

Dry lay floor tiles or roll prior to adhesive installation. Position the tiles point to point, laid quarter turned in relation to the adjacent tile. Make all final cuts around the area perimeter. Verify the proper orientation and layout with the Consultant prior to final adhesive installation.

Use only water-proof adhesives, approved by flooring manufacturer for installing rubber flooring system.

Apply adhesive to subfloor, using trowel and rate of application recommended by

manufacturer for application over concrete subfloor. Remove wet adhesive at seams or off tile surface immediately with a cloth dampened with rubbing alcohol or water. Note that attempting to remove dried adhesive or caulking can result in damage to tile.

Install tiles point to point and align as noted above. Position tile and butt edges tightly.

Lower tiles into adhesive. Stay off tile surface or use a kneeling board.

After all tiles have been installed, roll the floor, in both directions, with a roller recommended by tile manufacturer for specific installation. Roll a second time one hour later. Inspect the floor 2-1/2 hours after installation and roll a third time, if necessary. Use a hand roller in areas which cannot be reached with a large roller. Inspect floor surface, especially seams, and remove any adhesive on the surface.

At perimeter, provide a min. 6mm bead of epoxy caulking. Leave neat caulk line; any

excess to be removed immediately.

Avoid all traffic for at least 12 hours and limit to light traffic for a period of 72 hours after the installation. Avoid cold or excessive heat, including direct sunlight during this 72 hour period.

72 hours after installation is completed, implement initial maintenance procedures, as per

manufacturer’s printed maintenance instructions. 3.5 APPLICATION - COVE BASE

Fill cracks and level irregularities of surfaces to which base is to be applied with filler

approved by adhesive manufacturer so as to provide solid backing over entire area behind base.

Cement cove base to vertical surfaces so that gaps do not occur behind base, so that front lip of base cove bears firmly and uniformly on floor surface, and so that good and permanent bond is produced between base and surface to which it is applied.

For right angled external corners use preformed matching cove corner units. Make end joints flush with gap.

At wall ends and openings where ends of preformed corners come close together or

touch or overlap, cut each corner unit equally so that a neat, inconspicuous joint is formed in middle of wall end or opening or so that filled gap, if gap is necessary, is not less than 38mm wide and located in middle of wall or end of opening.

Page 249: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 5 of 5

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 65 00 – RESILIENT FLOORING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

3.6 TILE APPLICATION - CLEANING

Remove surplus adhesive from face of tiles as work progresses.

Upon completion of work remove all markings and heel scuffs. Broom clean.

Prior to occupation by Owner, broom clean all resilient floors and remove all noticeable

stains and marks.

END OF SECTION

Page 250: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 251: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 12

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 90 00 – PAINTING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

.1 Metal Fabrications Section 05 52 00

.2 Rough Carpentry Section 06 10 00

.3 Finish Carpentry Section 06 20 00

.4 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Section 08 11 13

.5 Gypsum Board System Section 09 29 00

.6 Factory applied paint coatings unless otherwise specified.

.7 Mechanical Division 20, 22

.8 Electrical Division 26, 27, 28 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

With exceptions specified above or specifically called for in other Sections of the

Specification, all paintwork is included in the scope of this Section of the Specification. Colours will be specified at a later date by the Consultant.

In locations where Drawings do not call for paint or similar finish on walls and/or ceilings, the intent of this Specification is that items, new work and existing surfaces in areas affected by the Work of this project, including miscellaneous metal work, shall be painted.

Work includes moisture testing and surface preparation of substrates as required for acceptance of paint, including cleaning, small crack repair, patching, caulking, and making good surfaces, and specific pre-treatments, sealing, and priming of surfaces.

Check conditions of all existing surfaces to be repainted before commencing new work, including assessing the level of degradation of the surface, the type of coating existing, and the thickness of the existing coating. Perform adhesion tests on all existing coatings to be repainted to ensure that surfaces are sound and well adhered before applying new coatings. It is expected that the Contractor will have visually assessed the existing conditions during the pre-tender site visit, and no contract extras will be considered for addressing conditions which were readily apparent at that time.

Perform interior painting called for in Room Schedule and Door Schedule and noted on drawings. Paint all new walls, ceilings, bulkheads, and all surfaces which normally receive a paint finish, whether noted on schedules, or not noted. Walls shall be completely painted before installation of tackboards, millwork, etc.

All heating units, recessed convectors, grilles, pipes, access panels, hangers and miscellaneous exposed metal work (other than stainless steel, anodized aluminum and baked enamel) to be painted to match the surfaces on which they occur, unless otherwise directed by Consultant.

For special painted graphics, colour changes, accent stripes, etc. see drawings.

In all renovated areas, paint affected walls as specified for new construction. All other walls in the room are to be cleaned and painted with one coat. If more than one colour is used in the room, confirm colours with Consultant.

Page 252: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 12 ward99 architects

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 90 00 – PAINTING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Paint exposed drywall and the like in locations where finish is not otherwise specified or

noted. Do not paint such surfaces in mechanical shafts, unless specifically noted.

Paint all exposed structural steel and mechanical ducts in finished areas.

Paint pipes, conduit, ducts and related thermal insulation and all prime painted mechanical and electrical equipment and supports located in mechanical and electrical rooms and in all locations where Drawings call for paint or similar finish on walls and/or ceilings. Paint all mechanical equipment exposed on the roof. Exposed pipes shall be painted to Owner’s Colour Coding/Piping schedule to suit use (i.e. hot water, etc.), included below.

Make good paint finish on shop coated work where damaged.

Paint visible portions of steel shelf angles, lintels and structural steel.

Paint edges and all faces of metal doors.

Paint entirely, including all top and bottom edges, of all wood doors.

Painting, as referred to herein shall include paint, enamel, stain, varnish and other finishes herein specified and normally applied to the various materials by the painting Subcontractor.

Paint all items as indicated on the architectural drawings.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS

Do painting and finishing to CAN/CGSB-85-GP series standards including Appendix A and to material manufacturer's instructions and to The Master Painters Institute (MPI) Architectural Painting Specification Manual and Maintenance Repainting Manual, except where specifically specified otherwise. The most stringent standards shall apply.

All coatings must conform to Regulation SOR/2009-264, Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Concentration Limits for Architectural Coatings Regulations, and the VOC limits set therein.

All paints and coatings used must conform to Green Seal Standard GS-11 for paints and coatings based on performance requirements and reduced use of hazardous substances and reduced volatile organic compounds:

1.4 QUALIFICATIONS

The Painting Subcontractor must be a member in good standing of the Ontario Painting Contractors’ Association.

Page 253: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 12

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 90 00 – PAINTING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.5 INSPECTION

A cash allowance has been included for independent painting inspections. The cost of the painting inspection is to be paid from the Cash Allowance included in the Contract. Refer to Section 01 10 00.

Painting shall not commence until the inspection company has been notified and the Inspector makes the initial site visit.

Supply the Inspector with a schedule of materials intended for use on the job at the commencement of the painting.

The Inspector will issue Inspection Reports during the Project. On completion of the job, the final Inspection Report will be issued.

1.6 WORK ENVIRONMENT

Do not apply paint finish in areas where dust is being generated.

Maintain environmental conditions within limits recommended by manufacturer, for

optimum results. Do not apply coatings under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits.

Conform to requirements of MPI Architectural Specification Manual including recommendations for surface preparation.

1.7 ACCEPTANCE OF WORK IN PLACE

Submit written confirmation of acceptance of existing conditions, to the Consultant, prior

to commencing painting work. Painting may not commence without submission of this confirmation.

Receipt of this confirmation will be considered a prerequisite for certification of payment for this work.

Notify the Consultant, in writing, immediately if any existing condition is encountered that will prevent the attainment of satisfactory results in this work.

1.8 SUBMITTALS

Samples: .1 Submit triplicate samples consisting of 300mm x 200mm panels of each type of

paint finish specified. .2 Panels shall be of same material as that on which sample coatings are to be

applied in the field where possible.

Page 254: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 12 ward99 architects

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 90 00 – PAINTING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

.3 Identify each sample as to job, name of paint manufacturer, finish, colour, name and number, sheen and gloss units and name of Contractor.

.4 Retain one set of approved samples on site until completion of the Work.

Submit manufacturer’s data sheets for each paint product, including: .1 Product characteristics .2 Surface preparation instructions and recommendations Primer requirements and

finish .3 specifications .4 Storage and handling recommendations .5 Application methods .6 Cautions .7 VOC data

Submit written confirmation of acceptance of existing conditions, as specified above.

1.9 STORAGE AND HANDLING

Store paint and painter's materials in clean, dry locations approved by the Consultant. Store materials in an area that is within the acceptable temperature range, per manufacturer’s instructions. Protect from freezing.

All paint shall be in unopened containers, labelled with: .1 manufacturer’s name, .2 product name, product type, .3 instructions for surface preparation and product application, .4 VOC content, .5 environmental issues, .6 batch date, and .7 colour name and number.

Provide C02 fire extinguisher minimum 9 kg capacity in paint storage area.

Dispose of materials in accordance with the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.10 SIGNS

Provide legible signs throughout the Work reading "WET PAINT" in prominent positions during painting and while paint is drying.

Use 75mm high letters on white card or board.

Page 255: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 5 of 12

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 90 00 – PAINTING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.11 TEMPORARY COVERS AND PROTECTION

Protect floors and other surfaces with temporary covers such as dust sheets, polyethelene film or tarpaulins. All to Consultant's approval.

Mask identification plates occurring on equipment, switch boxes, and fire rating labels, etc. which require painting.

Protect, remove and replace hardware, accessories, lighting fixtures, and similar items as required except primed for paint door closers which shall be painted. Light switches and electrical communication outlet plates to be removed and reinstalled on completion of painting.

Keep oily rags, waste and other similar combustible materials in closed metal containers; take every precaution to avoid spontaneous combustion, remove waste and combustible materials daily.

Clean surfaces soiled by spillage of paint, paint spattering and the like. If such cleaning

operations damage the surface, repair and replace damaged work at no cost to the Owner.

1.12 RETOUCHING

Do all retouching, etc. to ensure that the building may be handed over to the Owner in

perfect condition, free of spatter, finger prints, rust, watermarks, scratches, blemishes of other disfiguration.

After fully decorating and retouching a room or other area, notify Consultant. After inspection and final approval by Consultant post sign 'DECORATING COMPLETE - NO ADMITTANCE WITHOUT PERMISSION'.

1.13 TEST AREAS

In areas to be repainted, test existing coatings for adhesion before applying new coatings, in accordance with the recommended practices in the MPI Repainting Specification Manual. Check for loose paint using a scraper and check for adhesion by cutting through the coatings and performing duct tape tests, or other acceptable means of testing adhesion. Once adequate adhesion is confirmed, apply a test section of the proposed new coating, allow to dry, and perform adhesion tests in area of new coating to confirm compatibility with existing coatings before proceeding with repainting work. Perform tests in all areas and on all surface types to ensure positive repainting results. Advise Consultant of any areas in which existing or new coatings fail adhesion tests. Do not proceed with the work until a recommended course of action is agreed upon by all parties. Commencement of work will signify acceptance of existing conditions.

In areas of new construction, A room or area in the building will be designated by the Consultant as a test area to establish standard of workmanship, texture, gloss and coverage.

Page 256: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 6 of 12 ward99 architects

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 90 00 – PAINTING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Prior to any painting being started, request a meeting on Site between Consultant, Contractor, and Subcontractor and Inspector to review conditions, surfaces, anticipated problems and to clarify quality of workmanship acceptable to Consultant.

Apply finishes to each type of surface within room with correct material, coats, colour, texture and degree of gloss in sample area and have same approved prior to providing Work of this Section.

Retain test area until after completion of Work. Test area to be minimum standard for the

Work.

Failure to comply with the above will be cause for Consultant to request all Work previously painted to be repainted.

1.14 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS

Provide one sealed can, one litre capacity, of each product in each colour used in the

Work for Owner's use in maintenance Work.

Container to be new fully labelled with manufacturer's name, type of paint, and colour.

1.15 WARRANTY/GUARANTEE

Furnish a 100% Maintenance Bond, valid for three (3) years from date of Substantial Performance, or from date of completion of Work if work is not complete at date of Substantial Performance, will be required.

Subcontractor’s Maintenance Bond shall warrant that the work has been performed in accordance with the standards and requirements of the MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual, most recent edition.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS

Paint and finishing materials - highest grade, first line quality, low VOC products provided

by any of the following manufacturers: .1 Benjamin Moore & Co. .2 Dulux .3 The Sherwin-Williams Company .4 General Paints .5 Sico Paints .6 PPG Canada .7 Para Paints.

Page 257: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 7 of 12

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 90 00 – PAINTING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Paints, enamels, fillers, primers, varnishes and stains - ready mixed products of one of the manufacturers listed. Substitutes will not be allowed.

Thinners, cleaners - type and brand recommended by the paint manufacturer, or Inspector.

Only products manufactured by paint manufacturer stated at time of submission of

samples will be allowed on Site unless other materials specifically specified herein. No painting to be performed until paint manufacturer identified and acceptance received from the Consultant and Inspector.

Deliver materials to Site in original unbroken containers bearing brand and maker's

name. The presence of any unauthorized material or containers for such, on Site shall be of sufficient cause for rejection of ALL paint materials on Site at that time, and all previous painted work repainted with proper material.

2.2 COLOUR SCHEDULE

Consultant will provide detailed colour schedule at a later date. Conform to schedule including patterns, colours, and locations for all finishes.

A minimum of ten (10) paint colours may be selected by the Consultant.

In each room, the Consultant may select one wall where an accent colour may be applied.

Refer to room finishing notes for detailed application instructions.

2.3 FINISHING SYSTEMS

Interior Work:

.1 Drywall: INT 9.2M Institutional Low Odour/ Low VOC, semi-gloss finish 1 coat Primer; MPI #149 Walls: 2 coats MPI #147 Ceilings: 2 coats of one of the following:

.1 2 coat Dulux Lifemaster Interior Acrylic Ceiling Flat # 59170 Zero VOC

.2 or equal by one of the approved manufacturers. All drywall, whether requiring finish painting or not, must receive prime

coat.

.2 Concrete Block, paint: INT 4.2E (modified), Institutional Low Odour/ Low VOC, semi-gloss

finish, 4 coat system 2 coats latex blockfiller; MPI #4 2 coats finish; MPI #147

Page 258: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 8 of 12 ward99 architects

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 90 00 – PAINTING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Provide gloss finish, MPI #148, where noted as “gloss” in Room Finish Schedule.

.3 Concrete Block, glaze: INT 4.2J (modified), Epoxy-modified Latex Finish, 4 coat system 2 coats latex blockfiller; MPI #4 2 Coats epoxy-modified latex finish; MPI #115 Provide in all hallways and washrooms, and where noted as “glazed” in

Room Finish Schedule.

.4 Concrete Block, wet areas: INT 4.2G (modified), Epoxy “Tile like” Finish, 4 coat system 2 coats latex blockfiller; MPI #116 2 Coats epoxy-modified latex finish; MPI #77 Provide in all hallways and washrooms, and where noted as “glazed” in

Room Finish Schedule.

.5 Cast in Place Concrete walls, ceilings: INT 3.1M Institutional Low Odour/ Low VOC, semi-gloss finish 1 coat MPI #149 2 coats MPI #147

.6 Woodwork (Opaque Finish):

INT 6.4T Institutional Low Odour/ Low VOC, semi-gloss finish 1 coat latex primer MPI #39 2 coats institutional low VOC latex finish; MPI #147

.7 Stain Finish:

LEED Complaint Stain Coats Varnish, Water Based, clear gloss; MPI #130

.8 Ferrous Metal:

INT 5.1S Institutional Low Odour/ Low VOC, semi-gloss finish 1 coat MPI #107 2 coats MPI #147

.9 Shop Primed Ferrous Metal:

INT 5.1S Institutional Low Odour/ Low VOC, semi-gloss finish Confirm type of shop primer used with structural steel supplier. Confirm compatibility of all coatings with manufacturers. Touch up prime coat where damaged, with compatible primer, type

MPI#107. 2 coats interior latex, MPI #147

.10 Galvanized Metal:

Includes all hollow metal doors, frames and screens. INT 5.3N Institutional Low Odour/ Low VOC, semi-gloss finish

Page 259: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 9 of 12

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 90 00 – PAINTING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

1 coat galvanized Primer MPI #134 2 coats Acrylic Semi-Gloss MPI #147

.11 Insulation on Pipes & Ducts:

INT 6.8F Institutional Low Odour/ Low VOC, semi-gloss finish 1 coat Primer MPI #17 2 coats Acrylic Semi-Gloss MPI #147

.12 Mechanical Equipment:

Institutional Low Odour/ Low VOC, semi-gloss finish As specified for metal types.

.13 Piping, Conduit & Ductwork (uncoated):

INT 5.3N Institutional Low Odour/ Low VOC, semi-gloss finish 1 coat galvanized Primer MPI #134 2 coats Acrylic Semi-Gloss MPI #147

.14 Surfaces behind grilles, within 30mm of grille:

INT 5.3N Institutional Low Odour/ Low VOC, flat finish 1 coat galvanized Primer MPI #134 2 Coats Acrylic Flat, Black; MPI #143

.15 Concrete Floors:

1 Coat Water-Borne Epoxy (diluted 10-20% with water) MPI #115 2 Coats Water-Borne Epoxy MPI #115 VOC emissions of coating not to exceed 200 g/l.

.16 NOTE: Use heat resistant paint where required.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION OF SURFACES

Prepare surfaces in accordance with the following standards and to MPI Architectural

Specification Manual Chapters 2 and 3; the most stringent requirements shall apply. Preparation of surfaces must be reviewed with painting inspector. Prepared surfaces must be inspected before application of prime coat.

.1 Prepare wood surfaces to CGSB 85-GP-lM. Use CAN/CGSB 1.126 vinyl sealer

over knots and resinous areas. Use CGSB 1-GP -103M wood paste filler for nail holes. Tint filler to match.

.2 Touch up damaged spots of shop paint primer on steel with CAN/CGSB 1.40M to CGSB 85-GP-14M.

.3 Prepare galvanized steel and zinc coated surfaces to CGSB 85-GP-16M. This includes wiped coated steel surfaces.

Page 260: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 10 of 12 ward99 architects

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 90 00 – PAINTING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

.4 Prepare masonry and concrete surfaces to CGSB 85-GP-31M.

.5 Prepare wallboard surfaces to CGSB 85-GP-33M. Fill minor cracks with plaster

patching compound for stained woodwork.

.6 Prepare concrete floors to CGSB 85-GP-32M.

.7 Prepare copper piping and accessories to CGSB 85-GP-20M.

.8 Apply prime coat on wood scheduled for paint finish before installation.

.9 Back prime wood scheduled for transparent finish. Do not prime surfaces scheduled for transparent finish.

.10 Remove all surface contamination such as oil, grease, loose paint, mill scale, dirt,

foreign matter, rust, mould, mildew, mortar, efflorescence, and sealers from existing surfaces to assure sound bonding to tightly adhering old paint.

.11 Scape peeling paint off existing masonry surfaces and apply a compatible

masonry sealer, approved for use by the paint manufacturer, before applying new coatings.

.12 Glossy surfaces must be clean and dull before repainting. Wash with abrasive

cleanser, or, wash thoroughly and dull by sanding.

.13 Spot prime any existing bare areas with an appropriate primer.

.14 Check for compatibility between existing and new coatings by applying a test patch of the recommended coating system, covering at least 2 to 3 square feet. Allow surface to dry one week before testing adhesion per ASTM D3359. If the coating system is incompatible, complete removal is required.

.15 NOTE: ABOVE NOTED SURFACES MAY NOT ALL BE APPLICABLE TO THIS

PROJECT. 3.2 APPLICATION

Apply coatings in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.

Use suitable, clean equipment in good condition.

Maintain dust-free suitable conditions on the surfaces free from machine, tool or

sandpaper marks, insects, grease, or any other condition liable to impair finished work to prevent production or good results.

At all hollow metal doors and frames, prime coat must be inspected and signed off by

painting inspector before painting work may proceed.

Page 261: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 11 of 12

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 90 00 – PAINTING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

Apply evenly, uniform in sheen, colour and texture, free from brush or roller marks, well brushed or rolled in and free of crawls, runs, join marks or other defects.

Permit paint to dry between coats. Touch up uneven spots after applying first coat. Tint

various coats of multiple coat work in light shades of the final colour selected, to distinguish between coats.

Give Consultant and Inspector due notice and sufficient opportunity (minimum 48 hours)

to inspect each coat. Do not proceed with subsequent coat until preceding coat approved. Consultant reserves the right to order complete retreatment if this condition is not observed.

Painting coats are intended to cover surfaces perfectly; if in painter's opinion, formula

specified is inadequate to provide a first class finished surface, report to the Consultant and have formulas rectified before commencing work. Surfaces imperfectly covered shall receive additional coats at no additional cost. Provide additional coat where ever dark colours are used.

Use paint unadulterated. Use same brand of paint for primer, intermediate and finish

coats. Factory mix all paints.

Paint finish shall be applied by roller except in the case of wood trim, door frames, base board and similar work of small surface area which shall be painted by brush. Do not use roller for applying finish other than paint.

Spray painting will not be permitted unless specifically approved in writing by the

Consultant in each instance. Consultant may withdraw approval at any time and prohibit spray painting for reasons such as carelessness, poor masking or protection measures, drifting paint fog, disturbance to other Trades, or failure to obtain a dense, even, opaque finish. Spray painting shall be full double coat, i.e. at least two passes for each coat. Do not use spray or roller on wood or metal surfaces, brush only unless approved in writing by Consultant.

Paint entire surfaces, including areas where millwork or other items are to be installed.

Finish edges of doors with paint or stain treatment as required to match face of door. Seal hidden edges of wood doors with one coat of shellac and one coat gloss varnish or two coats paint. Repaint tops and edges of wood doors after fitting.

Even up stained woodwork in colour as required by nature of wood and as directed by

Consultant. Apply same finish on trim, fitments cupboards and other protecting ledges as on surrounding work, disregard sight lines.

Carefully hand smooth and sandpaper wood between coats (including priming). Apply

one coat sealer before applying first coat paint filler to knots or sap blemishes on wood surfaces to receive paint or stain finish.

After first coat, fill nail holes, splits and scratches, using putty coloured to match finish.

Remove rust, oil, grease and loose shop paint from metal work by brushing or with wire

brushes and make good shop coat before proceeding with final finish. Feather out edges to make touch up patches inconspicuous.

Page 262: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 12 of 12 ward99 architects

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 90 00 – PAINTING

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

Clean castings with wire brush before application of first paint coat.

Do not etch galvanized metal. Use zinc rich primer. This includes metal door frames and the like with wiped zinc coating.

Note that primer is required on all hollow metal doors, frames and screens. Three coat

system is required. Sand between all coats.

Remove form oil or parting compounds from concrete surfaces. Use Xylol or approved compound.

Paint interior of pipe spaces, ducts, etc. visible through grilles or through linear metal

ceilings in black matt finish.

Conform with Consultant's colour schedule and exactly match approved samples.

Mechanical and Electrical Pipes, Ducts and Conduits: .1 Commence Work when piping installation is complete in the area concerned. .2 Do not paint plated or other prefinished surfaces, unless otherwise noted. .3 Paint conduit in same colour as background paint. .4 Apply formulae specified even though surface prime painted at shop prior to

delivery. Touch up shop priming where damaged. .5 Use heat resistant epoxy paint on pipes and surfaces where operating surface

temperature exceeds 65 degrees C. .6 Paint exposed pipes and ducts and their supports and related items in colours to

suit colour coding included below; confirm with Consultant. Refer to Mechanical Division 20 for further instructions.

3.3 REPAIRS

Cracks occurring in walls or ceilings requiring patching during "Warranty Period" shall be

repainted in such a way that the patch is not visible at a distance of 1m.

If patch painting is not acceptable, repaint entire wall, or ceiling.

END OF SECTION

Page 263: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 4

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 11 00 – VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

Rough Carpentry Section 06 10 00 Architectural Casework Section 06 41 13

1.2 SUBMITTALS

Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with Section 01 33 23. Indicate field dimensions on shop drawings.

Shop drawings to show sizes, types, layouts, and installation details.

Submit samples of visual display boards as requested by the Consultant.

Include copies of trade literature, outlining the care and maintenance of the installation, in Maintenance Manual.

1.3 STORAGE

Deliver units fully assembled to the maximum extent practical.

Store all materials within the building in clean, dry area, and in accordance with

manufacturer’s recommendations.

Store material in manner which will not damage, mark or cause other defects detrimental to the finished appearance. Provide such protection as necessary to guard against damage and marring from this and other trades. Maintain such protection until ordered removed by the Consultant.

1.4 WARRANTY

Extend the Warranty period stipulated in the General Conditions of the Contract to two (2)

years.

Writing boards shall carry a 25-year warranty against defects appearing under regular classroom usage and wear. All Warranties to be given in writing.

Page 264: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 4 ward99 architects

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 11 00 – VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

Materials listed herein are as manufactured by Architectural School Products. Equivalent products as supplied by Global School Products Inc. & Martack Specialties Ltd. are acceptable.

Tackboards and Makerboards are to be of sizes indicated on drawings.

Standard Aluminum Trim to be Series 200, as follows:

.1 Perimeter Trim: No.205

.2 Dividerstrip: No.207

.3 Marker/Chalk tray: No.212, complete with end pieces to be mounted directly below makerboards.

All exposed aluminum to have clear anodized satin finish.

Tackboards (TB):

.1 Facing: .1 Linoleum, homogenous, tackable linoleum sheet, 6mm thick, colours to

be selected by the Consultant from the manufacturer’s standard range. .2 Acceptable Product: Forbo Industries, Inc. Bulletin Board, laminated to backing

as specified below. Allow for 3 colours to be selected by the Consultant. .3 Backing: Particleboard: to CAN3-0188.1, Grade R, 6mm thick. .4 The full perimeter of tackboards is to be framed with standard aluminum

perimeter trim.

Joints to be absolutely flush and level, plumb and true with edges finished square and fitted as closely as possible. Use concealed joint fasteners. Dividerstrips are to be provided between tackboards at the Activity Rooms only. Provide one piece tackboards at the staff Customer Service area.

Mounting heights of marker/chalk rail and tackboards shall be as directed by Consultant, or as indicated on drawings.

Markerboards (WB): .1 White porcelain enamel writing board for markers. 22 gauge, 12mm thickness composed of porcelain enamel surface fused under high heat to a high quality enameling steel surface face sheet with 11mm impregnated fibreboard core with balancing zinc coated steel back-up sheet. .2 Architectural School Products, Vit-Rite White Porcelain Enamel Markerboard, complete with tack strip and maprail above whiteboard. .3 Joints to be absolutely flush and level, plumb and true with edges finished square and fitted as closely as possible. Use concealed joint fasteners. Internal butt joints are to be provided at tackboards. .5 Laminating Adhesive: to manufacturer’s standards.

Page 265: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 4

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 11 00 – VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.6 Joint Reinforcement: concealed mechanical jointing system to provide straight, rigid continuously supported, tight butt, flush joints at surface. .7 Anchor Clips, Brackets and Fasteners: concealed type for fixed mounting. .8 Facing: Steel sheet: 0.7mm thickness, commercial quality to ASTM-A653/A653M, pre-cleaned and treated to ensure maximum adhesion of an acid resistant type A (for Makerboard), porcelain enamel. .9 Core: Fibreboard, to CAN/CSA A247, 11mm thick impregnated type. .10 Backing: Galvanized, 0.4mm thick steel, with Z275 zinc coating to ASTM-A924/A924M. .10 Concealed Mechanical Joining System: Integral, slotted PVC insert laminated into ends of panels and 25mm wide, 2mm thick galvanized steel spline.

.8 Markerboard Accessories: .1 Manufacturer’s standard accessories. .2 Roller Map Hooks: two for each 1830mm length of maprail. .3 End Stops: At each end of maprail. .4 End Closures: At each end of chalktray.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

Supply all labour, materials, anchors, fasteners necessary to complete the installation of

chalkboards, whiteboards, and tackboards throughout the project. All installations to be done by tradesmen experienced in this type of work.

Erect all units plumb, level and accurately in locations shown on the Drawings or as directed by Consultant. Securely and permanently fix to the wall surfaces with concealed fasteners.

Include for extended aluminum jambs, trim, track and chalktrays and accommodate all other special conditions as required.

Accurately cut, machine and fit to form tight flush hairline connections all joints in trim and

rails. Corners of trim to be square and true and mitre cut. Cap ends of rails with cast aluminum end fittings.

Joints to be properly aligned.

Adjust all operation hardware for smooth, trouble free operation.

Do not install finished materials until overhead work such as acoustic ceiling, electrical,

mechanical and painting have been completed. 3.2 CLEANING

Leave trim and board surfaces clean and free of stains or marks and completely cover all

markerboards with "Pliofilm" immediately after installation. Remove cover at time of occupancy.

Page 266: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 4 ward99 architects

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 11 00 – VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

END OF SECTION

Page 267: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 6

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 21 13 – SOLID PLASTIC TOILET AND URINAL COMPARTMENTS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

Solid plastic toilet compartments and urinal screens.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

Section 10 28 13 - Washroom and Change Room Accessories, for accessories.

1.3 REFERENCES

ASTM International (ASTM): .1 A167 – Standard Specifications for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-

Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. .2 B221 – Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars,

Rods, Wire, Profiles and Tubes. .3 E84 – Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building

Materials. .2 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 286 – Standard Methods of Fire Tests for

Evaluating Contribution of Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth.

1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .1 Toilet Room Compartments and Urinal Screens: Toilet compartments and screens type:

Hiny Hiders Toilet Partitions, Floor-Mounted Overhead-Braced, Continuous Stainless Steel Hinges and Continuous Aluminum Brackets.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit under provisions of Section 01 33 23.

Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: .1 Preparation instructions and recommendations. .2 Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. .3 Installation methods. .4 Manufacturer’s descriptive data for panels, hardware and accessories.

Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's shop drawings for each product specified,

including the following: .1 Plans, elevations, details of construction and attachment to adjacent

construction. .2 Show anchorage locations and accessory items.

Page 268: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 6 ward99 architects

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 21 13 – SOLID PLASTIC TOILET AND URINAL COMPARTMENTS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

.3 Verify dimensions with field measurements prior to final production of toilet compartments.

.4 Include dimensioned layout, elevations, trim, closures and accessories.

Selection Samples: For each finish product specified, two complete sets of color chips representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns.

Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, two samples, minimum size 6 inches (150 mm) square representing actual product, color, and patterns.

Sustainable Design Submittals:

.1 Recycled Content: Certify percentages of post-consumer and pre-consumer recycled content.

.2 Regional Materials: Certify distance between manufacturer and Project and between manufacturer and extraction or harvest point in miles.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Manufacturer Qualifications: Minimum 5 years experience in manufacture of solid plastic toilet compartments with products in satisfactory use under similar service conditions.

Installer Qualifications: Minimum 5 years experience in work of this Section.

Single Source Requirements: To the greatest extent possible provide products from a single manufacturer.

Accessibility Requirements: Comply with requirements applicable in the jurisdiction of the

project, including but not limited to ADA and ICC/ANSI A117.1 requirements as applicable.

Mock-Up: Provide a mock-up for evaluation of surface preparation techniques and

application workmanship. .1 Finish areas designated by Architect. .2 Do not proceed with remaining work until workmanship is approved by Architect. .3 Refinish mock-up area as required to produce acceptable work.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

Convene minimum two weeks prior to starting work of this section.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver and store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging bearing the brand name and manufacturer's identification until ready for installation.

Handling: Handle materials to avoid damage.

Page 269: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 6

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 21 13 – SOLID PLASTIC TOILET AND URINAL COMPARTMENTS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS

Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's recommended limits.

1.10 SEQUENCING

Ensure that products of this section are supplied to affected trades in time to prevent interruption of construction progress.

1.11 WARRANTY

Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard 25 year limited warranty for panels, doors, and stiles against breakage, corrosion, delamination, and defects in factory workmanship. Manufacturer's standard 1 year guarantee against defects in material and workmanship for stainless steel door hardware and mounting brackets.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

Acceptable Manufacturer: Hiny Hiders by Scranton Products. Website:

www.scrantonproducts.com.

Refer to 1.4 System Description for product type.

Substitutions: Not permitted. 2.2 MATERIALS

Doors, Panels and Pilasters:

.1 High density polyethylene (HDPE), fabricated from polymer resins compounded under high pressure, forming single thickness panel.

.2 Waterproof and nonabsorbent, with self-lubricating surface, resistant to marks by pens, pencils, markers and other writing instruments.

.3 1” (25.4mm) thick with edges rounded to ¼” (6mm) radius.

.4 Recycled content: Minimum 25% percent.

.5 Design Type: Standard Height. Door Panel Height: 55” (1397mm). Door Panel Floor Clearance: 14” (356mm). Panel Height: 82” (2083mm). Colour: To be confirmed

Page 270: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 6 ward99 architects

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 21 13 – SOLID PLASTIC TOILET AND URINAL COMPARTMENTS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

.7 Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221, 6463-T5 alloy and temper. .8 Stainless Steel: ASTM A167, Type 304.

.4 Mounting:

.1 Floor-mounted, overhead-braced with satin finish, extruded anodized aluminum headrails, 0.065 inch (1.65 mm) thick with anti-grip profile.

Stile Standard Height: 69” (1763mm). .2 Stile Maximum Height: 82” (2083mm).

Performance Requirements:

.1 Graffiti Resistance (ASTM D 6578): Passed cleanability test; 5 staining agents.

.2 Scratch Resistance (ASTM D 2197): Maximum load value exceeds 10 kilograms.

.3 Impact Resistance (ASTM D 2794): Maximum impact force exceeds 30 inch-pounds.

.4 Smoke Developed Index (ASTM E 84): Less than 450.

.5 Flame Spread Index (ASTM E 84): Less than 75.

.6 National Fire Protection Association/International Building Code Interior Wall and Ceiling Finish: Class B.

.7 Uniform Building Code: Class II.

Hardware: .1 Hinges: Continuous stainless steel for full extent of door and pilaster material

with exposed metal parts on interior of stall. .2 Door Strike and Keeper: 6” (152mm) long, fabricate from heavy-duty extruded

aluminum with bright dip anodized finish, with wrap-around flanges secured to pilasters with stainless steel tamper resistant Torx head sex bolts.

.3 Bumper: Extruded black vinyl.

.4 Latch and Housing: .1 Heavy-duty extruded aluminum. .2 Latch housing: Bright dip anodized finish. .3 Slide latch and paddle. .5 Coat Hook/Bumper: .1 Combination type, chrome plated Zamak. .2 Equip outswing handicapped doors with second door pull and door stop. .6 Door Pulls: Chrome plated Zamak.

.4 Components:

.1 Door and Dividing Panels: 55” (1397mm) high, mounted 14” (356mm) above finished floor, with aluminum heat-sinc fastened to bottom edges.

.2 Pilasters: 82” (2083mm) high, fastened to pilaster sleeves with stainless steel tamper resistant Torx head sex bolt.

.3 Pilaster Sleeves: 3” (76mm) high, 20 gauge stainless steel, secured to pilaster with stainless steel tamper resistant Torx head sex bolt.

.4 Wall Brackets: 54” (1372mm) long, heavy-duty aluminum, bright dip anodized finish, fastened to pilasters and panels with stainless steel tamper resistant Torx head sex bolts. Provide plastic anchor at concrete masonry unit walls.

.5 Headrail: Heavy-duty extruded aluminum, anti-grip design, clear anodized finish, fastened to headrail bracket with stainless steel tamper resistant Torx head sex bolt and at top of pilaster with stainless steel tamper resistant Torx head screws.

Page 271: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 5 of 6

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 21 13 – SOLID PLASTIC TOILET AND URINAL COMPARTMENTS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.6 Headrail Brackets: 20 gauge stainless steel, satin finish, secured to wall with stainless steel tamper resistant Torx head screws.

.5 Wall Accessories:

.1 Stainless Steel Corner Guards: 16 gauge stainless steel wall guards in satin finish. Size: flange width of 50mm, height to match full height of wall and door opening head as indicated on the drawings. Provide concealed fastening only. Adhere corner guard to wall. Acceptable product: wallguard.com or equivalent product.

PART 3 – PRODUCTS

3.1 PREPARATION

Prepare substrates including but not limited to blocking and supports in walls at points of attachment using methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrates under the project conditions. .1 Inspect areas scheduled to receive compartments for correct dimensions,

plumbness of walls, and soundness of surfaces that would affect installation of mounting brackets.

If preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect in writing of deviations from manufacturer's recommended installation tolerances and conditions.

Do not proceed with installation until substrates have been properly prepared with blocking and supports in walls and ceilings at points of attachment and deviations from manufacturer's recommended tolerances are corrected. Commencement of installation constitutes acceptance of conditions.

3.2 INSTALLATION

Install products in strict compliance with manufacturer's written instructions and

recommendations, including the following: .1 Verify blocking and supports in walls have been installed properly at points of

attachment. .2 Verify location does not interfere with door swings or use of fixtures. .3 Use fasteners and anchors suitable for substrate and project conditions .4 Install units rigid, straight, plumb, and level. .5 Conceal evidence of drilling, cutting, and fitting to room finish. .6 Test for proper operation. .7 Install rigid, straight, plumb and level. .8 Locate bottom edge of doors and panels 14” (356mm) above finished floor. .9 Provide uniform, maximum 3/8” (9.5mm) vertical clearance at doors. .10 Not acceptable: Evidence of cutting, drilling or patching.

Page 272: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 6 of 6 ward99 architects

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 21 13 – SOLID PLASTIC TOILET AND URINAL COMPARTMENTS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

3.3 ADJUSTING, CLEANING AND PROTECTION

Adjust hardware for proper operation after installation. Set hinge cam on in-swinging doors to hold doors open when unlatched. Set hinge cam on out-swinging doors to hold unlatched doors in closed position.

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products.

Clean exposed surfaces of compartments, hardware, and fittings.

END OF SECTION

Page 273: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 6

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 28 13 – WASHROOM ACCESSORIES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

.1 Washroom Accessories:

.1 Coat Hook (barrier-free)

.2 Shelf (barrier-free)

.3 Straight Grab Bar (washrooms)

.4 L-Shaped Grab Bar (washrooms)

.5 Fixed Frame Mirror

.6 Electric Hand Dryer

.7 Double-Roll Toilet Tissue Dispenser

.8 Sanitary Napkin Disposal Bin

.9 Automatic Soap Dispenser

.10 Motorized Adult Folding Change Table

.11 Surface Mounted Waste Receptacle with Liner

.12 Emergency Signs

.13 Paper Towel Dispenser

.14 Waste Receptacle

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

Section 09 30 13 - Tiling, coordination with layout and installation. .2 Section 10 28 14 - Baby Changing Stations, for baby changing stations.

1.3 SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS

Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data sheets for each product specified, including the following: .1 Installation instructions and recommendations. .2 Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. .3 Cleaning and maintenance instructions. .4 Replacement parts information.

.2 Schedule: Submit a washroom/change room accessory schedule, indicating the type and

quantity to be installed in each washroom and change room area. Use room numbers as indicated on the Drawings.

.3 USGBC LEED Submittals, Recycled Content: Materials and Resource Credits MR4.1 and

MR4.2 - Recycled Content: Submit manufacturer’s calculation of value of recycled content for specified products, calculated in accordance with USGBC LEED certification requirements.

.4 Country of Origin: Manufacturer must supply, with first submittal, Country of Origin

information for each type of washroom accessory for this project.

Page 274: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 6 ward99 architects

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 28 13 – WASHROOM ACCESSORIES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATIONE

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Manufacturer: Provide products manufactured by a company with a minimum of 10 years successful experience manufacturing similar products.

.2 Single Source Requirements: To the greatest extent possible provide products from a

single manufacturer. .3 Accessibility Requirements: Comply with requirements applicable in the jurisdiction of

the project, including but not limited to ADA and ICC/ANSI A117.1 requirements as applicable.

.4 Hazardous Materials: Comply with EU Directive “Restrictions of Hazardous Substances

(RoHS) requirements.”

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver, store and handle materials and products in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage.

1.6 WARRANTY

Manufacturer’s Warranty for Washroom Accessories: .1 Manufacturer’s standard 1 year warranty for materials and workmanship. .2 Emergency Sign: Provide a warranty for the work of this section for a period of

two (2) years. Warranty shall cover against defects and deficiencies in materials, workmanship, and installation.

Manufacturer’s Warranty for Electric Hand Dryers: Manufacturer’s standard 5 year

warranty on parts, except 3 year warranty on motor brushes from date of purchase.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

Specified manufacturer's catalogue references establish minimum acceptable standards for Work of this Section. Products shall be as manufactured by Frost Products Ltd., ASI/Watrous Inc., Bobrick Washroom Equipment Ltd., or Bradley Corp., unless noted otherwise.

.2 Basis of Design Products: Based on the quality and performance requirements of the project, specifications are based solely on the products of Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. www.bobrick.com. Location of manufacturing shall be the United States.

Page 275: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 6

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 28 13 – WASHROOM ACCESSORIES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.3 Substitutions: The Architect will consider products of comparable manufacturers as a substitution, pending the Contractor's submission of adequate documentation of the substitution in accordance with procedures in Division 1 of the Project Manual.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

.1 Coat Hook (barrier-free): Safety coat hook of stainless steel with maximum 50mm projection, with snap down safety hook. .1 Acceptable Products: Bobrick 983 or Watrous 123

.2 Shelf (barrier-free): Surface mounted, 18 gauge, type 304, 1.2mm stainless steel with

1.6mm stainless steel mounting bracket, 460mm long and 205mm deep. .1 Acceptable Products: Bobrick 298. .3 Grab Bars:

.1 Grab bars to be stainless steel bars, 32mm diameter with heavy duty concealed mounting. Provide peened satin finish, non-slip grip. 80mm diameter wall flange with covers, concealed screw attachment, flanges welded to tubular bar.

.2 Compliance: Universal/accessibility design, including ADA-ABA and ICC/ANSI. for structural strength.

Capacity: Designed to support 900 lbs (408 kg) in compliant installations.

.3 Grab bar with 90 degree return to flange. Clearance between grab bar and finished wall is 1-1/2 inches (38mm).

.4 Grab Bar Materials: 18-8, Type 304, 18 gauge (1.2mm) stainless steel tubing with satin finish, ends of grab bar pass through flanges and are heliarc welded to flanges to form one structural unit, outside diameter 1-1/4 inches (32mm).

.5 Mounting Flanges: Concealed, 18-8, Type 304, 1/8 inch (3mm) thick, stainless steel plate.

End Flanges: 2 inches x 3-1/8 inches (50mm x 80mm) with two holes for attachment to wall.

Intermediate Flanges: 2-5/8 inches x 3-1/8 inches (65mm x 80mm) wide x 3-1/8 inch (80mm) diameter.

.6 Snap Flange Covers: 18-8, Type 304, 22 gauge (0.8mm) drawn stainless steel with satin finish, 3-1/4 inch (85mm) diameter x 5/8 inches (16mm) deep; snap over mounting flange to conceal mounting screws.

.7 Mounting Accessories: Provide the following optional mounting accessories as required for complete installation.

Mounting Kits: Provide optional Bobrick Part No. 252-30 Mounting Kit; 3 Type 304 stainless steel, Phillips round-head, sheet-metal screws for each flange.

Grab Bar Fasteners: Provide optional Bobrick Part No. 251-4 WingIt Grab Bar Fastener; round-head, Phillips 18/8 stainless steel screws and grab bar fastener for each flange.

Anchor Devices: Provide optional Bobrick Part No. 2586 Optional Mounting Kit; for 1/2 inch (13mm) panels for each flange.

.8 Grab Bars: .1 Straight Grab Bar: 610mm long.

.1 Acceptable Products: Watrous/ASI model 3100-P Type 'A',

Page 276: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 4 of 6 ward99 architects

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 28 13 – WASHROOM ACCESSORIES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATIONE

Frost 1001-24, Bobrick B-5806.99, or Bradley 832-2. .2 L-Shaped Grab Bar: 750mm horizontal and 750mm vertical.

.1 Acceptable Products: Watrous/ASI model 3100-P Type 00-SM0D, Frost 1003D-30 x 30, Bobrick B-5806.99, or Bradley 832-2-005-30x30

.3 Grab Bar at Urinal: .1 Acceptable Products: Watrous/ASI model 3100-P Type 'A',

.4 Fixed Frame Mirror: .1 Materials: Type 430 stainless steel; bright polished finish with vertical grain finish on exposed surfaces.

.2 Stainless steel channel frame; one piece, 50mm by 50mm, 90 mitred corners, concealed fasteners and locking screws.

.3 Corners: Welded, ground, and polished smooth.

.5 Mirror: 6mm thick tempered glass. Select float glass mirror guaranteed for 15 years against silver spoilage. Edges: Protected by plastic filler strips. Back: Protected by full-size, shock-absorbing, water-resistant,

nonabrasive, 1/8 inch (3mm) thick polystyrene padding. .6 Back and Inner Stiffener Frame: Galvanized steel, one-piece welded

construction with slots for mounting screws and integral screw-head lock. .7 Concealed wall hanger with theft resistant mounting.

.8 Acceptable Products: Bobrick 1658 2448 or Watrous 0600 2448. .5 Double-Roll Toilet Tissue Dispenser: .1 Acceptable Product: 0697-GAL by ASI or B-2840 by Bobrick. .6 Sanitary Napkin Disposal Bin:

.1 Surface mounted, stainless steel, continuous hinged door, self-closing, enclosed within “napkin disposal”, removable stainless steel receptacle fitted with spring clip for deodorizer block.

.2 Acceptable Product/Basis of Design: Bobrick Classic Series Model B-254. Equivalent Acceptable Product: Watrous/ASI 0473-A .3 Cabinet: All-welded, 18-8, Type 304, heavy gauge stainless steel with satin

finish on exposed surfaces. .4 Door: 18-8, Type 304, 22 gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel with satin finish;

equipped with a tumbler lock keyed like other washroom accessories. .5 Door Hinge: Full-length stainless steel piano-hinge. .6 Disposal Panel: 18-8, Type 304, 22 gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel with satin

finish; hemmed bottom edge hemmed. .7 Disposal Panel Hinge: Spring-loaded, full-length stainless steel piano-hinge; with

an international graphic symbol identifying sanitary napkin disposal. .8 Waste Receptacle: Removable, leak-proof, rigid molded polyethylene. .9 Capacity: 1.2 gallons (4.6 L).

.7 Soap Dispensers: .1 Automatic Soap Dispenser: Wall mounted and automatic dispensing. .1 Acceptable Product: B-2012 by Bobrick.

.10 Surface Mounted Waste Receptacle:

Page 277: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 5 of 6

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 28 13 – WASHROOM ACCESSORIES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.1 Cabinet: 18-8, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel. All-welded construction. Exposed surfaces have satin-finish.

.2 Flange: 18-8, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel with satin-finish. Drawn, one-piece, seamless construction. Radius on corners and return edges complement side edges of waste receptacle.

.3 Waste Receptacle: 18-8, type-304, 20-gauge (0.91mm) stainless steel with satin-finish. Formed, one-piece, seamless construction.

.4 Secured to cabinet with two keyholes over studs on bottom and two tamper-resistant setscrews on top.

.5 Capacity: 12.8-gal. (48.3-L).

.6 Acceptable Product/Basis of Design: Bobrick, B-35639 TrimLineSeries. Equivalent Product: Watrous/ASI, 0458-9

.11 Tampon Dispenser: .1 Surface mounted AODA Compliant. .2 Acceptable Product: Contura Series B-47069C by Bobrick.

2.3 OTHER WASHROOM EQUIPMENT

.1 Electric Hand Dryer; Acceptable Manufacturer - Dyson .1 120, 127V low voltage, surface mounted, automatic operation hand dryer with

one-piece steel cover. .2 Acceptable Product: Dyson Airblade V hand dryer in HU02- sprayed nickel.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

.1 Install products in strict compliance with manufacturer’s written instructions and recommendations, including the following: .1 Verify blocking has been installed properly. .2 Verify location does not interfere with door swings or use of fixtures. .3 Comply with manufacturer’s recommendations for backing and proper support. .4 Use fasteners and anchors suitable for substrate and project conditions. .5 Install units rigid, straight, plumb, and level, in accordance with manufacturer’s

installation instructions and approved shop drawings. .6 Conceal evidence of drilling, cutting, and fitting to room finish. .7 Test for proper operation.

3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

.1 Clean exposed surfaces of compartments, hardware, and fittings using methods

acceptable to the manufacturer. .2 Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products until Substantial Completion.

Page 278: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 6 of 6 ward99 architects

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 28 13 – WASHROOM ACCESSORIES

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATIONE

END OF SECTION

Page 279: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 1 of 3

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 28 14 – BABY CHANGING STATIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

Baby Changing Stations, Plastic with Recycled Content: Surface-mounted vertical design with stainless steel decorative panel.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

Section 09 30 13 - Tiling, coordination with tile layout and installation.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data sheets for each product specified, including the following. .1 Installation instructions and recommendations, including templates and rough-in

measurements. .2 Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. .3 Cleaning and maintenance instructions.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Manufacturer: Provide products manufactured by a company with a minimum of 5 years successful experience manufacturing similar products.

Single Source Requirements: To the greatest extent possible provide products from a single manufacturer.

Accessibility Requirements: Comply with requirements applicable in the jurisdiction of the project, including but not limited to ADA and ICC/ANSI A117.1 requirements as applicable.

Baby Changing Stations: Provide products which comply with the following standards

and requirements. .1 Antimicrobial Treatment: Changing surfaces embedded with Microban®, with

antibacterial claim substantiated by Kirby-Bauer test or other manufacturer approved equivalent standard industry test methodology.

.2 Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).

.3 ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Building and Facilities.

.4 ANSI Z535.4 - Product Safety Signs and Labels.

.5 ASTM F 2285 - Standard Consumer Safety Performance Specification for Diaper Changing Tables for Commercial Use.

.6 ASTM G 21 - Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi.

.7 European Standards: EN 12221 Changing units for domestic use.

Page 280: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Page 2 of 3 ward99 architects

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 28 14 – BABY CHANGING STATIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATION

.8 CPSIA: Conformity with the U.S. Product Safety Commission product safety rules, bans, standards and regulations that include applicable chemical compliance requirements.

Manufacturing Location: United States.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver, store and handle materials and products in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage.

1.6 WARRANTY

Manufacturer’s Warranties: Submit manufacturer’s standard 5 year warranty for materials and workmanship and include a provision for replacement caused by vandalism.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER

Basis of Design Products: Based on the quality and performance requirements of the

project, specifications are based solely on the products of Koala Kare Products, a Division of Bobrick, www.koalabear.com. Location of manufacturing shall be the United States.

.2 Substitutions: The Architect will consider products of comparable manufacturers as a substitution, pending the contractor's submission of adequate documentation of the substitution in accordance with procedures in Division 1 of the Project Manual.

2.2 BABY CHANGING STATIONS, PLASTIC WITH RECYCLED CONTENT

Surface-Mounted Horizontal Design Baby Changing Stations with Stainless Steel Decorative Panel: .1 Basis of Design: Baby Changing Station Vertical Stainless Steel Wall Mounted,

Model KB111-SSWM, as manufactured by Koala Kare Products, a Division of Bobrick. Equivalent/acceptable product: ASI (American Specialties, Inc., Vertical Surface Mounted Stainless Steel Baby Changing Station, Model 9017-9.

.2 Materials. FDA approved injection-molded polypropylene.

.3 Operation: Concealed pneumatic cylinder providing controlled, slow opening and closing of the changing station bed.

.4 Hinge Mechanism: Reinforced full length steel-on-steel hinge.

.5 Changing Surface: Contoured, concave and smooth, 450 sq. in.

.6 Design Element: Permanently affixed front decorative panel in 22 gauge type 304 stainless steel, brushed finish.

Page 281: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ward99 architects Page 3 of 3

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 28 14 – BABY CHANGING STATIONS

KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATION

.7 Safety Straps: Replaceable, snap-lock, nylon protective holding straps.

.8 Performance: When mounted to specification, unit has been tested to 300 lbs and will deflect less than 1 degree from 90 degrees with a 200 lb static load placed in the center of the changing surface.

.9 Mounting: Concealed 11 gauge plated steel mounting chassis with 16 inch centers and 6 mounting points the top 2 mounting points feature keyholes for ease of installation units include mounting hardware.

.10 Features: No hinge structure exposed on interior or exterior surfaces; two bag hooks; locking built-in dual cavity liner dispenser with 50 liner capacity supplied with 2 keys that are keyed alike.

.11 Instruction Graphics: Universal instruction graphics and safety messages in multiple languages.

.12 Optional Braille Label: If required.

PART 3 – PRODUCTS

3.1 INSTALLATION

Install products in strict compliance with manufacturer’s written instructions and recommendations, including the following: .1 Provide sufficient blocking to install the product properly. .2 Verify location does not interfere with door swings or use of fixtures. .3 Use fasteners and anchors suitable for substrate and project conditions. .4 Install units at location and height indicated on the Drawings. .5 Install units level, plumb and in proper relationship with adjacent construction. .6 Adjust for proper operation.

3.2 PROTECTION

Protect installed products until completion of project.

Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

Page 282: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's
Page 283: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION

KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

TORONTO AND REGION CONSERVATION

AUTHORITY

WARD99 PROJECT NO.: 17028-TRCA

WSP PROJECT NO.: 171-16082-00

ISSUED FOR TENDER AND PERMIT

November 14,, 2017

WSP

FLOOR 5

600 COCHRANE DRIVE

MARKHAM, ON, CANADA L3R 5K3

TEL.: +1 905 475-7270

FAX: +1 905 475-5994

WSP.COM

Page 284: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 00 01 - LIST OF CONTENTS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 1 of 1

DIVISION 20 MECHANICAL

20 05 05 MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

20 05 10 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

20 05 25 MECHANICAL INSULATION

20 05 35 DEMOLITION AND REVISION WORK

20 05 50 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING

20 05 55 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL SYSTEMS

DIVISION 21 FIRE SUPPRESSION

Section 21 13 00 FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM

DIVISION 22 PLUMBING

22 11 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING AND VALVES

22 13 16 DRAINAGE WASTE AND VENT PIPING AND VALVES

22 13 19 DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING SPECIALTIES

22 42 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS

DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING

23 31 05 STANDARD DUCTWORK

23 33 00 DUCT DAMPERS AND ACCESSORIES

23 34 00 HVAC FANS

23 37 13 GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS

DIVISION 25 INTEGRATED AUTOMATION

25 05 05 AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEMS

Page 285: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 1 of 21

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

.1 Division 00 and Division 01 apply to and are a part of this Section.

1.2 APPLICATION

.1 This Section specifies requirements that are common to Mechanical Divisions work Sections and it is a supplement to each Section and is to be read accordingly. Where requirements of this Section contradict requirements of Divisions 00 or 01, conditions of Division 00 or 01 to take precedence.

.2 Be responsible for advising product vendors of requirements of this Section.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

.1 "concealed" – means hidden from normal sight in furred spaces, shafts, ceiling spaces, walls and partitions.

.2 "exposed" – means work normally visible, including work in equipment rooms, service tunnels, and similar spaces.

.3 "finished” - means when in description of any area or part of an area or a product which receives a finish such as paint, or in case of a product may be factory finished.

.4 “provision” or "provide" (and tenses of "provide") – means supply and install complete.

.5 "install" (and tenses of "install") – means secure in position, connect complete, test, adjust, verify and certify.

.6 "supply" – means to procure, arrange for delivery to site, inspect, accept delivery and administer supply of products; distribute to areas; and include manufacturer’s supply of any special materials, standard on site testing, initial start-up, programming, basic commissioning, warranties and manufacturers’ assistance to Contractor.

.7 "delete" or "remove" (and tenses of "delete" or “remove”) – means to disconnect, make safe, and remove obsolete materials; patch and repair/finish surfaces to match adjoining similar construction; include for associated re-programming of systems and/or change of documentation identifications to suit deletions, and properly dispose of deleted products off site unless otherwise instructed by Consultant.

.8 "BAS" – means building automation system; "BMS" – means building management system; "FMS" – means facility management system; and “DDC” means direct digital controls; references to "BAS", "BMS", "FMS" and “DDC” generally mean same.

.9 "governing authority" and/or "authority having jurisdiction" and/or "regulatory authority" and/or "Municipal authority" – means government departments, agencies, standards, rules and regulations that apply to and govern work and to which work must adhere.

Page 286: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 2 of 21 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.10 "OSHA" and "OHSA" – stands for Occupational Safety and Health Administration and Occupational Health and Safety Act, and wherever either one is used, they are to be read to mean local governing occupational health and safety regulations that apply to and govern work and to which work must adhere, regardless if Project falls within either authority's jurisdiction.

.11 "Mechanical Divisions" – refers to Divisions 20, 21, 22, 23, 25 and other Divisions as specifically noted, and which work as defined in Specifications and/or on drawings is responsibility of Mechanical Contractor, unless otherwise noted.

.12 "Electrical Divisions" – refers to Divisions 26, 27, 28 and other Divisions as specifically noted, and which work as defined in Specifications and/or on drawings is responsibility of Electrical Contractor, unless otherwise noted.

.13 "Consultant" – means person, firm or corporation identified as such in Agreement or Documents, and is licensed to practice in Place of the Work, and has been appointed by Owner to act for Owner in a professional capacity in relation to the Work.

.14 Wherever words "indicated", "shown", "noted", "listed", or similar words or phrases are used in Contract Documents they are understood, unless otherwise defined, to mean product referred to is "indicated", "shown", "listed", or "noted" on Contract Documents.

.15 Wherever words "reviewed", "satisfactory", "as directed", "submit", or similar words or phrases are used in Contract Documents they are understood, unless otherwise defined, to mean that work or product referred to is "reviewed by", "to the satisfaction of", "submitted to", etc., Consultant.

1.4 DOCUMENTS

.1 Documents for bidding include but are not limited to issued Drawings, Specifications and Addenda.

.2 Specification is arranged in accordance with CSI/CSC 50 Division Sections MasterFormat.

.3 Drawings and Specifications are portions of Contract Documents and identify labour, products and services necessary for performance of work and form a basis for determining pricing. They are intended to be cooperative. Perform work that is shown, specified, or reasonably implied on the drawings but not mentioned in Specification, or vice-versa, as though fully covered by both.

.4 Review Drawings and Specifications in conjunction with documents of other Divisions and, where applicable, Code Consultant’s report.

.5 Unless otherwise specifically noted in Specifications and/or on Drawings, Sections of Mechanical Divisions are not intended to delegate functions nor to delegate work and supply of materials to any specific trade, but rather to generally designate a basic unit of work, and Sections are to be read as a whole.

.6 Drawings are performance drawings, diagrammatic, and show approximate locations of equipment and connecting services. Any information regarding accurate measurement of building is to be taken on site. Do not scale Drawings, and do not use Drawings for prefabrication work.

Page 287: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 3 of 21

.7 Drawings are intended to convey the scope of work and do not show architectural and structural details. Provide, at your cost, offsets, fittings, transformations and similar products required as a result of obstructions and other architectural and/or structural details but not shown on Drawings.

.8 Locations of equipment and materials shown may be altered, when reviewed by Consultant, to meet requirements of equipment and/or materials, other equipment or systems being installed, and of building, all at no additional cost to Contract.

.9 Specification does not generally indicate specific number of items or amounts of material required. Specification is intended to provide product data and installation requirements. Refer to schedules, Drawings (layouts, riser diagrams, schematics, details) and Specification to provide correct quantities. Singular may be read as plural and vice versa.

.10 Starter/motor control centre (MCC)/variable frequency drive (VFD) schedule drawings are both mechanical and electrical, and apply to work of Mechanical Divisions and Electrical Divisions. Be responsible for reviewing starter, MCC, VFD, and motor specification requirements prior to Bid submission. Confirm and coordinate exact scope of work and responsibility of work between Mechanical Divisions and Electrical Divisions.

.11 Drawings and Specifications have been prepared solely for use by party with whom Consultant has entered into a contract and there are no representations of any kind made by Consultant to any other party.

.12 In the case of discrepancies between the drawings and specifications, documents will govern in order specified in “General Conditions”, however, when scale and date of drawings are same, or where discrepancy exists within specification, most costly arrangement will take precedence.

1.5 METRIC AND IMPERIAL MEASUREMENTS

.1 Generally, both metric and imperial units of measurement are given in Sections of Specification governed by this section. Measurement conversions may be generally "soft" and rounded off. Confirm exact measurements based on application. Where measurements are related to installation and onsite applications, confirm issued document measurements with applicable local code requirements, and/or as applicable, make accurate measurements onsite. Where significant discrepancies are found, immediately notify Consultant for direction.

1.6 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND SITE

.1 Carefully examine Documents and visit site to determine and review existing site conditions that will or may affect work, and include for such conditions in Bid Price.

.2 Report to Consultant, prior to Bid Submittal, any existing site condition that will or may affect performance of work as per Documents. Failure to do so will not be grounds for additional costs.

.3 Upon finding discrepancies in, or omissions from Documents, or having doubt as to their meaning or intent, immediately notify Consultant, in writing.

Page 288: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 4 of 21 WSP No: 171-16082-00

1.7 WORK STANDARDS

.1 Where any code, regulation, bylaw, standard, contract form, manual, printed instruction, and installation and application instruction is quoted it means, unless otherwise specifically noted, latest published edition at time of submission of Bids adopted by and enforced by local governing authorities having jurisdiction. Include for compliance with revisions, bulletins, supplementary standards or amendments issued by local governing authorities.

.2 Where regulatory codes, standards and regulations are at variance with Drawings and Specification, more stringent requirement will apply unless otherwise directed by Consultant.

.3 Supplementary mandatory specification and requirements to be used in conjunction with project include but are not limited to following:

.1 Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI);

.2 Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA);

.3 American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI);

.4 American National Standards Institute (ANSI);

.5 American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc., (ASHRAE);

.6 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME);

.7 American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM);

.8 American Water Works Association (AWWA);

.9 Associated Air Balance Council (AABC);

.10 Building Industry Consulting Services, International (BICSI);

.11 Canadian Gas Association (CGA);

.12 Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB);

.13 Canadian Standards Association (CSA);

.14 Electrical and Electronic Manufacturers Association of Canada (EEMAC);

.15 Electrical Safety Authority (ESA);

.16 Electronic Industries Association (EIA);

.17 Factory Mutual Systems (FM);

.18 Illuminating Engineering Society (IES);

.19 Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE);

.20 International Standards Organization (ISO);

Page 289: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 5 of 21

.21 Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. (MSS);

.22 National Building Code of Canada (NBC);

.23 National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA);

.24 National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB);

.25 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA);

.26 National Standards of Canada;

.27 NSF International;

.28 Occupational Health and Safety Act (OHSA);

.29 Ontario Building Code (OBC);

.30 Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC);

.31 Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA);

.32 Technical Standards and Safety Authority (TSSA);

.33 Thermal Insulation Association of Canada (TIAC);

.34 Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada (ULC);

.35 Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS);

.36 Material Safety Data Sheets by product manufacturers;

.37 local utility inspection permits;

.38 Codes, standards, and regulations of local governing authorities having jurisdiction;

.39 additional codes and standards listed in Trade Sections;

.40 Owner’s standards.

.4 Provide applicable requirements for barrier free access in accordance with latest edition of local governing building code.

.5 Where any governing Code, Regulation, or Standard requires preparation and submission of special details or drawings for review they are to be prepared and submitted to appropriate authorities. Be responsible for costs associated with these submittals.

.6 Unless otherwise specified, install equipment in accordance with equipment manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions, and requirements of governing Codes, Standards, and Regulations. Governing Codes, Standards, and Regulations take precedence over manufacturer’s instructions.

Page 290: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 6 of 21 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.7 Work is to be performed by journeyperson tradesmen who perform only work that their certificates permit, or by apprentice tradesmen under direct on site supervision of experienced journeyperson tradesman. Journeyperson to apprentice ratio is not to exceed ratio determined by the Board as stated in Ontario College of Trades and Apprenticeship Act or local equivalent governing body in Place of the Work.

.8 Journeyperson tradesmen are to have a copy of valid trade certificates available at site for review by Consultant at any time.

.9 Experienced and qualified superintendent is to be on-site at times when work is being performed.

.10 Coordinate work inspection reviews and approvals with governing inspection department to ensure that construction schedule is not delayed. Be responsible for prompt notification of deficiencies to Consultant and submission of reports and certificates to Consultant.

.11 Properly protect equipment and materials on site from damage due to elements and work of trades, to satisfaction of Consultant. Equipment and materials are to be in new condition upon Substantial Performance of the Work.

.12 Mechanical piping system work, including equipment, must comply in all respects with requirements of local technical standards authorities and CSA B51, Boiler, Pressure Vessels and Pressure Piping Code. Where required, mechanical work products must bear a CRN number.

.13 Electrical items associated with mechanical equipment are to be certified and bear stamp or seal of a recognized testing agency such as CSA, UL, ULC, ETL, etc., or bear a stamp to indicate special electrical utility approval.

1.8 PERMITS, CERTIFICATES, APPROVALS AND FEES

.1 Contact and confirm with local authorities having jurisdiction including utility providers, requirements for approvals from such authorities. Obtain and pay for permits, certificates, and approvals required to complete Work.

.2 Be responsible for ensuring that authorities having jurisdiction which require on-site inspection of work, have ample notification to perform inspection, with sufficient lead time to correct deficiencies in a manner that will not impede schedule of completion of Work. If any defect, deficiency or non-compliant is found in work by inspection, be responsible for costs of such inspection, including any related expenses, making good and return to site, until work is passed by governing authorities.

.3 Submit to Consultant, approval/inspection certificates issued by governing authorities to confirm that Work as installed is in accordance with rules and regulations of local governing authorities and are acceptable.

.4 Include in each copy of operating and maintenance instruction manuals, copies of approvals and inspection certificates issued by regulatory authorities.

Page 291: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 7 of 21

1.9 REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTOR RETAINED ENGINEERS

.1 Professional engineers retained to perform consulting services with regard to Project work, i.e. seismic engineer, fire protection engineer or structural engineer, are to be members in good standing with local Association of Professional Engineers, and are to carry and pay for errors and omissions professional liability insurance in compliance with requirements of governing authorities in Place of the Work.

.2 Retained engineer’s professional liability insurance is to protect Contractor's consultants and their respective servants, agents, and employees against any loss or damage resulting from professional services rendered by aforementioned consultants and their respective servants, agents, and employees in regards to the Work of this Contract.

.3 Unless otherwise specified in Division 00 or 01, liability insurance requirements are as follows:

.1 coverage is to be a minimum of $1,000,000.00 CDN inclusive of any one occurrence;

.2 insurance policy is not to be cancelled or changed in any way without insurer giving Owner minimum thirty days written notice;

.3 liability insurance is to be obtained from an insurer registered and licensed to underwrite such insurance in the Place of the Work;

.4 retained consultants are to ascertain that sub-consultants employed by them carry insurance in the form and limits specified above;

.5 evidence of the required liability insurance in such form as may be required is to be issued to Owner, Owner’s Consultant, and Municipal Authorities as required prior to commencement of aforementioned consultant’s services.

1.10 WORKPLACE SAFETY

.1 Comply with requirements of Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) regarding use, handling, storage and disposal of hazardous materials. Submit WHMIS MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets) for products where required, and maintain one copy at site in a visible and accessible location available to personnel.

.2 Comply with requirements of Occupational Health and Safety Act and other regulations pertaining to health and safety, including worker’s compensation/insurance board and fall protection regulations. When working in confined spaces, comply with requirements of Occupational Health and Safety Act - Ontario Regulation 632, "Confined Spaces" and any other applicable Ministry of Labour requirements.

.3 If at any time during course of existing building work, hazardous materials other than those identified in Documents and pertaining to Project Scope of Work, are encountered or suspected that were not identified as being present and which specific instructions in handling of such materials were not given, cease work in area in question and immediately notify Consultant. Comply with local governing regulations with regards to working in areas suspected of containing hazardous materials. Do not resume work in affected area without approval from Consultant.

Page 292: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 8 of 21 WSP No: 171-16082-00

1.11 PLANNING AND LAYOUT OF WORK

.1 Base installation layout, design, terminations, and supply of accessories, on Contract Documents with specific coordination with reviewed shop drawings.

.2 Plan, coordinate, and establish exact locations and routing of services with affected trades prior to installation such that services clear each other as well as other obstructions. Generally, order of right of way for services to be as follows:

.1 piping requiring uniform pitch;

.2 piping 100 mm (4") dia. and larger;

.3 large ducts (main runs);

.4 cable tray and bus duct;

.5 conduit 100 mm (4") dia. and larger;

.6 piping less than 100 mm (4") dia.;

.7 smaller branch ductwork;

.8 conduit less than 100 mm (4") dia..

.3 Unless otherwise shown or specified, conceal work in finished areas, and conceal work in partially finished and/or unfinished areas to extent made possible by the area construction. Install services as high as possible to conserve headroom and/or ceiling space. Notify Consultant where headroom or ceiling space appears to be inadequate prior to installation of work.

.4 Do not use Contract Drawing measurements for prefabrication and layout of piping, sheet metal work and such other work. Locations and routing are to generally be in accordance with Contract Drawings, however, prepare layout drawings for such work. Use established bench marks for both horizontal and vertical measurements. Confirm inverts, coordinate with and make allowances for work of other trades. Accurately layout work, and be entirely responsible for work installed in accordance with layout drawings. Where any invert, grade, or size is at variance with Contract Drawings, notify Consultant prior to proceeding with work.

.5 Prepare plan and interference drawings (at a minimum drawing scale of 1:50 or ¼"=1' 0") of work for coordination with each trade Contractor. Arrange for preparation of detailed section drawings of ceiling spaces of corridors and any other congested areas. Sections are to be cross referenced with plan drawings so that trades may make use of section drawings. Section drawings to indicate lateral and elevation dimensions of major services within ceiling space. Lateral dimensions are to be from grid lines and elevations from top of floor slab. Obtain from Consultant, engineering drawings for this use. Contractors’ interference drawings are to be distributed among other Trade Contractors. Submit drawings to Consultant for review. Failure of General Contractor to prepare and coordinate overall interface drawings of trades does not relieve respective Division Contractor of responsibility to ensure that work is properly planned and coordinated.

Page 293: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 9 of 21

.6 Carry out alterations in arrangement of work that has been installed without proper coordination, study, and review, even if in accordance with Contract Documents, in order to conceal work behind finishes, or to allow installation of other work, without additional cost. In addition, make necessary alterations in other work required by such alterations, without additional cost.

.7 Shut-off valves, balancing devices, air vents, equipment and similar products, particularly such products located above suspended ceilings must be located for easy access for servicing and/or removal. Products which do not meet this location requirement are to be relocated to an accessible location at no additional cost.

.8 Be responsible for making necessary changes, at no additional cost, to accommodate structural and building conditions that were missed due to lack of coordination.

1.12 COORDINATION OF WORK

.1 Review Contract Documents and coordinate work with work of each trade. Coordination requirements are to include but not be limited to following:

.1 requirements for openings, sleeves, inserts and other hardware necessary for installation of work;

.2 concrete work such as housekeeping pads, sumps, bases, etc., required for work, and including required dimensions, operating weight of equipment, location, etc.;

.3 depth and routing of excavation required for work, and requirements for bedding and backfill;

.4 wiring work required for equipment and systems but not specified to be done as part of mechanical work, including termination points, wiring type and size, and any other requirements.

.2 Ensure materials and equipment are delivered to site at proper time and in such assemblies and sizes so as to enter into building and be moved into spaces where they are to be located without difficulty.

.3 Wherever possible, coordinate equipment deliveries with manufacturers and/or suppliers so equipment is delivered to site when it is required, or so it can be stored within building, subject to available space as confirmed with Owner, and protected from elements.

.4 Ensure proper access and service clearances are maintained around equipment, and, where applicable, access space for future equipment removal or replacement is not impeded. Comply with code requirements with regards to access space provision around equipment. Remove and replace any equipment which does not meet this requirement.

.5 Where work is to be integrated, or is to be installed in close proximity with work of other trades, coordinate work prior to and during installation.

1.13 PRODUCTS

.1 Be responsible for ordering of products (equipment and materials) in a timely manner in order to meet project-scheduling timelines. Failure to order products to allow manufacturers sufficient production/delivery time to meet project-scheduling timelines is an unacceptable reason to request for other suppliers or substitutions.

Page 294: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 10 of 21 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.2 Provide Canadian manufactured products wherever possible or required and when quality and performance is obtainable at a competitive price. Products are to be supplied from manufacturer’s authorized Canadian representative, unless otherwise noted. Unless otherwise specified, products are to be new and are to comply with applicable respective Canadian standards. References to UL listings of products to include requirements that products are to be also Underwriters Laboratories of Canada (ULC) listed for use in Canada. Products are to meet or exceed latest ANSI/ASHRAE/IES 90.1 standards, as applicable. Do not supply any products containing asbestos materials or PCB materials.

.3 Systems and equipment of this Project are to be "State of the Art" and be most recent and up to date series/version of product that is available at time of shop drawing review process. Products that have been stored or "on shelf" for an extended period of time will not be accepted. Software is to be of latest version available and be provided with updates available at time of shop drawing review process. Systems are to be designed such that its software is backwards compatible. Future upgrades are not to require any hardware replacements or additions to utilize latest software.

.4 Products scheduled and/or specified have been selected to establish a performance and quality standard, and, in some instances, a dimensional standard. In most cases, base specified manufacturers are stated for any product specified by manufacturer’s name and model number. Where acceptable manufacturers are listed, first name listed is base specified company. Bid Price may be based on products supplied by any of manufacturers’ base specified or named as acceptable for particular product. If acceptable manufacturers are not stated for a particular product, base Bid Price on product supplied by base specified manufacturer.

.5 Documents have been prepared based on product available at time of Bidding. If, after award of Contract, and if successful manufacturer can no longer supply a product that meets base specifications, notify Consultant immediately. Be responsible for obtaining other manufacturers product that complies with base specified performance and criteria and meets project timelines. Proposed products are subject to review and consideration by Consultant and are considered as substitutions subject to a credit to Contract. In addition, if such products require modifications to room spaces, mechanical systems, electrical systems, etc., include required changes. Such changes are to be submitted in detail to Consultant for review and consideration for acceptance. There will be no increase in Contract Price for revisions. Above conditions supplement and are not to supersede any specification conditions with regards to substitutions or failure to supply product as per issued documents.

.6 Listing of a product as "acceptable" does not imply automatic acceptance by Consultant and/or Owner. It is responsibility of Contractor to ensure that any price quotations received and submittals made are for products that meet or exceed specifications included herein.

.7 If products supplied by a manufacturer named as acceptable are used in lieu of base specified manufacturer, be responsible for ensuring that they are equivalent in performance and operating characteristics (including energy consumption if applicable) to base specified products. It is understood that any additional costs (i.e. for larger starters, larger feeders, additional spaces, etc.), and changes to associated or adjacent work resulting from provision of product supplied by a manufacturer other than base specified manufacturer, is included in Bid Price. In addition, in equipment spaces where equipment named as acceptable is used in lieu of base specified equipment and dimensions of such equipment differs from base specified equipment, prepare and submit for review accurately dimensioned layouts of rooms affected, identifying architectural and structural elements, systems and equipment to prove that equipment in room will fit properly meeting design intent. There will be no increase in Contract Price for revisions.

Page 295: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 11 of 21

.8 In addition to manufacturer’s products base specified or named as acceptable, other manufacturers of products may be proposed as substitutions to Consultant for review and consideration for acceptance, listing in each case a corresponding credit for each substitution proposed. However, base Bid Price on products base specified or named as acceptable. Certify in writing to Consultant that proposed substitution meets space, power, design, energy consumption, and other requirements of base specified or acceptable product. It is understood that there will be no increase in Contract Price by reason of any changes to associated equipment, mechanically, electrically, structurally or architecturally, required by acceptance of proposed substitution. Consultant has sole discretion in accepting any such proposed substitution of product. Indicate any proposed substitutions in areas provided on Bid Form. Do

.9 Where products are listed as "or approved equal", certify in writing that product to be used in lieu of base specified product, at least meets space, power, design, energy consumption, and other requirements of base specified product and is equivalent or better than base specified product. When requested by Consultant, provide full design detail drawings and specifications of proposed products. Acceptance of these "or approved equal" products is at sole discretion of Consultant. It is understood that there will be no increase in Contract Price by reason of any changes to associated equipment, mechanically, electrically, structurally or architecturally, required by acceptance of approved equal product. There must be no increase in Contract price due to Consultant’s rejection of proposed equivalent product.

.10 Whenever use of product other than base specified product is being supplied, ensure corresponding certifications and product information (detailed catalogue and engineering data, fabrication information and performance characteristics) are submitted to Consultant for review. Failure of submission of these documents to Consultant in a timely manner to allow for review will result in base specified product to be supplied at Consultant’s discretion, at no additional cost to Contract.

.11 Products supplied by a manufacturer/supplier other than a manufacturer listed as acceptable may be considered for acceptance by Consultant if requested in writing with full product documentation submitted, a minimum of 10 working days prior to Bid closing date.

.12 Any proposed changes initiated by Contractor after award of Contract may be considered by Consultant at Consultant’s discretion, with any additional costs for such changes if approved by Consultant, and costs for review, to be borne by Contractor.

.13 Whenever use of product other than based specified products or named as acceptable is being supplied, time for process of submission of other products and Consultant's review of products will not alter contract time or delay work schedule.

1.14 SHOP DRAWINGS

.1 At start-up meeting, confirm with Consultant products to be included in shop drawing submission. Prepare and submit list of products to Consultant for review.

.2 Submit for review, drawings showing detail design, construction, and performance of equipment and materials as requested in Specification. Submit shop drawings to Consultant for review prior to ordering and delivery of product to site. Include minimally for preparation and submission of following, as applicable:

.1 product literature cuts;

.2 equipment data sheets;

Page 296: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 12 of 21 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.3 equipment dimension drawings;

.4 system block diagrams;

.5 sequence of operation;

.6 connection wiring schematic diagrams;

.7 functionality with integrated systems.

.3 Each shop drawing or product data sheet is to be properly identified with project name and product drawing or specification reference. Shop drawing or product data sheet dimensions are to match dimension type on drawings.

.4 Where any item of equipment is required by Code or Standard or By-Law to meet a specific energy efficiency level, or any other specific requirement, ensure this requirement is clearly indicated on submission.

.5 Ensure proposed products meet each requirement of Project. Endorse each shop drawing copy "CERTIFIED TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS". Include company name, submittal date, and sign each copy. Shop drawings that are received and are not endorsed, dated and signed will be returned to be resubmitted. Submit electronic copies of shop drawings unless otherwise directed by Consultant. Confirm exact requirements with Consultant.

.6 Consultant to review shop drawings and indicate review status by stamping shop drawing copies as follows:

.1 "REVIEWED" or "REVIEWED AS NOTED" (appropriately marked) – If Consultant’s review of shop drawing is final, Consultant to stamp shop drawing;

.2 "RETURNED FOR CORRECTION" – If Consultant’s review of shop drawing is not final, Consultant to stamp shop drawing as stated above, mark submission with comments, and return submission. Revise shop drawing in accordance with Consultant’s notations and resubmit.

.7 Following is to be read in conjunction with wording on Consultant’s shop drawing review stamp applied to each and every shop drawing or product data sheet submitted:

.8 "THIS REVIEW BY CONSULTANT IS FOR SOLE PURPOSE OF ASCERTAINING CONFORMANCE WITH GENERAL DESIGN CONCEPT. THIS REVIEW DOES NOT MEAN THAT CONSULTANT APPROVES DETAILED DESIGN INHERENT IN SHOP DRAWINGS, RESPONSIBILITY FOR WHICH REMAINS WITH CONTRACTOR. CONSULTANT’S REVIEW DOES NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN SHOP DRAWINGS OR OF CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DIMENSIONS TO BE CONFIRMED AND CORRELATED AT JOB SITE, FOR INFORMATION THAT PERTAINS SOLELY TO FABRICATION PROCESSES OR TO TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION, AND FOR COORDINATION OF WORK OF SUB-TRADES."

.9 Submit each system and each major component as separate shop drawing submissions. Submit together, shop drawings for common devices such as devices of each system are to be submitted together.

Page 297: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 13 of 21

.10 Obtain shop drawings for submission from product manufacturer’s authorized representatives and supplemented with additional items specified herein.

.11 Do not order product until respective shop drawing review process has been properly completed by Consultant.

.12 Where extended warranties are specified for equipment items, submit specified extended warranty with shop drawing submittal.

1.15 EQUIPMENT LOADS

.1 Supply equipment loads (self-weight, operating weight, housekeeping pad, inertia pads, etc.) to Consultant, via shop drawing submissions, prior to construction.

.2 Where given choice of specific equipment, actual weight, location and method of support of equipment may differ from those assumed by Consultant for base design. Back-check equipment loads, location, and supports, and include necessary accommodations.

.3 Where supporting structure consists of structural steel framing, it is imperative that equipment loads, location, and method of support be confirmed prior to fabrication of structural steel. Be responsible for confirming locations of equipment with Consultant prior to construction.

1.16 OPENINGS

.1 Supply opening sizes and locations to Consultant to allow verification of their effect on design, and for inclusion on structural drawings where appropriate.

.2 No openings are permitted through completed structure without written approval of Consultant. Show required openings on a copy of structural drawings. Identify exact locations, elevations, and size of proposed openings and submit to Consultant for review, well in advance of doing work.

.3 Prior to leaving site at end of each day, walk through areas of work and check for any openings, penetrations, holes, and/or voids created under scope of work of project, and ensure that any openings created under scope of work have been closed off, fire-stopped and smoke-sealed. Unless directed by Owner and coordinated with Consultant, do not leave any openings unprotected and unfinished overnight.

1.17 SCAFFOLDING, HOISTING AND RIGGING

.1 Unless otherwise specified or directed, supply, erect and operate scaffolding, rigging, hoisting equipment and associated hardware required for work, and subject to review by and coordination with Consultant.

.2 Immediately remove from site scaffolding, rigging and hoisting equipment when no longer required.

.3 Do not place major scaffolding/hoisting equipment loads on any portion of structure without approval from Consultant.

1.18 CHANGES IN THE WORK

Page 298: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 14 of 21 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.1 Whenever Consultant proposes in writing to make a change or revision to design, arrangement, quantity or type of work from that required by Contract Documents, prepare and submit to Consultant for approval, a quotation being proposed cost for executing change or revision.

.2 Quotation is to be a detailed and itemized estimate of product, labour, and equipment costs associated with change or revision, plus overhead and profit percentages and applicable taxes and duties.

.3 If overhead and profit percentages are not specified in Division 00 or 01, but allowable under Contract as confirmed with Consultant prior to contract signing, then allowable maximum percentages for overhead and profit are to be 7% and 5% respectively.

.4 Unless otherwise specified in Divisions 00 or 01, following additional requirements apply to all quotations submitted:

.1 when change or revision involves deleted work as well as additional work, cost of deleted work (less overhead and profit percentages but including taxes and duties) is to be subtracted from cost of additional work before overhead and profit percentages are applied to additional work;

.2 material costs are not to exceed those published in local estimating price guides;

.3 mechanical material labour unit costs are to be in accordance with Mechanical Contractors Association of America Labor Estimating Manual, less 25%;

.4 electrical material labour unit costs are to be in accordance with National Electrical Contractors Association Manual of Labor Units at difficult level, less 25%;

.5 costs for journeyperson and apprentice labour must not exceed prevailing rates at time of execution of Contract and must reflect actual personnel performing work;

.6 cost for site superintendent must not exceed 10% of total hours of labour estimated for change or revision, and change or revision must be such that site superintendent’s involvement is necessary;

.7 costs for rental tools and/or equipment are not to exceed local rental costs;

.8 overhead percentage will be deemed to cover quotation costs other than actual site labour and materials, and rentals;

.9 quotations, including those for deleted work, to include a figure for any required change to Contract time.

.5 Quotations submitted that are not in accordance with requirements specified above will be rejected and returned for re-submittal. Failure to submit a proper quotation to enable Consultant to expeditiously process quotation and issue a Change Order will not be grounds for any additional change to Contract time.

.6 Make requests for changes or revisions to work to Consultant in writing and, if Consultant agrees, will issue Notice of Change.

.7 Do not execute any change or revision until written authorization for the change or revision has been obtained from Consultant.

Page 299: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 15 of 21

1.19 PROGRESS PAYMENT BREAKDOWN

.1 Prior to submittal of first progress payment draw, submit a detailed breakdown of work cost to assist Consultant in reviewing and approving progress payment claims.

.2 Payment breakdown is subject to Consultant’s approval and progress payments will not be processed until an approved breakdown is in place. Breakdown is to include one-time claim items such as mobilization and demobilization, insurance, bonds (if applicable), shop drawings and product data sheets, commissioning including testing, adjusting and balancing, system testing and verification, and project closeout submittals.

.3 Indicate equipment, material and labour costs for site services (if applicable) and indicate work of each trade in same manner as indicated on progress draw.

1.20 NOTICE FOR REQUIRED FIELD REVIEWS

.1 Whenever there is a requirement for Consultant to perform a field review prior to concealment of any work, to inspect/re-inspect work for deficiencies prior to Substantial Performance of the Work, for commissioning demonstrations, and any other such field review, give minimum 5 working days' notice in writing to Consultant.

.2 If Consultant is unable to attend a field review when requested, arrange an alternative date and time.

.3 Do not conceal work until Consultant advises that it may be concealed.

.4 When Consultant is requested to perform a field review and work is not ready to be reviewed, reimburse Consultant for time and travel expenses.

1.21 PRELIMINARY TESTING

.1 When directed by Consultant, promptly arrange, pay for, and perform site tests on any piece of equipment or any system for such reasonable lengths of time and at such times as may be required to prove compliance with Specification and governing Codes and Regulations, prior to Substantial Performance of the Work.

.2 When, in Consultant’s opinion, tests are required to be performed by a certified testing laboratory, arrange and pay for such tests.

.3 These tests are not to be construed as evidence of acceptance of work, and it is agreed and understood that no claim for delays or damage will be made for injury or breakage to any part or parts of equipment or system due to test where such injuries or breakage were caused by faulty parts and/or workmanship of any kind.

.4 When, in Consultant’s opinion, tests indicate that equipment, products, etc., are defective or deficient, immediately remove such equipment and/or products from site and replace them with acceptable equipment and/or products, at no additional cost.

1.22 MAINTAINING EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE

.1 Maintain equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions prior to start-up, testing and commissioning.

Page 300: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 16 of 21 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.2 Employ a qualified millwright to check and align shafts, drives, and couplings on all base mounted split coupled motor driven equipment.

.3 Where equipment lubrication fittings are not easily accessible, extend the fittings to accessible locations using copper or aluminium tubing.

.4 All filters are to be new upon Substantial Performance of the Work. This is in addition to any spare filters specified.

1.23 CLEANING

.1 During construction, keep site reasonably clear of rubbish and waste material resulting from work on a daily basis to the satisfaction of Consultant. Before applying for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, remove rubbish and debris, and be responsible for repair of any damage caused as a result of work.

.2 Clean equipment and devices installed as part of this project.

1.24 RECORD AS-BUILT DRAWINGS

.1 Drawings for this project have been prepared on a CAD system using AutoCAD software of release version confirmed with Consultant. For purpose of producing record "as built" drawings, copies of Contract Drawings can be obtained from Consultant.

.2 As work progresses at site, clearly mark in red in a neat and legible manner on a set of bound white prints of Contract Drawings, changes and deviations from routing of services and locations of equipment shown on Contract Drawings, on a daily basis. Changes and deviations include those made by addenda, change orders, and site instructions. Use notes marked in red as required. Maintain white print red line as-built set at site for exclusive use of recording as-built conditions, keep set up-to-date at all times, and ensure set is always available for periodic review. As-built set is also to include the following:

.1 dimensioned location of inaccessible concealed work;

.2 locations of control devices with identification for each;

.3 for underground piping and ducts, record dimensions, invert elevations, offsets, fittings, cathodic protection and accessories if applicable, and locate dimensions from benchmarks to be preserved after construction is complete;

.4 for fire protection systems, record actual locations of equipment, sprinkler heads, and valves, drains, and test locations, and deviations of pipe routing and sizing from that shown on the drawings;

.5 location of piping system air vents;

.6 location of concealed services terminated for future extension and work concealed within building in inaccessible locations.

.3 Before applying for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, update a clean copy of Contract Drawing set in accordance with marked up set of "as-built" white prints including deviations from original Contract Drawings, thus forming an "as-built" drawing set. Submit "as-built" site drawing prints to Consultant for review. Make necessary revisions to drawings as per Consultant’s comments, to satisfaction of Consultant.

Page 301: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 17 of 21

.4 Use final reviewed "as-built" drawing set to provide CAD files of drawings thus forming true "as-built" set of Contract Drawings. Identify set as "Project Record Copy". Load digital copies of final reviewed by Consultant as-built drawings onto USB type flash drive. Provide 2 complete sets of "as-built" drawings on separate USBs. Submit "as-built" sets of white prints and USBs to Consultant.

.5 Submitted drawings are to be of same quality as original Contract Drawings. CAD drawing files are to be compatible with AutoCAD software release version confirmed with Consultant.

.6 Unless otherwise noted in Divisions 00 or 01, failure to maintain accurate record drawings will incur additional 5% holdback on progress claims until drawings are brought up to date to satisfaction of Consultant.

1.25 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

.1 For each item of equipment for which a shop drawing is required (except for simple equipment), supply minimum 3, project specific, indexed copies of equipment manufacturers' operating and maintenance (O&M) instruction data manuals. Confirm exact quantity of manuals with Consultant. Consolidate each copy of data in an identified hard cover three "D" ring binder. Each binder to include:

.1 front cover: project name; wording – "Mechanical Systems Operating and Maintenance Manual"; and date;

.2 introduction sheet listing Consultant, Contractor, and Subcontractor names, street addresses, telephone and fax numbers, and e-mail addresses;

.3 equipment manufacturer's authorized contact person name, telephone number and company website;

.4 Table of Contents sheet, and corresponding index tab sheets;

.5 copy of each "REVIEWED" or clean, updated "REVIEWED AS NOTED" shop drawing or product data sheet, with manufacturer’s/supplier’s name, telephone and fax numbers, email address, company website address, and email address for local source of parts and service; when shop drawings are returned marked "Reviewed As Noted" with revisions marked on shop drawing copies, they are to be revised by equipment supplier to incorporate comments marked on "Reviewed" shop drawings and a clean updated copy is to be included in operating and maintenance manuals;

.6 Operating data is to include:

.1 pressure test reports, and certificates issued by governing authorities;

.2 description of each system and its controls;

.3 control schematics for equipment/systems including building environmental controls;

.4 wiring and connection diagrams;

.5 if applicable, BAS architecture and all required operating data;

Page 302: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 18 of 21 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.6 description of operation of each system at various loads together with reset schedules and seasonal variances;

.7 operation instruction for each system and each component;

.8 description of actions to be taken in event of emergencies and/or equipment failure;

.9 valve tag schedule, and flow diagrams to indicate valve locations.

.7 Maintenance data is to include:

.1 operation and trouble-shooting instructions for each item of equipment and each system;

.2 schedules of tasks, frequency, tools required, and estimated task time;

.3 recommended maintenance practices and precautions;

.4 complete parts lists with numbers.

.8 Performance data is to include:

.1 equipment and system start-up data sheets;

.2 equipment performance verification test results, and final commissioning report;

.3 final testing, adjusting and balancing reports.

.9 copies of warranties;

.10 items requested specifically in Section Articles.

.2 Generally, binders are not to exceed 75 mm (3") thick and not to be more than 2/3 full.

.3 Operating and maintenance instructions are to relate to job specific equipment supplied under this project and related to Owner’s building. Language used in manuals is to contain simple practical operating terms and language easy for in-house maintenance staff to understand how to operate and maintain each system.

.4 Before applying for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, assemble one copy of O & M Manual and submit to Consultant for review prior to assembling remaining copies. Incorporate Consultant's comments into final submission.

.5 Provide 2 digital copies of contents of operating and maintenance manuals and load onto separate USB type flash drives and submit to Consultant. Prepare digital copies using version of Adobe Acrobat Portable Document Format or equal as confirmed with Consultant and enhanced with bookmarks and internal document links.

1.26 WARRANTY

.1 Unless otherwise specified in Divisions 00 and 01, warrant mechanical work to be in accordance with Contract Documents and free from defects for a period of 1 year from date of issue of a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work.

Page 303: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 19 of 21

.2 Where equipment includes extended warranty period, e.g., 5 years, first year of warranty period is to be governed by terms and conditions of warranty in Contract Documents, and remaining years of warranty are to be direct from equipment manufacturer and/or supplier to Owner. Submit signed and dated copies of extended warranties to Consultant.

.3 Warranty to include parts, labour, travel costs and living expenses incurred by manufacturer’s authorized technician to provide factory authorized on-site service.

.4 Repair and/or replace any defects that appear in Work within warranty period without additional expense to Owner. Be responsible for costs incurred in making defective work good, including repair or replacement of building finishes, other materials, and damage to other equipment. Ordinary wear and tear and damage caused wilfully or due to carelessness of Owner’s staff or agents is exempted.

.5 Do not include Owner deductible amounts in warranties.

.6 Visit building during warranty period with Owner representatives. Owner to organize these visits. At these meetings, Owner representatives are to review performance of systems. If performance is satisfactory, then no further action needs to be taken. If unsatisfactory, then correct deficiencies, as directed by Owner representatives, to satisfaction of Owner's representatives. These site visits to occur:

.1 once during 1st month of building operation;

.2 once during 3rd month of building operation;

.3 once between 4th and 10th month in a season opposite to 1st and 3rd month visits.

1.27 PROJECT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

.1 Prior to application for Substantial Performance of the Work, submit required items and documentation specified, including following:

.1 Operating and Maintenance Manuals;

.2 as-built record drawings and associated data;

.3 extended warranties for equipment as specified;

.4 operating test certificates, i.e. Sprinkler Test Certificate;

.5 final commissioning report and TAB report;

.6 identified keys for equipment and/or panels for which keys are required, and other items required to be submitted;

.7 other data or products specified.

1.28 INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER

.1 Refer to equipment and system operational and maintenance training requirements specified in Division 01.

Page 304: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 20 of 21 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.2 Train Owner’s designated personnel in aspects of operation and maintenance of equipment and systems as specified. Demonstrations and training are to be performed by qualified technicians employed by equipment/system manufacturer/supplier. Supply hard copies of training materials to each attendee.

.3 Unless where specified otherwise in trade Sections, minimum requirements are for manufacturer/suppliers of each system and major equipment, to provide minimum two separate sessions each consisting of minimum 4 hours on site or in factory training (at Owner’s choice), of Owner’s designated personnel (for up to 6 people each session), on operation and maintenance procedures of system.

.4 For each item of equipment and for each system for which training is specified, prepare training modules as specified below. Use Operating and Maintenance Manuals during training sessions. Training modules include but are not limited to:

.1 Operational Requirements and Criteria – equipment function, stopping and starting, safeties, operating standards, operating characteristics, performance curves, and limitations;

.2 Troubleshooting – diagnostic instructions, test and inspection procedures;

.3 Documentation – equipment/system warranties, and manufacturer’s/supplier’s parts and service facilities, telephone numbers, email addresses, and the like;

.4 Maintenance – inspection instructions, types of cleaning agents to be used as well as cleaning methods, preventive maintenance procedures, and use of any special tools;

.5 Repairs – diagnostic instructions, disassembly, component removal and repair instructions, instructions for identifying parts and components, and review of any spare parts inventory.

.5 Before instructing Owner’s designated personnel, submit to Consultant for review preliminary copy of training manual and proposed schedule of demonstration and training dates and times. Incorporate Consultant’s comments in final copy.

.6 Obtain in writing from Consultant list of Owner’s representatives to receive instructions. Submit to Consultant prior to application for Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, complete list of systems for which instructions were given, stating for each system:

.1 date instructions were given to Owner’s staff;

.2 duration of instruction;

.3 names of persons instructed;

.4 other parties present (manufacturer’s representative, consultants, etc.).

.7 Obtain signatures of Owner’s staff to verify they properly understood system installation, operation and maintenance requirements, and have received operating and maintenance instruction manuals and "as-built" record drawings.

.8 Submit to Consultant, copy of electronic version of training materials loaded on USB flash drive. Include in operating and maintenance manuals submission.

Page 305: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 05 - MECHANICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 21 of 21

1.29 FINAL INSPECTION

.1 Submit to Consultant, written request for final inspection of systems. Include written certification that:

.1 deficiencies noted during job inspections have been completed;

.2 field quality control procedures have been completed;

.3 systems have been tested and verified, balanced and adjusted, and are ready for operation;

.4 maintenance and operating data have been completed and submitted to, reviewed and accepted by Consultant;

.5 tags and nameplates are in place and equipment identifications have been completed;

.6 clean-up is complete;

.7 spare parts and replacement parts specified have been provided and acknowledged by Consultant;

.8 as-built and record drawings have been completed and submitted to, reviewed and accepted by Consultant;

.9 Owner’s staff has been instructed in operation and maintenance of systems;

.10 commissioning procedures have been completed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 - EXECUTION

NOT USED

END OF SECTION

Page 306: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICALWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 1 of 27

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 APPLICATION

.1 This Section specifies products, common criteria and characteristics, and methods and execution that are common to one or more Sections of Mechanical Divisions. It is intended as a supplement to each Section of Mechanical Divisions and is to be read accordingly.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings/product data sheets for:

.1 pressure gauges and thermometers;

.2 electric motors (submit with equipment they are associated with).

.2 Submit weight loads for selected equipment (upon request).

.3 Submit white prints of architectural reflected ceiling plan drawings and elevation drawings to indicate proposed access door locations in walls and ceilings in finished areas.

.4 Submit a sample of each proposed type of access door if supplied under work of this Division, as well as prints of reflected ceiling plan drawings and wall elevation drawings showing proposed access door locations;

.5 Submit samples of materials and any other items as specified in mechanical work Sections of the Specification.

.6 Submit a list of equipment identification nameplates indicating proposed wording and sizes.

.7 Submit a list of pipe and duct identification colour coding and wording.

.8 Submit a proposed valve tag chart and a list of proposed valve tag numbering and identification wording.

.9 Submit white print drawings indicating the size and location of all required sleeves, recesses and formed openings in poured or precast concrete work.

.10 As specified in Part 2 of this Section, submit a spare belt set, tagged and identified, for each belt driven piece of equipment.

.11 Submit any other submittals specified in this Section or other mechanical work Sections of the Specification.

Page 307: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTREWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 2 of 27 WSP No: 171-16082-00

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPE SLEEVES

.1 Galvanized Steel or Cast Iron Pipe – Schedule 40 mild galvanized steel, or Class 4000 cast iron.

2.2 PIPE ESCUTCHEON PLATES

.1 One-piece chrome plated brass or #4 finish type 302 stainless steel plates with matching screws for attachment to the building surface, each plate sized to completely cover the pipe sleeve or building surface opening, and to fit tightly around the pipe or pipe insulation.

2.3 PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

.1 Pipe hanger and support materials, including accessories, are to be, unless otherwise specified, in accordance with the Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) Standard Practice Manual SP-58, Pipe hangers and Supports-Materials, Design and Manufacture, and where possible, MSS designations are indicated with each product specified below. Conform to the following requirements:

.1 unless otherwise specified, all ferrous hanger and support products are to be electro-galvanized;

.2 hangers and supports for insulated piping are to be sized to fit around the insulation and the insulation jacket.

.2 Hangers and supports for horizontal suspended piping are to be:

.1 adjustable steel clevis hanger – Anvil Fig. 260 – MSS Type 1;

.2 adjustable swivel ring band type hanger – Anvil Fig. 69 – MSS Type 10;

.3 Supports for horizontal pipe on vertical surfaces are to be:

.1 steel offset pipe clamp – Anvil Fig. 103 or Myatt Fig. 170;

.2 heavy-duty steel pipe bracket – Anvil Fig. 262 or Myatt Fig. 161 – MSS Type 26;

.3 single steel pipe hook - Myatt Fig. 156;

.4 epoxy coated steel pipe stays are not permitted.

.4 Floor supports for vertical risers are to be:

.1 copper tubing riser clamp – Anvil Fig. CT-121, Anvil Fig. CT-121C (plastic coated), or Myatt Fig. 150CT – MSS Type 8;

.2 heavy-duty steel riser clamp – Anvil Fig. 261, or Myatt Fig’s. 182, 183, 190 and 191 – MSS Type 8.

.5 Supports for vertical piping on vertical surfaces are to be:

.1 steel offset pipe clamp – Anvil Fig. 103 or Myatt Fig. 170;

Page 308: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICALWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 3 of 27

.2 heavy-duty steel pipe bracket or soil pipe bracket – Anvil Fig. 262 or Myatt Fig. 161 – MSS Type 26;

.3 extension split pipe clamp – Anvil Fig’s. 138R or Myatt Fig. 129 – MSS Type 12;

.4 epoxy coated steel pipe stays are not permitted.

.6 Special hangers and supports for various applications are as follows:

.1 vibration isolated riser supports – black steel riser clamps as specified above, complete with neoprene–steel–neoprene sandwich type vibration isolation pads between the clamp and the floor;

.2 for groups of pipes having the same slope – Anvil Fig. 195 welded steel brackets, Anvil Fig. 46 universal trapeze assemblies, or Unistrut or equal support assemblies, all with U-bolts, clamps, etc., to secure pipes in place;

.3 for sections of piping connected to vibration isolated equipment – hangers and supports as specified above but complete with MSS Type 48 spring cushions;

.4 for piping on an existing roof – Portable Pipe Hangers (Canada) Inc. "PP" Series prefabricated portable pipe support system components to suit the pipe, complete with all required accessories including bases, galvanized structural steel frames, and galvanized steel pipe hangers and/or supports conforming to MSS SP-58;

.5 for piping on new roofs – Lexcor "Flash-Tite" or Thaler Roofing Specialties Products Inc. "MERS" Series insulated aluminum support risers with diameter, height, securement method and flashing to suit the application, all required accessories, channel type aluminum cross members, and galvanized steel pipe hangers and/or supports conforming to MSS Type SP-58, complete with all required accessories;

.6 for glass drain and vent piping – special padded hangers supplied by the pipe supplier;

.7 for plastic piping – generally as specified above but in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s printed recommendations;

.8 for fire protection piping – generally as above but ULC listed and/or FM approved, and in accordance with Chapter requirements of the NFPA Standard applicable to the piping system;

.9 for bare horizontal copper piping – generally as above but factory vinyl coated to prevent direct copper/steel contact;

.10 for bare copper vertical piping – corrosion resistant ferrous clamps with flexible rubber gasket type material (not tape) to isolate the pipe from the clamp;

.11 insulation protection shields to & including 40 mm (1½") dia. – equal to Anvil "Rib-Lok" Fig. 168 galvanized steel shields with ribs to keep the shield centred on the hanger.

.7 Hanger rods are to be electro-galvanized carbon steel (unless otherwise specified), round, threaded, to ASTM A36, complete with captive machine nuts with washers at hangers, sized to suit the loading in accordance with Table 3 in MSS SP-58, but in any case minimum 9.5 mm (3/8") diameter.

Page 309: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTREWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 4 of 27 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.8 Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 E. Myatt & Co. Inc.;

.2 Anvil International Inc.;

.3 Empire Tool & Mfg. Co. Inc.;

.4 Hunt Manufacturing Ltd.;

.5 Unistrut Canada Ltd.;

.6 Nibco Inc. "Tolco";

.7 Taylor Pipe Supports.

2.4 ACCESS DOORS

.1 Access doors on project to be coordinated such that look and finishes of each Division of Work are consistent. Coordinate exact requirements with General Trades Contractor.

.2 Access doors to be rust resistant steel door panels, with concealed hinges and positive locking and self-opening screwdriver operated lock. Wall type frame to be suitable for wall installation and have integral keys for plaster walls. Doors in tile wall to be stainless steel and in ceilings to be suitable for plaster covering with only frame joint showing. All other doors to be prime painted steel.

.3 Access door sizes are to suit the concealed work for which they are supplied, and wherever possible they are to be of a standard size for all applications, but in any case they are to be minimum 300 mm x 300 mm (12" x 12") for hand entry and 600 mm x 600 mm (24" x 24") for body entry.

.4 Lay-in type tiles, properly marked, may serve as access panels. Coordinate marking of ceiling tiles with Consultant. Panels in glazed tile walls to be 12 gauge, 304 alloy stainless steel, No. 4 finish, with recessed frame secured with stainless steel counter-sunk flush head screws.

.5 Panels in plaster surfaces to have dish-shaped door and welded metal lath, ready to take plaster. Provide a plastic grommet for door key access.

.6 Other access doors to be welded 12 gauge steel, flush type with concealed hinges, lock and anchor straps, complete with factory prime coat. Submit to Consultant for review, details of non-standard door construction details.

.7 Access doors in fire rated ceilings, walls, partitions, structures, etc., to be ULC listed and labelled and of a rating to maintain fire separation integrity.

.8 Where access doors are located in surfaces where special finishes are required, they are to be of a recessed door type capable of accepting finish in which they are to be installed so as to maintain final building surface appearance throughout.

.9 Acceptable manufacturers include Le Hage, SMS, Pedlar and Acudor.

Page 310: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICALWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 5 of 27

2.5 ELECTRIC MOTORS

.1 Unless otherwise specified, motors are to conform to EEMAC Standard MG1, applicable IEEE Standards, and applicable CSA C22.2 Standards, and are to meet NEMA standards for maximum sound level ratings under full load. Confirm motor voltages prior to ordering.

.2 Vertically mounted and submersible motors are to be purposely designed for mounting in this attitude.

.3 The efficiency of single phase motors to 1 HP is to be in accordance with CAN/CSA C747. The efficiency of all three phase motors 1 HP and larger is to be in accordance with CAN/CSA C390 or IEEE 112B.

.4 Unless otherwise specified, single phase motors smaller than ½ HP are to be 115 volt, continuous duty capacitor start type with an EEMAC 48 or 56 frame size, solid base, heavy-gauge steel shell with solid die-cast end shields, dynamically balanced die-cast rotor, integral automatic reset thermal overload protection, Class "B" insulation, and a 1.15 service factor at 40°C (105°F) ambient temperature.

.5 Explosion-proof single phase motors are to be totally enclosed, fan cooled, 115 volt continuous duty capacitor start type in accordance with CSA C22.2 No. 145, as specified for standard single phase motors but suitable for use in Class 1 Group D hazardous locations and complete with a rolled steel shell and a 1.0 service factor at 40°C (105°F) ambient temperature.

.6 Unless otherwise specified, motors ½ HP and larger are to be totally enclosed, fan cooled, 3 phase, T-frame, squirrel cage continuous duty induction motors suitable for voltages indicated on the Drawings, EEMAC Design "B" for normal starting torque or Design "C" for high starting torque as required by the application, each complete with Class "B" insulation, a 1.5 service factor at 40°C ambient temperature, grease lubricated open ball bearings with grease fittings to permit re-lubrication without dismantling the motor, a cast iron frame with cast iron feet where required, cast iron end bracket and precision machined bearing fit, and balanced carbon steel shaft assembly with die-cast aluminum rotor windings.

.7 Explosion-proof three phase motors are to be totally enclosed fan cooled motors in accordance with CSA C22.2 No. 145, generally as specified above for standard 3 phase motors but suitable for use in Class 1 Group D hazardous locations and with a 1.0 service factor at 40°C (105°F) ambient temperature.

.8 The motor(s) for two-speed cooling tower(s) are to be as specified above but two-speed single winding type.

.9 The motor(s) for two-speed fan(s) are to be as above but two-speed double winding type.

.10 Unless otherwise indicated, motors 30 HP and larger are to be complete with a heat sensing PTC thermistor in the end turn of the stator winding for each phase and connected in series inside the motor with two marked leads brought out to the motor conduit box.

.11 Motors for equipment with variable frequency drives are to be generally as specified above but inverter duty type to NEMA Standard MG-1 Part 31, quantified by CSA for operation from a variable frequency drive of the type specified, and complete with Class "H" insulation. Motors are to be equipped with AEGIS, or approved equal, shaft grounding ring system to protect bearings from damage by diverting harmful shaft voltages and bearing currents to ground.

Page 311: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTREWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 6 of 27 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.12 Motors 150 HP and larger with "wye-delta" reduced voltage starters are to be complete with six leads for connection to the motor starter.

.13 Motors for equipment which is scheduled or specified with a corrosion resistant coating or constructed from corrosion resistant materials are to be factory coated with a primer and epoxy paint finish.

.14 Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 TECO-Westinghouse Motors (Canada) Inc.;

.2 Canadian General Electric;

.3 Baldor Electric Co.;

.4 U.S. Electrical Motors;

.5 Weg Electric Corp.;

.6 Marathon Electric;

.7 Toshiba Corp.;

.8 Leeson Canada.

2.6 MOTOR STARTERS AND ACCESSORIES

.1 All motor starters must be capable of starting the associated motors under the imposed loads. Confirm that starter voltage matches the motor prior to ordering.

.2 Unless otherwise specified, starters for single phase motors are to be 115 volt, thermal overload protected manual starting switches with a neon pilot light, a surface or recessed enclosure to suit the application, and, where automatic operation is required, a separate "hand-off-automatic" switch in an enclosure to match the starter enclosure.

.3 Unless otherwise specified, starters for three phase motors less than 50 HP are to be combination "quick-make" and "quick-break" fused disconnects and full voltage non-reversing across-the-line starters, each complete with and overload relay per phase, an enclosure to suit the application, and, a "hand-off-automatic" switch, pilot lights, control transformer, auxiliary contacts, and other accessories as per the motor starter schedule.

.4 Unless otherwise specified, starters for three phase motors 50 HP to 150 HP are to be reduced voltage, non-reversing, auto-transformer type starters complete with one overload relay per phase, an enclosure to suit the application, and, a "hand-off-automatic" switch, pilot lights, control transformer, auxiliary contacts, and other accessories as per the motor starter schedule.

.5 Unless otherwise specified, starters for three phase motors 150 HP and larger are to be reduced voltage, non-reversing, closed transition "wye-delta" starters complete with one overload relay per phase, an enclosure to suit the application, and, a "hand-off-automatic" switch, pilot lights, control transformer, auxiliary contacts, and other accessories as per the motor starter schedule.

Page 312: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICALWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 7 of 27

.6 Starters for 2-speed double winding motors are to be generally as specified above but suitable for the motor and equipped with a 45 second time delay to permit the equipment to coast down to low speed before it is operated at low speed.

.7 Starters for 2-speed single winding motors are to be generally as specified above but suitable for the motor and equipped with a 45 second time delay to permit the equipment to coast down to low speed before it is operated at low speed.

.8 Starters for reversible motors for cooling towers are to be generally as specified above but suitable for the motor and equipped with a 45 second time delay to allow the fan(s) to coast down to a stop before being operated in reverse rotation.

.9 Unless otherwise specified, motor starter enclosures are to be in accordance with the following NEMA/EEMAC ratings:

.1 all enclosures located in sprinklered areas – Type 2;

.2 all enclosures exposed to the elements – Type 3R, constructed of stainless steel;

.3 all enclosures inside the building in wet areas – Type 3R, constructed of stainless steel;

.4 all enclosures in explosion rated area – Type 7 with exact requirements to suit the area and application;

.5 all enclosures except as noted above – Type 1;

.6 all enclosures located in finished areas – as above but recess type with brushed stainless steel faceplate.

.10 Motor control centres are to be multi-unit, 2.28 m (9') high, EEMAC Class 1, type "B", factory assembled, dead front, floor mounted, free-standing motor control centre with tin plated copper bus and an EEMAC Type 1 or Type 2 enclosure as for loose starters specified above. Each motor control centre is to be complete with starters as specified above, load and control wiring terminal boards, and all required facilities for line and load side power wiring connections.

.11 Disconnect switches for motor control centres are to be heavy-duty, CSA certified, front operated switches as per the motor starter schedule, each complete with a handle suitable for padlocking in the "off" position and arranged so that the door cannot be opened with the handle in the "on" position and an EEMAC enclosure as specified for loose starters. Fusible units are to be complete with fuse clips to suit fuse types specified below.

.12 Fuses are to be, unless otherwise scheduled or specified, English Electric Ltd. HRC fuses, Form I Class "J" for constant running equipment and Form II Class "C" for equipment that cycles on and off.

.13 Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 Rockwell Automation Inc. - Allen-Bradley;

.2 Eaton Corp. – Cutler-Hammer;

.3 Eaton Corp. – Moeller Electric;

Page 313: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTREWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 8 of 27 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.4 Siemens Canada;

.5 Schneider Electric.

2.7 SPRINKLER PROOFING

.1 Provide drip shields for protection of surface mounted equipment enclosures from water spray and dripping of liquids. Features of shields include:

.1 factory constructed by respective equipment manufacturers;

.2 constructed from non-combustible materials (sheet steel);

.3 enamel painted to match equipment;

.4 surfaces and edges filled/sanded smooth prior to painting;

.5 supported from equipment with structural steel rods/metal framing or other method approved by Consultant;

.6 structural support finish painted to match shield.

.2 Include with equipment shop drawings, detailed dimensions of drip shields and methods of supporting.

.3 Equipment with top cable/conduit entries to include additional sealing of entries with gasketting and/or waterproof sealant to prevent water from entering enclosure.

.4 Design ventilation louvers such that live components are not exposed to water spray and dripping liquids.

.5 Above requirements are additional minimum "sprinkler proof" standards for equipment specified as EEMAC/NEMA 1, 2 or 12.

.6 Obtain CSA approval where required by local governing authorities.

2.8 MECHANICAL WORK IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS

.1 Equipment nameplates are to be minimum 1.6 mm (1/16") thick 2-ply laminated coloured plastic plates, minimum 12 mm x 50 mm (½" x 2") for smaller items such as damper motors and control valves, minimum 25 mm x 65 mm (1" x 2½") for equipment, and minimum 50 mm x 100 mm (2" x 4") for control panels and similar items. Additional requirements are as follows:

.1 unless otherwise specified or required, each nameplate is to be white, complete with bevelled edges and black engraved wording to completely identify the equipment and its use with no abbreviations;

.2 wording is generally to be as per the drawings, i.e. Fan EF-1, and is to include equipment service and building area/zone served, but must be reviewed prior to engraving;

.3 supply stainless steel screws for securing nameplates in place;

Page 314: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICALWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 9 of 27

.4 nameplates for equipment suspended above floor level or generally not within easy viewing from floor level are to be increased in size so as to be easily readable from floor level.

.2 Valve tags are to be coloured, 40 mm (1½") square, 2-ply laminated plastic with bevelled edges, red-white, green-white, yellow-black, etc., to match the piping identification colour, each complete with a 3.2 mm (1/8") diameter by 100 mm (4") long brass plated steel bead chain, and four lines of engraved maximum size identification wording, i.e.:

VALVE V12200 mm (8")CHILL. WATERNORMALLY OPEN

.3 Standard pipe identification is to be equal to Smillie McAdams Summerlin Ltd. or Brady vinyl plastic with indoor/outdoor type vinyl ink lettering and directional arrows, as follows:

.1 for pipe to and including 150 mm (6") diameter, coiled type snap-on markers of a length to wrap completely around the pipe or pipe insulation;

.2 for pipe larger than 150 mm (6") diameter, saddle type strap-on markers with 2 opposite identification locations and complete with nylon cable ties.

.4 Identification wording and colours for pipe identification materials are to be as follows:

.5 Edit schedule to suit project. Note that the schedule does not contain piping such as grease, engine oil, transmission oil, etc., as would be used in a service garage. Add to or delete from the schedule as required.

Page 315: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTREWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 10 of 27 WSP No: 171-16082-00

PIPE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION COLOUR

LEGEND

domestic cold water green DOM. COLD WATER

domestic hot water supply green DOM. HW SUPPLY

domestic hot water recirculation green DOM. HW RECIRC.

storm drainage green STORM

sanitary drainage green SAN.

plumbing vent green SAN. VENT

fire protection standpipe red F.P. STANDPIPE

fire protection sprinklers red F.P. SPRINKLER

heating water supply yellow HTG. WTR. SUPPLY

heating water return yellow HTG. WTR. RETURN

heating water drain yellow HTG. WTR. DRAIN

glycol heating supply yellow GLY. HTG. SUPPLY

glycol heating return yellow GLY. HTG. RETURN

glycol heating drain yellow GLY. HTG. DRAIN

chilled water supply green CH. WTR. SUPPLY

chilled water return green CH. WTR. RETURN

chilled water drain green CH. WTR. DRAIN

low pressure steam yellow ….kPa STEAM

.6 Colours For Legends & Arrows: Colours for pipe identification legends and directional arrows are to be as follows:

IDENTIFICATION COLOUR LEGEND & ARROW COLOUR

yellow black

green white

red white

.7 Duct identification is to be custom made Mylar stencils with 50 mm (2") high lettering to accurately describe the duct service, i.e. "AHU-1 SUPPLY", complete with a directional arrow, and coloured ink with ink pads and roller applicators. Ink colour is generally to be black but must contrast with the lettering background.

2.9 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS

.1 Double wall stainless steel flexible connectors for piping connections to vibration isolated equipment, each selected by the manufacturer to suit the application. Shop drawings or product data sheets must indicate construction and performance requirements that suit the application. Acceptable manufacturers are:

Page 316: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICALWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 11 of 27

.1 Hyspan Precision Products Inc.;

.2 Senior Flexonics Ltd.;

.3 The Metraflex Co..

2.10 HOISTING AND RIGGING

.1 Provide hoisting and rigging work to transport products and equipment from curb where they are delivered, to their designated location at rooftop penthouse or other designated floor level. Include but not be limited to provision of following:

.1 engineering for loads being lifted and coordination of work;

.2 retaining a qualified crane company to perform rigging and hoisting work to lift and transport products and equipment from street level to designated level;

.3 arrange for a minimum of two (2) local governing police officers to supervise and coordinate traffic on street where crane and hoisting operations are to be located. two (2) police officers to be present during entire period that crane lifts are being used, from time crane lifts are assembled prior to lifts taking place, to time they are disassembled after lifts. Pay for costs associated with this supervision service by police. Include for required barriers;

.4 obtaining necessary written permission from Management Companies/Owners of adjacent properties affected by Work and make necessary payments;

.5 obtaining required approvals, certificates and permits for Work from local governing authorities having jurisdiction;

.6 notification of Owner’s building insurance underwriters.

.2 Coordinate with Owner and Consultant to determine most appropriate location for crane to be assembled and most appropriate time for this work to be performed. Work related to "Hoisting and Rigging" to take place on weekends and only during daylight hours. Coordinate exact date for work with Owner and Consultant.

.3 Hoisting companies include:

.1 C.W. Smith Crane – 416-751-2843;

.2 Latta Crane – 905-567-8817;

.3 Ward Crane – 416-284-4659.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL PIPING AND DUCTWORK INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

.1 Unless otherwise specified, locate and arrange horizontal pipes and ducts above or at the ceiling on floors on which they are shown, arranged so that under consideration of all other work in the area, the maximum ceiling height and/or usable space is maintained. If required to maintain ceiling heights, reroute and/or resize ductwork, with Consultant’s approval.

Page 317: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTREWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 12 of 27 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.2 Unless otherwise specified, install all work concealed in finished spaces, and concealed to the degree possible in partially finished and unfinished spaces. Refer to and examine the Architectural drawings and room finish schedules to determine finished, partially finished, and unfinished areas. Note that walls which are painted are considered finished.

.3 Install all pipes and ducts parallel to building lines and to each other.

.4 Neatly group and arrange all exposed work.

.5 Locate all work to permit easy access for service or maintenance as required and/or applicable. Locate all valves, dampers and any other equipment which will or may need maintenance or repairs and which are to be installed in accessible construction so as to be easily accessible from access doors. Where valves, dampers and similar piping or ductwork accessories occur in vertical services in shafts, pipe spaces or partitions, locate the accessories at the floor level.

.6 Make all connections between pipes of different materials using proper approved adapters. Provide cast brass dielectric type adapters/unions at connections between ferrous and copper pipe.

.7 Ensure that equipment and material manufacturer's installation instructions are followed unless otherwise specified herein or on the drawings, and unless such instructions contradict governing codes and regulations.

.8 Carefully clean all ducts, pipe and fittings prior to installation. Temporarily cap or plug ends of pipe, ducts and equipment which are open and exposed during construction.

.9 Install piping and ductwork which are to be insulated so that they have sufficient clearance to permit insulation and finish to be applied continuously and unbroken around the pipe or duct, except for ductwork at fire barriers, in which case the insulation will be terminated at each side of the duct fire damper.

.10 Inspect surfaces and structure prepared by other trades before performing your work. Verify that surfaces or the structure to receive your work have no defects or discrepancies which could result in poor application or cause latent defects in installation and workmanship. Report defects in writing. Installation of your work will constitute acceptance of such surfaces as being satisfactory.

.11 Any ferrous piping that exhibits in excess of 5% surface rust, either inside or outside or both is to be wire brush cleaned to bare metal and coated with suitable primer. Steel pipe, fittings and accessories are to be free of corrosion and dirt when work is complete or prior to being concealed from view. Where dirt is evident, clean the piping prior to being concealed.

.12 Provide continuous galvanized sheet metal drip pan under all drain, water and water solution piping extending through all rooms with electrical equipment such as electrical, elevator equipment and transformer rooms, and all other spaces provided primarily for the installation of electrical equipment. Drip pans are to be complete with a drain pipe connection and drain piping is to be extended to the closest drain.

.13 For factory applied finishes, repaint or refinish all surfaces damaged during shipment and installation. The quality of the repair work is to match the original finish. This requirement also applies to galvanized finishes.

Page 318: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICALWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 13 of 27

.14 Whether shown or specified on the drawings or not, provide screwed unions or flanges in all piping connections to equipment and in regular intervals in long (in excess of 12 m [40']) piping runs to permit removal of sections of piping.

.15 Unless otherwise specified and except where space limitations do not permit, all piping elbows are to be long radius. Eccentric reducers are to be installed with the straight side at the top of the piping.

3.2 PIPE JOINT REQUIREMENTS

.1 Do not make pipe joints in walls or slabs.

.2 Ream all piping ends prior to making joints.

.3 Properly cut threads in screwed steel piping and coat male threads only with Teflon tape or paste, or an equivalent thread lubricant. After the pipe has been screwed into the fitting, valve, union, or piping accessory, not more than two pipe threads are to remain exposed.

.4 Site bevel steel pipe to be welded or supply mill bevelled pipe. Remove all scale and oxide from the bevels and leave smooth and clean. Use factory made welding tees or welding outlet fittings for piping branches off mains. Do not use shop or site fabricated fittings unless written approval has been obtained.

.5 Welded joints are to be made by CWB certified, licensed journeyman welders qualified in accordance with CSA B51, Boiler Pressure Vessel and Pressure Piping Code, and who are in possession of a proper certificate of qualification for each procedure to be performed. Each weld is to be identified with the welder’s identification symbol, and welds are not to be concealed until they have been inspected and approved. Electrodes are to be in accordance with CSA W48 Series, Electrodes, and requirements of CAN/CSA W117.2, Safety in Welding, Cutting and Allied Processes are to be followed.

.6 Include (and pay for) magnetic particle testing of 10% of the welds in piping systems indicated below. Testing is to be done by a specialist qualified in accordance with CSA W178.1 and CSA W178.2 and approved by the Consultant. Testing is to be done to ANSI/ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessels Code, Section V, CSA B51, and requirements of governing authorities. Systems to be tested are as follows:

.1 ;

.2 .

.7 Unless otherwise specified, make all flanged joints with Cranite Ltd. or equivalent gasket materials to suit the application, and bolts and nuts. Bolts are not to be longer than the length necessary to screw the nut up flush to the end of the bolt. Bolts used for flanged connections in all piping with a working pressure of 690 kPa (100 psi) and greater are to be ASTM A-193, Grade B-7, with heavy hexagon nuts to ASTM A-194, CL-2H. Provide suitable washers between each bolt head and the flange and between each nut and the flange.

.8 A random check of bolted flanged connections will be made to verify that flanged connections are properly mated with no shear force acting on bolts. Supply all labour to disconnect and reconnect the selected flanged joints. If improperly mated joints are found, remove and reinstall the affected piping so that the flanges mate properly. If improperly mated joints are found, additional joints will be checked, and you will be responsible for the repair of any other improper joints discovered.

Page 319: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTREWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 14 of 27 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.9 Unless otherwise specified make all soldered joints in copper piping using flux suitable for and compatible with the type of solder being used. Clean the outside of the pipe end and the inside of the fitting, valve, or similar accessory prior to soldering.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF PIPE SLEEVES

.1 Where pipes pass through concrete and/or masonry surfaces provide pipe sleeves as follows:

.1 in poured concrete slabs: unless otherwise specified - minimum 16 gauge flanged galvanized steel or, where permitted by governing authorities, factory fabricated plastic sleeves;

.2 in concrete or masonry walls: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe or Class 4000 cast iron pipe.

.2 Sleeves in waterproofed slabs or walls are to be lengths of Schedule 40 mild galvanized steel pipe with a waterstop plate in accordance with the drawing detail. Provide waterproof sleeves in the following locations:

.1 in mechanical room floor slabs, except where on grade;

.2 in slabs over mechanical, fan, electrical and telephone equipment rooms or closets;

.3 in all floors equipped with waterproof membranes;

.4 in the roof slab;

.5 in waterproof walls.

.3 Size sleeves, unless otherwise specified, to leave 12 mm (½") clearance around the pipes, or where the pipe is insulated, a 12 mm (½") clearance around the pipe insulation.

.4 Pack and seal the void between the pipe sleeves and the pipe or pipe insulation in non-fire rated construction for the length of the sleeves as follows:

.1 pack sleeves in interior construction with mineral wool and seal both ends of the sleeves with non-hardening silicone base caulking compound;

.2 pack sleeves in exterior walls above grade with mineral wool and seal both ends of the sleeves water-tight with approved non-hardening silicone base caulking compound unless mechanical type seals have been specified;

.3 seal sleeves in exterior walls below grade (and any other wall where water leakage may be a problem) with link type mechanical seals as specified below.

.5 Where sleeves are required in masonry work, accurately locate and mark the sleeve location, and hand the sleeves to the mason for installation.

.6 Terminate piping for sleeves that will be exposed so that the sleeve is flush at both ends with the building surface concerned so that the sleeve may be completely covered by an escutcheon plate, except for sleeves in waterproof floors which are to terminate 100 mm (4") above the finished floor.

Page 320: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICALWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 15 of 27

.7 "Gang" type sleeving will not be permitted.

.8 Where sleeves are provided in non-fire rated construction for future piping, or where piping has been removed from existing sleeves, cap and seal both ends of the sleeved opening.

3.4 DUCT OPENINGS

.1 Duct openings, air inlet and outlet openings, fire damper and similar openings will be provided in new poured concrete work, masonry, drywall and other building surfaces by the trade responsible for the particular construction in which the opening is required.

.2 Ensure that openings for fire dampers to 600 mm (24") high are sized to suit the damper arrangement with the folding blade out of the air stream.

.3 For all duct openings except where fire dampers are required, pack and seal the space between the duct or duct insulation and the duct opening as specified above for pipe openings in non-fire rated construction.

3.5 SLEEVE AND FORMED OPENING LOCATION DRAWINGS

.1 Prepare and submit for review, white print drawings indicating the size and location of all required sleeves, recesses and formed openings in poured or precast concrete work.

.2 Such drawings are to be completely and accurately dimensioned and relate sleeve, recesses, and formed openings to suitable grid lines and elevation datum, and are to take into account structural items such as grade beams, column caps, and column drop slabs

.3 Begin to prepare such drawings immediately upon notification of acceptance of bid and award of Contract.

3.6 INSTALLATION OF PIPE ESCUTCHEON PLATES

.1 Provide escutcheon plates suitable secured over all exposed piping passing through finished building surfaces. A finished building surface is any surface with a factory finish or that receives a site applied finish.

.2 Install the plates so that they are tight against the building surface concerned, and ensure that the plates completely cover pipe sleeves and/or openings, except where waterproof sleeves extend above floors, in which case the plate is to fit tightly around the sleeve.

3.7 INSTALLATION OF FASTENING AND SECURING HARDWARE

.1 Provide all fastening and securing hardware required for mechanical work to maintain installations attached to the structure or to finished floors, walls and ceilings in a secure and rigid manner capable of withstanding the dead loads, live loads, superimposed dead loads, and any vibration of the installed products.

.2 Use fasteners compatible with structural requirements, finishes and types of products to be connected. Do not use materials subject to electrolytic action or corrosion where conditions are liable to cause such action.

Page 321: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTREWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 16 of 27 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.3 Where the floor, wall or ceiling construction is not suitable to support the loads, provide additional framing or special fasteners to ensure proper securement to the structure that is to support the products. Provide reinforcing or connecting supports where required to distribute the loading to the structural components.

.4 Obtain written consent before using explosive actuated fastening devices. If consent is obtained, comply with requirements of CSA Standards CAN3-Z166.1 and CAN3-Z166.2.

.5 Do not attach fasteners to steel deck without written consent from the Consultant.

3.8 INSTALLATION OF PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

.1 Provide all required pipe hangers and supports.

.2 Provide any additional structural steel channels, angles, inserts, beam champs and similar accessories required for hanging or supporting pipe. Unless otherwise shown or specified, hang or support pipes from the structure only.

.3 For insulated pipe, size the hanger or support to suit the diameter of the insulated pipe and install the hanger or support on the outside of the insulation and insulation finish.

.4 Unless otherwise shown or specified, hang and/or support horizontal pipe above ground by means of hangers and/or supports specified in Part 2 of this Section. Unless otherwise shown or specified, hangers for suspended pipe to and including 25 mm (1") dia. are to be clevis type or adjustable ring type, and hangers for suspended pipe 40 mm (1½") dia. and larger are to be adjustable clevis type. Space hangers and supports in accordance with the following:

.1 cast iron pipe – hang or support at every joint with maximum 2.4 m (8') spacing;

.2 plastic pipe – conform to pipe manufacturer’s recommended support spacing;

.3 copper and steel pipe – hang or support at spacing in accordance with the following schedule:

Page 322: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICALWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 17 of 27

PIPE DIA. MAX. SPACING STEEL (meters)

MAX. SPACING COPPER (meters)

to 25 mm (1") 2.4 m (8') 1.8 m (6')

40 mm (1½") 2.7 m (9') 2.4 m (8')

50 mm (2") 3.0 m (10') 2.7 m (9')

65 mm (2½") 3.6 m (12') 3.0 m (10')

75 mm (3") 3.6 m (12') 3.0 m (10')

90 mm (3½") 3.6 m (12’) 3.6 m (12')

100 mm (4") 4.2 m (14') 3.6 m (12')

250 mm (10") 6.0 m (20')

300 mm (12") 6.7 m (22')

.4 flexible grooved pipe/coupling joint piping – as above but with not less than one hanger or support between joints;

.5 where pipes change direction, either horizontally or vertically, provide a hanger or support on the horizontal pipe not more than 300 mm (12") from the elbow, and where pipes drop from tee branches, support the tees in both directions not more than 50 mm (2") on each side of the tee;

.6 when pipes with the same slope are grouped and a common hanger or support is used, space the hanger or support to suit the spacing requirement of the smallest pipe in the group and secure pipes in place on the common hanger or support;

.7 provide roller hangers or supports for all heat transfer piping 150 mm (6") diameter and larger and conveying a material 75°C (170°F) or greater to facilitate pipe movement due to expansion and contraction, and at each hanger or support tack weld a steel protection saddle to the pipe to protect the piping insulation.

.5 Unless otherwise shown or specified, support vertical piping by means of supports specified in Part 2 of this Section, spaced in accordance with the following:

.1 support vertical pipes at maximum 3 m (10') intervals or at every floor, whichever is lesser;

.2 for sections of vertical piping with a length less than 3 m (10'), support the pipe at least once;

.3 for all vertical cast iron plain end pipe (mechanical joint type), secure the riser or pipe clamp around the pipe under a flange integral with the pipe for vertical support purposes, or provide a length of hub and spigot pipe to facilitate proper support;

.4 for all vertical steel pipe risers in excess of 3 m (10'), weld shear lugs to the pipe to carry the load;

.5 for vibration isolated piping risers, provide rubber-steel-rubber vibration isolation pads between the riser clamps and the floor.

Page 323: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTREWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 18 of 27 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.6 Support piping on the roof as follows:

.1 on existing roof - provide support members as specified in Part 2 of this Section spaced as per the schedule above and of a type to suit the application, and, for each support, carefully scrape away the roofing gravel, bed the support in a heavy covering of roofing mastic, then scrape the gravel back up around the support - secure pipes to supports;

.2 on new roof - supply manufactured roof supports as per Part 2 of this Section to accommodate the piping involved and support spacing specified above, and hand the supports to the roofing trade on the roof for installation as part of the roofing work, then secure piping in place on the supports.

.7 Each hanger, support or securement for horizontal bare copper tubing is to be plastic coated to prevent direct contact between the pipe and the ferrous hanger. Each wall or floor clamp for vertical bare copper piping is to be isolated from the pipe by means of strips of flexible rubber inserts. The use of painted ferrous hangers and supports, including those painted with copper coloured paint, is not acceptable. Site application of tape or other types of isolation is not acceptable.

.8 For insulated horizontal piping to and including 40 mm (1½") diameter, provide galvanized steel insulation protection shields between the insulation and the hanger or support. Install shields immediately after the pipe is insulated.

.9 Do not support piping from steel deck without written consent from the Consultant.

3.9 SUPPLY OF ACCESS DOORS

.1 Supply access doors to give access to mechanical work which may need maintenance or repair but which is concealed in inaccessible construction, except as otherwise specified herein or on drawings.

.2 Before commencing installation of mechanical work, coordinate with other trades and prepare on a set of reflected ceiling plans and wall elevations, complete layouts of access doors. Submit these layouts for Consultant’s review and show exact sizes and locations of such access doors. Locate and arrange mechanical work to suit.

.3 Access doors will be installed by trade responsible for particular type of construction in which doors are required. Supply access doors to trade installing same at proper time.

.4 Wherever possible, access doors to be of a standard size for each application. Confirm exact dimensions and minimum size restrictions with Consultant prior to ordering.

.5 Group piping and ductwork to ensure minimum number of access doors is required.

.6 Submit a sample of each proposed access door for review prior to ordering.

.7 Coordinate with Electrical Contractor and General Trades Contractor to ensure access doors on project are provided by a single manufacturer, installed as part of work of General Trades Contractor and work involving both mechanical and electrical services should, where possible, be accessible from common access door. Coordinate work to ensure common location access doors are not supplied by both Mechanical Divisions and Electrical Divisions.

Page 324: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICALWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 19 of 27

3.10 INSTALLATION OF VALVES

.1 Generally, valve locations are indicated or specified on drawings or specified in Sections of the Specification where the valves are specified, however, regardless of locations shown or specified, the following requirements apply:

.1 provide shut-off valves to isolate all systems, at the base of all vertical risers, in branch take-offs at mains and risers on all floors, to isolate all equipment, to permit work phasing as required, and wherever else required for proper system operation and maintenance;

.2 install shut-off valves with handles upright or horizontal, not inverted, and located for easy access;

.3 unless otherwise specified, provide a check valve in the discharge piping of each pump;

.4 valve sizes are to be the same as the connecting pipe size;

.5 valves are to be permanently identified with the size, manufacturer's name and figure number, and wherever possible, valves are to be the product of the same manufacturer;

.6 the manufacturer's name, valve model or figure number, and the pressure rating are to be clearly marked on each valve;

.7 for valves in insulated piping, the design of the valve stem, handle and operating mechanism is to be such that the insulation does not have to be cut or altered in any manner to permit valve operation.

3.11 MECHANICAL WORK IDENTIFICATION

.1 Identify new exposed piping and ductwork as per Part 2 of this Section in locations as follows:

.1 at every end of every piping or duct run;

.2 adjacent to each valve, strainer, damper and similar accessory;

.3 at each piece of connecting equipment;

.4 on both sides of every pipe and duct passing through a floor, wall or partition, unless otherwise specified;

.5 at 6 m (20') intervals on pipe and duct runs exceeding 6 m in length;

.6 at least once in each room, and at least once on pipe and duct runs less than 6 m (20') in length.

.2 Unless otherwise specified identify new concealed piping and ductwork as per Part 2 of this Section in locations as follows:

.1 at points where pipes or ducts enter and leave rooms, shafts, pipe chases, furred spaces, and similar areas;

Page 325: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTREWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 20 of 27 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.2 at maximum 6 m (20') intervals on piping and ductwork above suspended accessible ceilings, and at least once in each room;

.3 at each access door location;

.4 at each piece of connected equipment, automatic valve, etc..

.3 Provide an identification nameplate for each new piece of equipment, including items such as control valves, motorized dampers, instruments, and similar products. Secure nameplates in place, approximately at eye level if possible, with stainless steel screws unless such a practice is prohibitive, in which case use epoxy cement applied to cleaned surfaces. Locate all nameplates in the most conspicuous and readable location.

.4 Paint new natural and/or propane gas piping with primer and two coats of yellow paint in accordance with Code requirements and requirements of the Painting Section in Division 09. Identify the piping at intervals as specified above.

.5 Provide an identification nameplate for each new motor starter or disconnect switch located in a motor control centre or on a motor starter panel, and on each individually mounted starter which you supply, and on each disconnect switch provided as part of the electrical work for motorized equipment which you provide.

.6 Tag valves and prepare a valve tag chart in accordance with the following requirements:

.1 attach a valve tag to each new valve, except for valves located immediately at the equipment they control;

.2 prepare a computer printed valve tag chart to list all tagged valves, with, for each valve, the tag number, location, valve size, piping service, and valve attitude (normally open or normally closed);

.3 if an existing valve tag chart is available at the site, valve tag numbering is to be an extension of existing numbering and the new valve tag chart is to incorporate the existing chart;

.4 frame and glaze one copy of the chart and, unless otherwise directed, affix to a wall in each main Mechanical and/or Equipment Room;

.5 include a copy of the valve tag chart in each copy of the operating and maintenance instruction manuals;

.6 hand an identified and packaged (jewel case) compact disc of the valve tag chart to the Owner at the time the O & M Manuals are submitted.

.7 Where new shut-off valves, control dampers, sensors, and similar items which will or may need maintenance and/or repair are located above accessible suspended ceilings, provide round coloured ceiling tacks in the ceiling panel material, or stickers equal to Brady "Quick Dot" on the ceiling grid material to indicate locations of the items. Unless otherwise specified, ceiling tack or sticker colours are to be as follows:

.1 HVAC piping valves and equipment: yellow

.2 fire protection valves and equipment: red

Page 326: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICALWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 21 of 27

.3 plumbing valves and equipment: green

.4 HVAC ductwork dampers and equipment: blue

.5 control system hardware and equipment: orange

3.12 FINISH PAINTING OF MECHANICAL WORK

.1 Finish paint exposed mechanical work as specified and/or scheduled in accordance with requirements of the painting Section in Division 09.

.2 Touch-up paint all damaged factory applied finishes on mechanical work products.

.3 work of Division 09.

3.13 PIPE LEAKAGE TESTING

.1 Before new piping has been insulated or concealed, and before equipment, fixtures and fittings have been connected, test all piping for leakage.

.2 Tests are to be witnessed by the Consultant and/or Owner's representative, and, where required, representatives of governing authorities. Give ample notice of tests in writing and verify attendance. Have completed test report sheets dated and signed by those present to confirm proper test results.

.3 When circumstances prevent scheduled tests from taking place, give immediate and adequate notice of cancellation to all who were scheduled to attend.

.4 Gravity Drainage and Vent Piping – Securely close all openings and pipe ends and fill piping with water up to the highest level, and ensure that the water stands at the same level for a minimum of two hours. After the fixtures and fittings are set and the pipes connected to the building drain or drains, turn on water into all pipe, fixtures, fittings and traps in order to detect any imperfect material or workmanship. Make a smoke test if required by the Municipality. At your option, drain and vent piping may be pressure tested with cold water at 345 kPa (50 psi) for two hours with zero leakage.

.5 Domestic Water Piping – Test piping with cold water at a pressure of 1½ times normal working pressure and maintain the pressure for a minimum of two hours.

.6 Sprinkler System Piping – Test all system piping in accordance with requirements of NFPA No. 13, "INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS", and in accordance with any additional requirements of governing authorities.

.7 Standpipe System Piping – Test all system piping in accordance with requirements of NFPA No. 14, "STANDPIPE AND HOSE SYSTEMS", and in accordance with any additional requirements of governing authorities.

.8 CO2 Fire Extinguishing System Piping – Test all system piping in accordance with requirements of NFPA No. 12, "STANDARD ON CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS", and in accordance with any additional requirements of governing authorities.

.9 Heat Transfer (HVAC) System Piping – Test piping with cold water at a pressure of 1035 kPa (150 psi) for a minimum of two hours.

Page 327: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTREWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 22 of 27 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.10 Steam and Condensate Piping – Test piping with cold water for a minimum of two hours at the following pressures:

.1 0 kPa to 105 kPa (0 psi to 15 psi) low pressure piping - 690 kPa (100 psi);

.2 110 kPa to 690 kPa (16 psi to 100 psi) medium pressure piping - 1035 kPa (150 psi);

.3 greater than 690 kPa (100 psi) high pressure piping - 1380 kPa (200 psi).

.11 Following requirements apply to all testing:

.1 ensure that all piping has been properly flushed, cleaned and is clear of foreign matter prior to pressure testing;

.2 temporarily remove or valve off all piping system specialties or equipment which may be damaged by test pressures prior to pressure testing the systems, and flush piping to remove foreign matter;

.3 when testing is carried out below the highest level of the particular system, increase the test pressure by the hygrostatic head of 7 kPa (1 psi) for every 600 mm (24") below the high point;

.4 include for temporary piping connections required to properly complete the tests;

.5 piping under test pressure is to have zero pressure drop for the length of the test period;

.6 make tight leaks found during tests while the piping is under pressure, and if this is impossible, remove and refit the piping and reapply the test until satisfactory results are obtained;

.7 where leaks occur in threaded joints in steel piping, no caulking of these joints will be allowed under any conditions;

.8 tests are be done in reasonably sized sections so as to minimize the number of tests required;

.9 in addition to the leakage tests specified above, demonstrate proper flow throughout the systems including mains, connections and equipment, as well as proper venting and drainage, and Include for any necessary system adjustments to achieve the proper conditions.

3.14 SUPPLY OF MOTOR STARTERS AND ACCESSORIES

.1 Motor starters for mechanical equipment, except for starters integral with packaged equipment and starters factory installed in equipment power and control panels will be provided as part of the mechanical work.

.2 Unless otherwise shown or specified, supply a starter for each item of motorized equipment you provide. Refer to the drawing Motor Starter Schedule.

.3 Where three phase starters are indicated in motor control centres, supply the motor control centres with starters and bolt to a concrete housekeeping pad where shown.

Page 328: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICALWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 23 of 27

.4 Where package type equipment with integral starters, or equipment with starters integral in loose power and control panels supplied with the equipment is fed from a motor control centre, provide a disconnect switch in the motor control centre in lieu of a motor starter.

.5 Where three phase starters are indicated and/or scheduled to be mounted on a motor starter panel, the starters will be mounted and connected, complete with the panels and splitter trough, as part of the electrical work. Hand the starters to the electrical trade at the site when they are required.

.6 Where package type equipment with integral starters, or equipment with starters integral in loose power and control panels supplied with the equipment is fed from a motor starter panel, a disconnect switch will be provided on the motor starter panel as part of the electrical work.

.7 Unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings, single phase motor starters will be mounted adjacent to the equipment they serve and connected complete as part of the electrical work. Hand the starters to the electrical trade at the site at the proper time.

3.15 ELECTRICAL WIRING WORK FOR MECHANICAL WORK

.1 Unless otherwise specified or indicated, the following electrical wiring work for mechanical equipment will be done as part of the electrical work:

.1 "line" side power wiring to motor starters or disconnect switches in motor control centres and starters or disconnects on motor starter panels, and "load" side wiring from the starters or disconnects to the equipment;

.2 "line" side power wiring to individual wall mounted starters, and "load" side wiring from the starters to the equipment;

.3 "line" side power wiring to pre-wired power and control panels and variable frequency drives, and "load" side power wiring from the panels and VFD's to the equipment;

.4 provision of receptacles for plug-in equipment;

.5 provision of disconnect switches for all motors that are in excess of 10 m (30') from the starter location, or that cannot be seen from the starter location, and all associated power wiring;

.6 all motor starter interlocking in excess of 24 volts;

.7 wiring from motor winding thermistors in motors 30 HP and larger to motor starter contacts;

.8 120 volt power connections to electrical receptacles integral with small ceiling exhaust fans, including wiring through light switches or speed controllers;

.9 120 volt wiring connections to lighting fixture/switch combinations integral with air handling units;

.10 120 volt wiring connections to duplex receptacles integral with air handling unit control panels.

Page 329: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTREWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 24 of 27 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.2 Mechanical wiring work not listed above or specified herein or on the drawings to be done as part of the electrical work is to be installed in conduit and is to be done as part of the mechanical work in accordance with wiring requirements specified for the electrical work.

3.16 INTERRUPTION TO AND SHUT-DOWN OF MECHANICAL SERVICES AND SYSTEMS

.1 Coordinate all shut-down and interruption to existing mechanical systems with the Owner. Generally, shut-downs may be performed only between the hours of 12:00 midnight Friday until 6:00 a.m. Monday morning.

.2 Upon award of a Contract, submit a list of anticipated shut-down times and their maximum duration.

.3 Prior to each shut-down or interruption, inform the Owner and Consultant in writing five (5) working days in advance of the proposed shut-down or interruption and obtain written approval to proceed. Do not shut-down or interrupt any system or service without such written approval.

.4 Perform work associated with shut-downs and interruptions as continuous operations to minimize the shut-down time and to reinstate the systems as soon as possible, and, prior to any shut-down, ensure that all materials and labour required to complete the work for which the shut-down is required are available at the site.

3.17 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS

.1 Unless otherwise specified or required, set all floor mounted equipment on minimum 100 mm (4") high reinforced concrete housekeeping pads 200 mm (8") clear of the equipment on each side and end, or a minimum of 200 mm (8") from the centreline of equipment anchor bolts to the edge of the base, whichever is larger. Conform to the following requirements:

.1 supply dimensioned drawings and equipment base templates, and provide anchor bolts for proper setting and securing of equipment on pads;

.2 place anchor bolts during the concrete pour and be responsible for all required levelling, alignment, and grouting of the equipment;

.3 as a minimum, use wire mesh reinforcement, however, for pads for large heavy equipment, use reinforcement as per structural drawing details.

.2 For equipment not designed for base mounting, where required, provide welded, cleaned and prime coat painted structural steel stands or supports conforming to the following requirements:

.1 all stands and supports, except those for small equipment, are to be designed by a structural engineer registered in the jurisdiction of the work, and stamped and signed design drawings with calculations are to be submitted as shop drawings for review;

.2 all steel stands are to be flange bolted to concrete housekeeping pads;

.3 all stands and supports are to be seismically restrained in accordance with applicable requirements.

Page 330: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICALWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 25 of 27

3.18 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL WORK

.1 Provide excavation, backfill and related work required for mechanical work. Perform such work in accordance with requirements of the Excavation and Backfill work Section, except as modified by this Article. Obtain a copy of the soil test report if available from Consultant. Depth of excavations must accommodate local governing requirements and local standard practices to compensate for local frost levels of Place of Work.

.2 Inverts and locations of existing site services may have been site surveyed and approximate location may be shown on drawings. Be responsible for confirming that inverts and locations are correct, prior to commencing excavation. Where discrepancies are found, immediately inform Consultant, and await a direction.

.3 Grade the bottom of trench excavations as required.

.4 In firm, undisturbed soil, lay pipes directly on the soil, unless otherwise directed.

.5 Unless otherwise specified, backfill trenches within the building with clean sharp sand in individual layers of maximum 150 mm (6") thickness compacted to a density of 100% Standard Proctor. Hand compact the first layers up to a compacted level of minimum 300 mm (12") above the top of the pipe. Hand or machine compact the balance up to grade.

.6 Unless otherwise specified, backfill trenches outside the building (not under roads, parking lots or traffic areas), up to a compacted level of 450 mm (18") thick above the pipe, hand compacted to a density of 95% Standard Proctor, using granular "A" gravel. Backfill the balance in 150 mm (6") layers with approved excavated material, compacted to 95% Standard Proctor density.

.7 Unless otherwise specified, backfill trenches outside the building under roads, parking lots or traffic areas with crushed stone or granular "A" gravel in layers not exceeding 150 mm (6") thickness, compacted to 100% Standard Proctor density up to grade level.

.8 The location and inverts of existing underground site services shown on the drawings are based on available information and are assumed to be correct, however, prior to excavation, carefully check inverts and locations and report any serious discrepancy, and contact Utilities to accurately locate their services.

.9 Be responsible for any damage done to underground services caused by neglect to determine and mark out location of such services prior to commencement of excavation work.

.10 Ensure that all underground piping subject to freezing and located outside the building has a minimum of 1.37 m (4½') of cover.

.11 Ensure that all underground piping subject to freezing and located inside the building has a minimum of 450 mm (18") of cover.

.12 After the first lift of backfill has been compacted, mark the entire path of pipe using continuous 75 mm (3") wide detectable identified marking tape equal to SMS Ltd. D-UGMT.

.13 Unless otherwise directed in Division 02 and/or 31, store and dispose of excavated materials as follows:

Page 331: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTREWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 26 of 27 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.1 during progress of contract, place material as directed in such a manner that minimum damage or disfigurement of ground and which in no causes way impedes progress of work;

.2 separately place surplus topsoil and subsoil as directed; leave site clean and unencumbered.

.14 Do pumping as required to keep excavations free of water.

.15 Engage services of independent soils testing agency to test final backfill compaction density of each backfilled location. Compact backfill to satisfaction of testing agency and in accordance with Specification. Submit a copy of testing agency's report to Consultant for review.

.16 Where Work falls under jurisdiction of local governing utility, confirm requirements and comply with utility requirements.

.17 Fill depressions to correct grade level with appropriate material, after an adequate period has passed to reveal any settlement. Use maximum possible compaction. Pay costs required to make good damages caused by settlement.

.18 Coordinate requirements for final surface toppings (concrete, asphalt, pavers, grass sod, etc.) with General Contractor.

3.19 CUTTING, PATCHING AND CORE DRILLING

.1 Unless otherwise provided by General Trades, perform cutting, patching, and core drilling of existing building required for installation of mechanical work. Perform cutting in a neat and true fashion, with proper tools and equipment to Consultant’s approval. Patching is to exactly match existing finishes and be done by tradesmen skilled in particular trade or application worked on to Consultant’s approval.

.2 Criteria for cutting holes for additional services:

.1 cut holes through slabs only; no holes to be cut through beams;

.2 cut holes 150 mm (6”) diameter or smaller only; obtain approval from Structural Consultant for larger holes;

.3 keep at least 100 mm (4”) clear from beam faces;

.4 space at least 3 hole diameters on center;

.5 for holes that are required closer than 25% of slab span from supporting beam face, use cover meter above slab to clear slab top bars;

.6 for holes that are required within 50% of slab span, use cover meter underside of slab to clear slab bottom bars;

.7 submit sleeving drawings indicating holes and their locations for Structural Consultant's review.

.3 Where new pipes pass through existing construction, core drill an opening. Size openings to leave 12 mm (½") clearance around the pipes or pipe insulation.

Page 332: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICALWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 10 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 27 of 27

.4 Prior to drilling or cutting an opening, determine, in consultation with Consultant and Owner, and by use of non-destructive radar scan (magnetic scan) of slab or wall, presence of any existing services and reinforcement bars concealed behind building surface to be cut and locate openings to suit. Be responsible for damage to existing services caused by core drilling or cutting openings. Coring is not permitted through concrete beams or girders.

3.20 PACKING AND SEALING CORE DRILLED PIPE OPENINGS

.1 Pack and seal the void between the pipe opening and the pipe or pipe insulation for the length of the opening as follows:

.1 non-fire rated interior construction: pack openings in non-fire rated interior construction with mineral wool and seal both ends of the opening with non-hardening silicone base caulking compound to produce a water-tight seal;

.2 exterior walls above grade: pack sleeves in exterior walls above grade with mineral wool and seal both ends of the sleeves water-tight with approved non-hardening silicone base caulking compound unless mechanical type seals have been specified;

.3 exterior walls below grade: seal sleeves in exterior walls below grade (and any other wall where water leakage may be a problem) with link type mechanical seals as specified below.

3.21 FLASHING FOR MECHANICAL WORK PENETRATING THE ROOF

.1 Perform required flashing work, including counter-flashing, for mechanical work penetrating and/or set in the roof.

.2 Perform flashing work in accordance with requirements of drawing details, and requirements specified in Division 07.

3.22 CLEANING MECHANICAL WORK

.1 Refer to cleaning requirements specified in Division 01.

.2 Clean all mechanical work prior to application for Substantial Performance of the Work.

.3 Include for vacuum cleaning the interior of air handling units and ductwork systems.

3.23 CONNECTIONS TO OTHER EQUIPMENT

.1 Carefully examine the Contract Documents during the bidding period and include for mechanical work piping and/or ductwork connections to equipment requiring such connections.

3.24 FAN NOISE LEVELS

.1 Submit sound power levels with fan shop drawings/product data, with levels measured to AMCA 300 and calculated to AMCA 301.

END OF SECTION

Page 333: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 25 - MECHANICAL INSULATION

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 1 of 9

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 APPLICATION

.1 This Section specifies insulation requirements that are common to Mechanical Divisions work Sections and it is a supplement to each Section and is to be read accordingly.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

.1 At least four weeks prior to insulation work commencing, submit a sample of each type of insulation (and insulation accessories and finish), in applied form, for approval. Mount samples on a plywood board. Identify each product with manufacturer’s name and insulation type, and proposed use of the insulation. When sample board has been approved, mechanical insulation work is to conform to approved sample board.

.2 Submit a product data sheet for each insulation system product.

.3 Submit a fabrication drawing for each custom made cover to indicate material and fabrication details, and a 300 mm (12") square sample of proposed cover material.

.4 As per Part 3 of this Section, submit a letter from the fire rated duct wrap supplier to certifying the duct wrap has been properly installed.

.5 Submit a colour chart for coloured lagging adhesive for canvas jacketed insulation.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

.1 Mechanical insulation is to be applied by a licensed journeyman insulation mechanic, or by an apprentice under direct, daily, on-site supervision of a journeyman mechanic.

.2 Do not apply insulation unless leakage tests have been satisfactorily completed.

.3 Ensure surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.

.4 Ensure ambient temperature is minimum 13°C (55°F) for at least one day prior to the application of insulation, and for the duration of insulation work, and relative humidity is and will be at a level such that mildew will not form on insulation materials.

.5 Company with the sub-contract for mechanical insulation work is to be a member in good standing of the Thermal Insulation Association of Canada.

.6 Insulation materials must be stored on site in a proper and dry storage area. Any wet insulation material is to be removed from site.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

.1 "concealed" – means mechanical services and equipment above suspended ceilings, in non-accessible chases, in accessible pipe spaces, and furred-in spaces.

.2 "exposed" – means exposed to normal view during normal conditions and operations.

.3 "mineral fibre" – includes glass fibre, rock wool, and slag wool.

Page 334: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 25 - MECHANICAL INSULATION NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 2 of 9 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.4 "domestic water" or "potable water" – means piping extended from building Municipal supply main.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FIRE HAZARD RATINGS

.1 Unless otherwise specified, insulation system materials inside building must have a fire hazard rating of not more than 25 for flame spread and 50 for smoke developed when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102, Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies.

2.2 THERMAL PERFORMANCE

.1 Unless otherwise specified, thermal performance of insulation is to meet or exceed values given in Tables entitled Minimum Piping Insulation Thickness Heating and Hot Water Systems and Minimum Piping Insulation Thickness Cooling Systems, as stated in ANSI/ASHRAE/IES Standard 90.1 version referenced in the Ontario Building Code.

2.3 PIPE INSULATION MATERIALS

.1 Horizontal pipe insulation at hangers and supports are to be equal to Belform Insulation Ltd. "Koolphen K-Block" insulated pipe support inserts consisting of minimum 150 mm (6") long, premoulded, rigid, sectional phenolic foam insulation (of same thickness as adjoining insulation) with a reinforced foil and kraft paper vapour barrier jacket and a captive galvanized steel saddle.

.2 Premoulded mineral wool is to be rigid, sectional, sleeve type, non-combustible, longitudinally split mineral wool or basalt pipe insulation with a reinforced vapour barrier jacket. Acceptable products are:

.1 Roxul "Techton 1200";

.2 IIG (Johns Manville Inc.) MinWool-1200;

.3 Paroc 1200.

.3 Fire rated premoulded mineral wool is to be non-combustible, fire-rated, rigid, sectional, longitudinally split mineral wool or basalt pipe insulation with a reinforced vapour barrier jacket and compatible with CAN4-S115 and CAN/ULC-S01 firestopping. Acceptable products are:

.1 Roxul "Techton 1200";

.2 IIG (Johns Manville Inc.) MinWool-1200;

.3 Paroc 1200.

.4 Premoulded mineral fibre is to be rigid, sectional, sleeve type insulation to ASTM Standard C547, with a factory applied vapour barrier jacket. Acceptable products are:

.1 Johns Manville Inc. "Micro-Lok AP-T Plus";

.2 Knauf Fiber Glass "Pipe Insulation" with "ASJ-SSL" jacket;

Page 335: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 25 - MECHANICAL INSULATION

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 3 of 9

.3 Manson Insulation Inc. "ALLEY K APT";

.4 Owens Corning “Fiberglas” Pipe Insulation.

.5 Blanket mineral fibre is to be blanket type roll insulation to CGSB 51-GP-11M, 24 kg/m3 (1½ lb/ft³) density, with a factory applied vapour barrier facing. Acceptable products are:

.1 Johns Manville Inc. Microlite FSK Duct Wrap Type 150;

.2 Knauf Fiber Glass Blanket Insulation FSK Duct Wrap Type III;

.3 Manson Insulation Inc. ALLEY WRAP FSK Duct Wrap Type III;

.4 Certainteed Corporation Softtouch FSK Duct Wrap Type 150.

2.4 BARRIER-FREE LAVATORY PIPING INSULATION KITS

.1 Removable, flexible, reusable, white moulded plastic insulation kits for barrier-free lavatory drain piping and potable water supplies exposed under the lavatory. Acceptable products are:

.1 Truebo "Lav-Guard 2" E-Z Series;

.2 Zeston "SNAP-TRAP";

.3 McGuire Manufacturing Co. Inc. "ProWrap".

2.5 REMOVABLE/REUSABLE INSULATION COVERS

.1 Valve, etc. covers are to be NO SWEAT reusable insulation wraps with vapour barrier jacket and self-sealing ends and longitudinal seam, with a length to suit the application and an insulation thickness equal to the adjoining insulation.

.2 Custom manufactured equipment covers conforming to shape of item to be insulated, designed to be easily removable and replaceable to suit use and maintenance procedures of particular item, and to provide adequate personnel protection. Covers are to be complete with minimum 95 kg/m3 (6 lb/ft³) density ceramic fibre insulation sewn between minimum 542.5 g/m2 (1.8 oz/ft²) weight silicone impregnated fibreglass fabric in a quilted pattern using double stitches made with Kelvar or Teflon coated fibreglass thread. Overlap flaps are to be secured using laces, snaps, or Velcro double stitched in place. Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 Crossby Dewar Inc.;

.2 Insufab Systems Inc.;

.3 ADL Insulflex Inc.;

.4 Firwin Corp.;

.5 GlassCell Isofab Inc.

Page 336: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 25 - MECHANICAL INSULATION NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 4 of 9 WSP No: 171-16082-00

2.6 DUCTWORK SYSTEM INSULATION MATERIALS

.1 Rigid mineral fibre board is to be pre-formed board type insulation to ASTM C612, 48 kg/m3 (3 lb/ft³) density, with a factory applied reinforced aluminum foil and kraft paper facing. Acceptable products are:

.1 Knauf Fiber Glass Insulation Board with FSK facing;

.2 Manson Insulation Inc. "AK BOARD FSK";

.3 Johns Manville Inc. Type 814 "Spin-Glas";

.4 Owens Corning 703.

.2 Semi-rigid mineral fibre board is to be roll form insulation to ASTM Standard C1393, consisting of cut strips of rigid mineral board insulation glued to an aluminium foil and kraft paper facing. Acceptable products are:

.1 Multi-Glass Insulation Ltd. "Multi-Flex MKF";

.2 Glass-Cell Fabricators Ltd. "R-FLEX";

.3 Owens Corning Pipe and Tank Insulation;

.4 Johns Manville Inc. Pipe and Tank Insulation.

.3 Blanket mineral fibre is to be blanket type roll form insulation to ASTM Standard C553, 24 kg/m3 (1½ lb/ft3) density, 40 mm (1½") thick, with a factory applied vapour barrier facing. Acceptable products are:

.1 Johns Manville Inc. Microlite FSK Duct Wrap Type 150;

.2 Knauf Fiber Glass Blanket Insulation FSK Duct Wrap Type III;

.3 Manson Insulation Inc. ALLEY WRAP FSK Duct Wrap Type III;

.4 Certainteed Corporation Softtouch FSK Duct Wrap Type 150.

2.7 INSULATING COATINGS

.1 Equal to Robson Thermal Manufacturing Ltd. insulating coatings as follows:

.1 anti-condensation coating, "No Sweat-FX";

.2 thermal insulating coating, "ThermaLite".

2.8 INSULATION FASTENINGS

.1 Minimum #15 gauge galvanized annealed wire.

.2 Aluminium banding equal to ITW Insulation Systems Canada "FABSTRAPS" minimum 12 mm (½") wide, 0.6 mm (1/16") thick aluminium strapping.

Page 337: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 25 - MECHANICAL INSULATION

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 5 of 9

.3 Stainless steel banding equal to ITW Insulation Systems Canada "FABSTAPS" 0.6 mm (1/16") thick, minimum 12 mm (½") wide type 304 stainless steel strapping.

.4 Duct insulation fasteners are to be weld-on 2 mm (3/32") diameter zinc coated steel spindles of suitable length, complete with minimum 40 mm (1½") square plastic or zinc plated steel self-locking washers.

.5 Tape sealant equal to MACtac Canada Ltd. self-adhesive insulation tapes, types PAF, FSK, ASJ, or SWV as required to match surface being sealed.

.6 Mineral fibre insulation adhesive is to be clear, pressure sensitive, brush consistency adhesive, suitable for a temperature range of -20°C to 82°C (-4°F to 180°F), compatible with type of material to be secured, and WHMIS classified as non-hazardous.

.7 White, brush consistency, ULC listed and labelled, 25/50 fire/smoke rated lagging adhesive for canvas jacket fabric, suitable for colour tinting, complete with fungicide and washable when dry.

.8 No. 10 stainless steel sheet metal screws.

2.9 INSULATION JACKETS AND FINISHES

.1 ULC listed and labelled, 25/50 rated, roll form, minimum 170 g (6 oz.) canvas jacket material.

.2 Roll form sheet and fitting covers, minimum 15 mm (1/2”) thick white PVC, 25/50 rated, complete with installation and sealing accessories. Acceptable products are:

.1 Proto Corp. "LoSMOKE";

.2 The Sure-Fit System "SMOKE-LESS 25/50";

.3 Johns Manville Inc. "Zeston" 300.

.3 Stainless steel equal to ITW Insulation Systems Canada "Lock-on" 0.254 mm (0.010") thick type 304 embossed stainless steel jacket material to ASTM A240, factory cut to size and complete with moisture barrier and continuous modified Pittsburgh Z-Lock, and butt straps with "Fabstraps" to cover end to end joints. Fittings are to be two piece pressed stainless steel with weather locking edges.

.4 Adhesive backed flexible aluminium is to be MFM Building Products Corp. "Flex-Clad 400" roll form sheet material with an aggressive rubberized asphalt adhesive backing, high density polyethylene reinforcement, and an embossed aluminum facing.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL INSULATION APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS

.1 Unless otherwise specified, do not insulate the following:

.1 factory insulated equipment and piping;

.2 branch potable water piping located under counters to serve counter mounted plumbing fixtures and fittings, except lavatories;

Page 338: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 25 - MECHANICAL INSULATION NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 6 of 9 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.3 exposed chrome plated potable water angle supplies from concealed piping to plumbing fixtures and fittings, except barrier-free lavatories;

.4 manufactured expansion joints and flexible connections;

.5 acoustically lined ductwork and/or equipment;

.6 piping unions, except for unions in "cold" category piping.

.2 Install insulation directly over pipes and ducts and not over hangers and supports.

.3 Install piping insulation and jacket continuous through pipe openings and sleeves.

.4 Install duct insulation continuous through walls, partitions, and similar surfaces except at fire dampers.

.5 When insulating "cold" piping and equipment, extend insulation up valve bodies and other such projections as far as possible, and protect insulation jacketing from the action of condensation at its junction with metal.

.6 Insulate, vapour seal, and finish seismic restraints, braces, anchors, hanger rods, and similar hardware directly connected to "cold" piping and/or equipment, for a distance of 300 mm (12") clear of adjacent pipe or equipment finish, to match piping and/or equipment insulation.

.7 When insulating vertical piping risers 75 mm (3”) diameter and larger, use insulation support rings welded directly above lowest pipe fitting, and thereafter at 4.5 m (14.7’) centres and at each valve and flange. Insulate as per Thermal Insulation Association of Canada National Insulation Standards, Figure No. 9.

.8 Where piping and/or equipment is traced with electric heating cable, ensure cable has been tested and accepted prior to the application of insulation, and ensure cable is not damaged or displaced during the application of insulation.

.9 Where existing insulation work is damaged as a result of mechanical work, repair damaged insulation work to Project work standards.

.10 Where mineral fibre rigid sleeve type insulation is terminated at valves, equipment, unions, etc., neatly cover exposed end of the insulation with a purpose made PVC cover on "cold" piping, and with canvas jacket material on "hot" piping.

.11 Carefully and neatly gouge out insulation for proper fit where there is interference between weld bead, mechanical joints, etc., and insulation. Bevel away from studs and nuts to permit their removal without damage to insulation, and closely and neatly trim around extending parts of pipe saddles.

.12 Where thermometers, gauges, and similar instruments occur in insulated piping, and where access to heat transfer piping balancing valve ports and similar items are required, create a neat, properly sized hole in the insulation and provide a suitable grommet in the opening.

Page 339: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 25 - MECHANICAL INSULATION

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 7 of 9

3.2 INSULATION FOR HORIZONTAL PIPE AT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

.1 At each hanger and support location for piping 50 mm (2") diameter and larger and scheduled to be insulated, except where roller hangers and/or supports are required, and unless otherwise specified, supply a factory fabricated section of phenolic foam pipe insulation with integral vapour barrier jacket and captive galvanized steel shield. Supply the insulation sections to piping installers for installation as pipe is erected.

3.3 PIPE INSULATION REQUIREMENTS – MINERAL FIBRE

.1 Insulate following pipe inside building and above ground with mineral fibre insulation of thickness indicated:

.1 domestic cold water piping, less than 100 mm (4") dia. – 25 mm (1") thick;

.2 domestic hot water piping, less than 40 mm (1½") dia. – 25 mm (1") thick;

.3 tempered domestic water piping, supply and return, less than 40 mm (1½") dia. – 25 mm (1") thick;

.2 Unless otherwise specified, insulate unions, valves, strainers, and similar piping system accessories in "cold" piping such as domestic water or chilled water piping with cut and tightly fitted segments of sectional pipe insulation with joints covered with tape sealant, or, alternatively, wrap piping union, valve, strainer, etc., with blanket mineral fibre and cover with PVC covers as for paragraph above.

.3 Terminate sectional insulation approximately 50 mm (2") from the flange or coupling on each side of flange or coupling. Cover flange or coupling with a minimum 50 mm (2") thickness of blanket mineral fibre insulation wide enough to butt tightly to ends of adjacent sectional insulation. Secure blanket insulation in place and cover with a purpose made PVC coupling cover.

.4 Drum drips in dry zone sprinkler and/or standpipe system piping will be traced with electric heating cable as part of the electrical work, and are generally not shown on drawing(s). Confirm number and size of drum drips required with trade providing piping and include for insulation to suit. Wherever possible drum drips will be located in heated areas.

.5 Take special care at concealed water rough-in piping at plumbing fixtures to ensure piping is properly insulated. If necessary due to space limitations, use 12 mm (½") thick sectional pipe insulation in lieu of 25 mm (1") thick insulation.

.6 Insulate seismic restraint hardware such as hanger rods, braces, anchors, etc., directly connected to "cold" category piping and equipment for a distance of 300 mm (12") from piping or equipment with insulation and finish to match pipe or equipment insulation. Coat seismic restraint hardware for a distance of 300 mm (12") from the termination of the insulation with Robson Thermal "NO-SWEAT-FX" water based anti-condensation coating.

3.4 PIPE INSULATION REQUIREMENTS – FIRE RATED INSULATION

.1 Where pipe (inside building and above ground) which is to be insulated as specified above penetrates fire rated construction, provide fire-rated, non-combustible sectional insulation on the portion of pipe in fire barrier and for a distance of 50 mm (2") on either side of fire barrier. Insulation thickness is to be as specified, but in any case minimum 25 mm (1").

Page 340: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 25 - MECHANICAL INSULATION NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 8 of 9 WSP No: 171-16082-00

3.5 INSTALLATION OF BARRIER FREE LAVATORY INSULATION KITS

.1 Provide manufactured insulation kits to cover exposed drainage and water piping under barrier free lavatories.

3.6 DUCTWORK INSULATION REQUIREMENTS – MINERAL FIBRE

.1 Insulate following ductwork systems inside building and above ground with mineral fibre insulation of thickness indicated:

.1 exhaust discharge ductwork for a distance of 3 m (10') downstream (back) from exhaust openings to atmosphere, including any exhaust plenums within the 3 m (10') distance – minimum 25 mm (1") thick rigid board or minimum 40 mm (1½") thick flexible blanket as required;

.2 Insulation for casings, plenums, and exposed rectangular ductwork is to be rigid board type. Insulation for round ductwork and concealed rectangular ductwork is to be blanket type.

.3 Liberally apply adhesive to surfaces of exposed rectangular ducts and/or casings. Accurately and neatly press insulation into adhesive with tightly fitted butt joints. Provide pin and washer insulation fasteners at 300 mm (12") centres on bottom and side surfaces. Secure and seal joints with 75 mm (3") wide tape sealant. Additional installation requirements are as follows:

.1 at trapeze hanger locations install insulation between duct and hanger;

.2 provide drywall type metal corner beads on edges of ductwork, casings and plenums in equipment rooms, service corridors, and any other area where insulation is subject to accidental damage, and secure in place with tape sealant.

.4 Liberally apply adhesive to surfaces of concealed rectangular or oval ductwork, and wrap insulation around duct with a top butt joint and tight section to section butt joints. Provide pin and washer insulation fasteners at 300 mm (12") centres on bottom surfaces. Secure and seal joints with 75 mm (3") tape sealant. At each trapeze type duct hanger, provide a 100 mm (4") wide full length piece of rigid mineral fibre board insulation between duct and hanger.

.5 Accurately cut sections of insulation to fit tightly and completely around exposed and concealed round or oval ductwork. Liberally apply adhesive to surfaces of duct, and wrap insulation around duct with a top butt joint and tight section to section butt joints. Seal joints with tape sealant. At duct hanger locations install insulation between duct and hanger. At each hanger location for concealed ductwork where flexible blanket insulation is used, provide a 100 mm (4") wide full circumference strip of semi-rigid board type duct insulation between duct and hanger.

.6 Insulation application requirements common to all types of rigid ductwork are as follows:

.1 at duct connection flanges, insulate flanges with neatly cut strips of rigid insulation material secured with adhesive to side surfaces of the flange with a top strip to cover exposed edges of the side strips, then butt the flat surface duct insulation up tight to the flange insulation, or, alternatively, increase insulation thickness to the depth of the flange and cover top of flanges with tape sealant;

.2 installation of fastener pins and washers is to be concurrent with duct insulation application;

Page 341: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 25 - MECHANICAL INSULATION

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 9 of 9

.3 cut insulation fastener pins almost flush to washer and cover with neatly cut pieces of tape sealant;

.4 accurately and neatly cut and fit insulation at duct accessories such as damper operators (with standoff mounting) and pitot tube access covers;

.5 prior to concealment of insulation by either construction finishes or canvas jacket material, patch vapour barrier damage by means of tape sealant.

3.7 APPLICATION OF INSULATING COATINGS

.1 Apply, in accordance with manufacturer’s instruction, insulating coatings to following bare metal surfaces:

.1 paint bare metal surfaces clear of "cold" piping and/or equipment insulation for a distance of from 300 mm (12") to 600 mm (24") clear of pipe or equipment insulation, with "No Sweat-FX" anti-condensation coating;

.2 paint bare metal surfaces associated with mechanical systems with an operating temperature 60°C (140°F) with "ThermaLite" insulating coating.

.2 Apply coatings with a brush. Remove any splatter or excess coating from adjacent surfaces.

3.8 INSULATION FINISH REQUIREMENTS

.1 Unless otherwise shown and/or specified, jacket exposed mineral fibre insulation, and calcium silicate duct insulation work inside building with canvas secured in place with a full covering coat of lagging adhesive. Accurately cut canvas with scissors or a knife. Do not rip or tear canvas to size. Remove lagging adhesive splatter from adjacent uninsulated surfaces.

.2 Unless otherwise shown or specified, jacket exposed mineral fibre insulation listed below with canvas jacket secured in place with a full covering coat of coloured lagging adhesive. Accurately cut canvas with scissors or a knife. Do not rip or tear canvas to size. Remove lagging adhesive splatter from adjacent surfaces.

.3 Jacket exposed pipe insulation work inside building with white sheet PVC and fitting covers. Install sheet PVC and fitting covers tightly in place with overlapped circumferential and longitudinal joints arranged to shed water. Seal joints to produce a neat water-tight installation. Provide slip-type expansion joints where required by manufacturer’s instructions.

.4 Install rigid aluminum jacket material tightly in place with overlapped circumferential joints positioned to shed water and covered with butt straps supplied with the jacket. for following paragraph, If used, complete blank subparagraphs to describe insulation to be covered with flexible aluminum.

.5 Install adhesive backed flexible aluminum to cleaned and primed metal surfaces which are between -23°C and 74°C (-10°F and 165°F) in strict accordance with manufacturer’s published instructions and details, including shingle type overlap joints to shed water, and use of a hand roller to concentrate pressure on seams. for following paragraph, If used, complete blank subparagraphs to describe insulation to be covered with rigid stainless steel.

END OF SECTION

Page 342: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 35 - DEMOLITION AND REVISION WORK

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 1 of 2

1.1 APPLICATION

.1 This Section specifies requirements, criteria, methods and execution for mechanical demolition work that are common to one or more mechanical work Sections, and it is intended as a supplement to each Section and is to be read accordingly.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit documentation to confirm that reclaimed refrigerant has been properly removed and stored, recycled, or disposed of as applicable.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not Used

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DISCONNECTION AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING MECHANICAL WORK

.1 Where indicated on the drawings, disconnect and remove existing mechanical work, including hangers, supports, insulation, etc. Disconnect at the point of supply, remove obsolete connecting services and make the system safe. Cut back obsolete piping behind finishes and cap water-tight unless otherwise specified.

.2 The scope and extent of the demolition or revision work is only generally indicated on the drawings. Estimate the scope, extent and cost of the work at the site during the bidding period site visit(s). Claims for extra costs for demolition work not shown or specified but clearly visible or ascertainable at the site during bidding period site visits will not be allowed.

.3 If any re-design is required due to discrepancies between the mechanical drawings and site conditions, notify the Consultant who will issue a Site Instruction. If, in the opinion of the Consultant, discrepancies between the mechanical drawings and actual site conditions are of a minor nature, the required modifications are to be done at no additional cost.

.4 Where existing mechanical services extend through, or are in an area to serve items which are to remain, maintain the services in operation. Include for rerouting existing services concealed behind existing finishes and which become exposed during the renovation work, so as to be concealed behind new or existing finishes.

.5 Unless otherwise specified, remove from the site and dispose of all existing materials which have been removed and are not to be relocated or reused. Refer to waste management and disposal requirements specified in the Mechanical Divisions work Section entitled Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.

3.2 INTERRUPTION TO AND SHUT-DOWN OF MECHANICAL SERVICES AND SYSTEMS

.1 Co-ordinate all shut-down and interruption to existing mechanical systems with the Owner. Generally, shut-downs may be performed only between the hours of 12:00 midnight Friday until 6:00 a.m. Monday morning.

.2 Upon award of contract, submit a list of anticipated shut-down times and their maximum duration.

Page 343: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 35 - DEMOLITION AND REVISION WORK NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 2 of 2 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.3 Prior to each shut-down or interruption, inform the Owner in writing seventy-two hours in advance of the proposed shut-down or interruption and obtain written approval to proceed. Do not shut-down or interrupt any system or service without such written approval.

.4 Perform work associated with shut-downs and interruptions as continuous operations to minimize the shut-down time and to reinstate the systems as soon as possible, and, prior to any shut-down, ensure that all materials and labour required to complete the work for which the shut-down is required are available at the site.

END OF SECTION

Page 344: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 50 - TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 1 of 6

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 APPLICATION

.1 This Section specifies mechanical system testing, adjusting, and balancing requirements that are common to mechanical work Sections of the Specification and it is a supplement to each Section and is to be read accordingly.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

.1 Within thirty days of work commencing at the site, submit the name and qualifications of the proposed testing and balancing agency in accordance with requirements of the article entitled Quality Assurance below.

.2 Submit sample test forms, if other than those standard forms prepared by the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) are proposed for use.

.3 Submit a report by the Agency to indicate the Agency’s evaluation of the mechanical drawings with respect to service routing and location or lack of balancing devices. Include the set of drawings used and marked-up by the Agency to prepare the report.

.4 Submit a report by the Agency after each site visit made by the Agency during the construction phase of this Project.

.5 Submit a draft report, as specified in Part 3 of this Section.

.6 Submit a final report, as specified in Part 3 of this Section.

.7 Submit a testing and balancing warranty as specified in Part 3 of this Section.

.8 Submit reports listing observations and results of post construction site visits as specified in Part 3 of this Section.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

.1 “TAB” – means testing, adjusting and balancing to determine and confirm quantitative performance of equipment and systems and to regulate the specified fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, e.g., reduce fan speed, throttling, etc.

.2 “hydronic systems” – includes heating water, chilled water, glycol-water solution, condenser water, and any similar system.

.3 “air systems” – includes all outside air, supply air, return air, exhaust air, and relief air systems.

.4 “flow rate tolerance” – means the allowable percentage variation, minus to plus, of actual flow rate values in the Contract Documents.

.5 “report forms” – means test data sheets arranged for collecting test data in logical order for submission and review, and these forms, when reviewed and accepted, should also form the permanent record to be used as the basis for required future testing, adjusting and balancing.

Page 345: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 50 - TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 2 of 6 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.6 “terminal” – means the point where the controlled fluid enters or leaves the distribution system, and these are supply inlets on water terminals, supply outlets on air terminals, return outlets on water terminals, and exhaust or return inlets on air terminals such as registers, grilles, diffusers, louvers, and hoods.

.7 “main” – means the duct or pipe containing the system’s major or entire fluid flow.

.8 “submain” – means the duct or pipe containing part of the systems’ capacity and serving two or more branch mains.

.9 “branch main” – means duct or pipe servicing two or more terminals.

.10 “branch” – means duct or pipe serving a single terminal.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

.1 Employ the services of an independent testing, adjusting, and balancing agency meeting the qualifications specified below, to be the single source of responsibility to test, adjust, and balance the building mechanical systems to produce the design objectives. The testing, adjusting and balancing agency is to have successfully completed testing, adjusting and balancing of mechanical systems for a minimum of five projects similar to this Project within the past three years, and is to be certified as an independent agency in all required categories by one of the following:

.1 AABC - Associated Air Balance Council;

.2 NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau;

.2 Testing, adjusting and balancing of the complete mechanical systems is to be performed over the entire operating range of each system in accordance with one of the following publications:

.1 National Standards For A Total System Balance published by the Associated Air Balance Council;

.2 Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems published by the National Environmental Balancing Bureau;

.3 Chapter 37, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of ASHRAE Handbook HVAC Applications.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not Used

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SCOPE OF WORK

.1 Perform total mechanical systems testing, adjusting, and balancing. Requirements include measurement and establishment of the fluid quantities of the mechanical systems as required to meet design specifications and comfort conditions, and recording and reporting the results.

Page 346: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 50 - TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 3 of 6

.2 Mechanical systems to be tested, adjusted and balanced include:

.1 TAB of domestic water systems (all piping extended from the Municipal main) is to include:

.1 domestic hot water recirculation piping;

.2 tempered water piping flows.

.2 TAB of heating systems is to include all piping and equipment fluid temperatures, flows and control, and if TAB is not done during the heating season, a follow-up site visit during the heating season will be required to confirm proper flows and temperatures, and any required system "fine tuning" of renovated areas.

.3 TAB of cooling systems is also to include all piping and equipment fluid temperatures, flows and control, and if TAB is not done during the cooling season, a follow-up site visit during the cooling season will be required to confirm proper flows and temperatures, and any required system "fine of renovated areas.

.4 TAB of air handling systems is to include all equipment and ductwork air temperatures, capacities and flows for exhaust fan EF-1.

.1 Include for final re-sheaving of fans at the end of construction work.

3.2 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING

.1 Conform to the following requirements:

.1 as soon as possible after award of Contract, the Agency is to carefully examine a white print set of mechanical drawings with respect to routing of services and location of balancing devices, and is to issue a report listing the results of the evaluation;

.2 the set of drawings examined by the Agency is to be returned with the evaluation report, with red line mark-ups to indicate locations for duct system test plugs, and required revision work such as relocation of balancing devices and locations for additional devices;

.3 after review of the mechanical work drawings and specification, the Agency is to visit the site at frequent, regular intervals during construction of the mechanical systems, to observe routing of services, locations of testing and balancing devices, workmanship, and anything else that will affect testing, adjusting and balancing;

.4 after each site visit, the Agency is to report results of the site visit indicating the date and time of the visit, and detailed recommendations for any corrective work required to ensure proper adjusting and balancing;

.5 testing, adjusting and balancing is not to begin until:

.1 building construction work is substantially complete and doors have been installed;

.2 mechanical systems are complete in all respects, and have been checked, started, adjusted, and then successfully performance tested.

Page 347: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 50 - TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 4 of 6 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.6 all mechanical systems to be tested, adjusted and balanced are to be maintained in full, normal operation during each day of testing, adjusting and balancing;

.7 obtain copies of reviewed shop drawings of all applicable mechanical plant equipment and terminals, and temperature control diagrams and sequences;

.8 the Agency is to walk each system from the system "head end" equipment to terminal units to determine variations of installation from design, and the system installation trades will accompany the Agency;

.9 the Agency is to check all valves and dampers for correct and locked position, and temperature control systems for completeness of installation before starting equipment;

.10 wherever possible, the Agency is to lock all balancing devices in place at the proper setting, and permanently mark settings on all devices;

.11 for belt-driven equipment, the Agency is to report to the Commissioning Agent who in turn is to inform the Contractor and Consultant of any situation where sheaves have to be replaced to suit testing and balancing, and replacements are to be done by the Contractor at no cost;

.12 the Agency is to leak test all ductwork as specified in the Mechanical Divisions work Sections entitled Standard Ductwork and Special Systems Ductwork in accordance with requirements of SMACNA "HVAC Air Duct Leak Test Manual", coordinate work with the work of aforementioned Sections, provide detailed sketch(es) to Sheet Metal Contractor and Consultant identifying ductwork not in accordance with acceptable leakage values specified in aforementioned Sections, and retest corrected ductwork;

.13 the Agency is to balance all systems with due regard to objectionable noise which is to be a factor when adjusting fan speeds and performing terminal work such as adjusting air quantities, and should objectionable noise occur at the design conditions, the Agency is to immediately report the problem and submit data, including sound readings, to permit an accurate assessment of the noise problem to be made;

.14 the Agency is to check all supply air handling system mixing plenums for stratification, and where the variation of mixed air temperature across coils is found to be in excess of plus or minus 5 percent of design requirements, the Agency is to report the problem and issue a detail sketch of plenum baffle(s) required to eliminate the stratification;

.15 the Agency is to perform testing, adjusting and balancing to within plus or minus 5% of design values, and make and record measurements which are within plus or minus 2% of actual values;

.16 filters for all air handling systems equipped with air filters, test and balance the systems with simulated 50% loaded (dirty) filters by providing a false pressure drop;

.17 seasonal requirements: test, adjust and balance air conditioning systems during the summer season and heating systems during winter season, including at least a period of operation at outside conditions within 2.8°C (5°F) wet bulb temperature of maximum summer design condition, and within 5.5°C (10°C) dry bulb temperature of minimum winter design condition, and take final temperature readings during seasonal operation.

Page 348: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 50 - TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 5 of 6

.2 Prepare reports as indicated below.

.1 Upon completion of testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures, prepare draft reports on AABC or NEBB forms. Draft reports may be hand written, but must be complete, factual, accurate, and legible. Organize and format draft reports in the same manner specified for the final reports. Submit two complete sets of draft reports. Only one complete set of draft reports will be returned.

.2 Upon verification and approval of draft reports, prepare final reports, type written, and organized and formatted as specified below. Submit 2 complete sets of final reports. Use units of measurement (SI or Imperial) as used on the Project Documents.

.3 Report forms are to be those standard forms prepared by the referenced standard for each respective item and system to be tested, adjusted, and balanced. Bind report forms complete with schematic systems diagrams and other data in reinforced, vinyl, three-ring binders. Provide binding edge labels with the project identification and a title descriptive of the contents. Divide the contents of the binder into the divisions listed below, separated by divider tabs:

.1 General Information and Summary;

.2 Air Systems;

.3 Hydronic Systems;

.4 Temperature Control Systems;

.5 Special Systems.

.4 The Agency is to provide the following minimum information, forms and data in the report:

.1 inside cover sheet to identify the Agency, the Contractor, and Project, including addresses, and contact names and telephone numbers and a listing of the instrumentation used for the procedures along with the proof of calibration;

.2 the remainder of the report is to contain the appropriate forms containing as a minimum, the information indicated on the standard AABC or NEBB report forms prepared for each respective item and system;

.3 the Agency is to include for each system to be tested, adjusted and balanced, a neatly drawn, identified (system designation, plant equipment location, and area served) schematic "as-built" diagram indicating and identifying all equipment, terminals, and accessories;

.4 the Agency is to include report sheets indicating building comfort test readings for all rooms.

.3 After the final testing and balancing report has been submitted, the Agency is to visit the site with the Contractor and Consultant to spot check results indicated on the balancing report. The Agency is to supply all labour, ladders, and instruments to complete spot checks. If results of spot checks do not, on a consistent basis, agree with the final report, the spot check procedures will stop and the Agency is to then rebalance the systems involved, resubmit the final report, and again perform spot checks with the Contractor and Consultant.

Page 349: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 50 - TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 6 of 6 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.4 When the final report has been accepted, the Contractor is to submit to the Owner, in the name of the Owner, a certificate equal to the AABC National Guaranty Certification or a NEBB Quality Assurance Program Bond, and in addition, the Contractor is to submit a written extended warranty from the Agency covering one full heating season and one full cooling season, during which time any balancing problems which occur, with the exception of minor revision work done during scheduled site visits, will, at no cost, be investigated by the Agency and reported on to the Owner, and if it is determined that the problems are a result of improper testing, adjusting and balancing, they are to be immediately corrected without additional cost to the Owner.

.5 After acceptance of the final report, the Agency is to perform post testing and balancing site visits in accordance with the following requirements:

.1 post testing and balancing site visits are to be made:

.1 once during the first month of building operation;

.2 once during the third month of building operation;

.3 once between the fourth and tenth months in a season opposite to the first and third month visit.

.2 during each return visit and accompanied by the Owner’s representative, the Agency is to spot rebalance terminal units as required to suit building occupants and eliminate complaints;

.3 the Agency is to schedule each visit with the Contractor and the Owner, and inform the Consultant;

.4 after each follow-up site visit, the Agency is to issue to the Contractor and Consultant a report indicating any corrective work performed during the visit, all abnormal conditions and complaints encountered, and recommended corrective action.

END OF SECTION

Page 350: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 55 - FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL SYSTEMS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 1 of 3

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 APPLICATION

.1 This Section specifies fire stopping and smoke seal requirements that are common to mechanical work Sections of the Specification and it is a supplement to each Section and is to be read accordingly.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

.1 At least four weeks prior to work commencing, submit a sample of each type of firestop and smoke seal system in applied form, for approval. Identify each system with the manufacturer’s name and type, the ULC designation, and the proposed use. When the samples are approved, all work is to conform to the approved samples.

.2 Submit a product data sheet and a WHIMIS sheet for each firestopping and smoke seal product.

.3 Submit for approval the full company name and experience of the proposed firestopping and smoke seal system applicator.

.4 Submit a letter of proper firestopping and smoke seal certification as specified in Part 3 of this Section.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

.1 The applicator is to have a minimum of three years of successful experience on projects of similar size and complexity, and is to be approved by the Consultant.

.2 Comply with the firestopping and smoke seal product manufacturer’s recommendations regarding suitable environment conditions for product installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL SYSTEM MATERIALS

.1 Asbestos-free elastomeric materials tested, listed and labelled by ULC in accordance with CAN4-S115 and CAN/ULC-S101 for installation in ULC designated firestopping and smoke seal systems to provide a positive fire, water and smoke seal, and a fire-resistance rating (flame, hose stream and temperature) not less than the fire resistance rating of surrounding fire rated construction.

.2 Materials are to be compatible with abutting dissimilar materials and finishes and complete with primers, damming and back-up materials, supports, and anchoring devices in accordance with the firestopping manufacturer’s recommendations and the ULC tested assembly.

.3 Pipe insulation forming part of a fire and smoke seal assembly is specified in the Mechanical Insulation Section.

Page 351: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 55 - FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL SYSTEMS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 2 of 3 WSP No: 171-16082-00

2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

.1 Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 A/D Fire Protection Systems "FIREBARRIER";

.2 Tremco Inc. Fire Protection Systems Group "TREMSTOP";

.3 3M Canada;

.4 Hilti (Canada) Ltd. Firestop Systems;

.5 Specified Technologies Inc.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION OF FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL MATERIALS

.1 Where mechanical work penetrates fire rated construction, provide ULC listed and labelled firestopping and smoke seal materials installed in accordance with requirements of CAN4-S115, CAN/ULC-S101, and all other governing authorities to seal the penetrations.

.2 Abide by the following requirements:

.1 EXAMINE substrates, openings, voids, adjoining construction and conditions under which the firestop and smoke seal system is to be installed. Confirm compatibility of surfaces.

.2 Verify penetrating items are securely fixed and properly located with the proper space allowance between penetrations and surfaces of openings.

.3 Report any unsuitable or unsatisfactory conditions to the Contractor and Consultant in writing, prior to commencement of work. Commencement of work will mean acceptance of conditions and surfaces.

.4 Mask where necessary to avoid spillage and over coating onto adjoining surfaces. Remove stains on adjacent surfaces.

.3 Conform to the following application requirements:

.1 Prime substrates in accordance with the product manufacturer’s written instructions.

.2 Provide temporary forming as required and remove only after materials have gained sufficient strength and after initial curing.

.3 Tool or trowel exposed surfaces to a neat, smooth, consistent finish.

.4 Remove excess compound promptly as work progresses and upon completion.

.5 At all fusible link damper locations, seal the perimeter of the angle iron framing on both sides of the wall or slab with ULC listed and labelled sealant materials to provide a positive smoke seal.

Page 352: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 55 - FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL SYSTEMS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 3 of 3

.4 Notify the Consultant when the work is complete and ready for inspection, and prior to concealing or enclosing firestopping and smoke seal materials and service penetration assemblies. Arrange for final inspection of the work by the Municipal Building Inspector prior to concealing or enclosing work. Make any corrections required.

.5 On completion of the firestopping and smoke sealing installation submit a letter of assurance to the Consultant certifying that the firestopping and smoke sealing installation has been carried out throughout the building to all mechanical service penetrations and that the installation has been done in strict accordance with the requirements of the Provincial Building Code, any applicable local Municipal Codes, ULC requirements, and the manufacturer’s instructions.

END OF SECTION

Page 353: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 55 - FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL SYSTEMS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 1 of 6

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings/product data sheets to regulatory authority for review and approval prior to submitting to Consultant. Conform to following requirements:

.1 submit shop drawings/product data sheets for all products specified in this Section except pipe and fittings;

.2 sprinklers shall be referred to on drawings and product submittals, and be specifically identified by the manufacturer's listed model or series designation. Trade names and other abbreviated listings are not allowed;

.3 submit complete CAD layout drawings indicating source of water supply with test flow and pressure, "head-end" equipment piping schematic, pipe routing and sizing, and zones, all signed and sealed by a qualified professional mechanical engineer registered in jurisdiction of the work as specified below;

.4 submit copies of all calculations, including hydraulic calculations, stamped and signed by same engineer who signs layout drawings, and a listing of all design data used in preparing the calculations, system layout and sizing, including occupancy-hazard design requirements;

.2 Submit a complete sprinkler system test certificate as specified in Part 3 of this Section.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

.1 Fire protection sprinkler system work is to be in accordance with following Codes and Standards:

.1 NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems;

.2 CSA B137.2, Polyvinylchloride (PVC) Injection-Moulded Gasketed Fittings for Pressure Applications;

.3 CSA B137.3, Rigid Polyvinylchloride (PVC) Pipe for Pressure Applications;

.4 ASTM A53, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless;

.5 ASTM A135, Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe;

.6 ASTM A234, Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service;

.7 ASTM A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Castings;

.8 ASTM A795, Standard Specification for Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Fire Protection Use;

.9 ANSI/ASME B16.4, Grey Iron Threaded Fittings (Classes 125 and 250);

.10 CAN/CSA B64.10, Backflow Preventers and Vacuum Breakers.

Page 354: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 55 - FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL SYSTEMS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 2 of 6 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.2 Fire protection sprinkler work is to be performed by a sprinkler company who is a member in good standing of the Canadian Automatic Sprinkler Association. Site personnel are to be licensed in jurisdiction of the work and under the continuous supervision of a foreman who is an experienced fire protection system installer and a journeyman pipe fitter licensed in jurisdiction of the work.

.3 Check and verify dimensions and conditions at site and ensure work can be performed as indicated. Coordinate work with trades at site and accept responsibility for and cost of making adjustments to piping and/or spacing to avoid interference with other building components.

.4 System components must be ULC listed and labelled.

.5 All grooved couplings, and fittings, valves and specialties shall be the products of a single manufacturer. Grooving tools shall be of the same manufacturer as the grooved components.

.6 All castings used for coupling housings, fittings, valve bodies, etc., shall be date stamped for quality assurance and traceability.

1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

.1 Fire protection sprinkler work is to be designed in accordance with NFPA 13 and Provincial Standards, and, where required, local building and fire department requirements and standards of Owner’s Insurer. If water supply flow and pressure test data is not available, conduct Municipal main water flow and pressure tests at nearest fire hydrant to obtain criteria to be used in system design. Include hydrant location and flow and pressure test data with system design calculations.

.2 Include for a qualified mechanical professional engineer registered and licensed in the jurisdiction of the work to design the fire protection standpipe work. Refer to Section entitled Mechanical Work General Instructions for requirements regarding Contractor retained engineers.

.3 Sprinkler /System Occupancy – Hazard Design requirements: In accordance with NFPA 13 occupancy-hazard density requirements, unless otherwise specified.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPE, FITTINGS AND JOINTS

.1 Pipe, fittings and joints are to be as follows, with exceptions as specified in Part 3 of this Section:

.1 Schedule 40 Steel – Grooved Coupling Joints

.1 Schedule 40 mild black carbon steel, ASTM A53, Grade B, complete with grooved ends and mechanical fittings and couplings equal to Victaulic "FireLock" fittings and Victaulic Style 009N, 107H, and 107N QuickVic and 005 rigid coupling joints. Strap type outlet fittings such as Victaulic "Snap-Let" are not acceptable.

Page 355: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 55 - FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL SYSTEMS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 3 of 6

.2 Schedule 40 Steel – Screwed and Welded Joints

.1 Schedule 40 mild black carbon steel, ASTM A53, Grade B. Screwed piping complete with Class 125 cast iron screwed fittings to ANSI/ASME B16.4. Welded piping complete with factory made seamless carbon steel butt welding fittings to ASTM A234, Grade WPB, long sweep pattern wherever possible.

.3 Flexible Pipe – Equal to Victaulic "VicFlex"

.1 The drop system shall consist of a braided type 304 stainless steel flexible tube, zinc plated steel 1" NPT Male threaded nipple for connection to branch-line piping, and a zinc plated steel reducer with a 1/2" or 3/4" NPT female thread for connection to the sprinkler head.

.2 The drop shall include a cULus/FM approved Series AH2 braided hose with a bend radius to 2" to allow for proper installation in confined spaces.

.3 The hose shall be listed for:

.1 (4) bends at 31" length;

.2 (5) bends at 36" length;

.3 (8) bends at 48" length;

.4 (10) bends at 60" length;

.5 (12) bends at 72" length.

.4 Union joints shall be provided for; ease of installation, prevention of hose torque stresses and on site changing of factory 5.75" straight reducing nipple in reduced spaces under obstructions (optional reducing nipples; 4.83" or 6.57" reducing 90 and 9" or 13" straight reducer x ½ or ¾" outlet) All VicFlex assemblies and related accessories to be installed as per the guidelines and listings in Victaulic submittal 10.85.

.5 On T Bar ceiling grid with drop in tile application, the flexible drop shall attach to the ceiling grid using a one-piece open gate Series AB1 bracket. The bracket shall allow installation before the ceiling tile is in place.

.6 On T Bar ceiling grid designed for hard lid drywall application; the flexible drop shall attach to the ceiling grid using a one-piece open gate Series AB2 bracket. The bracket shall allow for the vertical adjustment of the reducer/head from below the drywall, post drywall installation.

.7 On Hat Furring Channel grid with hard lid drywall application; the flexible drop shall attach to the ceiling grid using a one-piece open gate Series AB4 bracket. The bracket shall allow for the vertical adjustment of the reducer/head from below the drywall, post drywall installation.

.8 The braided drop system shall be cULus listed and FM Approved for sprinkler services to 175 psi (1206 kPa).

Page 356: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 55 - FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL SYSTEMS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 4 of 6 WSP No: 171-16082-00

2.2 SPRINKLER HEADS

.1 Sprinkler heads, unless otherwise specified, are to be as scheduled in Part 3 of this Section.

.2 Sprinkler body shall be die-cast, with a hex-shaped wrench boss integrally cast into the sprinkler body to reduce the risk of damage during installation. Wrenches shall be provided by the sprinkler manufacturer that directly engage the wrench boss.

.3 For locations where corrosive resistant coatings are required, body shall be coated with UL listed and FM approved anti-corrosion VC-250 coating (silver coloring).

.4 Recessed sprinkler heads in finished areas are to be chrome plated unless otherwise specified. Concealed sprinkler head ceiling plates are to match ceiling colour.

.5 Where exposed pendent heads occurs in areas with suspended ceilings, they are to be complete with chrome plated escutcheon plates. Similarly, sidewall heads with concealed piping are to be complete with chrome plated escutcheon plates.

.6 Sprinkler heads which are exposed in areas where they may be subject to damage are to be complete with wire guards, chrome plated where in finished areas.

.7 Escutcheons and guards shall be listed, supplied, and approved for use with the sprinkler by the sprinkler manufacturer.

.8 Sprinkler heads located in areas or over equipment where high ambient temperature is present are to be, unless otherwise specified, 74°C (165°F) heads. All other heads, unless otherwise specified or required, are to be 57°C (135°F) rated.

.9 Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 Victaulic Co.;

.2 Tyco Fire Suppression & Building Products;

.3 The Viking Corporation;

.4 The Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co.

.10 through a clear polycarbonate window.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 MONITORING OF SYSTEMS

.1 Daily monitor and supervise existing sprinkler system serving renovated areas to ensure that each respective system is left in proper operating condition at end of each working day. Include for but not be limited to performing following:

.1 Under presence of Owner’s representative, check each morning and evening (start and end of work) of each day, sprinkler system to ensure that it is in proper working condition;

Page 357: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 20 05 55 - FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL SYSTEMS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 5 of 6

.2 If portions of sprinkler system is not in proper working order, provide temporary provisions subject to approval of local fire authority or local governing authority, to ensure that proper sprinkler coverage is provided and/or provide supervisory personnel to monitor areas where sprinkler system is not operational;

.3 Document and sign off with Owner’s representative signing off also, each respective daily check condition;

.4 Ensure that work to sprinkler system does not affect portion of system serving areas outside of renovation areas.

3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

.1 Provide required sprinkler system piping.

.2 Perform piping work in accordance with requirements of NFPA 13, governing regulations, and "Reviewed" shop drawings.

.3 Piping, unless otherwise specified, is as follows:

.1 for piping inside building and above ground except as noted below – Schedule 40 grooved end black steel with Victaulic or equal fittings and coupling joints, or, for piping to and including 50 mm (2") diameter, screwed fittings and joints, or, for piping 65 mm (2-½") diameter and larger, welding fittings and welded joints;

.2 for branch piping to heads in suspended ceilings, etc. – at your option, flexible piping installed in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions;

.4 Pipe sizes, pipe routing, sprinkler head quantities and locations, and layout of work shown on drawings are to assist during the tendering period. Ensure adequate head coverage, head quantities and pipe sizing as specified in Part 1 of this Section. Do not reduce size of sprinkler main or re-route the main unless approved by Consultant.

.5 Pipe, fittings, couplings, flanges and similar components are to be clean after erection is complete. Wire brush clean any ferrous pipe, fitting, coupling, flange, hanger, support and similar component which exhibits rust and carefully coat with suitably coloured primer.

.6 When sprinkler work is complete, test system components and overall system(s) and submit completed test certificate and other documentation in accordance with Chapter 8 of NFPA 13.

.7 Grooved joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's latest published installation instructions. Grooved ends shall be clean and free from indentations, projections, and roll marks. Gaskets shall be molded and produced by the coupling manufacturer, and shall be verified as suitable for the intended service. A factory-trained field representative of the mechanical joint manufacturer shall provide on-site training for contractor's field personnel in the proper use of grooving tools and installation of grooved piping products. The factory-trained representative shall periodically review the product installation and ensure best practices are being followed. Contractor shall remove and replace any improperly installed products.

Page 358: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 20 - MECHANICAL TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

20 05 55 - FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL SYSTEMS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 6 of 6 WSP No: 171-16082-00

3.3 INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER HEADS

.1 Provide required sprinkler heads in accordance with following schedule:

APPLICATION SPRINKLER HEAD TYPE

Rooms/areas with a suspended ceiling Victaulic V38/V39 or Tyco Series RFII "Royal Flush II" concealed pendent

Victaulic V27 or Tyco Series TY-FRB recessed pendent

Victaulic V27 or Tyco Series TY-FRB pendent with escutcheon plates

Rooms/areas without a suspended ceiling

Victaulic V27 or Tyco Series TY-FRB pendent

.2 Sprinkler head manufacturers indicated on schedule are for type indication purposes. Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Part 2 of this Section.

.3 Coordinate sprinkler head locations with all drawings, including architectural reflected ceiling plan drawings, and, where applicable, electrical drawings. Coordinate sprinkler head locations in areas with suspended ceilings with the location of lighting, grilles, diffusers, and similar items recessed in or surface mounted on the ceiling as per the reflected ceiling plans. In areas with lay-in tile, centre the sprinkler head both ways in the lay-in tile wherever possible. Confirm locations prior to roughing-in.

.4 Maintain maximum headroom in areas with no ceilings.

.5 Provide guards for heads where they are subject to damage.

.6 Provide high temperature heads in equipment rooms and similar areas over heat producing or generating equipment.

END OF SECTION

Page 359: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 22 11 16 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING AND VALVES

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 1 of 3

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings/product data sheets for all products specified in Part 2 of this Section except for pipe and fittings, and chlorine.

.2 Submit laboratory water purity test results indicating chlorine residual prior to application for Substantial Performance.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPE, FITTINGS AND JOINTS

.1 Hard Copper - Solder Joint: Type "L" hard drawn seamless copper to ASTM B88, complete with copper solder type fittings to ASME/ANSI B16.18 and soldered joints using The Canada Metal Co. Ltd. "SILVABRITE 100" or equal lead-free solder for cold water pipe, and 95% tin/5% Antimony or "SILVABRITE 100" solder for other services.

.2 Copper Pressure Coupled Joint: Type "L" hard drawn seamless copper to ASTM B88 with "ProPress with Smart Connect feature" copper fittings with EDPM seals, and pressure type crimped joints made by use of a Rigid Tool Co. Model RP 330 or Model RP 210 electro-hydraulic crimping tool.

.3 Semi-Rigid Polyethylene Tubing: Versa Fittings and Mfg. Inc. 12 mm (½") dia., high density, semi-rigid polyethylene tubing, 1380 kPa (200 psi) rated.

2.2 SHUT-OFF VALVES

.1 Ball Valves: Class 600, 4140 kPa (600 psi) WOG rated full port ball type valves, each complete with a forged brass body with solder ends, forged brass cap, and blowout-proof stem, solid forged brass chrome plated ball, "Teflon" or "PTFE" seat, and a removable lever handle. Valves in insulated piping are to be complete with stem extensions. Acceptable products are:

.1 Toyo Valve Co. Fig. 5049A;

.2 Milwaukee Valve Co. #BA-155;

.3 Kitz Corporation Code 59;

.4 Apollo Valves # 77-200;

.5 Watts Industries (Canada) Inc. #FBVS-3C.

2.3 DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING BALANCING VALVES

.1 Solder or flanged end type as required, globe style, non-ferrous circuit balancing valves designed to facilitate precise flow measurement, precision flow balancing, and positive shut-off, complete with capped and valved drain connection, and valved ports for connection to a differential pressure meter. Acceptable products are:

.1 S.A. Armstrong Model CBV Series;

Page 360: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

22 11 16 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING AND VALVES NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 2 of 3 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.2 Tour and Andersson Model TBV Series;

.3 Watts Industries (Canada) Inc. Model CSM Series.

2.4 DOMESTIC HOT WATER THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES

.1 Lawler Manufacturing Co. Inc. 800 Series "High-Low Thermostatic Mixer" factory assembled rough bronze thermostatic mixing valve assembly complete with rotatable union end inlet piping with check stops and stainless steel strainer screens, union outlet piping with thermometer connection, all sized as shown, and the following:

.1 a mixing valve with liquid motor, stainless steel piston and liner, tamper-resistant control adjustment, and three-way protection against runaway temperatures, thermal shock, and scalding;

.2 a dial type thermometer conforming to requirement specified in the Mechanical Divisions work Section entitled Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods;

.3 a ball type outlet shut-off valve conforming to valve requirements specified in this Section;

.4 a recessed wall mounting type 304 stainless steel cabinet with a # 4 finish, hinged door, key lock, and permanent identification.

.2 Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 Lawler Manufacturing Co. Inc.;

.2 Leonard Valve Co.;

.3 Symmons Industries Inc.

2.5 CHLORINE

.1 Sodium hypochlorite to AWWA B-300-75.

2.6 PIPE ANCHORS

.1 Welded structural black steel anchors of a design, size, and type to securely anchor the pipe at the point shown. Each anchor is to withstand 150% axial thrust, and is to be designed and detailed by a professional structural engineer registered and licensed in the jurisdiction of the work. Submit anchor design and fabrication shop drawings, stamped by the design engineer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DEMOLITION

.1 Refer to demolition requirements specified in the Mechanical Divisions work Section entitled Demolition and Revision Work.

3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

.1 Provide all required domestic water piping.

Page 361: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 22 11 16 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING AND VALVES

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 3 of 3

.2 Piping, unless otherwise specified, is to be as follows:

.1 for 12 mm (½") dia. trap seal primer tubing located underground or in concrete or masonry construction – semi-rigid polyethylene;

.2 for pipe inside building and above ground in sizes to 100 mm (4") dia. – Type "L" hard copper with solder joints or, at your option, Type "L" hard copper with pressure coupled mechanical joints.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF SHUT-OFF VALVES

.1 Refer to Part 3 of the Mechanical Divisions work Section entitled Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.

3.4 INSTALLATION OF DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING BALANCING VALVES

.1 Provide balancing valves in domestic hot water recirculation piping where shown or required.

.2 Locate each valve such that it is easily accessible.

3.5 INSTALLATION OF DOMESTIC HOT WATER MIXING VALVES

.1 Provide a domestic hot water thermostatic mixing valve assembly for each sink shown and wall mount.

.2 Adjust each valve to design requirements and check and test operation. Set maximum temperature limit stops.

.3 Identify each valve and its water temperature delivery setting with an engraved nameplate.

3.6 FLUSHING AND DISINFECTING PIPING

.1 Flush and disinfect all new and/or reworked domestic water piping after leakage testing is complete.

.2 Isolate new piping from existing piping prior to flushing and disinfecting procedures.

.3 Flush piping until all foreign materials have been removed and the flushed water is clear. Provide connections and pumps as required. Open and close valves, faucets, hose outlets, and service connections to ensure thorough flushing.

.4 When flushing is complete, disinfect the piping with a solution of chlorine in accordance with AWWA C601.

.5 When disinfecting is complete, submit water samples to a certified laboratory for purity testing and, when testing indicates pure water in accordance with governing standards, submit a copy of the test results and fill the systems.

END OF SECTION

Page 362: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 22 13 16 - DRAINAGE WASTE AND VENT PIPING AND VALVES

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 1 of 2

1.1 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings/product data sheets for all products specified in this Section except pipe and fittings.

.2 Submit a copy of the plumbing inspection certificate prior to application for Substantial Performance.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPE, FITTINGS AND JOINTS

.1 PVC Sewer: DR35 rigid, green PVC hub and spigot pattern sewer pipe and fittings to CAN/CSA B182.2, with gasket joints assembled with pipe lubricant.

.2 PVC - DWV: Equal to Ipex System XRF 15-50 rigid PVC drain, waste and vent pipe and fittings to CAN/CSA B181.2, complete with a flame spread rating less than 25 and a smoke developed rating less than 50 when tested to CAN/ULC-S102-2, solvent weld joints, and, for fire barrier penetration, approved firestop conforming to CAN4-S115.

.3 Copper- Solder Joint: Type DWV hard temper to ASTM B306, with forged copper solder type drainage fittings and 50% lead - 50% tin solder joints.

.4 Cast Iron: Class 4000 cast iron pipe, fittings, and mechanical coupling joints to CAN/CSA B70.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DEMOLITION

.1 Refer to demolition requirements specified in the Mechanical Divisions work Section entitled Demolition and Revision Work.

3.2 DRAIN AND VENT PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

.1 Provide all required drainage and vent piping. Pipe, unless otherwise specified, is to be as follows:

.1 for underground pipe inside the building and to points 1.5 m (5') outside the building lines – rigid PVC sewer pipe, minimum 75 mm (3") diameter;

.2 for pipe inside the building and above ground in sizes to and including 65 mm (2½") diameter – type DWV copper;

.3 for pipe inside the building and above ground in sizes 75 mm (3") diameter and larger – Class 4000 cast iron;

.4 for pipe inside the building and above ground in lieu of type DWV copper and cast iron, at your option and where permitted by governing Codes and Regulations – rigid PVC DWV;

Page 363: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

22 13 16 - DRAINAGE WASTE AND VENT PIPING AND VALVES NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 2 of 2 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.5 for drainage pump discharge pipe connections from the pump to and including shut-off and check valve connections – Type "DWV" copper with Victaulic" Copper Connection" fittings and couplings, or Schedule 40 galvanized steel with Victaulic fittings and couplings.

.2 Unless otherwise specified, slope horizontal drainage piping above ground in sizes to and including 75 mm (3") diameter 25 mm (1") in 1.2 m (4'), and pipe 100 mm (4") diameter and larger 25 mm (1") in 2.4 m (8').

.3 Install and slope underground drainage piping to inverts or slopes indicated on the drawings to facilitate straight and true gradients between the points shown. Verify available slopes before installing the pipes.

.4 Unless otherwise specified, slope horizontal branches of vent piping down to the fixture or pipe to which they connect with a minimum pitch of 25 mm (1") in 1.2 m (4').

.5 Extend vent stacks up through the roof generally where shown but with exact locations to suit site conditions and in any case a minimum of 3 m (10') from fresh air intakes. Terminate vent stacks a minimum of 330 mm (13") above the roof (including roof parapets) in vent stack covers.

.6 Provide proper dielectric unions at connections between copper pipe and ferrous pipe or equipment.

END OF SECTION

Page 364: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 22 13 19 - DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING SPECIALTIES

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 1 of 2

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings/product data sheets for all products specified in this Section.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CLEANOUTS

.1 Horizontal Piping – TY pipe fitting with an extra heavy brass plug screwed into the fitting.

.2 Vertical Piping – Bronze or copper cleanout tees in copper piping, each complete with a bronze ferrule, and, for cast iron piping, "BARRETT" type cast iron cleanout tees, each gas and water-tight and complete with a bolted cover.

.3 Urinal(s) – Wall access cleanout assemblies, each complete with a tapered plug, threaded brass insert, urethane rubber seal, and polished stainless steel access cover with vandal-proof stainless steel securing screw. Acceptable products are:

.1 Zurn #ZSS-1666-1;

.2 Jay R. Smith #SQ4-1819;

.3 Mifab #C1440-RD;

.4 Watts Industries (Canada) Ltd. #CO-590-RD.

2.2 FLOOR CLEANOUT TERMINATIONS

.1 Factory finished cast iron terminations, each adjustable and complete with a cast iron body with neoprene sleeve, solid, gasketed, polished nickel-bronze scoriated top access cover to suit the floor finish, a seal plug, and captive, vandal-proof, stainless steel securing hardware. Acceptable products are:

.1 Zurn # ZN-1602-SP Series;

.2 Jay R. Smith #4020-F-C Series;

.3 Mifab # C1100-XR-1 or #C1000-R-3;

.4 Watts Industries (Canada) Ltd. # CO-200-R-1.

.2 All cleanout terminations in areas with a tile or sheet vinyl floor finish are to be as above but with a square top in lieu of a round top.

Page 365: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

22 13 19 - DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING SPECIALTIES NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 2 of 2 WSP No: 171-16082-00

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION OF CLEANOUTS

.1 Provide cleanouts in drainage piping in locations as follows:

.1 in the building drain or drains as close as possible to the inner face of the outside wall, and, if a building trap is installed, locate the cleanout on the downstream side of the building trap;

.2 at or as close as practicable to the foot of each drainage stack;

.3 at maximum 15 m (50') intervals in horizontal pipe 100 mm (4") dia. and smaller;

.4 at maximum 30 m (100') intervals in horizontal pipe larger than 100 mm (4") dia.;

.5 in the wall at each new urinal or bank of urinals in a washroom;

.6 wherever else shown on the drawings.

.2 Cleanouts are to be the same diameter as the pipe in piping to 100 mm (4") dia., and not less than 100 mm (4") dia. in piping larger than 100 mm (4") dia.

.3 Where cleanouts in vertical piping are concealed behind walls or partitions, install the cleanouts near the floor and so that the cover is within 25 mm (1") of the finished face of the wall or partition.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF FLOOR CLEANOUT TERMINATIONS

.1 Where cleanouts occur in horizontal inaccessible underground piping, extend the cleanout TY fitting up to the floor, and provide a cleanout termination set flush with the finished floor.

.2 In waterproof floors, ensure that each cleanout termination is equipped with a flashing clamp device. Cleanout terminations are to suit the floor finish.

.3 Where cleanout terminations occur in finished areas, confirm locations prior to rough-in and arrange piping to suit.

.4 Ensure that cleanout termination covers in tiled floor are square in lieu of round.

END OF SECTION

Page 366: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 22 - PLUMBINGWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 22 42 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 1 of 6

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit product data sheets (fixture cuts) for all plumbing fixtures and fittings. Ensure that the product data sheets confirm that the products proposed meet all requirements of this Section of the Specification.

.2 Submit fixture manufacturer’s standard colour charts for all fixtures where colours are available but a particular colour is not specified.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL RE: PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS

.1 Fixtures and fittings, where applicable, are to be in accordance with requirements of CAN/CSA B45 Series, General Requirements for Plumbing Fixtures, including supplements, ASME A112.1.18.1/CSA B125.1, Plumbing Supply Fittings, and CSA B125.3, Plumbing Fittings.

.2 All barrier-free fixtures and fittings are to be in accordance with governing Code requirements.

.3 Unless otherwise specified, all vitreous china, porcelain enamelled, and acrylic finished fixtures are to be white.

.4 Unless otherwise specified, all fittings and piping exposed to view are to be chrome plated and polished.

.5 All fittings located in areas other than private washrooms are to be vandal-proof.

.6 All fixture carriers are to be suitable in all respects for the fixture they support and the construction in which they are located.

.7 Floor flanges for floor mounted water closets are to be cast iron or brass, secured to the floor to prevent movement and complete with a wax seal and brass or stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers. Plastic floor flanges will not be acceptable.

.8 Proper seal to mate with the fixture carrier flange and produce a water-tight installation.

.9 Exposed traps for fixtures not equipped with integral traps, such as lavatories, are to be adjustable chrome plated cast brass "P" traps with cleanouts, minimum #17 gauge chrome plated tubular extensions, and chrome plated escutcheons, all to suit the fixture type and drain connection.

.10 Concealed traps for fixtures not equipped with integral traps, such as counter sinks, are to adjustable cast brass with cleanout plugs, all to suit the fixture type and drain connection.

.11 Exposed supplies for fixtures which do not have supply trim/fittings with integral stops, i.e. lavatories, are to be solid chrome plated brass angle vales with screwdriver stops for public areas, wheel handle stops for private areas, flexible stainless steel risers, and stainless steel or chrome plated steel escutcheons, all arranged and sized to suit the fixture.

Page 367: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTREWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

22 42 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 2 of 6 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.12 Water piping as specified, complete with ball type shut-off valves as specified with the water piping, or Dahl Bros. Canada Ltd. ¼ turn Mini Ball Valves.

2.2 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS

.1 Plumbing fixtures and fittings are to be in accordance with the following:

.2 WC-1 – Toilet - Floor Mounted - Vitreous China - Hard-Wired Electronic 'No Touch' Unit (Exposed Flush Valve) - Barrier-Free Design / Right Height:

.1 American Standard Madera Flowise Right Height Elongated #3461.001.020 HET Toilet, 419 mm high, vitreous china with EverClean antimicrobial surface which inhibits the growth of stain and odor causing bacteria mold and mildew, elongated bowl, white finish, Floor Mounted, siphon jet flush action, operates in the range of 4.2 L to 6 L (1.1 US Gal to 1.6 US Gal) per flush, condensate channel, 305 mm x 254 mm (12" x 10") water surface, siphon jet flush action, condensate channel, elongated bowl, 54 mm (2-1/8") fully glazed internal trapway, floor outlet, bolt caps, 38 mm (1-1/2") dia. Top spud.

.2 Centoco #500STSCC.001 Toilet Seat, Heavy Duty, for elongated bowl, open front, solid plastic, less cover, stainless steel check hinges, metal flat washers stainless steel posts and nuts

.3 Sloan #152-1.28-16-WB-ES-S Royal Optima Electronic 'No Touch' Flush Valve Unit, high efficiency 4.8 LPF (1.28 GPF) factory set flow, concealed quiet action, 'PERMEX' diaphragm type with dual filter by-pass, infrared proximity sensor, courtesy flush over-ride button, solenoid flush controller, circuitry, high pressure vacuum breaker, back-check angle stop, 406 mm (16") extended tube, housed in 333 mm x 432 mm (13" x 17") recessed box with 368 mm x 470 mm (14-1/2" x 18-1/2") S.S. face, located above toilet. Power requirement 5VA. Mount sensor to clear toilet seat.

.4 Sloan #EL-154 Transformer, 120/24 VAC 50 VA.

.5 Franke Midland #CM-16104-WM, Toilet Back Rest, satin finish type 304 18 GA. (1.2 mm) stainless steel bar, 152 mm (6") back to front, 32 mm (1-1/4") tubing diameter, antique white solid core plastic laminate panel

.6 Provide Floor Flange.

.3 L-1 – Counter Mounted Undercounter Basin Electronic 'No Touch' Faucet Thermostatic Mixing Valve:

.1 American Standard Studio #0614.000.020 basin, no faucet hole drilling, 540 mm x 387 mm x 209 mm (21-1/4" x 15-1/4" x 8-1/4") high, rectangular, white vitreous china, undercounter, front overflow, tapered bowl, 047194-0070A mounting kit. Provide basin rim sealant.

.2 Sloan BASYS #EFX-200-500-0140 Electronic 'No Touch' Faucet, chrome plated finish, 4" (102 mm) centerset, die cast body, integral above deck water supply shut off, optimal "Mid" height spout for effective hand washing, 167 mm (6-9/16") projection reach, integral side mixer, active IR sensing, 0.5 GPM (1.9 LPM) multi-laminar, back up alkaline battery provided, box mount. Sloan #BDT, thermostatic mixing valve, solid bimetal (bronze, brass, stainless steel), Hot limit stop set to a maximum of 43 °C (109.4 °F). Screwdriver adjustment temperature dial with scale: COLD-HOT. Provide tee, adaptors and flex. copper tubing to suit installation. Provide tempered water to hot side of faucet.

Page 368: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 22 - PLUMBINGWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 22 42 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 3 of 6

.3 McGuire #155A Open Grid Drain, cast brass one piece top, 17 GA. (1.5 mm) tubular 32 mm (1-1/4") tailpiece.

.4 McGuire #LFH170BV, Faucet Supplies, chrome plated finish polished brass, commercial duty 1/4 turn ball valve angle stops, 13 mm (1/2") I.D. Inlet x 127 mm (5") horizontal extension tubes, combination V.P. Loose key handles, escutcheon and flexible copper risers.

.5 McGuire #8872C P-Trap, heavy cast brass adjustable body, with slip nut, 32 mm (1-1/4") size, shallow wall flange and seamless tubular wall bend.

.4 U-1: .15 Urinal - Wall Hung - Vitreous China - Hard-Wired Electronic 'No Touch' Unit (Exposed Flush Valve)

.1 American Standard Washbrook Flowise #6590.001.020 Urinal, vitreous china, operates in the range of 0.5 L to 3.8 L (0.125 US Gal to 1.0 US Gal) per flush, wall hung, extended sides for privacy, washdown action, Washbrook Flowise, flushing rim, 19 mm (3/4") dia. Top spud, elongated rim, integral P-trap, outlet connection 51 mm (2"), 2 wall hangers, #7301242-100 chrome plated, non-metallic strainer, white finish

.2 Sloan #186-0.5 ES-S Royal Optima Electronic 'No-Touch' Flush Valve Unit, C.P. high efficiency, 1.9 LPF (0.5 GPF) factory set flow, quiet action, PERMEX diaphragm type, with dual filtered by-pass infrared proximity sensor, solenoid flush controller, circuitry, in S.S. wall access plate, high pressure vacuum breaker and V.P. smooth design stop cap on back-check angle stop. Power requirement 5VA. Provide 102 mm (4") square electric box in wall for solenoid and sensor mounting. Power requirement 5 VA.

.3 Sloan #EL-154 Transformer, 120/24 VAC 50 VA.

.4 Watts #CA-321 Fixture Carrier, mounted on concrete floor, epoxy coated top and bottom universal steel hanger plates, heavy gauge epoxy coated steel offset uprights with welded feet supports

.5 Watts #WUCO Urinal Wall Access Cleanout, two (2) piece expandable plug with 102 mm (4") diameter stainless steel access cover, secured with vandal proof stainless steel screw.

2.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

.1 Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, following:

.1 Electronic “No Touch” Flush Valves:

.1 Sloan;

.2 Delta Commerical;

.3 Zurn Industries;

.4 Moen Commercial.

Page 369: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTREWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

22 42 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 4 of 6 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.2 Electronic “No Touch” Faucets:

.1 Sloan;

.2 Delta Commercial;

.3 Zurn Industries;

.4 Moen Commercial.

.3 Plumbing Brass:

.1 Moen;

.2 Acorn Engineering;

.3 American Standard;

.4 Delta Commercial;

.5 Chicago Faucet.

.4 Stainless Steel Sinks:

.1 Franke Commercial;

.2 Novanni Commercial;

.3 Aristaline;

.4 Arch Metal Ind.

.5 Drain Fittings, Angle Supplies, and Traps:

.1 McGuire;

.2 American Standard;

.3 Delta Commercial;

.4 Zurn Industries.

.6 Fixture Carriers:

.1 Watts Industries;

.2 Jay R. Smith;

.3 Zurn Industries.

.7 Water Closets, Lavatories, and Urinal:

.1 American Standard;

.2 Zurn Industries;

Page 370: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 22 - PLUMBINGWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 22 42 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 5 of 6

.3 Mansfield;

.4 Kohler.

.8 Thermostatic Mixing Valves:

.1 Lawler;

.2 Delta Commercial;

.3 Leonard.

.9 Toilet Seats:

.1 Olsonite;

.2 Centoco;

.3 Bemis Commercial.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DEMOLITION

.1 Refer to demolition requirements specified in the Mechanical Divisions work Section entitled Demolition and Revision Work.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS

.1 Provide all required plumbing fixtures and fittings.

.2 Where new fixtures and fittings are to be connected to existing piping, include for all required piping revisions.

.3 Connect plumbing fixtures and fittings with piping sized in accordance with the following schedule. Refer to manufacturer's published connection (rough-in) requirements. Where manufacturer requires piping connection larger than shown below, provide piping accordingly:

FIXTURE AND/OR

FITTING

DRAIN SIZE

MM (IN.)

VENT SIZE

MM (IN.)

DHW SIZE

MM (IN.)

DCW SIZE

MM (IN.)

TEMP

WATER SIZE

MM (IN.)

Water Closets

Flush Valve Type

100 (4) 38 (1½) ----------- 25 (1) -----------

Urinals 75 (3) 38 (1-½) ----------- 25 (1) -----------

Lavatories 32 (1¼) 32 (1¼) 12 (½) 12 (½) -----------

Lavatories (Electronic Faucet)

32 (1-¼) 32 (1-¼) 12 (½) 12 (½) 12 (½)

Page 371: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTREWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

22 42 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 6 of 6 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.4 Confirm the exact location of all plumbing fixtures and trim prior to roughing-in. Refer to architectural plan and elevation drawings.

.5 When installation is complete, check, and test the operation of each fixture and fitting. Adjust or repair as required.

.6 For barrier-free fixtures, comply with mounting height and other requirements of governing Code(s).

.7 Supply templates for all counter mounted fixtures and trim and hand to the trades who will cut the counter. Ensure openings in the counter are properly located.

.8 Locate control panels for electronic faucets under the lavatories and recessed into the wall. Coordinate panel installations with the electrical trade who will provide 115 volt power wiring to the panels. Install flexible conduit (supplied with box) and extend cord from faucet through the flexible conduit to the control box. Connect hot and cold water piping to the mixing valve in each box, and tempered water piping from each mixing valve to the faucet. Set mixing valve maximum temperature limit stops to 43°C (110°F) after domestic water systems (hot and cold) are complete. Ensure that each programmable controller is properly programmed, and that water off after deactivation is set for three seconds.

.9 For electronic flush valves, locate transformer in ceiling space above electronic units to be served. Coordinate locations with electrical trade who will provide 120 volt line supply to transformers. Provide low voltage wiring from transformers to each electronic flush valve terminal point. Electrical line supply and low voltage wiring is to be concealed and access to transformer must be provided for servicing.

3.3 CAULKING AT PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS

.1 Caulk around plumbing fixtures and fittings where they contact walls, floors, and any other building surface.

.2 Clean areas/surfaces to be caulked and prime in accordance with the sealant manufacturer’s instructions. Where damage to a building surface may occur, mask the surface to prevent damage and ensure a clean exact edge to the caulking bead.

.3 Apply caulking using a gun with the proper size and shape of nozzle and force the sealant into joints to ensure good surface contact and a smooth and even finished bead of sealant.

.4 If joints have been masked the sealant may be tooled in a continuous stroke to obtain complete void filling. Remove masking tape immediately after tooling and before the sealant begins to skin.

END OF SECTION

Page 372: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 23 - HVAC

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 23 31 05 - STANDARD DUCTWORK

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 1 of 4

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings/product data sheets for all products specified in this Section except shop fabricated ductwork and fittings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK

.1 General: Galvanized steel sheet is to be hot dipped in accordance with requirements of ASTM A653. Galvanizing for bare uncovered duct to be finish painted is to be G60. All other galvanizing is to be G90.

.2 Rectangular: Lock forming grade hot dip galvanized steel, ASTM A653, shop fabricated, minimum #26 gauge.

.3 Round: Factory machine fabricated, spiral, mechanically locked flat seam, single wall duct, fittings and couplings.

2.2 FLEXIBLE CONNECTION MATERIAL

.1 Waterproof, indoor-outdoor type flexible connection material meeting requirements of NFPA 90A, consisting of woven glass fibre fabric coated on both sides with synthetic rubber. Acceptable products are:

.1 Duro Dyne Canada Inc. "DUROLON";

.2 Dyn Air Inc. "HYPALON".

2.3 ACOUSTIC LINING

.1 Minimum 50 mm (2") thick acoustic lining material meeting 25/50 flame spread and smoke developed ratings tested in accordance with CAN/ULC S102, meeting NFPA 90A, ASTM C1071, and ASTM G21 requirements, not supporting microbial growth, flexible for round ducts, board type for rectangular ducts, consisting of a bonded fiberglass mat coated on inside (airside) face with a black fire-resistant coating.

.1 Adhesive shall be low VOC, water-base, non-flammable.

.2 Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 Johns Manville;

.2 Manson Insulation;

.3 Knauf Insulation.

Page 373: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 23 - HVAC TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

23 31 05 - STANDARD DUCTWORK NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 2 of 4 WSP No: 171-16082-00

2.4 METAL DUCT SYSTEM JOINT SEALANT

.1 ULC listed and labelled, premium grade, grey colour, water base, non-flammable duct sealer, brush, or gun applied, with a CAN/ULC S102 maximum flame spread rating of 5 and smoke developed rating of 0. Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 Johns Manville;

.2 Manson;

.3 Knauf Insulation.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK

.1 Provide all required standard galvanized steel ductwork, rectangular and/or round and/or flat oval as shown. Where rectangular ductwork is shown, round or flat oval ductwork of equivalent cross-sectional area is acceptable.

.2 Unless otherwise specified, construct and install ductwork in accordance with ANSI/SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible to suit the duct pressure class designation of minimum 500 Pa (2" w.c.) positive or negative as applicable, a minimum velocity of 10 m/s (2000 fpm), and so that the ductwork does not "drum". All flat surfaces of rectangular ductwork are to be cross-broken. Duct system sealing is to meet ANSI/SMACNA Seal Class A requirements.

.3 Variable air volume ductwork from supply fans to boxes is to be as above but rectangular duct take-offs are to be double side straight taper type with a take-off length equal to 0.5 times the branch duct width but minimum 150 mm (6") length, and the double taper side is to have an included angle of minimum 60°.

.4 Confirm the routing of all ductwork at the site and site measure ductwork prior to fabrication. Note that duct dimensions may be revised to suit site routing and building element requirements, if dimension revisions are reviewed with and approved by the Consultant. Duct routing and/or dimension revisions to suit conditions at the site are not grounds for a claim for an extra cost.

.5 Refer to structural drawings. Where ductwork is to be run within or through open web steel joists, note that ductwork shown on the mechanical drawings is schematic only and is to be altered as required to suit the steel joist configuration, spacing, panel points, and cross-bridging at no additional cost.

.6 Wherever ductwork is required at locations where sprayed fireproofing is applied to building construction, install the ductwork only after the fireproofing work is complete and do not compromise the fire rating of the sprayed fireproofing.

.7 Install (but do not connect) all duct system mounted automatic control components supplied as part of the automatic control work.

.8 Where indicated, provide duct connections to fan powered heat transfer equipment with integral coils.

Page 374: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 23 - HVAC

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 23 31 05 - STANDARD DUCTWORK

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 3 of 4

.9 Flange connect ductwork to hot water reheat coils in accordance with requirements of ANSI/SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible. The coils will be suspended independent of connecting ductwork as part of the heat transfer work.

.10 Support horizontal rectangular ducts inside the building in accordance with ANSI/SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, but use trapeze hangers with, unless otherwise specified, galvanized steel channels, and galvanized steel hanger rods for all ducts that are exposed, and all concealed ducts wider than 500 mm (20").

.11 Support round and flat oval ducts inside the building in accordance with ANSI/SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, but, unless otherwise specified, for both uninsulated and insulated ducts exposed in finished areas, use bands and secure at the top of the duct to a hanger rod, all similar to Ductmate Canada Ltd. type "BA". If the duct is insulated, size the strap to suit the diameter of the insulated duct.

.12 Where flanged duct joints are used, do not locate the joints in wall or slab openings, or immediately at wall or slab openings. Do not use flanged joints for exposed uninsulated ducts in finished areas.

.13 Support of roof mounted ducts is to be as specified in the Mechanical Divisions work Section entitled Duct System Dampers and Accessories.

.14 Apply sealants by brush or gun to cleaned metal surfaces. Where bare ductwork is exposed apply neat uniform lines of sealant. Randomly brushed, sloppy looking sealant applications will be rejected and must be repaired or replaced with a neat application of the sealant.

.15 Clean exterior exposed (uninsulated) ducts and coat with a heavy full coverage of Bakor #410-02 black metal paint.

.16 Where dissimilar metal ducts are to be connected, isolate the ducts by means of flexible duct connection material as specified in the Mechanical Divisions work Section entitled Duct System Dampers and Accessories.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE CONNECTION MATERIAL

.1 Provide a minimum of 100 mm (4") of flexible connection material where ducts, plenums, and/or easings connect to fans, and wherever else shown or specified.

.2 Rigidly secure a minimum of 75 mm (3") of duct material (minimum #24 gauge) to each edge of flexible fabric and to fan, duct, plenum, etc., in accordance with ANSI/SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible. Ensure connections to flexible fabric material are arranged and supported so as to not impose any external forces on the fabric.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTIC LINING

.1 Provide acoustic lining in ductwork in locations as follows:

.1 wherever shown and/or specified on drawings;

.2 all transfer air ducts.

.2 Note: indicated duct dimension is internal open area dimension.

Page 375: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 23 - HVAC TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

23 31 05 - STANDARD DUCTWORK NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 4 of 4 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.3 Install lining in accordance with requirements of ANSI/SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, however, for all installations regardless of velocity, at leading and trailing edges of duct liner sections, provide galvanized steel nosing channel in accordance with detail entitled Flexible Duct Liner Installation found in the ANSI/SMACNA manual referred to above.

3.4 DUCT SYSTEM PROTECTION, CLEANING AND START-UP

.1 Temporarily cover all open ends of ducts during construction.

.2 Vacuum all dirt and foreign matter from the entire duct systems and clean duct system terminals and the interior of air handling units prior to operating fans.

.3 Prior to starting any supply air handling system provide 50 mm (2") thick glass fibre construction filters at fan equipment in place of permanent filters.

.4 Provide cheesecloth over all duct system inlets and outlets and run the system for twenty-four hours, after which remove the cheesecloth, the construction filters, and install new permanent filters.

.5 Include all labour for a complete site walk-through with testing and balancing personnel following the route of all duct systems to be tested, adjusted and balanced for the purpose of confirming the proper position and attitude of dampers, the location of pitot tube openings, and any other work affecting the testing and balancing procedures. Perform all corrective work required as a result of this walk-through.

END OF SECTION

Page 376: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 23 - HVACWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 23 33 00 - DUCT DAMPERS AND ACCESSORIES

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 1 of 4

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings/product data sheets for all products specified in this Section. Shop drawings and product data sheets must confirm that the products proposed meet all requirements of the Contract Documents.

.2 Submit manufacturer’s colour chart(s) for all items for which a finish colour is to be selected.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ROUND TO RECTANGULAR DUCT CONNECTIONS

.1 Equal to Flexmaster Canada Ltd. galvanized steel, flared, flanged or notched "SPIN-IN" round duct take-off collars with locking dampers in accordance with ANSI/SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible.

2.2 SPLITTER DAMPERS

.1 Minimum #20 gauge damper blade constructed of the same material as the duct, reinforced as required to suit blade size, system velocity, and to prevent "chatter", and complete with operating hardware equal to Dyn Air Inc. #Q-50 "DYN-A-QUAD S-S" quadrant regulator with RW-50 backup washers to prevent leakage, long square bearing pin, and slide pin.

2.3 AIR TURNING VANES

.1 For square elbows - multiple-radius turning vanes, interconnected with bars, adequately reinforced to suit the pressure and velocity of the system, constructed of the same material as the duct they are associated with, and in accordance with ANSI/SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible.

.2 For short branch ducts at grille and diffuser connections - air extractor type, each equipped with a matching bottom operated 90 degree opposed blade volume control damper, constructed of the same material as the duct it is associated with and in accordance with requirements and details in ANSI/SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible.

2.4 MANUAL BALANCING (VOLUME) DAMPERS

.1 Flanged and drilled, single or parallel blade (depending on damper size) manual balancing dampers, each constructed of the same material as the connecting ductwork unless otherwise specified, each designed to maintain the internal free area of the connecting duct, and each complete with:

.1 a hexagonal or square shaft extension through the frame;

.2 non-stick, non-corrosive synthetic bearings for rectangular dampers, flange stainless steel bearings for round dampers;

.3 blade stops for single blade dampers, designed to prevent the blade from moving more than 90°;

.4 linkage for multiple blade dampers;

Page 377: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 23 - HVAC TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTREWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

23 33 00 - DUCT DAMPERS AND ACCESSORIES NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 2 of 4 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.5 a locking hand quadrant damper operator with, for insulated ducts 50 mm standoff mounting.

.2 Rectangular Dampers: Nailor Industries Inc. #SP1010 FF 16G LC BS NS, maximum size 1.2 m x 1.2 m (4' x 4') for a single damper.

.3 Round Dampers: Nailor Industries Inc. #1090 BS, maximum 600 mm (24") diameter, equipped with a minimum 200 mm (8") deep frame, and blade stiffeners where required.

.4 Multiple Rectangular Damper Section Assembly: Rectangular assembly supplied with the dampers or site constructed, of the same material as the damper and designed for tight and secure mounting of the individual dampers.

.5 Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 Nailor Industries Inc.;

.2 T.A. Morrison & Co. Inc. "TAMCO";

.3 NCA Manufacturing Ltd.;

.4 Greenheck Fan Corp.;

.5 Ruskin Co.

2.5 DUCT ACCESS DOORS

.1 In accordance with ANSI/SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible, with sizes suitable in all respects for the purpose for which they are provided, and, unless otherwise specified, constructed of the same material as the duct they are associated with.

2.6 INSTRUMENT TEST PORTS

.1 Equal to Duro-Dyne of Canada Ltd. #IP1 or #IP2 (to suit insulation thickness where applicable) gasketed, leakproof instrument test ports for round or rectangular ducts as required, each complete with a neoprene expansion plug and a plug securing chain.

2.7 WIRE MESH (BIRDSCREEN)

.1 Heavy-gauge galvanized steel or aluminum mesh, 12 mm x 12 mm (½" x ½") secured in a rigid galvanized steel or aluminum framework, sized as indicated on the drawings, and constructed so as to be removable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION OF ROUND TO RECTANGULAR DUCT CONNECTIONS

.1 Cut round holes in rectangular ducts and provide round to rectangular lock-in fittings with dampers for connection of flexible round ductwork.

Page 378: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 23 - HVACWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONSNOVEMBER 14, 2017 23 33 00 - DUCT DAMPERS AND ACCESSORIES

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 3 of 4

3.2 INSTALLATION OF SPLITTER DAMPERS

.1 Provide splitter dampers in supply ductwork at branch duct connections off supply air mains, and wherever else shown and/or specified on the drawings. Install splitter dampers so they cannot vibrate and rattle and so that the damper operation mechanisms are in an easily accessible and operable location. Ensure that operators for dampers in insulated ducts are equipped with stand-off mounting brackets.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF TURNING VANES

.1 Provide turning vanes in ductwork elbows where shown on the drawings and wherever else required where, due to site installation routing and duct elbow radius, turning vanes are recommended in accordance with ANSI/SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible.

.2 Provide volume extractor type turning vanes in short branch supply duct connections off mains to grilles and diffusers where shown and/or specified.

3.4 INSTALLATION OF MANUAL BALANCING (VOLUME) DAMPERS

.1 Provide manual balancing dampers in all open end ductwork, in all duct mains, and wherever else shown and/or specified.

.2 Install the dampers so that the operating mechanism is accessible and positioned for easy operation, and so that the dampers cannot move or rattle. Ensure that operating mechanisms for dampers in insulated ducts are complete with stand-off mounting brackets.

.3 Where a duct for which a balancing damper is required has dimensions larger than the dimensions of the maximum size volume damper available, provide multiple dampers bolted together in a properly sized assembly, or bolted to a heavy-gauge black structural steel angle or channel framework which is properly sized. Seal to prevent air by-pass, and provide connecting linkage.

.4 Confirm exact damper locations with personnel doing air quantity balancing testing work and install dampers to suit. Include for providing five additional dampers at no additional cost.

3.5 INSTALLATION OF DUCT ACCESS DOORS

.1 Provide access doors in ductwork for access to all components which will or may need maintenance and/or repair, including reheat coils. Install in accordance with requirements of ANSI/SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible.

.2 Identify access doors provided for fusible link damper maintenance with "FLD" stencil painted or marker type red lettering and ensure that the doors are properly located for damper maintenance.

.3 When requested, submit a sample of proposed duct access doors for review.

.4 Where sectionalized fusible link dampers and/or balancing dampers are provided in large ducts, provide a plenum type access door to suit, and adequately reinforce the ductwork to suit the access door installed.

Page 379: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 23 - HVAC TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTREWASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

23 33 00 - DUCT DAMPERS AND ACCESSORIES NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 4 of 4 WSP No: 171-16082-00

3.6 INSTALLATION OF INSTRUMENTS TEST PORTS

.1 Provide instrument test ports in all main ducts at connections to fans, plenums or casings, in all larger branch duct connections to mains, and wherever else required for proper air quantity balancing and testing.

.2 Locate test ports where recommended by personnel performing air quantity testing and balancing work.

3.7 INSTALLATION OF WIRE MESH (BIRDSCREEN)

.1 Provide framed, removable wire mesh panels over openings in ducts and/or walls where shown and/or specified on the drawings. Rigidly secure in place but ensure the panels are removable.

.2 Provide wire mesh panels for open-end return air ducts in ceiling spaces whether shown on the drawings or not.

END OF SECTION

Page 380: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 23 - HVAC

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 23 34 00 - HVAC FANS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 1 of 3

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings/product data sheets for fans and accessories. Include following:

.1 certified fan performance curves at specified operating point with flow, static pressure and HP clearly plotted;

.2 certified sound power data that conforms to specified levels;

.3 product data sheets for all accessories;

.4 product data sheets for fan motors.

.2 Submit with delivery of each unit a copy of the factory inspection report, and include a copy of each report with O & M Manual project close-out data.

.3 Submit a site inspection and start-up report from manufacturer’s representative as specified in Part 3 of this Section.

.4 Supply reviewed copies of fan/curb assembly shop drawings or product data to trade who will cut roof openings for fans, and ensure openings are properly located.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

.1 Fan manufacturers, as applicable, are to be current members of the Air Movement and Control Association International Inc. (AMCA), and fans are to be rated (capacity and sound performance) and certified in accordance with requirements of following standards:

.1 ANSI/AMCA Standard 210, Laboratory Method of Testing Fans for Certified Aerodynamic Performance Rating;

.2 AMCA Standard 211, Product Rating Manual for Fan Air Performance;

.3 ANSI/AMCA Standard 300, Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans;

.4 AMCA Standard 311, Product Rating Manual for Fan Sound Performance;

.5 AMCA Standard 99-2408, Operating Limits for Centrifugal Fans.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CENTRIFUGAL FANS

.1 Fan shall be a single width, single inlet, backward inclined flat blade, direct driven centrifugal vent set in accordance with drawing schedule.

.2 Fan shall be manufactured at an ISO 9001 certified facility. Fan shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL/cUL 705) for US and Canada. Fan shall bear the AMCA certified ratings seal for sound and air performance.

Page 381: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 23 - HVAC TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

23 34 00 - HVAC FANS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 2 of 3 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.3 The fan shall be of bolted and welded construction utilizing corrosion resistant fasteners. The scroll wrapper shall be minimum 14 gauge steel and the scroll side panels shall be minimum 12 gauge steel. The entire fan housing shall have continuously welded seams for leakproof operation. A performance cut-off shall be furnished to prevent the recirculation of air in the fan housing. The fan housing shall be field rotatable to any one of eight discharge positions and shall have a minimum 1-1/2 inch outlet discharge flange. Lifting lugs shall be provided for ease of installation. Unit shall bear an engraved aluminum nameplate. Nameplate shall indicate design CFM, static pressure, and maximum fan RPM. Unit shall be shipped in ISTA certified transit tested packaging.

.4 Wheel shall be centrifugal backward inclined, constructed of 100% aluminum, including a precision machined cast aluminum hub. Wheel hub shall be keyed and securely attached to the fan shaft. Wheel inlet shall overlap an aerodynamic aluminum inlet cone to provide maximum performance and efficiency. Wheel shall be balanced in accordance with AMCA Standard 204-05, Balance Quality and Vibration Levels for Fans.

.5 Motor shall be an electronically commutated motor rated for continuous duty and furnished either with internally mounted potentiometer speed controller.

.6 Steel fan components shall be coated with an electrostatically applied, baked polyester powder coating. Each component shall be subject to a five stage environmentally friendly wash system, followed by a minimum 2 mil thick baked powder finish. Paint must exceed 1,000 hour salt spray under ASTM B117 test method.

.7 Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 Loren Cook Co.;

.2 Twin City Fan and Blower;

.3 Greenheck Fan Corp.;

.4 JencoFan;

.5 Carnes Company Inc.

2.2 ELECTRONIC TIME CLOCK

.1 Intermatic model ET90115C time switch of the 365-Day electronic type capable of programming up to 4,000 scheduled ON/OFF operations.

.2 The time switch shall provide a minimum ON or OFF time of 1 second. The time switch shall be able to automatically adjust for and operate on 120-277 VAC at 50 or 60 Hz.

.3 The time switch shall be able to maintain time and date information without AC or battery power for at least 100 hours.

.4 The time switch shall be able to copy programming to other time switches or for backup purposes via USB.

.5 The time switch mechanism shall be a snap-in design to provide ease of mechanism removal for mounting the enclosure.

Page 382: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 23 - HVAC

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 23 34 00 - HVAC FANS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 3 of 3

.6 The time switch enclosure shall be a lockable Type 1 Steel, enclosure that shall be painted with an electrostatic process to eliminate the potential for corrosion.

.7 The time switch shall provide clear circuit identification.

.8 A visual indicator shall be provided in the time switch for inspecting clock circuit operation.

.9 Terminal connections shall be capable of housing wire sizes up to #6 AWG.

.10 Capable of remote override.

.11 Switch configuration shall be SPDT with a UL or CSA listed switch rating of:

.1 General Purpose and Resistive: 30 Amps (NO Only) @ 12-240 VAC

.2 General Purpose and Resistive: 20 Amps (NO), 10 Amps (NC) @ 12-240 VAC

.3 General Purpose and Resistive: 20 Amps (NO), 10 Amps (NC) @ 28 VDC

.4 Ballast: 20 Amps (NO), 3 Amps (NC) @ 120-277 VAC

.5 Tungsten: 5 Amps (NO Only) @ 12-240 VAC

.6 Motor: 1 HP (NO), ¼ HP (NC) @ 120 VAC

.7 Motor: 2 HP (NO), ½ HP (NC) @ 240 VAC

.8 Pilot Duty: 470 VAC (NO), 275 VAC (NC) @ 12-240 VAC

.9 The time switch shall be UL or CSA listed under UL category 916 Energy Management

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION OF CENTRIFUGAL FANS

.1 Provide centrifugal fans complete with electronic timeclock.

.2 Secure each fan in place from structure with vibration isolation, independent of connecting ductwork and in accordance with fan manufacturer’s instructions.

.3 Ensure duct connections are made using flexible connection material.

.4 Refer to Section entitled Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods for equipment/system manufacturer certification requirements.

.5 Refer to Section entitled Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods for equipment/system start-up requirements.

.6 Include for a 4 hour on-site operation demonstration and training session. Training is to be a full review of all components including but not limited to a full operation and maintenance demonstration, with abnormal events.

END OF SECTION

Page 383: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE DIVISION 23 - HVAC

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

NOVEMBER 14, 2017 23 37 13 - GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS

WSP No: 171-16082-00 Page 1 of 2

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings/product data sheets for grilles and diffusers. Shop drawings/product data is to include capacity, throw and terminal velocity, noise criteria, pressure drops, and all other data to confirm that the products proposed meet all requirements of the Contract Documents.

.2 Supply and hand to the Owner at Substantial Performance, a minimum of ten identified (with tags) grille/diffuser volume control damper adjustment keys.

.3 Submit manufacturer’s colour chart(s) for all grilles and diffusers for which a finish colour is to be selected.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

.1 Grilles and diffusers are to be tested and performance certified to ANSI/ASHRAE 70, Method of Testing the Performance of Air Outlets and Air Inlets.

.2 Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 Price Industries Inc.;

.2 Anemostat;

.3 Krueger Division of Air System Components Inc.;

.4 Titus;

.5 Nailor Industries Inc.;

.6 Tuttle & Bailey.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS

.1 Grilles and diffusers of the type, size, capacity, finish, and arrangement as shown on the drawings and as per the drawing schedule, each equipped with all required mounting and connection accessories to suit the mounting location and application.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION OF GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS

.1 Provide grilles and diffusers where shown on the drawings. Wherever possible, grilles and diffusers are to be the product of one manufacturer.

.2 Unless otherwise specified connect grilles and diffusers in accordance with requirements of SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible.

Page 384: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

DIVISION 23 - HVAC TRCA - KORTRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

23 37 13 - GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS NOVEMBER 14, 2017

Page 2 of 2 WSP No: 171-16082-00

.3 Exactly locate grilles and diffusers to conform to the final architectural reflected ceiling plans and detailed wall elevations, and to conform to the final lighting arrangement, ceiling layout, ornamental and other wall treatment.

.4 Equip supply diffusers having a basic four-way or all round air pattern for operation in one, two, or three way pattern where indicated on the drawings.

.5 Provide sheet metal plenums, constructed of the same material as the connecting duct, for linear grilles and/or diffusers where shown. Construct and install the plenums in accordance with requirements of SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible. Where individual sections of linear grilles or diffusers are not equipped with a volume control device, equip the duct connection collar(s) with volume control device(s).

.6 Where linear type diffusers/grilles are installed in suspended T-bar ceilings, clip the diffusers/grilles in place using clip supplied by the diffuser/grille manufacturer.

.7 Confirm grille and diffuser finishes prior to ordering.

3.2 SUPPLY OF DOOR GRILLES

.1 Supply door grilles as shown and scheduled.

.2 Hand the grilles to the appropriate trade at the site for installation.

END OF SECTION

Page 385: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION

KORTWRIGHT VISITOR’S CENTRE

WASHROOM & CLASSROOM

INTERIOR RENOVATIONS

TORONTO AND REGION CONSERVATION

AUTHORITY

WARD99 PROJECT NO.: 17028-TRCA

WSP PROJECT NO.: 171-16082-00

ISSUED FOR TENDER AND PERMIT

November 14,, 2017

WSP

FLOOR 5

600 COCHRANE DRIVE

MARKHAM, ON, CANADA L3R 5K3

TEL.: +1 905 475-7270

FAX: +1 905 475-5994

WSP.COM

Page 386: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 01Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LIST OF CONTENTSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 1November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL

Section 26 00 05 Supplementary Electrical Bid Form

Section 26 00 10 Electrical Work General Instructions

Section 26 05 00 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods

Section 26 05 19 Low Voltage Cables

Section 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding

Section 26 05 70 Electrical Work Analysis and Testing

Section 26 09 00 Lighting Control

Section 26 20 00 Electric Service and Distribution

Section 26 27 19 Surface Raceways

Section 26 27 26 Wiring Devices

Section 26 50 00 Lighting

Section 26 52 00 Emergency Lighting

Section 26 60 20 Electric Heaters

END OF SECTION

Page 387: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 05Kortwright Visitor’s Centre SUPPLEMENTARY ELECTRICAL BID FORMWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 1November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

PROJECT NAME: TRCA – Kortwright Visitor’s Centre – Washroom & Classroom Interior Renovations

WSP PROJECT NUMBER: 171-16082-00

Following Supplementary Electrical Bid Form is submitted by:

.........................................................................................................................................................(Bidding Company)

.........................................................................................................................................................(Street Address or P. O. Box No.)

.........................................................................................................................................................(City, Province and Postal Code)

Dated …………………………………………………. and which is an integral part of Bid Form.

In accordance with Instructions to Bidders, we provide the Supplementary Electrical Bid Form. We understand that the information provided to be considered an integral part of Bid Form and is to be completed in full.

Where instructions are not provided, submit Supplementary Electrical Bid Form within 24 hours of Bid closing, via e-mail addressed to:

WSP Canada

Attention: Carl Wagstaff;

e-mail: [email protected];

copied to e-mail: Tina Ranieri-D’Ovidio – [email protected].

Supplementary Bid Form Signature:

......................................................................................................(Signature of Authorized Representative)

.......................................................................................................(Print Name)

.......................................................................................................(Title)

Page 388: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 05Kortwright Visitor’s Centre SUPPLEMENTARY ELECTRICAL BID FORMWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 2November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

LIST OF PROPOSED MANUFACTURERS

We submit, herein, typed, or neatly printed, names of manufacturers upon whose products our Bid Price is based. If no name is indicated, or if name identified is not listed in issued documents, or if more than one name is indicated for a particular product, we will if requested, provide base specified manufacturer's product. Where products are named in specifications with only one manufacturer/supplier, or are not listed herein, we are also prepared to provide base specified named product.

We understand that first manufacturer specified for any product is manufacturer upon whose product design is based, and that other manufacturers specified for a particular product are manufacturers acceptable to Owner and whose product produces equivalent quality, performance, and size. We further understand if we indicate a manufacturer other than manufacturer whose product is basis of design, we are responsible for ensuring that product supplied is equivalent in quality, performance, and size to base design product, and that any additional costs incurred as a result of use of such products will be borne by us. Acceptance of non-base specified manufacturers with respect to their equivalency to be at Consultant’s discretion.

We also acknowledge that failure to submit this list as specified or failure to submit within time defined may result in provision of base specified manufacturer's product, at discretion of Consultant.

PRODUCT/WORK MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER & CATALOGUE NUMBER/COMPANY

Switches & Receptacles

Firestopping & Smoke Seal Materials

Service Raceways

New Breakers

LED Lighting

Emergency Lighting Battery Units

Emergency Lighting Inverters

Occupancy Sensors

Hand Dryers

END OF DOCUMENT

Page 389: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 1November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

1 GENERAL

1.01 REFERENCES

.1 Division 00 and Division 01 apply to and are a part of this Section.

1.02 APPLICATION

.1 This Section specifies requirements that are common to Electrical Divisions work Sections and it is a supplement to each Section and is to be read accordingly. Where requirements of this Section contradict requirements of Divisions 00 or 01, conditions of Division 00 or 01 to take precedence.

.2 Advise product vendors of requirements of this Section.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

.1 "concealed" – means hidden from normal sight in furred spaces, shafts, ceiling spaces, walls and partitions.

.2 "exposed" – means work normally visible, including work in equipment rooms, service tunnels, and similar spaces.

.3 "finished” - means when in description of any area or part of an area or a product which receives a finish such as paint, or in case of a product may be factory finished.

.4 “provision” or "provide" (and tenses of "provide") – means supply and install complete.

.5 "install" (and tenses of "install") – means secure in position, connect complete, test, adjust, verify and certify.

.6 "supply" – means to procure, arrange for delivery to site, inspect, accept delivery and administer supply of products; distribute to areas; and include manufacturer’s supply of any special cables, standard on site testing, initial start-up, programming, basic commissioning, warranties and manufacturers’ assistance to Contractor.

.7 "delete" or "remove" (and tenses of "delete" or "remove") – means to disconnect, make safe, and remove obsolete materials including back boxes and exposed piping and raceways; and patch and repair/finish surfaces to match adjoining similar construction; include for associated re-programming of systems and/or change of documentation identifications to suit deletions, and properly dispose of deleted products off site unless otherwise instructed by Owner and reviewed with Consultant.

.8 "barrier-free" - means when applied to a building and its facilities, that building and its facilities can be approached, entered and used by persons with physical or sensory disabilities in accordance with requirements of local governing building code.

Page 390: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 2November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.9 "BAS" – means building automation system; "BMS" – means building management system, "FMS" – means facility management system; and "DDC" means direct digital controls; references to "BAS", "BMS", "FMS" and "DDC" generally mean same.

.10 "governing authority" and/or "authority having jurisdiction" and/or "regulatory authority" and/or "Municipal authority" – means government departments, agencies, standards, rules and regulations that apply to and govern work and to which work must adhere.

.11 "OSHA" and "OHSA" – stands for Occupational Safety and Health Administration and Occupational Health and Safety Act, and wherever either one is used, they are to be read to mean local governing occupational health and safety regulations that apply to and govern work and to which work must adhere, regardless if Project falls within either authority's jurisdiction.

.12 "Mechanical Divisions" - refers to Divisions 20, 21, 22, 23, 25 and other Divisions as specifically noted, and which work as defined in Specifications and/or on drawings is responsibility of Mechanical Contractor, unless otherwise noted.

.13 "Electrical Divisions" – refers to Divisions 26, 27, 28 and other Divisions as specifically noted, and which work as defined in Specifications and/or on drawings is responsibility of Electrical Contractor, unless otherwise noted.

.14 "Consultant" – means person, firm or corporation identified as such in Agreement or Documents, and is licensed to practice in Place of the Work, and has been appointed by Owner to act for Owner in a professional capacity in relation to the Work.

.15 Wherever words "indicated", "shown", "noted", "listed", or similar words or phrases are used in Contract Documents they are understood, unless otherwise defined, to mean product referred to is "indicated", "shown", "listed", or "noted" on Contract Documents.

.16 Wherever words "reviewed", "satisfactory", "as directed", "submit", or similar words or phrases are used in Contract Documents they are understood, unless otherwise defined, to mean that work or product referred to is "reviewed by", "to the satisfaction of", "submitted to", etc., Consultant.

1.04 DOCUMENTS

.1 Documents for bidding include but are not limited to issued Drawings, Specifications and Addenda.

.2 Specification is arranged in accordance with CSI/CSC 50 Division Sections MasterFormat.

.3 Drawings and Specifications are portions of Contract Documents and identify labour, products and services necessary for performance of work and form a basis for determining pricing. They are intended to be cooperative. Perform work that is shown, specified, or reasonably implied on drawings but not mentioned in Specification, or vice-versa, as though fully covered by both.

Page 391: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 3November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.4 Review Drawings and Specification in conjunction with documents of other Divisions and, where applicable, Code Consultant’s report.

.5 Unless otherwise specifically noted in Specifications and/or on Drawings, Sections of Electrical Divisions are not intended to delegate functions nor to delegate work and supply of materials to any specific trade, but rather to generally designate a basic unit of work, and Sections are to be read as a whole.

.6 Drawings are performance drawings, diagrammatic, and show approximate locations of equipment and materials. Any information regarding accurate measurement of building is to be taken on site. Do not scale Drawings, and do not use Drawings for prefabrication work.

.7 Drawings are intended to convey scope of work and do not show architectural and structural details. Provide fittings, offsets, transformations and similar items required as a result of obstructions and other architectural and/or structural details but not shown on Drawings.

.8 Locations of equipment and materials shown may be altered, when reviewed by Consultant, to meet requirements of equipment and/or materials, other equipment or systems being installed, and of building, all at no additional cost to Contract.

.9 Specification does not generally indicate specific number of items or amounts of material required. Specification is intended to provide product data and installation requirements. Refer to schedules, Drawings (layouts, riser diagrams, schematics, details) and Specification to provide correct quantities. Singular may be read as plural and vice versa.

.10 Starter/motor control centre (MCC)/variable frequency drive (VFD) schedule drawings are both mechanical and electrical, and apply to work of Mechanical Divisions and Electrical Divisions. Be responsible for reviewing starter, MCC, VFD, and motor specification requirements of Mechanical Divisions specifications and drawings, prior to Bid submission. Confirm and coordinate exact scope of work and responsibility of work between Mechanical Divisions and Electrical Divisions.

.11 Drawings and Specifications are prepared solely for use by party with whom Consultant has entered into a contract and there are no representations of any kind made by Consultant to any other party.

.12 In case of discrepancies or conflicts between Drawings and Specifications, Documents will govern in order specified in "General Conditions", however, when scale and date of Drawings are same, or when discrepancy exists within Documents, include most costly arrangement.

1.05 METRIC AND IMPERIAL MEASUREMENTS

Page 392: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 4November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.1 Generally, both metric and imperial units of measurement are given in Sections of Specification governed by this section. Measurement conversions may be generally "soft" and rounded off. Exact measurements to be confirmed based on application. Where measurements are related to installation and onsite applications, confirm issued document measurements with applicable local code requirements, and/or as applicable, make accurate measurements onsite. Where significant discrepancies are found, immediately notify Consultant for direction.

1.06 EXAMINATION OF BID DOCUMENTS AND SITE

.1 Carefully examine Documents and visit site to determine and review existing site conditions that will or may affect work, and include for such conditions in Bid Price.

.2 Report to Consultant, prior to Bid Submittal, any existing site condition that will or may affect performance of work as per Documents. Failure to do so will not be grounds for additional costs.

.3 Upon finding discrepancies in, or omissions from Documents, or having doubt as to their meaning or intent, immediately notify Consultant, in writing.

1.07 WORK STANDARDS

.1 Where any code, regulation, bylaw, standard, contract form, manual, printed instruction, and installation and application instruction is quoted it means, unless otherwise specifically noted, latest published edition at time of submission of Bids adopted by and enforced by local governing authorities having jurisdiction. Include for compliance with revisions, bulletins, supplementary standards or amendments issued by local governing authorities.

.2 Where regulatory codes, standards and regulations are at variance with Drawings and Specification, more stringent requirement will apply unless otherwise directed by Owner and reviewed with Consultant.

.3 Supplementary mandatory Specifications and requirements to be used in conjunction with project include but are not limited to following:

.1 American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc., (ASHRAE);

.2 American National Standards Institute (ANSI);

.3 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 90.1, Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings;

.4 Building Industry Consulting Services, International (BICSI);

.5 Canadian Standards Association (CSA);

.6 CSA C282, "Emergency Electrical Power Supply For Buildings";

Page 393: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 5November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.7 CSA Z432, "Safeguarding of Machinery";

.8 CSA Z462, "Workplace Electrical Safety";

.9 Electrical and Electronic Manufacturers Association of Canada (EEMAC);

.10 Electrical Safety Authority (ESA);

.11 Electronic Industries Association (EIA);

.12 Illuminating Engineering Society (IES);

.13 Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE);

.14 National Building Code of Canada (NBC);

.15 National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA);

.16 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA);

.17 Occupational Health and Safety Act (OHSA);

.18 Occupational Health and Safety Act - Ontario Regulation 632, "Confined Spaces";

.19 Ontario Building Code (OBC);

.20 Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC);

.21 Technical Standards and Safety Authority (TSSA);

.22 Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA);

.23 Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada (ULC);

.24 Material Safety Data Sheets by product manufacturers;

.25 local utility inspection permits;

.26 codes, standards, and regulations of local governing authorities having jurisdiction;

.27 additional codes and standards listed in Trade Sections;

.28 Owner’s standards.

.4 Provide applicable requirements for barrier free access in accordance with latest edition of local governing building code.

.5 Where any governing Code, Regulation, or Standard requires preparation and submission of special details or drawings for review they are to be prepared and submitted to appropriate authorities. Be responsible for costs associated with these submittals.

Page 394: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 6November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.6 Unless otherwise specified install, equipment in accordance with equipment manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions, and requirements of governing Codes, Standards, and Regulations. Governing Codes, Standards, and Regulations take precedence over manufacturer’s instructions. Notify Consultant in writing of conflicts between Contract Documents and manufacturer's instructions.

.7 Work is to be performed by journeyperson tradesmen who perform only work that their certificates permit, or by apprentice tradesmen under direct on site supervision of experienced journeyperson tradesman. Journeyperson to apprentice ratio is not to exceed ratio determined by the Board as stated in Ontario College of Trades and Apprenticeship Act or local equivalent governing body in Place of the Work.

.8 Journeyperson tradesmen are to have copy of valid trade certificates available at site for review by Consultant at any time.

.9 Maintain experienced and qualified superintendent on-site at times when work is being performed.

.10 Protect existing areas above, below and adjacent areas of Work from any debris, noise, or interruptions to existing services to satisfaction of Owner and reviewed with Consultant. Maintain in operation existing services to these areas to allow Owner to continue use of these areas. If services that are required to be maintained run through areas of renovations, provide necessary protection to services or reroute, in coordination with Owner and review with Consultant. Include for required premium time work to meet these requirements.

.11 Work being performed within occupied spaces and work affecting surfaces adjacent to occupied spaces may need to be performed after regular business hours. For areas where spaces are used by Owner on a 24 hours basis or over various hours, coordinate hours of work with Owner on a regular basis to suit Owner’s schedule. Execute work at times confirmed with and agreed to by Owner and reviewed with Consultant, so as not to inconvenience Owner’s occupation or in any way hinder Owner’s use of building. Include for required premium timework to meet these requirements.

.12 Coordinate work inspection reviews and approvals with governing inspection department to ensure construction schedule is not delayed. Be responsible for prompt notification of deficiencies to Consultant and submission of reports and certificates to Consultant.

.13 Properly protect equipment and materials on site from damage and defacement due to elements and work of trades, to satisfaction of Owner and reviewed with Consultant. Equipment and materials are to be in new condition upon Substantial Performance of the Work.

1.08 PERMITS, CERTIFICATES, APPROVALS AND FEES

.1 Contact and confirm with local authorities having jurisdiction including utility providers, requirements for approvals from such authorities.

Page 395: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 7November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.2 Submit required applications, shop drawings, electrical distribution system protection device coordination studies, and short circuit calculations, and any other information requested by local authority.

.3 Provide ample notification to authorities having jurisdiction to perform required on-site inspection of work, allowing sufficient lead time to correct deficiencies in a manner that will not impede schedule of completion of Work. If any defect, deficiency or non-compliancy is found in work by inspection, be responsible for costs of such inspection, including any related expenses, making good and return to site, until work is passed by governing authorities.

.4 Obtain and submit to Consultant, approval/inspection certificates issued by governing authorities to confirm that Work as installed is in accordance with rules and regulations of local governing authorities and are acceptable by such authorities.

.5 Include in each copy of operating and maintenance instruction manuals, copies of approvals and inspection certificates issued by regulatory authorities.

.6 Where electromagnetic locks are provided whether by this Division or by others, be responsible for obtaining and paying for required certificates of work with regards to such electromagnetic lock work.

1.09 WORKPLACE SAFETY

.1 Comply with requirements of Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) regarding use, handling, storage, and disposal of hazardous materials. Submit WHMIS MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets) for products where required, and maintain one copy at site in a visible and accessible location available to personnel.

.2 Comply with requirements of Occupational Health and Safety Act and other regulations pertaining to health and safety, including worker’s compensation/ insurance board and fall protection regulations. When working in confined spaces, comply with requirements of Occupational Health and Safety Act - Ontario Regulation 632, "Confined Spaces" and any other applicable Ministry of Labour requirements.

.3 If at any time during course of existing building work, hazardous materials other than those identified in Documents and pertaining to Project Scope of Work, are encountered or suspected that were not identified as being present and which specific instructions in handling of such materials were not given, cease work in area in question and immediately notify Consultant. Comply with local governing regulations with regards to working in areas suspected of containing hazardous materials. Do not resume work in affected area without approval from Owner and review with Consultant.

1.10 PLANNING AND LAYOUT OF WORK

.1 Base installation layout, design, terminations, and supply of accessories, on Contract Documents with specific coordination with reviewed shop drawings.

Page 396: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 8November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.2 Plan, coordinate, and establish exact locations and routing of services with affected trades prior to installation such that services clear each other as well as other obstructions. Generally, order of right of way for services to be as follows:

.1 piping requiring uniform pitch;

.2 piping 100 mm (4") dia. and larger;

.3 large ducts (main runs);

.4 cable tray and bus duct;

.5 conduit 100 mm (4") dia. and larger;

.6 piping less than 100 mm (4") dia.;

.7 smaller branch ductwork;

.8 conduit less than 100 mm (4") dia..

.3 As reviewed with Consultant, Mechanical Contractor is to generally determine final locations of major work within ceiling spaces.

.4 Unless otherwise shown or specified, conceal work in finished areas, and conceal work in partially finished and/or unfinished areas to extent made possible by the area construction. Install services as high as possible to conserve headroom and/or ceiling space. Notify Consultant where headroom or ceiling space appears to be inadequate prior to installation of work.

.5 Do not use Contract Drawing measurements for prefabrication and layout of raceways, conduits, ducts, bus ducts, luminaires, and other such work. Locations and routing are to be generally in accordance with Contract Drawings, however, prepare layout drawings for such work. Use established bench marks for both horizontal and vertical measurements. Confirm inverts, coordinate with and make allowances for work of other trades. Accurately layout work, and be entirely responsible for work installed in accordance with layout drawings. Where any invert, grade, or size is at variance with Contract Drawings, notify Consultant prior to proceeding with work.

.6 Prepare plan and interference drawings (at a minimum drawing scale of 1:50 or ¼"=1' 0") of work for coordination with each trade Contractor. Arrange for preparation of detailed section drawings of ceiling spaces of corridors and any other congested areas. Sections are to be cross referenced with plan drawings so that trades may make use of section drawings. Section drawings to indicate lateral and elevation dimensions of major services within ceiling space. Lateral dimensions are to be from grid lines and elevations from top of floor slab. Obtain from Consultant, engineering drawings for this use. Contractors’ interference drawings are to be distributed among other Trade Contractors. Submit drawings to Consultant for review. Failure of General Contractor to prepare and coordinate overall interface drawings of trades does not relieve respective Division Contractor of responsibility to ensure that work is properly planned and coordinated.

Page 397: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 9November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.7 Carry out alterations in arrangement of work that has been installed without proper coordination, study, and review, even if in accordance with Contract Documents, in order to conceal work behind finishes, or to allow installation of other work, without additional cost. In addition, make necessary alterations in other work required by such alterations, without additional cost.

.8 Control products, products requiring maintenance, junction boxes, and similar products, particularly such products located above suspended ceilings must be located for easy access for servicing and/or removal. Products which do not meet this location requirement are to be relocated to an accessible location at no additional cost.

.9 Be responsible for making necessary changes, at no additional cost, to accommodate structural and building conditions that were missed due to lack of coordination.

.10 Where drawings indicate that acoustic tile ceiling is being suspended below plaster ceiling, coordinate design of framework used to support suspended ceiling, lighting, diffusers, and other Divisions components that are mounted within or through ceiling. Do not mount devices to suspended ceiling. Secure and mount to ceiling slab above. Seal ceiling openings to maintain required fire rating.

1.11 PHASING

.1 Include for scheduling, co-ordination, and construction phasing to suit project as specified in Division 01 and on drawings. Review exact phasing requirements with Consultant prior to start of Work.

.2 Phasing and scheduling of Work is required in order to maintain existing building operations. Include costs (including costs for "off hours" work) for scheduling, co-ordination, and construction phasing to suit this project as specified in Division 01 and on drawings. Review exact phasing requirements with Consultant prior to start of Work.

.3 Project partial occupancy permits to be required throughout project. Provide for each partial permit, local governing authority certificate and any other testing/verification certificates for systems.

1.12 COORDINATION OF WORK

.1 Review Contract Documents and coordinate work with work of each trade. Coordination requirements are to include, but not be limited to following:

.1 requirements for openings, sleeves, inserts and other hardware necessary for installation of work;

.2 concrete work such as housekeeping pads, sumps, bases, etc., required for work, and including required dimensions, operating weight of equipment, location, etc.;

Page 398: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 10November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.3 depth and routing of excavation required for work, and requirements for bedding and backfill;

.4 wiring work required for equipment and systems but not specified to be done as part of mechanical work, including termination points, wiring type and size, and any other requirements.

.2 Ensure materials and equipment are delivered to site at proper time and in such assemblies and sizes so as to enter into building and be moved into spaces where they are to be located without difficulty.

.3 Wherever possible, coordinate equipment deliveries with manufacturers and/or suppliers so equipment is delivered to site when it is required, or so it can be stored within building subject to available space as confirmed with Owner and reviewed with Consultant and protected from elements.

.4 Ensure proper access and service clearances are maintained around equipment, and, where applicable, access space for future equipment removal or replacement is not impeded. Comply with code requirements with regards to access space provision around equipment. Remove and replace any equipment which does not meet this requirement.

.5 Where work is to be integrated, or is to be installed in close proximity with work of other trades, coordinate work prior to and during installation.

1.13 COMPONENT FINAL LOCATIONS

.1 Owner and Consultant reserve right to relocate electrical components such as receptacles, switches, communication system, outlets, hard wired outlet boxes and luminaries at a later date, but prior to installation, without additional cost to Owner, if relocation per components do not exceed 3 m (10') from original location. No credits will be anticipated where relocation per components of up to and including 3 m (10') reduces materials, products and labour. Should relocations exceed 3 m (10') from original location, adjust contract price for that portion beyond 3 m (10') in accordance with provisions for changes in Contract Documents.

1.14 SYSTEMS COORDINATION

.1 Be responsible for and perform specific coordination of various low voltage systems supplied by Electrical Divisions and also with systems supplied by other Divisions of Work. Include for but not be limited to provision of following, as applicable:

.1 coordinate with General Contractor and other Subcontractors, various systems of trades which in any way are interfaced with or monitored by or integrated to, or need to be coordinated with;

.2 prepare systems coordination drawings detailing related system coordination and integration points being monitored and/or controlled; submit coordination drawings as part of shop drawing submission;

Page 399: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 11November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.3 coordinate security system requirements with successful door hardware supplier and prepare detailed coordination drawings of component installations, wiring and conduit layouts, division of responsibility between various trades, etc.; review security system requirements with associated door hardware (electromagnetic locks, electric strikes, etc.), to ensure proper sequence of operation and door functionality is provided to suit each door configuration; prepare detailed door functionality of each door configuration and submit to and review with Consultant;

.4 review systems requirements for component back boxes and conduits; ensure that system of conduits and boxes meet respective system wiring bending radii requirements;

.5 review specifications of each trade/Division ( i.e. for BAS points, elevator requirements, electrical devices in millwork or prefabricated service consoles, outlet box and back box requirements), to ensure proper power supplies, interconnecting wiring requirements and back box/ outlet box requirements;

.6 review with manufacturers coordination and integration requirements of their systems;

.7 review each systems communication protocols to ensure they are compatible and can communicate with each other as required;

.8 review system shop drawings prior to submission to Consultant, to verify that each system has been coordinated with other systems and that required options and features are selected to meet coordination requirements;

.9 be present at testing and commissioning functions of each system and provide technical assistance with regards to system operations;

.10 be "on-site" coordinator of respective system trades with regards to respective system coordination of installation and testing;

.11 coordinate with various trades and equipment vendors and review with Consultant with regards to ensuring that systems coordinate and integrate properly to meet intent of design and Owner requirements;

.12 document coordination and integration requirements and maintain records for submission as part of shop drawings;

.13 respond to coordination and integration requirements and be responsible for such work;

.14 where a system integrator has been included for, coordinate integration requirements with system integrator.

1.15 PRODUCTS

Page 400: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 12November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.1 Be responsible for ordering of products (equipment and materials) in a timely manner in order to meet project-scheduling timelines. Failure to order products to allow manufacturers sufficient production/delivery time to meet project-scheduling timelines is an unacceptable reason to request for other suppliers or substitutions.

.2 Provide Canadian manufactured products wherever possible or required and when quality and performance is obtainable at a competitive price. Products are to be supplied from manufacturer’s authorized Canadian representative, unless otherwise noted. Unless otherwise specified, products are to be new and are to comply with applicable respective Canadian standards. References to UL listings of products to include requirements that products are to be also Underwriters Laboratories of Canada (ULC) listed for use in Canada. Products are to meet or exceed latest ANSI/ASHRAE/IES 90.1 standards, as applicable. Do not supply any products containing asbestos materials or PCB materials.

.3 Systems and equipment of this Project are to be "State of the Art" and be most recent and up to date series/version of product that is available at time of shop drawing review process. Products that have been stored or "on shelf" for an extended period of time will not be accepted. Software is to be of latest version available and be provided with updates available at time of shop drawing review process. Systems are to be designed such that its software is backwards compatible. Future upgrades are not to require any hardware replacements or additions to utilize latest software.

.4 Products scheduled and/or specified have been selected to establish a performance and quality standard, and, in some instances, a dimensional standard. In most cases, base specified manufacturers are stated for any product specified by manufacturer’s name and model number. Where acceptable manufacturers are listed, first name listed is base specified company. Bid Price may be based on products supplied by any of manufacturers’ base specified or named as acceptable for particular product. If acceptable manufacturers are not stated for a particular product, base Bid Price on product supplied by base specified manufacturer.

.5 Documents have been prepared based on product available at time of Bidding. If, after award of Contract, and if successful manufacturer can no longer supply a product that meets base specifications, notify Consultant immediately. Be responsible for obtaining other manufacturers product that complies with base specified performance and criteria and meets project timelines. Proposed products are subject to review and consideration by Consultant and are considered as substitutions subject to a credit to Contract. In addition, if such products require modifications to room spaces, mechanical systems, electrical systems, etc., include required changes. Such changes are to be submitted in detail to Consultant for review and consideration for acceptance. There will be no increase in Contract Price for revisions. Above conditions supplement and are not to supersede any specification conditions in Division 01 with regards to substitutions or failure to supply product.

Page 401: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 13November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.6 Listing of a product as "acceptable" does not imply automatic acceptance by Consultant and/or Owner. It is responsibility of Contractor to ensure that any price quotations received and submittals made are for products that meet or exceed specifications included herein.

.7 If products supplied by a manufacturer named as acceptable are used in lieu of base specified manufacturer, be responsible for ensuring that they are equivalent in performance and operating characteristics (including energy consumption if applicable) to base specified products. It is understood that any additional costs (i.e. for larger starters, larger feeders, additional spaces, etc.), and changes to associated or adjacent work resulting from provision of product supplied by a manufacturer other than base specified manufacturer, is included in Bid Price. In addition, in equipment spaces where equipment named as acceptable is used in lieu of base specified equipment and dimensions of such equipment differs from base specified equipment, prepare and submit for review accurately dimensioned layouts of rooms affected, identifying architectural and structural elements, systems and equipment to prove that equipment in room will fit properly meeting design intent. There will be no increase in Contract Price for revisions.

.8 In addition to manufacturer’s products base specified or named as acceptable, other manufacturers of products may be proposed as substitutions to Consultant for review and consideration for acceptance, listing in each case a corresponding credit for each substitution proposed. However, base Bid Price on products base specified or named as acceptable. Certify in writing to Consultant that proposed substitution meets space, power, design, energy consumption, and other requirements of base specified or acceptable product. It is understood that there will be no increase in Contract Price by reason of any changes to associated equipment, mechanically, electrically, structurally or architecturally, required by acceptance of proposed substitution. Consultant has sole discretion in accepting any such proposed substitution of product. Indicate any proposed substitutions in areas provided on Bid Form. Do not order such products until they are accepted in writing by Consultant.

.9 Indicate in Supplementary Electrical Bid Form, names of manufacturers for proposed products to be supplied, and which were based specified or scheduled with a manufacturer’s name. Names of proposed manufacturers on list must be one of names stated as acceptable for particular products, unless prior approval from Owner has been given for use of products by other manufacturers. Submit to Consultant for review as directed.

Page 402: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 14November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.10 Where products are listed as "or approved equal", certify in writing that product to be used in lieu of base specified product, at least meets space, power, design, energy consumption, and other requirements of base specified product and is equivalent or better than base specified product. When requested by Consultant, provide full design detail drawings and specifications of proposed products. Acceptance of these "or approved equal" products is at sole discretion of Consultant. It is understood that there will be no increase in Contract Price by reason of any changes to associated equipment, mechanically, electrically, structurally or architecturally, required by acceptance of approved equal product. There must be no increase in Contract price due to Consultant’s rejection of proposed equivalent product.

.11 Whenever use of product other than base specified product is being supplied, ensure corresponding certifications and product information (detailed catalogue and engineering data, fabrication information and performance characteristics) are submitted to Consultant for review. Failure of submission of these documents to Consultant in a timely manner to allow for review will result in base specified product to be supplied at Consultant’s discretion, at no additional cost to Contract.

.12 Products supplied by a manufacturer/supplier other than a manufacturer listed as acceptable may be considered for acceptance by Consultant if requested in writing with full product documentation submitted, a minimum of 10 working days prior to Bid closing date.

.13 Any proposed changes initiated by Contractor after award of Contract may be considered by Consultant at Consultant’s discretion, with any additional costs for such changes if accepted by Owner and reviewed with Consultant, and costs for review, to be borne by Contractor.

.14 Whenever use of product other than based specified products or named as acceptable is being supplied, allow sufficient time for processing of product submissions and time for Consultant's review , such that there will not be significant impact on contract time or work schedule.

.15 Requirements for low voltage systems of this project that are of technology that changes rapidly and are forever evolving and changing, resulting in systems that may be out dated by time of installation, are to include provisions to allow Owner option to select most updated technology. Shop drawings for such systems and equipment are to include provisions for a minimum 6-week review time for Owner to review degree of technology of each system and determine acceptance. Owner will have right to substitute a more advanced technology subject to negotiated pricing.

1.16 SHOP DRAWINGS

.1 At start-up meeting review with Consultant, products to be included in shop drawing submission. Prepare and submit list of products to Consultant for review.

.2 Submit electronic copies of shop drawings unless otherwise directed by Owner or reviewed with Consultant. Review exact requirements with Consultant.

Page 403: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 15November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.3 Submit for review, drawings showing in detail design, construction, and performance of equipment and materials as requested in Specification. Submit shop drawings to Consultant for review prior to ordering and delivery of product to site. Include minimally for preparation and submission of following, as applicable:

.1 product literature cuts;

.2 equipment data sheets;

.3 equipment dimension drawings;

.4 system block diagrams;

.5 sequence of operation;

.6 connection wiring schematic diagrams;

.7 functionality with integrated systems.

.4 Each shop drawing or product data sheet is to be properly identified with project name and product drawing or specification reference. Shop drawing or product data sheet dimensions are to match dimension type on drawings.

.5 Where any item of equipment is required by Code or Standard or By-Law to meet a specific energy efficiency level, or any other specific requirement, ensure this requirement is clearly indicated on submission.

.6 Ensure proposed products meet each requirement of Project. Endorse each shop drawing copy "CERTIFIED TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS". Include company name, submittal date, and sign each copy. Shop drawings that are received and are not endorsed, dated and signed will be returned to be resubmitted.

.7 Consultant to review shop drawings and indicate review status by stamping shop drawing copies as follows:

.1 "REVIEWED" or "REVIEWED AS NOTED" (appropriately marked) – If Consultant’s review of shop drawing is final, Consultant to stamp shop drawing;

.2 "RETURNED FOR CORRECTION" – If Consultant’s review of shop drawing is not final, Consultant to stamp shop drawing as stated above, mark submission with comments, and return submission. Revise shop drawing in accordance with Consultant’s notations and resubmit.

.8 Following is to be read in conjunction with wording on Consultant’s shop drawing review stamp applied to each and every shop drawing submitted:

Page 404: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 16November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

"THIS REVIEW BY CONSULTANT IS FOR SOLE PURPOSE OF ASCERTAINING CONFORMANCE WITH GENERAL DESIGN CONCEPT. THIS REVIEW DOES NOT MEAN THAT CONSULTANT APPROVES DETAILED DESIGN INHERENT IN SHOP DRAWINGS, RESPONSIBILITY FOR WHICH REMAINS WITH CONTRACTOR. CONSULTANT’S REVIEW DOES NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN SHOP DRAWINGS OR OF CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DIMENSIONS TO BE CONFIRMED AND CORRELATED AT JOB SITE, FOR INFORMATION THAT PERTAINS SOLELY TO FABRICATION PROCESSES OR TO TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION, AND FOR CO-ORDINATION OF WORK OF SUB-TRADES."

.9 Submit each system and each major component as separate shop drawing submissions. Submit together, shop drawings for common devices such as devices of each system.

.10 Obtain shop drawings for submission from product manufacturer’s authorized representatives and supplemented with additional items specified herein.

.11 Do not order product until respective shop drawing review process has been properly reviewed with Consultant.

.12 Where extended warranties are specified for equipment items, submit specified extended warranty with shop drawing submittal.

.13 Refer to specific requirements in other Sections.

1.17 ENGINEERED SUBMITTALS

.1 Submittals for items required to be sealed by a professional engineer (engineered) are to be duly prepared, sealed, and signed under direct control and supervision of a qualified professional engineer licensed in jurisdiction of the work. Professional engineer is to conform to requirements specified in this Section in article entitled Requirements for Contractor Retained Engineers.

.2 Engineered submittals are to include, but not be limited to, following:

.1 complete CAD layout drawings indicating equipment, wiring schematic, conduit routing and sizing, zones, devices, and any other pertinent data;

.2 listing of design data used to determine system layout and sizing;

.3 complete copies of design calculations and listing of design data used in preparing calculations;

.4 list detailing standards, codes, regulations, etc. adhered to when designing system;

.5 items as noted in other Sections of the Specification.

Page 405: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 17November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.3 Professional engineer responsible for engineered submittals is to perform periodic field reviews, including review of associated mock-ups where applicable, at locations wherever work as described by engineered submittal is in progress, during fabrication and installation of such work, and submit a field review report after each visit. Submit field review reports to Consultant and authorities having jurisdiction as required.

.4 Field reviews are to be at intervals as necessary and appropriate to progress of work described by engineered submittal to allow engineer to be familiar with progress and quality of such work and to determine if work is proceeding in general conformity with Contract Documents including reviewed shop drawings and design calculations.

.5 Upon completion of work as described by engineered submittal, professional engineer responsible for preparation of engineered submittal and for performing periodic field reviews is to prepare and submit to Consultant and, if applicable, authorities having jurisdiction, a letter certifying that work has been supplied and installed in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents, authorities having jurisdiction and engineered submittal.

1.18 EQUIPMENT LOADS

.1 Supply equipment loads (self-weight, operating weight, housekeeping pad, inertia pads, etc.) to Consultant, via shop drawing submissions, prior to construction.

.2 Where given choice of specific equipment, actual weight, location and method of support of equipment may differ from those assumed by Consultant for base design. Back-check equipment loads, location, and supports, and include necessary accommodations.

.3 Where supporting structure consists of structural steel framing, it is imperative that equipment loads, location, and method of support be confirmed prior to fabrication of structural steel. Review locations of equipment with Consultant prior to construction.

1.19 OPENINGS

.1 Supply opening sizes and locations to Consultant to allow verification of their effect on design, and for inclusion on structural drawings where appropriate.

.2 No openings are permitted through completed structure without written approval from Owner and review with Consultant. Show required openings on a copy of structural drawings. Identify exact locations, elevations, and size of proposed openings and submit to Consultant for review, well in advance of doing work.

Page 406: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 18November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.3 Prior to leaving site at end of each day, walk through areas of work and check for any openings, penetrations, holes, and/or voids created under scope of work of project, and ensure that any openings created under scope of work have been closed off, fire-stopped and smoke-sealed. Unless otherwise directed by Owner and reviewed with Consultant, do not leave any openings unprotected and unfinished overnight.

1.20 SCAFFOLDING, HOISTING, AND RIGGING,

.1 Unless otherwise specified or directed, supply, erect and operate scaffolding, rigging, hoisting equipment and associated hardware required for work, and subject to approval from Owner and review with Consultant.

.2 Use scaffolds in such a manner as to interfere as little as possible with work of other trades.

.3 Do not place major scaffolding/hoisting equipment loads on any portion of structure without approval from Owner and review with Consultant. No supports, clips, brackets or similar devices are to be welded, bolted or otherwise affixed to any finished member or surface without approval from Owner and review with Consultant.

.4 Immediately remove from site scaffolding, rigging and hoisting equipment when no longer required.

1.21 CHANGES IN THE WORK

.1 Whenever Consultant proposes in writing to make a change or revision to design, arrangement, quantity, or type of any work from that required by Contract Documents, prepare and submit to Consultant for review, a quotation detailing proposed cost for executing change or revision.

.2 Quotation to be a detailed and itemized estimate of product, labour, and equipment costs associated with change or revision, plus overhead and profit percentages and applicable taxes and duties.

.3 If overhead and profit percentages are not specified in Division 00 or 01, but allowable under Contract as reviewed with Consultant prior to contract signing, then allowable maximum percentages for overhead and profit are to be 7% and 5% respectively.

.4 Unless otherwise specified in Divisions 00 or 01, following additional requirements apply to quotations submitted:

.1 when change or revision involves deleted work as well as additional work, cost of deleted work (less overhead and profit percentages but including taxes and duties) is to be subtracted from cost of additional work before overhead and profit percentages are applied to additional work;

.2 material costs are not to exceed those published in local estimating price guides;

Page 407: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 19November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.3 electrical material labour unit costs are to be in accordance with National Electrical Contractors Association Manual of Labor Units at difficult level, less 25%;

.4 mechanical material labour unit costs are to be in accordance with Mechanical Contractors Association of America Labor Estimating Manual, less 25%;

.5 costs for journeyperson and apprentice labour must not exceed prevailing rates at time of execution of Contract and must reflect actual personnel performing work;

.6 cost for site superintendent must not exceed 10% of total hours of labour estimated for change or revision, and change or revision must be such that site superintendent’s involvement is necessary;

.7 costs for rental tools and/or equipment are not to exceed local rental costs;

.8 overhead percentage will be deemed to cover quotation costs other than actual site labour and materials, and rentals;

.9 quotations, including those for deleted work, to include a figure for any required change to Contract time.

.5 Quotations submitted that are not in accordance with requirements specified above will be rejected and returned for re-submittal. Failure to submit a proper quotation to enable Consultant to expeditiously process quotation and issue a Change Order will not be grounds for any additional change to Contract time.

.6 Make requests for changes or revisions to work in writing to Consultant and, if accepted by Owner, Notice of Change to be issued.

.7 Do not execute any change or revision until written authorization for change or revision has been obtained from Owner and reviewed with Consultant.

1.22 PROGRESS PAYMENT BREAKDOWN

.1 Prior to submittal of first progress payment draw, submit a detailed breakdown of work cost to assist Consultant in reviewing and approving progress payment claims.

.2 Payment breakdown is subject to Owner’s approval and Consultant’s review. Progress payments will not be processed until an approved breakdown is in place. Breakdown is to include one-time claim items such as mobilization and demobilization, insurance, bonds (if applicable), shop drawings and product data sheets, commissioning including system testing and verification, and project closeout submittals.

.3 Indicate equipment, material and labour costs for site services (if applicable) and indicate work of each trade in same manner as they will be indicated on progress draw.

Page 408: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 20November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

1.23 NOTICE FOR REQUIRED FIELD REVIEWS

.1 Whenever there is a requirement for Consultant to perform a field review prior to concealment of any work, to inspect/re-inspect work for deficiencies prior to Substantial Performance of the Work, for commissioning demonstrations, and any other such field review, give minimum 5 working days’ notice in writing to Consultant.

.2 If Consultant is unable to attend a field review when requested, arrange an alternative date and time.

.3 Do not conceal work until Consultant advises that it may be concealed.

.4 When Consultant is requested to perform a field review and work is not ready to be reviewed, reimburse Consultant for time and travel expenses.

1.24 PRELIMINARY TESTING

.1 When directed by Consultant, promptly arrange, pay for, and perform site tests on any piece of equipment or any system for such reasonable lengths of time and at such times as may be required to prove compliance with Specification and governing Codes and Regulations, prior to Substantial Performance of the Work.

.2 When, in Consultant’s opinion, tests are required to be performed by a certified testing laboratory, arrange and pay for such tests.

.3 These tests are not to be construed as evidence of acceptance of work, and it is agreed and understood that no claim for delays or damage will be made for injury or breakage to any part or parts of equipment or system due to test where such injuries or breakage were caused by faulty parts and/or workmanship of any kind.

.4 When, in Consultant’s opinion, tests indicate that equipment, products, etc., are defective or deficient, immediately remove such equipment and/or products from site and replace them with acceptable equipment and/or products, at no additional cost.

1.25 PROVISIONS FOR SYSTEMS/EQUIPMENT USED DURING CONSTRUCTION

.1 Any system or piece of equipment that is specified to be provided under requirements of Documents and is required to be used during construction stages of work prior to issuing of Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, are to be provided with special interim maintenance and service to cover systems/equipment during time of use during construction period of project until project has been certified as substantially performed and such systems/equipment are turned over to Owner.

Page 409: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 21November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.2 During this period of construction, such systems/equipment to not become property of Owner or be Owner’s responsibility for maintenance or service. Systems/equipment are to remain property of respective manufacturers/suppliers or Contractor, who are responsible for full maintenance and servicing of systems/equipment in order to maintain validity of warranties after turn over to Owner.

.3 Prior to application for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work and turn over to Owner, such systems/equipment to be cleaned, restored to "new" condition, paint finishes "touched-up", filters cleaned or replaced, etc.

1.26 TEMPORARY SERVICES

.1 Coordinate with Prime Contractor, requirements for temporary services including but not limited to temporary electrical power, lighting, heating and exit pathways. Locations of exit pathways to be as decided at discretion of Prime Contractor and to be illuminated complete with emergency lighting, and provided with exit signage and fire alarm devices. Unless otherwise noted, provide required services in accordance with requirements of local governing building code and local governing inspection authorities.

.2 Maintain fire protection of areas which may include fire watch during temporary shutdowns of existing systems, in accordance with requirements of local governing code and local governing authorities.

1.27 CLEANING

.1 During construction, keep site reasonably clear of rubbish and waste material resulting from work on a daily basis to the satisfaction of Owner and Consultant. Before applying for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, remove rubbish and debris, and be responsible for repair of any damage caused as a result of work.

.2 At time of final cleaning, clean luminaire reflectors, lenses, and other luminary surfaces that have been exposed to construction dust and dirt, including top surface, whether it is exposed or in ceiling space.

.3 Clean switches, receptacles, communications outlets, coverplates, and exposed surfaces.

.4 Clean other electrical equipment and devices installed as part of this project.

1.28 RECORD AS-BUILT DRAWINGS

.1 Drawings for this project have been prepared on a CAD system using AutoCAD software of release version reviewed with Consultant. For purpose of producing record "as built" drawings, copies of Contract Drawings can be obtained from Consultant, at expense of $25.00 CDN plus HST, per drawing, up to first 10 drawings, and $5.00 CDN plus HST, per any additional drawings thereafter. Drawings may also to be used for preparation of layouts and interference drawings.

Page 410: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 22November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.2 As work progresses at site, clearly mark in red in a neat and legible manner on a set of bound white prints of Contract Drawings, changes and deviations from routing of services and locations of equipment shown on Contract Drawings, on a daily basis. Changes and deviations include those made by addenda, change orders, and site instructions. Use notes marked in red as required. Maintain white print red line as-built set at site for exclusive use of recording as-built conditions, keep set up-to-date, and ensure set is available for periodic review. As-built set is also to include following:

.1 dimensioned location of inaccessible concealed work;

.2 locations of control devices with identification for each;

.3 location and identification of devices in concealed locations such as accessible ceiling spaces and raised floors;

.4 location of concealed services terminated for future extension and work concealed within building in inaccessible locations.

.5 location of fire alarm devices and include addresses of devices; identify fire alarm zones;

.6 identify routing and location of concealed conduits/ducts of diameter 50 mm (2") and greater;

.3 Before applying for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, update a clean copy of Contract Drawing set in accordance with marked up set of "as-built" white prints including deviations from original Contract Drawings, thus forming an "as-built" drawing set. Submit "as-built" site drawing prints to Consultant for review. Make necessary revisions to drawings as per Consultant’s comments, to satisfaction of Consultant.

.4 Use final reviewed "as-built" drawing set to provide CAD files of drawings thus forming true "as-built" set of Contract Drawings. Identify set as "Project Record Copy". Load digital copies of final reviewed by Consultant as-built drawings onto USB type flash drive. Provide 2 complete sets of "as-built" drawings on separate USBs. Submit "as-built" sets of white prints and USBs to Consultant.

.5 Submitted drawings are to be of same quality as original Contract Drawings. CAD drawing files are to be compatible with AutoCAD software release version confirmed with Consultant.

.6 Unless otherwise noted in Divisions 00 or 01, failure to maintain accurate record drawings will incur additional 5% holdback on progress claims until drawings are brought up to date to satisfaction of Owner and reviewed with Consultant.

.7 For projects with phased turnover of project (refer to Division 01), review with Consultant completeness of as-built drawings prior to turn over of an area. Copies of hand drawn interim as-built drawings to be made available to Owner’s maintenance personnel.

1.29 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

Page 411: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 23November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.1 For each item of equipment for which a shop drawing is required (except for simple equipment), supply minimum 3, project specific, indexed copies of equipment manufacturers’ operating and maintenance (O&M) instruction data manuals. Review exact quantity of manuals with Consultant. Consolidate each copy of data in an identified hard cover three "D" ring binder. Each binder to include:

.1 front cover: project name label; wording – "Electrical Systems Operating and Maintenance Manual"; and date;

.2 introduction sheet listing Consultant, Contractor, and Subcontractor names, street addresses, telephone and fax numbers, and e-mail addresses;

.3 equipment manufacturer's authorized contact person name, telephone number and company website;

.4 Table of Contents sheet, and corresponding index tab sheets;

.5 copy of each "REVIEWED" or clean, updated "REVIEWED AS NOTED" shop drawing or product data sheet, with manufacturer's/supplier's name, telephone and fax numbers, email address, company website address, and email address for local source of parts and service; when shop drawings are returned marked "REVIEWED AS NOTED" with revisions marked on shop drawing copies, they are to be revised by equipment supplier to incorporate comments marked on "reviewed" shop drawings and a clean updated copy is to be included in operating and maintenance manuals;

.6 maintenance data as follows:

.1 operation and trouble-shooting instructions for each item of equipment and each system;

.2 schedules of tasks, frequency, tools required, and estimated task time;

.3 recommended maintenance practices and precautions including warnings of any maintenance practice that will damage or disfigure equipment/systems;

.4 complete parts lists with numbers.

.7 performance data as follows:

.1 equipment and system start-up data sheets;

.2 equipment test reports;

.3 final verification and commissioning reports.

.8 explanation of operating principles and sequences;

.9 inspection certificates issued by regulatory authorities;

.10 wiring and connection diagrams;

Page 412: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 24November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.11 copies of additional and revised panelboard directories;

.12 warranties;

.13 items requested specifically in Section Articles.

.2 Generally, binders are not to exceed 75 mm (3") thick and not to be more than 2/3 full.

.3 Operating and maintenance instructions are to relate to job specific equipment supplied under this project and related to Owner’s building. Language used in manuals is to contain simple practical operating terms and language easy for in-house maintenance staff to understand how to operate and maintain each system.

.4 Before applying for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, assemble one draft copy of O & M Manual and submit to Consultant for review prior to assembling remaining copies. Incorporate Consultant’s comments into final submission.

.5 Provide 2 digital copies of contents of operating and maintenance manuals and load onto separate USB type flash drives and submit to Consultant. Prepare digital copies using version of Adobe Acrobat Portable Document Format or equal as reviewed with Consultant and enhanced with bookmarks and internal document links.

1.30 WARRANTY

.1 Unless otherwise specified in Divisions 00 and 01, warrant work to be in accordance with Contract Documents and free from defects for a period of 1 year from date of issue of a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work.

.2 Where equipment includes extended warranty period, e.g., 5 years, first year of warranty period is to be governed by terms and conditions of warranty in Contract Documents, and remaining years of warranty are to be direct from equipment manufacturer and/or supplier to Owner. Submit signed and dated copies of extended warranties to Consultant.

.3 Warranty to include parts, labour, travel costs and living expenses incurred by manufacturer’s authorized technician to provide factory authorized on-site service.

.4 Repair and/or replace any defects that appear in Work within warranty period without additional expense to Owner. Be responsible for costs incurred in making defective work good, including repair or replacement of building finishes, other materials, and damage to other equipment. Ordinary wear and tear and damage caused wilfully or due to carelessness of Owner’s staff or agents is exempted.

.5 Do not include Owner deductible amounts in warranties.

Page 413: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 25November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.6 It is understood that warranties are to commence from time of Substantial Performance of the Work, regardless of what is noted within following Sections of Specification. Be responsible for providing whatever "bridging" or additional extended warranty period is required from time that material is purchased until this time.

.7 Visit building during warranty period with Owner representatives. Owner to organize these visits. At these meetings, Owner representatives are to review performance of systems. If performance is satisfactory, then no further action needs to be taken. If unsatisfactory, then correct deficiencies, as directed by Owner representatives, to satisfaction of Owner representatives. These site visits to occur:

.1 once during first month of building operation;

.2 once during third month of building operation;

.3 once between fourth and tenth month in a season opposite to first and third month visits.

1.31 PROJECT CLOSE OUT SUBMITTALS

.1 Prior to application for Substantial Performance of the Work, submit required items and documentation specified, including following:

.1 Operating and Maintenance Manuals;

.2 as-built record drawings and associated data;

.3 extended warranties for equipment as specified;

.4 operating test certificates;

.5 final commissioning report;

.6 identified keys for equipment and/or panels for which keys are required, and other items required to be submitted;

.7 other data or products specified.

1.32 INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER

.1 Refer to equipment and system operational and maintenance training requirements specified in Division 01.

.2 Train Owner’s designated personnel in aspects of operation and maintenance of equipment and systems as specified. Demonstrations and training are to be performed by qualified technicians employed by equipment/system manufacturer/supplier. Supply hard copies of training materials to each attendee.

Page 414: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 26November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.3 Unless where specified otherwise in trade Sections, minimum requirements are for manufacturer/suppliers of each system and major equipment, to provide minimum two separate sessions each consisting of minimum 4 hours on site or in factory training (at Owner’s choice), of Owner’s designated personnel (for up to 6 people each session), on operation and maintenance procedures of system.

.4 For each item of equipment and for each system for which training is specified, prepare training modules as specified below. Use Operating and Maintenance Manuals during training sessions. Training modules include but are not limited to:

.1 Operational Requirements and Criteria: equipment function, stopping and starting, safeties, operating standards, operating characteristics, performance curves, and limitations;

.2 Troubleshooting: diagnostic instructions, test and inspection procedures;

.3 Documentation: equipment/system warranties, and manufacturer’s/supplier’s parts and service facilities, telephone numbers, email addresses, and the like;

.4 Maintenance: inspection instructions, types of cleaning agents to be used as well as cleaning methods, preventive maintenance procedures, and use of any special tools;

.5 Repairs: diagnostic instructions, disassembly, component removal and repair instructions, instructions for identifying parts and components, and review of any spare parts inventory.

.5 Before instructing Owner’s designated personnel, submit to Consultant for review preliminary copy of training manual and proposed schedule of demonstration and training dates and times. Incorporate Consultant’s comments in final copy.

.6 Obtain in writing from Consultant, list of Owner’s representatives to receive instructions. Submit to Consultant prior to application for Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, complete list of systems for which instructions were given, stating for each system:

.1 date instructions were given to Owner’s staff;

.2 duration of instruction;

.3 names of persons instructed;

.4 other parties present (manufacturer’s representative, consultants, etc.).

.7 Obtain signatures of Owner’s staff to verify they properly understood system installation, operation and maintenance requirements, and have received operating and maintenance instruction manuals and "as-built" record drawings.

Page 415: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 00 10Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 27November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.8 Submit to Consultant copy of electronic version of training materials loaded on USB flash drive. Include in operating and maintenance manuals submission.

1.33 FINAL INSPECTION

.1 Submit to Consultant, written request for final inspection of systems. Include written certification that:

.1 deficiencies noted during job inspections have been completed;

.2 field quality control procedures have been completed;

.3 maintenance and operating data have been completed and submitted to, reviewed with Consultant and accepted by Owner;

.4 tags and nameplates are in place and equipment identifications have been completed;

.5 clean-up is complete;

.6 spare parts and replacement parts specified have been provided and acknowledged by Consultant;

.7 as-built and record drawings have been completed and submitted to and reviewed with Consultant and accepted by Owner;

.8 Owner’s staff has been instructed in operation and maintenance of systems;

.9 commissioning procedures have been completed;

.10 fire alarm verification has been 100% completed and Verification Certificate has been submitted to and accepted by Consultant.

2 PRODUCTS

NOT USED

3 EXECUTION

NOT USED

END OF SECTION

Page 416: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 1November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

1 GENERAL

1.01 REFERENCE

.1 Division 00 and Division 01 apply to and are a part of each Electrical Division Section.

1.02 APPLICATION

.1 This Section specifies products, criteria and characteristics, and methods and execution that are common to one or more Sections of Electrical Divisions. It is intended as a supplement to each Section of Electrical Divisions and is to be read accordingly.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings for products of this Section.

.2 Additionally as part of shop drawing submission process, submit following to Consultant for review:

.1 sample of each proposed type of access door if supplied under work of this Division, as well as electronic copies of reflected ceiling plan drawings and wall elevation drawings showing proposed access door locations;

.2 dimensioned location drawings indicating required sleeves and formed openings in structural poured concrete or precast concrete construction or in roofing, and locations of cutting or drilling required for Electrical Divisions work;

.3 samples of materials and any other items as specified in succeeding Sections of Electrical Divisions;

.4 weight loads of selected equipment (upon request);

.5 equipment nameplate and warning sign proposed nomenclature, print type, symbols, sizing and colours;

.6 fire stopping installation drawings with ULC certifications;

.7 copies of prior to start of construction approvals from local governing authorities having jurisdiction.

.3 Prior to application for Substantial Performance of the Work, submit following to Consultant for review (note: funds will be withheld until each of following items have been completed and documented to satisfaction of Owner and reviewed with Consultant):

.1 fire alarm system testing and verification report of each component of work; devices to be certified working and in proper order;

.2 final distribution system testing and arc flash study performed and documented to satisfaction of Consultant;

Page 417: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 2November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.3 structured network cabling system tested and verified to be operating and performing in accordance with specified standards.

1.04 CONTINUITY OF SUPPLY FOR STANDARDIZATION

.1 Utilize materials of one manufacturer for aspects of work, where practical. Utilize one common manufacturer for wiring devices, such as switches and receptacles, whether installed loose or in a pre-manufactured component. Coordinate with each supplier and ensure conformance with this requirement. Identify deviations to Consultant and obtain approval of change prior to proceeding with work.

2 PRODUCTS

2.01 CONDUITS

.1 EMT (Thinwall), galvanized electrical metallic tubing to CSA C22.2 No. 83, complete with factory made bends where site bending is not possible and joints and terminations made with steel couplers and steel set screw type connectors with insulated throats, and concrete tight where required.

.2 Galvanized steel flexible liquid tight metallic conduit to CSA C22.2 No. 56, complete with Ideal "Steel Tough" liquid-tight flexible conduit connectors at terminations.

.3 Galvanized steel flexible metallic conduit to CSA C22.2 No. 56, complete with proper and suitable squeeze type connectors at terminations.

2.02 OUTLET BOXES

.1 CSA approved stamped galvanized steel outlet boxes.

.2 Each outlet box and back box to be suitable in respects for application and complete with suitable securing lugs, connectors suitable for connected conduit, knockouts and, where necessary, suitable plaster rings, concrete rings, covers, carpet flanges and any other required accessory.

.3 Electrical boxes exposed exterior of building or in non-climate controlled locations to be weatherproof boxes complete with gasketted covers/faceplates.

2.03 PULLBOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES

.1 Galvanized or prime coat plated steel, suitable in respects for application and complete with screw-on or hinged covers as required, and connectors suitable for connected conduit.

.2 Physical size of pullboxes to be as required by local governing electrical code to suit number and size of conduits and conductors.

.3 Each box to be suitable in respects for application and complete with suitable securing lugs, connectors suitable for connected conduit, knockouts and, where necessary, suitable plaster rings, concrete rings, covers and any other required accessory.

Page 418: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 3November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.4 Boxes exposed exterior of building or in non-climate controlled locations to be weatherproof boxes complete with gasketted covers.

2.04 SLEEVES

.1 Galvanized steel sleeves as follows:

.1 No. 24 gauge with an integral flange at one (1) end to secure sleeve to formwork construction;

.2 Schedule 40 pipe;

.2 Schedule 40 PVC sleeves.

2.05 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL MATERIALS

.1 Asbestos-free, elastomeric materials and intumescent materials, tested, listed and labelled by ULC in accordance with CAN/ULC S115, and CAN/ULC S101 for installation in ULC designated firestopping, and smoke seal systems to provide a positive fire, water and smoke seal and a fire resistance rating (flame, hose stream and temperature) no less than fire rating for surrounding construction.

.2 Firestopping and smoke seal material system to be specifically ULC certified with designated reference number for its specific installation. As part of shop drawing submission, submit copies of firestopping drawings with ULC certificate and system number for each specific installation.

.3 Smoke and fire seal materials and manufacturers must be specifically approved for each application of penetrated surfaces, as approved by FM Global and listed in FM Global Approval Guide. Listed companies herein and other manufacturers are only acceptable if compliant with these requirements. As part of shop drawing submission, submit copies of firestopping drawings with FM Global Approval Guide.

.4 Materials are to be compatible with abutting dissimilar materials and finishes and complete with primers, damming and back-up materials, supports, and anchoring devices in accordance with firestopping manufacturer's recommendations and ULC tested assembly. Coordinate material requirements with trades supplying abutting areas of materials.

.5 Submit schedule of opening locations and sizes, penetrating items, and required listed design numbers to seal openings to maintain fire resistance ratings.

.6 For typical standard indoor applications for conduit and cable installations to seal openings up to 25 mm (1"): Hilti “Cable Disc CFS-D 1’’, pre-formed firestopping solution with features as follows:

.1 Approximate Density 1.6 g/cm³;

.2 Mold and mildew resistant;

.3 Surface burning characteristics (UL 723 (ASTM E84): Flame spread: 0 and Smoke development: 5;

Page 419: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 4November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.4 Application temperature 0 to 40°C (32-104°F);

.5 Percent Fill: up to 100% per tested system;

.6 Sound Transmission classification (ASTM E 90): 62 (Relates to specific construction).

.7 For typical standard indoor applications to seal openings up to 1800 mm x 900 mm (72" x 36"): Hilti “Firestop Block (CFS-BL)”, ready-to-use, intumescent flexible block designed for:

.1 Sealing single or multiple penetrations of openings;

.2 Temporary or permanent sealing of cables and cable tray penetrations;

.3 Temporary or permanent sealing of conduit penetrations.

.8 Firestop Block (CFS-BL) features as follows:

.1 Tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S115, UL 1479, ASTM E 814 and ASTM E 84;

.2 Halogen, asbestos, solvent free and smoke resistant;

.3 Operational immediately after installation;

.4 Application temperature 5°C to 40°C (40°F to 104°F);

.5 Temperature resistance -15°C to 60°C (5°F to 140°F);

.6 Intumescent activation approximately 200°C (392°F);

.7 Expansion ratio (unrestricted) Up to 1:3;

.8 Surface burning characteristics (ASTM E 84-10b): Flame Spread Index: 10 and Smoke Development Index: 15;

.9 Sound transmission classification (ASTM E 90): STC Rating: 52;

.10 Suitable for wet areas when applied with additional silicone coating to manufacturer’s directions.

.9 Supply products of a single manufacturer for use on work of this Division.

.10 Installer to be manufacturer trained and certified on specific product. Submit copy of certificate with shop drawings.

.11 Include for manufacturer’s authorized representative to inspect and verify each installation and application. Submit test report signed and verified by system installer’s authorized representative and manufacturer’s representative.

Page 420: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 5November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.12 Acceptable certification to also include certification by Underwriters Laboratories of Northbrook IL, using tests conforming to ULC-S115 and given cUL listing published by UL in their "Products Certified for Canada (cUL) Directory".

.13 Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 Hilti Canada;

.2 Specified Technologies Inc.;

.3 3M Canada Inc.;

.4 Tremco;

.5 A/D Fire Protection Systems;

.6 Nelson.

2.06 FASTENING AND SECURING HARDWARE

.1 Concrete inserts - Crane Canada Ltd., No. 4-M for concrete work for single or double conduit, cable tray, etc., runs and equipment. Unistrut Ltd. multiple type inserts for runs of three (3) or more conduits etc., or where a grid support system is required.

.2 Concrete fasteners – "WEJ-IT" anchors, lead cinch anchors and/or "STAR" or "PHILLIPS" self-drilling anchors.

.3 Masonry inserts – "WEJ-IT" expansion shields and machine bolts or, for light loads, fibre or lead plugs and screws.

.4 Drywall or plaster wall and/or ceiling fasteners – 2-wing spring toggles.

.5 Structural steel - Crane Canada Ltd., beam clamps.

.6 Anchors, fasteners and other securing hardware to be of capacity and type to suit application and for which materials to which hardware are being installed. Include manufacturer’s product literature with shop drawing submissions detailing that supplied hardware is suitable for respective applications. Arrange for manufacturer’s representative to provide onsite installation training for hardware products.

.7 Metal framing channels – typical 40 mm (1-5/8") width but increased where required to suit application, galvanized steel channels complete with required fittings and ancillary hardware. Acceptable manufacturers of framing channels are:

.1 Unistrut;

.2 Thomas & Betts;

.3 Hilti;

Page 421: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 6November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.4 Eaton B-Line.

.8 Acceptable manufacturers of fastening and securing hardware:

.1 Crane;

.2 Hilti;

.3 Thomas & Betts.

.9 Pentair Erico metal "J" hooks or Panduit "J-Pro" cable support systems for communications system cabling in accessible ceiling spaces were conduit or cable tray is not being provided. J hooks to be of type and size to maintaining cable minimum bending radii of cable being supported. Clearly identify cable manufacturer’s bending radii specifications and submit with shop drawings. Use of J-hooks is subject to approval from Owner and review with Consultant.

.10 Velcro tie wraps for bundling and securing cables.

2.07 ACCESS DOORS

.1 Access doors to be provided under work of Division 08 by General Trades Contractor.

.2 Coordinate with Mechanical Contractor and General Trades Contractor to ensure that access doors on project are provided by a single manufacturer, installed as part of work of General Trades Contractor and that work involving both mechanical and electrical services to where possible be accessible from common access door. Coordinate work to ensure that same common location access doors are not supplied by more than one Division.

.3 Size access door to suit concealed work for which they are supplied and wherever possible they are to be of standard size for all applications, but in any case they are to be minimum 300 mm x 300 mm (12" x 12") for hand entry and 600 mm x 600 mm (24" x 24") for body entry.

.4 Access doors in fire rated ceilings, walls, partitions, structures, etc., to be ULC listed and labelled and of a rating to maintain fire separation integrity.

.5 Identify on reflected ceiling plans and wall elevation drawings, coordinated locations of proposed access door locations and submit to Consultant for review.

2.08 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES

.1 Laminated plastic (Lamacoid) black-white-black with bevelled edges, stainless steel screws, and proper identification engraving. Each nameplate to be sized to suit equipment for which it is provided, and required wording. Various colour configurations to be used to differentiate systems. Confirm exact nomenclature, sizing, print type and colour scheme with Owner and review with Consultant.

.2 Brother "P-Touch" or approved equal, portable electronic labelling system complete with self-adhesive, permanent printed labels with required nomenclature.

Page 422: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 7November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

.1 Install conduit concealed in finished areas, and concealed to degree made possible by finishes in partially finished and unfinished areas. Conduit may be exposed in unfinished areas such as Electrical and Mechanical Rooms, unless otherwise noted on drawings or specified herein. Refer to and examine architectural drawings and room finish schedules to determine finished, partially finished or unfinished areas of building. Documents do not identify exact routing. Where shown, routing is diagrammatic, identifying general requirements of routing and locations. Include for necessary offsets, fittings, transformations and similar items required as a result of obstructions and other architectural or structural details not shown.

.2 Where conduits are exposed, arrange them to avoid interference with other work, parallel to building lines and install as high as possible. Do not install conduits within 150 mm (6") of "hot" pipes or equipment unless conduits are associated with equipment. Independently run conduit to be supported from wall/ceiling structure, not from ceiling hangers, ductwork, piping, cable trays, formed steel decking, etc. Do not run conduits within 900 mm (3') of equipment access opening covers.

.3 Conduits are sized on drawings, but in absence of type and sizing, type and size to suit intended application in accordance with applicable local governing electrical code requirements. Sizes identified on drawings are minimum sizes and are not to be decreased unless approved by Owner and reviewed with Consultant.

.4 Where receptacle type devices are located in existing floors and/or where feeds are required to furniture systems in open spaces, and where chasing of floor slab to run conduit is not acceptable to Owner after review with Consultant provide fire rated "poke-thru" assembly installed through floor and feed from conduit runs provided in ceiling space of floor below.

.5 Mounting heights of devices may be typically identified on drawings, but such dimensions are for general pricing only. Review exact mounting heights with Consultant prior to roughing –in, refer to Architectural drawings and comply with local governing codes and standards including building code barrier free requirements.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT

.1 Provide conduit for conductors except armoured cable and copper sheathed mineral insulated conductors, and except where duct or similar raceway materials are provided.

.2 Provide conduit as follows:

Page 423: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 8November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.1 for short branch circuit connectors to motorized equipment and distribution transformers (minimum length 450 mm (18"), maximum length 600 mm (24") with 180° loop where possible) – galvanized steel flexible liquid-tight conduit;

.2 at points, where conductors cross building expansion joints – galvanized steel flexible conduit with no less than 600 mm (24") of extra curve;

.3 for interior conduit above 50 mm (2") diameter containing distribution conductors or communication systems conductors (fire alarm, telephone etc.) (except as noted above) – EMT with separate insulated ground conductor;

.4 for corrosive environments – epoxy coated rigid steel;

.5 for conductors except as noted above or elsewhere in this Specification – EMT.

.3 Run rigid conductors in rigid type conduits suitable for application. Do not use flexible conduit.

.4 Secure conduit located in poured concrete work in place in a manner such that conduit will not float or move when concrete is poured. Adequately protect such conduit from damage prior to and during concrete pour, and from concrete and water penetration.

.5 Review with Consultant prior to Start of Work, maximum allowable size of conduit for installation in poured concrete. Placement of reinforcing steel in structural concrete work will take precedence over placement of conduit. Spaced adequately multiple runs of conduit in poured concrete work, as reviewed with Consultant.

.6 Install flexible polyethylene conduit in continuous lengths wherever possible and "snake" conduit in trench. Where joints are necessary, make same with nylon inserts and stainless steel gear type clamps. Terminate with rigid conduit threadless connectors. Grade bed to provide proper drainage of conduits.

.7 Provide manufactured expansion joints in rigid PVC plastic conduit at spacing as recommended by conduit manufacturer.

.8 Provide a separate ground conductor in plastic conduits.

.9 Support and secure surface mounted and suspended single or double runs of metal conduit at support spacing in accordance with local governing electrical code requirements by means of galvanized pipe straps, conduit clips, ringbolt type hangers, or by other proper manufactured devices.

.10 Support multiple mixed size metal conduit runs with Unistrut Ltd., Electrovert Ltd. "CANTRUSS" or Burndy Ltd. "FLEXIBLE" conduit racks spaced to suit spacing requirements of smallest conduit in group.

Page 424: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 9November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.11 Unless otherwise noted, provide conduit fittings constructed of same materials as conduit and which are suitable in respects for application.

.12 Provide proper adaptors for joining conduits of different materials.

.13 Cut square and properly ream site cut conduit ends.

.14 Provide conduit as sized on drawings. Size conduit not sized on drawings in accordance with local governing electrical code with consideration that sizes of branch circuit conductors indicated are minimum sizes and must be increased as required to suit length of run and voltage drop in accordance with voltage drop schedule found on drawings or at end of this section. Where conductor sizes are increased to suit voltage drop requirements, increase scheduled or specified conduit size to suit. Unless otherwise noted on drawings or required by local governing electrical code or specified elsewhere, conduit to be of minimum size 13 mm (1/2") diameter. Structured network cabling system conduit to be of minimum 19 mm (3/4") diameter, unless otherwise noted.

.15 Site made bends for conduit to maintain full conduit diameter with no kinking, and conduit finishes are not flake or crack when conduit is bent.

.16 Plug ends of roughed-in conduits which are exposed during construction with approved plugs.

.17 Ensure that conduit systems which are left empty for future wiring are clean, clear, capped and properly identified at each termination point. Provide end bushing and suitable fish wires in such conduits.

.18 Provide empty conduits to ceiling spaces from flush mounted panelboards located below and/or near hung ceiling. Refer to drawing detail.

3.03 EXPANSION FACILITIES FOR CONDUIT CROSSING BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS

.1 Wherever concealed or surface mounted conduits cross building expansion joints, provide expansion facilities to permit free movement without imposing additional stress or loading upon support system, and to prevent excessive movement at joints and connections, in accordance with drawing details and local governing inspection approvals.

3.04 INSTALLATION OF OUTLET BOXES AND BACK BOXES

.1 Provide an outlet box or back box for each luminaire, wiring device, telephone outlet, fire alarm system component, communications systems components, and each other such outlet.

.2 Size boxes to accommodate exact supplied components and for bending radii of installed cables. Confirm requirements with respective system vendors.

.3 Outlet boxes flush mounted in interior construction, surface mounted in concealed interior locations, and surface mounted in exposed interior locations where connecting conduit is EMT, to be stamped and galvanized steel outlet boxes unless otherwise noted.

Page 425: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 10November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.4 Provide sealing around boxes in walls where insulation and vapour barrier is present or for walls of rooms that are sealed. Maintain sealing system of wall.

.5 Size and arrangement of outlet boxes to suit device which they serve.

.6 Mounting heights and locations for outlet boxes are typically indicated on drawings, however confirm exact location and arrangement of outlets prior to roughing-in. Architectural drawings and Consultant’s instructions have precedence over electrical drawing diagrammatic layouts and specified mounting heights and locations.

.7 Do not install outlet or back boxes "back-to-back" in walls and partitions. Stagger such outlets and seal against noise transmission in accordance with drawing details. "Thru-wall" type boxes will not be permitted for any application.

.8 Provide blank coverplates on existing obsolete boxes which are to remain in position.

3.05 INSTALLATION OF PULLBOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES

.1 Provide pullboxes in conduit systems wherever shown on drawings, and/or wherever necessary to facilitate conductor installations. Generally, conduit runs exceeding 30 m (100") in length, or with more than two - 90° bends, are to be equipped with a pullbox installed at a convenient and suitable intermediate accessible location.

.2 Size boxes to accommodate exact supplied system and for bending radii of installed cables. Confirm requirements with respective system vendors.

.3 Provide junction boxes wherever required and/or indicated on drawings and as required by local governing electrical code.

.4 Provide sealing around boxes in walls where insulation and vapour barrier is present or for walls of rooms that are sealed. Maintain sealing system of wall.

.5 Boxes in rigid conduit and EMT inside building to be stamped galvanized or prime coated steel.

.6 Boxes in exterior rigid conduit and boxes in perimeter wall where insulation and vapour barrier is present, to be "Condulet" cast gasketted boxes, unless otherwise noted.

.7 Boxes in plastic conduit to be rigid PVC plastic boxes complete with required couplings.

.8 Pullboxes and junction boxes to be accessible after work is completed.

.9 Accurately locate and identify concealed pullboxes and junction boxes on "As-built" record drawings.

Page 426: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 11November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.10 Clearly identify main pull or junction boxes (excluding obvious outlet boxes) by painting outside of covers. Spray painting is not permitted unless approved by Owner and reviewed with Consultant. Paint colours to be in accordance with following schedule:

.1 lighting-yellow;

.2 normal power-blue;

.3 fire alarm-red;

.4 telephone-green;

.5 miscellaneous signals-brown.

.11 In addition to painting miscellaneous signal boxes, clearly identify specific system in which box is installed.

.12 Cover boxes in fire walls with aluminium tape and seal with caulking.

3.06 INSTALLATION OF SLEEVES

.1 Where conduits, round ducts and conductors pass through structural poured concrete, provide sleeves of type suitable for application, and approved by local governing codes.

.2 Sleeves in concrete slabs, except as noted below, are to be No. 24 gauge or equivalent, with an integral flange to secure sleeves for formwork construction.

.3 Sleeves in waterproof concrete slabs and in other slabs where waterproof sleeves are required are to be lengths of Schedule 40 pipe sized to extend 100 mm (4'') above floor.

.4 Sleeves in poured concrete walls and foundation are to be Schedule 40 pipe.

.5 Size sleeves, unless otherwise noted, to leave 13 mm (1/2") clearance around conduit, duct, conductor, etc. Void between sleeves and conduit, duct, conductors, etc., to be packed and sealed for length of sleeves as in accordance with article entitled "Firestopping and Smoke Seal Materials" specified here in this Section. Pack and seal sleeves set in exterior walls with governing authority approved materials suitable for application and pack both ends of sleeves watertight with approved permanently flexible and water tight materials. Coordinate exact responsibility of work with General Trades Contractor.

.6 Submit to concrete reinforcement detailer at proper time, drawings indicating required sleeves, recesses and formed openings in poured concrete work. Completely and accurately dimension such drawings and relate sleeves, recesses and formed openings to suitable grid lines and elevation datum.

.7 Supply sleeves of a water protecting type in accordance with detail found on drawings for installation in following locations:

.1 in Mechanical and Fan Room floor slabs, except where on grade;

Page 427: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 12November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.2 in slabs over Mechanical, Fan, Electrical and Telephone Equipment Rooms or closets;

.3 in floors equipped with waterproof membranes.

.8 "Gang" type sleeving to be permitted only with approval of Owner and reviewed with Consultant.

.9 Terminate sleeves for work which is exposed, so that sleeve is flush at both ends with wall, partition, or slab surface such that sleeve may be covered completely by escutcheon plates.

3.07 INSTALLATION OF FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEAL MATERIALS

.1 Where work penetrates or punctures fire rated construction, provide ULC certified, listed and labelled firestopping and smoke sealing packing material systems to seal openings and voids around and within raceway and to ensure that continuity and integrity of fire separation is maintained. Openings not in immediate vicinity of working areas are to be firestopped and sealed same day as being opened.

.2 Install firestopping and smoke seal materials for each installation in strict accordance with specific ULC certification number and manufacturer’s instructions. Comply with local governing building code requirements and obtain approvals from local building inspection department. Ensure that openings through fire separations do not exceed maximum size wall opening, and maximum and minimum dimensions indicated in ULC Guide No. 40 U19 for Service Penetration Assemblies and firestopping materials.

.3 Ensure that continuity and integrity of fire separation is maintained and conform to requirements of latest edition of ULC publication "List of Equipment and Materials, Volume II, Building Construction".

.4 Comply with following requirements:

.1 Manufacturer’s installation instructions for each specific application.

.2 Clean areas and surfaces before materials are installed.

.3 Examine substrates, openings, voids, adjoining construction and conditions under which firestop and smoke seal system is to be installed. Confirm compatibility of surfaces.

.4 Verify penetrating items are securely fixed and properly located with proper space allowance between penetrations and surfaces of openings.

.5 Report any unsuitable or unsatisfactory conditions to Consultant in writing, prior to commencement of work. Commencement of work will mean acceptance of conditions and surfaces.

.6 Mask where necessary to avoid spillage and over coating onto adjoining surfaces. Remove stains on adjacent surfaces.

Page 428: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 13November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.7 Prime substrates in accordance with product manufacturer’s written instructions.

.8 Provide temporary forming as required and remove only after materials have gained sufficient strength and after initial curing.

.9 Tool or trowel exposed surfaces to a neat, smooth, and consistent finish.

.10 Remove excess compound promptly as work progresses and upon completion.

.5 Notify Consultant when work is complete and ready for inspection, and prior to concealing or enclosing firestopping and smoke seal materials and service penetration assemblies. Arrange for final inspection of work by local governing authority inspector prior to concealing or enclosing work. Make any corrections required.

.6 On completion of firestopping and smoke sealing installation, submit a Letter of Assurance to Consultant certifying the firestopping and smoke sealing installation has been carried out throughout the building to service penetrations and that installation has been performed in strict accordance with requirements of local governing building code, any applicable local municipal codes, ULC requirements, and manufacturer’s instructions.

.7 Manufacturer’s authorized representative to inspect and verify each installation and provide a test report signed by installing trade and manufacturer’s representative. Test report to list each installation and respective ULC certification and number.

.8 Where work requires removal of existing firestopping materials and replacement of firestopping materials after cabling changes have been made, ensure that replacement material is same material and manufacturer of existing if any remains in place, or ensure that all existing material is removed before installation of replacement material.

3.08 INSTALLATION OF FASTENING AND SECURING HARDWARE

.1 Provide fasteners, anchors and similar hardware required for conduit, duct, raceway, conductors, etc. and for equipment hanger and/or support material unless otherwise noted.

.2 Accurately and properly set concrete inserts in concrete framework. Where multiple type inserts are used, space same to suit requirements of smallest conduit, etc., in group.

.3 Fasten hanger and support provisions to masonry with expansion shields and machine bolts, or, for light loads, use plugs, and screws.

.4 In drywall or plaster walls and/or ceilings use two wing toggles and for heavy loads, provide steel anchor plates with two or more toggles to spread load.

Page 429: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 14November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.5 Provide beam clamps for attaching hanging and/or support provisions to structural steel, or where approved by Owner and reviewed with Consultant, weld hanging and support provisions to structural steel.

.6 Install devices in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions to suit each respective application.

.7 Explosive powder actuated fasteners are not permitted unless specific approval for their use and type has been obtained from Owner and reviewed with Consultant.

.8 Under no circumstances use ceiling suspension hangers or grids for suspension of conduit and conductors. Install supports to permanent structure of building, limited to areas that will not damage structural stability.

.9 Provide "J" hooks in accessible ceiling spaces where conduit is not provided for structured cabling runs or other telecommunication cabling, as approved by Owner and reviewed with Consultant.

.10 Comply with J-hook manufacturer’s loading limitations and spacing criteria and cable manufacturer’s minimum bending radii. Do not exceed 1.2 m (4') spacing interval. Add additional J-hooks if cabling sags, at discretion of Consultant. Drill anchors for J-hooks into slab not into post tensioned beams. Do not install more than one system on each J-hook.

.11 Install Velcro tie wraps on bundled telecommunication cables and do not over tighten. Provide FT6/CMP rated wraps in plenum type spaces as per local building code requirements.

.12 Comply with Consultant’s (Structural Engineer’s) limitations for maximum penetrations of securing hardware into concrete slabs.

3.09 INSTALLATION OF IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES

.1 For each piece of electrical distribution equipment from electrical source of supply up to and including panelboards, for special control panels and cabinets, and for each other piece of electrical equipment, provide engraved Lamacoid identification nameplates secured to apparatus with stainless steel screws. Nameplates to indicate source of electrical supply and include Consultant’s equipment identification number.

.2 Nameplates to be mechanically secured lamacoid and be colour coded as follows:

.1 Normal Power Black with white letters.

.3 Above identification nameplate and nomenclature requirements are for typical requirements for pricing only.

Page 430: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 15November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.4 In pull boxes, junction boxes and at terminations, identify feeders by use of plastic plates indicating system voltage and circuit designations. Plates to be 25 mm (1") in diameter and have letter stamped 9 mm (5/8") high. Colour coding to be:

.1 Phase A – red;

.2 Phase B – black;

.3 Phase C – blue;

.4 Neutral – white;

.5 Ground - green.

.5 Review print size type and size, colours, sizing and nomenclature of nameplates with Consultant prior to ordering. Submit sample board.

3.10 BRANCH CIRCUIT BALANCING

.1 Connect branch lighting and power circuits to panelboards so as to balance actual loads (wattage) within 5%. If required, transpose branch circuits when work is complete to meet this requirement.

.2 Perform necessary tests to show compliance with above requirement. Make such tests after building is occupied and document into testing report.

3.11 DISCONNECTION, REMOVAL AND RELOCATION WORK

.1 Where indicated on drawings or where required to perform Work of this Project, disconnect and remove items of existing obsolete electrical work. Relocate required devices as required to accommodate work of other Divisions. Where luminaires, switches, receptacles, and other devices and/or equipment is removed, disconnect at point of electrical supply, remove obsolete wiring and conduit up to source, unless otherwise noted, and make system safe to Owner’s satisfaction and as reviewed with Consultant. Remove obsolete conduit/raceways in accessible ceiling spaces, exposed locations, etc. Where existing obsolete conduit and similar raceway material cannot be removed, such as embedded in concrete, cut back and cap obsolete conduit and raceways. Refer to specific notes on drawings.

.2 When respective work is deleted, such deletions are to in no way affect operation of any existing interconnected mechanical or electrical components that remain. When existing circuits are being disconnected, maintain supervision of area to ensure that such circuits do not affect essential existing circuits being retained.

.3 Refer to architectural drawings which define extent of areas being demolished in existing building. Review drawings and site and include for demolition and/or renovation of services as required to accommodate alterations detailed.

Page 431: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 16November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.4 Unless otherwise noted, obsolete materials which are removed and are not to be relocated or reused are to become your property. Remove from site and properly dispose. Obtain from Owner and review with Consultant, a list of existing electrical items which are to be removed and turned over to Owner. Said items are to remain property of Owner.

.5 Where existing services pass through or are in an area to serve items which are to remain, or pass through areas that are to be deleted, maintain services, but re-route as required. Include for rerouting existing services concealed behind existing finishes and which become exposed during renovation work, so as to be concealed behind new or existing finishes. Confirm with Owner services which are to be kept in service and operational.

.6 Revise panelboard directories accordingly, if affected by any renovation, disconnection, or removal of work. Use Owner’s actual room names/numbers.

.7 Protect existing devices being relocated or deleted to ensure that they are not damaged. Test such devices prior to disconnection and de-energization, to ensure that each device is in proper working condition. Ensure that motors are in proper rotation direction. Examine each device for damage. Report devices not working or with damage to Consultant prior to initiating any work. It will be assumed that devices are in proper working order and good condition if not reported.

.8 Provide junction boxes, outlet boxes, wiring, plates, etc., as necessary for complete relocation of devices. Clean relocated or temporary removed devices and equipment, and ensure that they are in good operating condition before being reinstalled. Where existing luminaires are relocated, clean luminaires and inspect for damage. Relamp relocated luminaires. Report defects or damages to Consultant. Do not splice conductors unless approved by Owner and reviewed with Consultant. Utilize junction boxes and terminal devices for proper extension of circuits where approved. Otherwise replace circuits with home run continuous run of suitable lengths.

.9 Provide blank coverplates on existing obsolete boxes which are to remain in position.

.10 After installation is complete, test parts of re-used or relocated electrical equipment and correct faults and grounds. Include for fire alarm verification company to verify any relocated devices and downstream affected devices, and verify system as required by local fire authority to suit actual relocation work. For other existing systems, engage manufacturers authorized representative or Owner’s system maintenance contractor, to inspect and verify relocated devices. Review exact requirements with Owner and Consultant. Document testing in test reports, signed by testing technician. Submit copies to Consultant.

Page 432: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 17November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.11 Interior, exterior or underground electrical services (including auxiliary services, telephone, fire alarm, P.A. System, etc.) to operating parts of building are not to be hampered under any conditions and to that effect, necessary work may have to be carried out on an overtime basis, at no additional cost to this project. Existing risers are to be maintained in service as required to feed other areas of building(s). Do not interrupt any services without prior written approval by Owner and review with Consultant. Submit formal requests to Consultant outlining in detail requirements of proposal and wait for instructions from Consultant.

.12 Be present when new doors or openings are being cut into existing walls and ceilings. Should any damage occur to electrical system, restore system to a safe and sound condition.

.13 Where references are made on drawings that existing receptacles, etc., be extended and/or relocated to suit new construction, receptacles, etc., are to be tested and if found defective, be replaced with new devices. Cracked or broken cover plates are to be replaced and match Architectural finishes. Contractor may optionally replace existing basic receptacles, switches, and faceplates with devices matching existing devices.

.14 Be responsible for disconnecting power supply to branch circuits controlling lighting, receptacles, panels, mechanical equipment, etc., for safe removal of equipment, conduit, wiring, boxes, etc., affected by demolition.

.15 Close openings in boxes, panels, etc., that result from removal of equipment, conduit, wiring, fixtures, etc. Close openings in a proper manner and properly terminate and insulate cables to restore system to a safe operating condition, to Consultant's satisfaction.

.16 Be present and supervise removal of electrical equipment, P.A. speakers, etc., during demolition of ceilings, walls, floors, etc. Existing equipment which is not to be relocated but interferes with demolition, are to be temporarily relocated until demolition work is completed. Services to temporarily relocated equipment are to be maintained at all times.

.17 Remove and re-install existing ceiling tiles as required to perform work. Prior to removal, inspect tiles for damage and report any to Owner and Consultant. Any loose cabling is to be secured, and luminaires additionally supported with cables secured to ceiling slab. After work has been completed and successfully inspected, re-install ceiling tiles to existing standards and re-install devices. Be responsible for replacement of tiles and grid members damaged during work of Electrical Division. Comply with applicable governing authority requirements with regards to ceiling work in special areas.

Page 433: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 18November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.18 Where existing surfaces are damaged by Electrical Divisions work and/or where existing devices are removed from wall, ceilings, floors and other surfaces, and such deleted devices are not being replaced in same locations, patch locations of these removed devices and re-finish. Patching and finishing is to be provided by tradesmen skilled in particular trade or application worked on, to Owner’s approval and review with Consultant. Where openings are left in existing ceiling tiles, replace ceiling tiles with new matching tiles approved by Owner and reviewed with Consultant. Unless otherwise included for in other Divisions, include for:

.1 preparing existing surfaces to be filled and repainted to be cleaned as required to remove dirt, dust, oil, grease, loose paint, rust and any other foreign matter which would prevent proper bonding of new finish; sand glossy surfaces to uniform dull texture;

.2 filling in and patching surfaces with same material as existing surfaces; finished surfaces to match and line with existing adjoining surfaces;

.3 providing fire stopping materials to maintain fire rating of the existing surfaces; refer to specification article entitled - Firestopping and Smoke Seal Materials.

.4 using paint rollers and/or brushes to apply and extend paint finish over full height and/or width of area affected, to a straight line in location reviewed with Consultant;

.5 applying sufficient number of coats such that patched area is indistinguishable to surrounding area;

.6 materials used to be of equivalent quality to existing finishes standards and be compatible with finishes to which they are applied;

.7 finishes to be approved by Owner and reviewed with Consultant.

.19 Check luminaires to be deleted for PCB ballasts. Disconnect and remove such ballasts. As specified previously, include for company specialized in such hazardous materials to remove and dispose such materials off-site in compliance with Ministry of Environment, Ministry of Transport and any other governing authority regulations.

.20 If at any time during course of building work, asbestos containing materials are encountered or suspected, cease work in area in question and immediately notify Consultant. Comply with local governing authority regulations. Do not resume work in affected area without approval from Owner and review with Consultant.

Page 434: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 19November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

3.12 INTERRUPTIONS TO AND SHUT-DOWNS OF SERVICES AND SYSTEMS

.1 Shutdowns and interruptions to existing systems and services are to be coordinated fully with and performed at times acceptable to Owner and reviewed with Consultant. Generally, shutdown may be performed only between hours of 12:00 midnight Sunday until 6:00 a.m. Monday morning. Include for costs of premium time to perform work during nights, weekends or other times outside of normal working hours, which may be necessary to comply with stipulations specified herein this Article. Services for operation of existing non-renovated areas of building are to be maintained.

.2 Upon award of contract, submit to Consultant for review and approval, a list of anticipated shut-down times and their maximum duration.

.3 Prior to each shut-down or interruption, inform Consultant and Owner in writing minimum 7 working days in advance of proposed shut-down or interruption and obtain written consent to proceed. Do not shut down or interrupt any system or service without written consent. Note that shutdowns of some essential services may require additional advance notification time.

.4 Work associated with shut-downs and interruptions are to be carried out as continuous operations to minimize shut-down time and to reinstate systems as soon as possible. Prior to any shut-down, ensure that materials and labour required to complete work for which shut-down is required are available at site.

.5 Where working in close proximity to "live parts" or inside energized panels or energized cubicles of switchboards/substations, provide protection "boots" over bussing and insulating mats to cover areas of exposed live parts.

3.13 CUTTING, PATCHING AND CORE DRILLING

.1 Unless otherwise provided by General Trades, perform cutting, patching, and core drilling of existing building required for installation of your work. Perform cutting in a neat and true fashion, with proper tools and equipment. Patching is to exactly match existing finishes and be performed by tradesmen skilled in particular trade or application. Work is subject to acceptance by Owner and review with Consultant.

.2 Criteria for cutting holes for additional services:

.1 cut holes through slabs only; no holes to be cut through beams;

.2 cut holes 150 mm (6") diameter or smaller only; review with and obtain direction from Consultant (Structural Engineer) for larger holes;

.3 keep at least 100 mm (4") clear from beam faces;

.4 space at least 3 hole diameters on centre;

.5 for holes that are required closer than 25% of slab span from supporting beam face, use cover meter above slab to clear slab top bars;

Page 435: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 20November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.6 for holes that are required within 50% of slab span, use cover meter underside of slab to clear slab bottom bars;

.7 submit sleeving drawings indicating holes and their locations for Consultant’s (Structural Engineer’s) review.

.3 Where conduits and/or conductors penetrate existing construction, core drill or saw cut an opening. Size openings to leave 13 mm (1/2") clearance around conduit and/or conductors, and pack and seal and void between opening and conduit and/or conductor for length of opening with ULC listed and labelled material in accordance with article entitled "Firestopping And Smoke Seal Materials" specified herein this Section.

.4 Do not cut or drill any existing work without approval of Owner and review with Consultant. Be responsible for damage done to building and services caused by cutting or drilling.

.5 Prior to drilling or cutting an opening, determine, in review with Consultant and Owner, and by use of non-destructive radar scan (magnetic scan) of slab or wall, presence of any existing services and reinforcement bars concealed behind building surface to be cut and locate openings to suit. Be responsible for damage to existing services caused by core drilling or cutting openings. Coring is not permitted through concrete beams or girders.

.6 Fire stop and seal openings as specified, and patch as required before end of workday. No openings are to be left open overnight unless approved by Owner and reviewed with Consultant.

3.14 FINISH PAINTING OF ELECTRICAL WORK

.1 Unless otherwise noted, finish painting of exposed Electrical Divisions work is to be performed as part of work of Division 09.

.2 Provide identification painting for electrical distribution equipment in accordance with application requirements of Division 09. Review exact finish colours with Consultant. Equipment requiring special colour identification painting to include but not be limited to following:

.1 pull boxes and junction boxes;

.2 communication system conduit;

.3 genset exhaust piping.

.3 Spray painting is not permitted unless approved in writing by Owner and reviewed with Consultant.

Page 436: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 21November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

3.15 DOOR HARDWARE

.1 Generally, Division 08 or another Division not under scope of Electrical Contractor, is responsible for supply and installation of door alarm contacts, door holders, electric strikes, electromagnetic locks, door operator controls, power supplies, door controllers, central electromagnetic lock release controller and other door hardware. Coordinate and confirm with General Trades Contractor and respective equipment vendors (door hardware / security) exact responsibility of each Division of the Work.

.2 Confirm product and wiring requirements, back box requirements and wiring installation requirements with door hardware trades and with equipment vendors. Provide required wiring in conduit from each device to respective controllers, between each device, and to central control panel and for power connection to such controls and devices. Provide line level voltage power feeds to equipment as required.

.3 For controls and interconnections between devices, when such device terminations are responsibility of others, supply and run interconnecting wiring in conduit to devices and allow spare length of 1.8 m (6') coiled wiring at each end for final termination to devices by others.

.4 For applications of electro- magnetically held closed doors, engage fire alarm system vendor to provide fire alarm type pull station with auxiliary contacts as required for interconnection of electro- magnetic door hardware and fire alarm system for release of doors. Provide required wiring in conduit and connections. Coordinate pull station requirements with fire alarm system vendor.

.5 Exact type of door alarm contacts to be coordinated with door construction and finishes. Contacts to generally be recessed mounted and wiring be installed in concealed conduits. Confirm exact requirements with door hardware/security vendor and General Trades Contractor.

.6 Where controls are located remotely from door locations, such as in closets, provide wiring in conduit and extend from local above door junction boxes and devices as required with homeruns back to closet location of equipment and leave slack wiring for terminations by others. Confirm exact requirements with door hardware / security vendor and General Trades Contractor.

.7 Drawing details issued with electrical drawings are for pricing reference only and are based on assumptions. Obtain detailed design drawings from successful door hardware / security vendors and provide wiring in conduit to coordinate with and accommodate final systems designs. Coordinate with General Contractor.

.8 Submit as part of shop drawing submission, detailed responsibility matrix identifying work and responsibilities of each trade and required interconnections.

.9 After installation is complete, test and verify operation of components in coordination with General Contractor and door hardware vendor.

Page 437: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 22November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

END OF SECTION

Page 438: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 19Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LOW VOLTAGE CABLESWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 1November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

1 GENERAL

1.01 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings for products and accessories.

.2 Submit samples of conductors, when requested by Consultant.

2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL POWER CABLES

.1 CSA approved, ULC labelled and certified. Unless otherwise noted, conductors to be copper and be suitable for applications as noted in governing local electrical code.

.2 "RW90" CSA certified, single copper conductor to CSA C22.2 No. 38, 600/1000 volts, maximum 90°C (194°F) conductor temperature, -40°C (-40°F) minimum installation temperature, X-link polyethylene (XLPE) insulation, colour coded.

.3 "T90 Nylon", CSA certified, single copper conductor to CSA C22.2 No. 75, 600 volts, maximum 90°C (194°F) dry conductor temperature, -10°C (-14°F) minimum installation temperature, PVC insulated, nylon covered.

.4 "AC90" flexible armoured cable with "RW90" conductors and bare copper ground conductor and overall interlocked aluminium tape armour, to CSA C22.2 No. 51 (R2004).

.5 Nexan DriveRX type cable for variable frequency drives: CSA approved to C22.2 no 123; flame, oil and UV resistant cable with copper conductors, corrugated continuous aluminum sheath and 3 bonding conductors; impact and crush resistant; temperature rating is 90ºC to -40ºC; 1000V 90C rated cross link polyethylene insulation; FT4 PVC jacket;

.6 Solid conductors to and including No. 10 AWG; stranded conductors in sizes larger than No. 10 AWG; branch circuit conductors constructed of 98% conductive copper; and approved for minimum 600 volts, with minimum 1000 volts where noted.

2.02 CONNECTORS

.1 Armoured cable connectors must be proper squeeze type connectors and plastic anti-short bushings at terminations.

.2 Connectors for conductors connecting to devices as per local governing electrical requirements to be equal to IDI Electric (Canada) Ltd., "Ideal" No. 451, No. 452 and No. 453, "Wing-Nut", CSA certified, 600 volts, rated pressure type connectors.

.3 Splice connectors to line voltage branch circuit conductors and feeders to be CSA approved compression type connectors as follows:

.1 of voltage rating to suit application;

Page 439: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 19Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LOW VOLTAGE CABLESWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 2November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.2 typically for conductors No 8 AWG and greater;

.3 long barrel, double crimp compression;

.4 tin plated seamless copper tubing;

.5 chamfered barrel;

.6 colour coded for die identification;

.7 used with manufacturer’s matching dies and compression tool;

.8 covered with suitable 3M or Raychem flexible polyolefin, fire resistant, heat shrink tubing.

.4 For conductors sized 3/0 and greater, provide long barrel double crimp, 2 hole compression type lug connectors, unless otherwise noted.

2.03 STANDARD CONTROL AND COMMUNICATIONS CABLES

.1 ULC listed and labelled, CSA certified to C22.2 No. 127, No. 18 AWG "TEW" thermoplastic insulated, solid copper wire rated for 600 volts service, and 105°C (220°F) conductor temperature, complete with required number of copper conductors and colour coding.

2.04 CONDUCTOR PULLING LUBRICANT

.1 IDI Electric, "Ideal Yellow 77" or "Wire Lube" as required.

2.05 CABLE SPLICE KITS

.1 3M Company, cold shrink in line splice kits as follows:

.1 CSA approved;

.2 meets requirements of ANSI C119-1 Standard with voltage ratings up to 1 kV;

.3 cold shrink design which requires no application of heat source for installation;

.4 open-ended, tubular, rubber sleeves which are factory expanded and assembled onto removable core;

.5 core is removed after the tube has been positioned for installation over an inline connection, terminal lug, etc., allowing tube to shrink and form a water-resistant seal;

.6 cold shrink tubing constructed of EPDM rubber;

.7 suitable for indoor ,outdoor and direct burial applications;

.8 additionally include required compression lugs of type compatible with cable type and electrical vinyl or silicone tape.

Page 440: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 19Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LOW VOLTAGE CABLESWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 3November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.2 Provide exact splice type as per termination manufacturer’s recommendations to match (or exceed where applicable) cable properties including following:

.1 voltage class rating and insulation BIL level;

.2 conductor material, conductor size and cable/shielding type;

.3 indoor or outdoor application.

.3 Install splice kits in accordance with manufacturer’s detailed instructions. Prepare cable for accommodating splice jacketing tubes and body in accordance with splice kit manufacturer’s instructions. Install proper lugs using matching size die and crimping tool. Apply overall taping. After installation has been completed and inspected, test splice as per manufacturer’s recommendations.

.4 Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 3M Company;

.2 Tyco Raychem;

.3 Prysmian Cables.

3 EXECUTION

3.01 PROJECT CONDITIONS

.1 If identified in documents, verify that field measurements and conditions are as identified.

.2 Unless specifically noted, cable routing on drawings is schematic and approximate and not reflective of elevations. Route cable as required to meet project conditions. Determine exact routing and lengths on site.

.3 Confirm fire protection ratings of construction to ensure that rooms and paths of conductors are fire rated in accordance with local governing codes requirements. Include fire rated conductors as required to meet local governing codes requirements.

3.02 CO-ORDINATION

.1 Co-ordinate work with work provided under other electrical work and work of other trades.

.2 Determine required separation between cable and other work.

.3 Determine cable routing to avoid interference with other work.

.4 Submit any alternative cable routing to Consultant for review prior to proceeding with work.

3.03 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS

Page 441: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 19Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LOW VOLTAGE CABLESWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 4November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.1 Provide required conductors. Provide fire rated conductors for applications as required by local governing codes, standards and local governing authorities.

.2 In applications where multiple conductors in conduit are being run, provide a trapeze configuration of Unistrut type metal C-channels and threaded rod hangers to support cable/conduit from ceiling slab. Wall mounted cable/conduit brackets and ring type conduit hangers may also be permitted in applications approved by Owner and reviewed with Consultant. Provide required cable support system accessories which are not specified herein or shown on drawings but are required for proper installation.

.3 Conductors, unless otherwise noted, to be as follows:

.1 for connections to electric heating coils in supply air ductwork systems, and for connections to other electric heating equipment where use of 90 degrees C. rated conductors are recommended by heating equipment manufacturer - "RW90";

.2 for connections to variable speed drives: Nexan DriveRX type cable for variable frequency drives as recommended by drive manufacturers;

.3 for climate controlled areas wiring except as noted above or specified elsewhere in Specification or as noted on drawings - "T90 Nylon" or "RW90".

.4 Support flexible armoured cable in ceiling spaces and in stud wall construction with steel 2 hole cable straps to "Code" requirements. Flexible armoured cables must run in a neat manner parallel to building lines. Utilize centralized conduit runs to maintain maximum permitted runs of flexible armoured cables as specified. Provide insulating grommet at cut ends of flexible armoured cable to protect conductor insulation.

.5 Splicing of conductors is permitted for replacement of existing conductors and extension as noted on drawings and where approved by Owner and reviewed with Consultant. Splicing of conductors is subject to following conditions:

.1 splicing to extend existing conductors;

.2 for low voltage control and signal conductors, splicing made within an electrical box with terminal strips;

.3 for interior line voltage conductors, splicing made within an electrical box with cold shrink splice kits and mechanical compression connectors; full assembly to suit type and size of conductors and as reviewed with Consultant;

.4 for exterior line voltage conductors, splicing made with outdoor weatherproof cold shrink splice kits and mechanical compression connectors; full assembly to suit type and size of conductors and as reviewed with Consultant;

.5 splice/splice box properly identified with suitable painting or labelling;

Page 442: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 19Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LOW VOLTAGE CABLESWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 5November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.6 splice/splice box clearly identified on "as-built" drawings;

.7 use of pressure type twist connectors only with review with Consultant, but generally not permitted;

.8 use of "split bolts" is not permitted.

.6 Install compression connectors with proper dies and compression tool as per connector manufacturer’s instructions. Install cold shrink tubing and associated materials as per manufacturer’s instructions.

.7 Low voltage conductors to typically be No. 18 AWG "TEW" except for use in fire alarm system applications, unless otherwise noted. Provide specified fire alarm cables for fire alarm system applications or security system applications as approved by Code and local governing authorities. Conductors not installed in conduit or raceways to be fire insulated rated in accordance with latest governing Code Flame Spread requirements.

.8 Generally, conductor sizes are indicated on drawings. Such sizes are minimum requirements and must be increased, where required, to suit length of run and voltage drop in accordance with applicable conductor voltage drop schedule appended to end of this Section. Conductors not sized or specified of type, to be sized and of type in accordance with requirements of local electrical code.

.9 Do not use conductors smaller than No. 12 AWG in systems over 30 volts, unless otherwise noted. Do not use conductors smaller than No. 6 AWG for exterior luminaire wiring unless otherwise noted.

.10 Colour code conductors throughout to identify phases, neutrals and ground by means of self-laminating coloured tape, coloured conductor insulation, or properly secured coloured plastic discs. Colours, unless otherwise noted, to be as follows:

.1 Phase A - red;

.2 Phase B - black;

.3 Phase C - blue;

.4 Ground - green;

.5 Neutral - white;

.6 Control - orange.

.11 When pulling wires into conduit use lubricant and ensure that wires are kept straight and are not twisted or abraised.

.12 Control conductors, in addition, to be numbered with Brady Ltd. or Electrovert Ltd. Z type markers.

.13 Colour code conductors for communications systems in accordance with system component manufacturer’s recommendations.

Page 443: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 19Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LOW VOLTAGE CABLESWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 6November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.14 Neatly secure exposed wire in apparatus enclosures with approved supports or ties.

.15 Install low voltage conductors in conduits, unless otherwise noted within Documents.

END OF SECTION

Page 444: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 26Kortwright Visitor’s Centre GROUNDING AND BONDINGWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovation Page 1November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

1 GENERAL

1.01 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings for products and accessories.

2 PRODUCTS

2.01 BASIC MATERIALS

.1 Ground Conductors: Solid copper, insulated and bare to suit application and code requirements; and bond conductors.

.2 Ground Connections:

.1 Above Grade or in Manholes: Compression type connectors; Exothermic connections permitted above grade if approved by Consultant.

.2 When making ground and bonding connections, apply a corrosion inhibitor to contact surfaces. Use corrosion inhibitor appropriate for protecting a connection between metals used.

.3 Miscellaneous ancillary components to complete grounding and bonding work to requirements of local governing electrical authority and codes.

3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL GROUNDING AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS

.1 Provide required grounding and bonding work in accordance with drawings, local governing electrical authority, governing authorities having jurisdiction and local governing electrical inspection authority. Provide local governing electrical utility’s grounding requirements for stations, vaults and electrical rooms, as applicable. Confirm requirements with local governing electrical utility.

.2 Ground and bond other equipment such as transformers, switchboards, panelboards, and similar metal work to perimeter ground bus. Provide minimum No. 3/0 insulated ground wire from ground bus in electrical rooms to switchboards, transformers, structure, floor, etc.

.3 Extend conductors to metal piping of main water service and connect ground conductor to street side of water meter. If piping is not metallic, make necessary connections as required by local governing electrical utility.

.4 Effectively bond metallic pipe services such as, gas mains, water mains, and dry risers, to main grounding terminal at their point of entry. Make connections to services with purpose-made grounding clamps.

.5 When buses are in place, bolts have been tightened, and lugs have been installed, coat entire installation with two (2) 100% covering coats of suitable shellac to prevent bus from oxidizing.

Page 445: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 26Kortwright Visitor’s Centre GROUNDING AND BONDINGWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovation Page 2November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.6 Throughout complex, solidly ground systems and make required grounding connections to electrical devices and apparatus. Ground conductors to be insulated copper wire connected with approved fittings in accordance with local governing electrical code.

.7 Effectively bond building structures to main grounding system (grid).

.8 Provide separate insulated ground wire for each isolated ground receptacle.

.9 Connect grounding conductors to motors 10 hp and above or circuits 20A or above, with a solderless terminal and a bolt tapped to motor frame or equipment housing. Connect to smaller motors or equipment by fastening terminal to a connection box. Connect junction boxes to equipment grounding system with grounding clips mounted directly on box or with machine screws. Completely remove paint, dirt, or other surface coverings at grounding conductor connection points so good metal-to-metal contact is made.

.10 Ground and bond various telecommunications, audio visual systems, security, life safety and control systems in accordance with respective system manufacturers recommendations and in accordance with local governing electrical code requirements.

.11 Ground conductors not sized on drawings are to be sized in accordance with local governing electrical authority requirements. Ground conductor size is to be no smaller than requirements specified herein this article or on drawings.

END OF SECTION

Page 446: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 70Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK ANALYSIS AND TESTINGWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 1November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

1 GENERAL

1.01 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit after completion of factory testing, copies of completed product testing reports.

.2 Submit after installation and testing, copies of:

.1 completed testing reports with completed test results sheets;

.2 certificate of approvals from local governing authorities, manufacturers’ of systems and equipment and testing companies.

.3 Review form of submittals (submission procedures, number of hard copies and requirements for electronic copies) with Consultant at project start-up. For pricing assume minimum 3 hard coloured copies bound and electronic pdf copy.

2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK

.1 Include for but not be limited to following:

.1 product manufacturers providing equipment inspection, testing, start-up, adjustments and verification;

.2 independent 3rd party testing of systems and equipment as noted;

.3 electricians/trades people on site to handle equipment, make temporary connections, operate equipment and make repairs and adjustments and assist manufacturer’s / testing organization's personnel during on-site inspection, testing, calibration, start-up, verification work and where supplementary commissioning;

.4 coordination of work with testing company and equipment/system manufacturer’s authorized technician in performing adjustments and start-up procedures to equipment/systems;

.5 preparing testing reports and documentation for submission to Consultant.

3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL ELECTRICAL WORK TESTING

.1 In addition to tests required by local governing authorities having jurisdiction, local codes and regulations, perform following:

.1 after luminaires, switches, receptacles, motors, signals, etc., are installed, whether same are installed as part of this Division or by other Divisions (telephone systems excepted), test work to ensure that there are no leaks, grounds or crosses;

Page 447: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 70Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK ANALYSIS AND TESTINGWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 2November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.2 establish and ensure proper motor rotation - measure full load running currents and check overload elements - report to Consultant any discrepancies which are found; existing motors which have been worked on (disconnected and reconnected) must be checked with rotation meter to ensure proper rotation; be responsible for any damage caused by reverse rotation;

.3 demonstrate to Consultant that branch circuit voltage drop is within specified units;

.4 ensure that devices are commissioned and operable.

.2 Document results into distribution system testing report. Report must state that testing was successful and Work complies with project documents, applicable CSA standards, and other applicable governing codes and requirements.

3.02 SYSTEMS INSPECTION, TESTING, START-UP AND VERIFICATION

.1 When each system and each major piece of equipment installation is complete and ready for acceptance, include for system and equipment manufacturer or manufacturer’s authorized representative to visit site to provide system inspection, testing, start-up, and verification. Perform following:

.1 check component connections and overall installation;

.2 adjust sound systems for high quality, distortion free performance, free from noise, cross-talk, hum or other interference;

.3 test and adjust system and ascertain that components are as specified and ensure that products operate as designed;

.4 provide start-up procedures for systems and equipment;

.5 verify and certify system component operations;

.6 prepare, document and evaluate test results;

.7 authenticate test results with signature of authorized testing Engineer/Technician;

.8 check and verify nameplates;

.9 provide maintenance and operating instructions to Owner’s personnel.

.2 Perform work properly documented, and in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations.

.3 Perform work under presence of Owner/Consultant/Commissioning Agent at times approved by Owner and reviewed with Consultant.

Page 448: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 05 70Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL WORK ANALYSIS AND TESTINGWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 3November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.4 Provide these requirements after each phase (as applicable) to allow Owner option to use area of phase of work. These requirements are also to be provided prior to applying for Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work of project.

.5 Include for manufacturers authorized technicians of equipment/systems integrated to equipment/systems being tested to be onsite during full integration testing. Coordinate with each manufacturer.

.6 When system inspection, testing, start-up and verification specified above is complete, obtain from supplier/manufacturer (or where specified, independent inspection company) a test report with test sheets, and covering verification letter signed by authorized testing technician, stating that system or equipment has been inspected and tested, performs as specified and is ready for acceptance. Include date and time of testing, testing technician’s name and specification section number test fulfilled.

.7 Bind documents under cover and submit copies to Consultant.

END OF SECTION

Page 449: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 09 00 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LIGHTING CONTROLS Washroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 1 November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

1 GENERAL

1.01 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings for products specified in this Section.

1.02 PRODUCT COMPATIBILITY

.1 Lighting controls and luminaires when integrated together for control purposes must be 100% compatible with each other. Coordinate with ballast/driver and lamp manufacturers, LV relay panel manufacturers and dimmer/occupancy control manufacturers to ensure that components are compatible with each other and that interconnections do not affect performance, life or any warranties.

2 PRODUCTS

2.01 OCCUPANCY SENSORS (STANDARD)

.1 Legrand - Watt Stopper, CSA approved devices to provide automatic control of lighting with following components:

.1 power and slave packs;

.2 dual technology occupancy sensors;

.3 controls and daylight sensors;

.4 wiring in conduit and mounting hardware.

.2 Where required, power packs to be self-contained, 347/120 VAC/24 VDC (or of voltage shown on drawings) transformer relay system. Slave packs to contain isolated relay. System to allow one sensor to control luminaires circuited to both essential power circuits and normal power circuits.

.3 For applications in washroom areas: ceiling mounted, DT-300/355 series, dual technology type sensors as follows:

.1 low or line voltage operation to suit project design requirements;

.2 combination passive infrared and ultrasonic technologies;

.3 when both PIR and ultrasonic technologies detect occupancy, lights turn ON automatically; once lights are ON, detection by either technology holds lights ON until occupancy is no longer detected and time delay elapses;

.4 360° lens area coverage, extending out up to 6 m (20') and area of 92.9 m2 (1000 ft2);

.5 low profile ceiling mounting design;

.6 integral light sensor;

.7 adjustable sensitivity and digital time delay;

Page 450: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 09 00 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LIGHTING CONTROLS Washroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 2 November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.8 walk-through mode;

.9 LED indication of occupancy detection;

.10 isolated relay for interconnection to auxiliary control systems.

.4 For applications in basement classroom spaces: wall mounted "DW-100" Series dual technology sensors as follows:

.1 line voltage operation to suit specific project design applications;

.2 wall switch sensor turns lights OFF and ON based on occupancy;

.3 factory default operation is for Manual-ON mode, so that users turn light on only when needed;

.4 variety of control options including Auto-ON operation, walk-through and test mode; additional settings allow choice of which sensing technologies hold ON or retrigger lighting;

.5 colour matched lens and low profile design;

.6 wide dispersion lens area coverage, extending out up to 10 m (35') and area of 37 m2 (400 ft2);

.7 infrared and ultrasonic technologies;

.8 adjustable time delays and sensitivity;

.9 manual pushbutton operation (override);

.10 complete with required mounting accessories.

.5 For applications of wall mounting and control of two lighting loads: DW-200 Series dual technology occupancy sensors as follows:

.1 line voltage operation;

.2 dual relay, infrared and ultrasonic technologies wall switch sensor for controlling 2 independent light loads/circuits;

.3 when both PIR and ultrasonic technologies detect occupancy, lights turn ON automatically; once lights are ON, detection by either technology holds lights ON until occupancy is no longer detected and time delay elapses;

.4 colour matched lens and low profile design;

.5 wide dispersion lens area coverage, extending out up to 10 m (35') and area of 37 m2 (400 ft2);

.6 adjustable time delays and sensitivity;

.7 manual pushbutton operation (override);

Page 451: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 09 00 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LIGHTING CONTROLS Washroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 3 November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.8 selectable walk-through, test and presentation modes;

.9 complete with required mounting accessories.

.6 13 mm (1/2") threaded conduit nipple for attachment to standard weatherproof electrical box with faceplate.Override switches to be wall mounting in single gang recessed outlet boxes.

.7 Wiring in conduit, mounting hardware and ancillary devices to be provided as per manufacturer’s requirements.

.8 System to be complete with initial 1 year parts and labour warranty, with additional extended 5 years parts warranty.

.9 Include for and arrange for manufacturer’s authorized representative to perform on site testing, verification and certification of installed system. Refer to Part 3 installation article for additional requirements.

.10 Generally, acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 Legrand-Watt Stopper;

.2 Hubbell;

.3 Acuity nLight / Sensor Switch;

.4 Leviton;

.5 Philips.

3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION OF OCCUPANCY SENSORS

.1 Provide occupancy sensors and daylight sensors and associated devices to control lighting in areas as required. Provide power packs as required with suitable voltage and power ratings.

.2 Exact type of occupancy sensors and type of lenses to be verified by manufacturer/supplier to ensure proper coverage in sensed areas only, and compatibility to interconnected systems. Confirm with respective manufacturers.

.3 Be responsible for providing, locating, and aiming appropriate sensors in correct location required for complete and proper volumetric coverage within range of coverage(s) of controlled areas per manufacturer’s recommendations. Rooms to have 90-100% coverage to completely cover controlled area to accommodate occupancy habits of single or multiple occupants at any location within room(s). Locations and quantities of sensors shown and/or noted are illustrations only and should only be used as guidelines. Provide additional sensors if required to properly and completely cover respective room.

Page 452: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 09 00 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LIGHTING CONTROLS Washroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 4 November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.4 Verify with manufacturer’s factory authorized representative, exact type of sensor to be used in each area, placement of sensors and installation criteria, to best meet requirements of end user. Manufacturer’s representative should be consulted for more non-typical installation types. Ensure that sensors connected to dimming system are 100% compatible with dimming system.

.5 Where luminaires in rooms/areas are fed from normal and emergency power circuits, provide suitable relays and provisions to ensure that operation of luminaires on emergency power are maintained during loss of normal power.

.6 Proper judgement must be exercised in executing installation so as to ensure that best possible installation in available space and to overcome local difficulties due to space limitations or interference of structural components. Also provide, at Owner’s facility, training necessary to familiarize Owner’s personnel with operation, use, adjustment, and problem solving diagnosis of occupancy sensing devices and systems.

.7 Install devices in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Provide wiring in conduit. Provide required power connections and interconnection to luminaires and power panels. Provide manual switches to override control system in each area/room as shown.

.8 Review finishes of sensors with Consultant prior to ordering.

.9 Review mounting heights with Consultant and manufacturer prior to roughing-in and installation.

.10 Adjust sensitivity and time delays to best suit Owner’s furniture layout drawings. Allow for minor adjustments of locations (1 m [3.3']) of sensors.

.11 After installation is complete, provide for manufacturer’s authorized representative to inspect, test and verify system performance and installation.

.12 After completion of project and within 30 days after Owner has taken occupancy and furnishings are in place, provide for manufacturer’s authorized representative to revisit site to test and make final adjustments.

.13 Refer also to testing and verification requirements in Section entitled Electrical Work Analysis and Testing and include applicable requirements.

END OF SECTION

Page 453: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 20 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTIONWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 1November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

1 GENERAL

1.01 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings for products specified in this Section.

1.02 SERIES RATED COMBINATIONS

.1 Comply with local governing electrical code rule with regards to series rated combinations of over-current protective devices and ensure that equipment in which lower rated devices are installed are marked with a series combination interrupting rating at least equal to available fault current.

1.03 PROTECTIVE COORDINATION AND EQUIPMENT WITHSTAND RATINGS

.1 Obtain results of coordination study and short circuit calculations reports and Consultant comments and incorporate into shop drawings of electrical distribution equipment (high voltage and low voltage equipment as applicable). Do not order equipment until shop drawings submission process has been completed and reviewed with Consultant.

.2 Provide ratings for electrical equipment, circuit protective devices, bussing, and switches to interrupt and withstand short circuit faults greater than available fault current at its source of supply.

1.04 BREAKERS

.1 Breakers to be NEMA rated types, and for switchboards and distribution panelboards, breakers when frame sized greater than 225 amperes, or where scheduled or where noted on drawings, to be provided with solid state adjustable trip units with long time, short time and instantaneous time (LSI) functions and time delays. Set trip units at ratings as per coordination study as required for proper selective coordination. Unless otherwise noted on drawings, provide ground fault alarm and trip functions at breaker trip unit rating above 600A, and set as coordinated with results of coordination study and as reviewed with Consultant.

.2 Size breakers as per drawings and/or schedules, but in absence of direction, size breakers to suit intended application, to suit coordination study requirements and in accordance with local governing electrical code.

Page 454: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 20 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTIONWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 2November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

2 PRODUCTS

2.01 ADDITIONAL DEVICES FOR EXISTING EQUIPMENT

.1 Additional breakers and switch and fuses assemblies for existing panelboards or switchboards are to match existing device standards and be completely compatible to board in which they are installed. During Bidding period, check and verify exact requirements of existing equipment to ensure that additional devices are accommodated. Make necessary modifications to equipment to accommodate device and feeder installation. Provide suitable engraved lamacoid identification nameplate on additional components. Revise typed circuit directory cards on branch circuit panelboards. Mount additional devices to standards of existing equipment manufacturer. Refer to notes on drawings.

.2 For additional breakers and components as noted specifically on drawings, provide following:

.1 required contacts;

.2 current transformers;

.3 potential transformers;

.4 wiring in conduits;

.5 test blocks and terminals;

.6 necessary components for remote connection of alarms and monitoring points to BAS; co-ordinate work with BAS Contractor.

.3 Provide additional retrofit work to existing equipment as noted on drawings.

.4 Products to be of types from existing equipment manufacturers.

2.02 DISCONNECT SWITCHES

.1 Heavy duty, CSA approved, disconnect (safety) switches. Features include:

.1 front operated with a handle suitable for padlocking in "OFF" position and arranged so that enclosure cover cannot be opened while handle is in "ON" position

.2 operating mechanisms: quick-break, positive acting with visible blades and a line terminal shield;

.3 fusible units with fuse clips suitable for HRC fuses, unless otherwise noted;

.4 ampere rating, number of poles and fuse requirements as indicated on drawings;

.5 factory primed and painted switch enclosures.

Page 455: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 20 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTIONWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 3November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.2 Disconnects for variable speed drives to be suitable for use with such drives and include auxiliary switch/contact to de-energize control power circuit, as required and as applicable.

.3 Enclosures for disconnects mounted in interior climate controlled areas and standard non-climate controlled areas to be NEMA 3R . For corrosive environmental applications, enclosures to be minimum NEMA 4X.

.4 Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 Eaton;

.2 Siemens Electric Ltd.;

.3 Schneider Electric (Square D).

2.03 FUSES

.1 Unless otherwise indicated, fuses to be Form I, Class "J" HRC fuses for constantly running equipment, and Form II, Class "C" HRC fuses for motorized equipment that cycle "ON" and "OFF".

.2 Fuses to be of type suitable for applications as required by local governing electrical codes and in coordination with respective equipment manufacturer’s recommendations in which fuses are required. Coordinate also with Mechanical Division Contractor for requirements for Mechanical Division equipment.

.3 Fuses to be of product of one manufacturer.

.4 Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 Mersen (Ferraz Shawmut);

.2 English Electric Ltd.;

.3 Noram;

.4 Cooper Bussmann.

3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION OF DISCONNECT SWITCHES

.1 Provide disconnects switches and install into locations and connect complete. Ensure adequate clearance is provided as per local code requirements and as required for access for operation and maintenance. Install as follows:

.1 wherever shown on drawings and/or specified herein;

.2 wherever required by MCC/VFD/starter schedule drawings;

Page 456: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 20 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTIONWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 4November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.3 for motorized equipment which cannot be seen from motor starter location or is more than 9 m (30') from starter location (in accordance with local governing electrical code requirements);

.4 for "packaged" equipment fed from a motor starter panel.

.2 Ensure enclosure ratings are suitable for intended applications.

.3 Provide engraved Lamacoid nameplate with nomenclature reviewed with Consultant.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF FUSES

.1 Install fuses in mounting devices immediately before energizing circuit.

.2 Ensure correct fuses fitted to physically matched mounting devices.

.3 Ensure correct fuses fitted to assigned electrical circuit.

.4 Provide a complete set of fuses for each fusible disconnect, motor starter, and similar fusible equipment provided or supplied.

.5 Supply 3 spare fuses of each size and type used on project, mount fuses in cabinet. Secure cabinet in wall location as reviewed with Consultant.

3.03 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR MECHANICAL, OWNER’S, ETC., EQUIPMENT

.1 Provide required electrical connections to apparatus provided and/or supplied by Electrical Divisions. Review shop drawings and coordinate with each equipment vendor, requirements for power feeds and control/communication interconnections and provide these requirements to complete installations work.

.2 In addition to providing electrical feeders and connections to equipment provided by Electrical Divisions, provide required electrical connections to apparatus provided and/or supplied by Mechanical Divisions, Owner and as part of other Divisions.

.3 Unless otherwise noted, provide electrical connections including power and control wiring for equipment supplied by Owner or by other Divisions, and except where specified for control wiring of Mechanical Divisions automatic control systems specification Section. Provide complete wired and empty conduit systems with fish cord, junction boxes, pull boxes, outlet boxes, faceplates, sleeves, etc. Provide disconnect switches, receptacles and other required wiring and connection accessories. Coordinate work with respective Consultants and suppliers of equipment to be provided with electrical connections.

.4 Refer to Division 11, and include for coordination and interconnections of Division 11 requirements and equipment schedule.

Page 457: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 20 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTIONWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 5November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.5 Coordinate with trades of other Divisions to ensure provision of proper electrical requirements. Unless otherwise noted or reviewed with Consultant, be responsible for provision of interconnect wiring between remote operator devices, controllers, and equipment being controlled by operator devices, whether or not such devices/controllers are supplied by Electrical Divisions. Where equipment is of split unit design and line voltage is required to both units, be responsible for feeders to each unit as coordinated with equipment manufacturer and Division responsible for equipment. Provide disconnect switches, receptacles and other required wiring and connection accessories. Provide system/equipment power feeds with hard wired or receptacle type connections, as required. Coordinate exact requirements prior to start of work, at time of shop drawing submissions and prior to roughing-in of work. Coordinate work with suppliers of equipment to be provided with electrical connections which may include but not be limited to following:

.1 mechanical systems and equipment;

.6 Provide coordination of alarm connections of equipment with Mechanical Divisions BAS Contractor. Refer to drawings of both Electrical Divisions and Mechanical Divisions for BAS points to be connected. Include for wiring in conduit, contacts, termination/junction boxes, etc., as required for inter connection.

.7 Mechanical Divisions are responsible for supply of motor control centres (MCCs), motor starters and variable frequency drives (VFDs) (also known as variable speed drives –VSDs) and harmonic filters for motorized apparatus supplied by them and is to provide Lamacoid identification throughout. Motor starters, VFDs and/or MCCs are generally to be as scheduled. Generally starters are supplied in following manner:

.1 loose starters for mounting adjacent to apparatus or on motor starter panels;

.2 mounted starters in factory assembled and pre-wired motor control centres;

.3 mounted starters on factory assembled and pre-wired packaged equipment.

.8 MCCs and VFDs (with harmonic filters where required) are to be supplied and set in position by Mechanical Divisions. Coordinate installation and connection requirements with Mechanical Divisions and respective equipment manufacturers. Obtain required wiring diagrams. Provide required connections.

.9 Be responsible for following work:

.1 mounting loose starters and providing "line" and "load" power connections;

.2 providing motor starter panels - conduit work at motor starter panels to be horizontally and vertically plumb; plan installation to avoid crossovers;

Page 458: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 20 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTIONWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 6November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.3 making "line" side power connections to motor control centres and "load" side connections to motors or other apparatus supplied power from motor control centres - where applicable, sub-feed refrigeration machine starter from double lugs furnished in adjacent motor control centre for refrigeration equipment;

.4 making "line" side power connections to starters on "packaged" equipment;

.5 coordinating feeder entries to starters and starter assemblies with Mechanical Divisions;

.6 providing additional disconnect switches (complete with identification) detailed on drawings, or required by Code, or for apparatus which cannot be seen from its starter or is in excess of 9 m (30') from its starter;

.7 connections to thermistors and provision of additional relays as required for connections to starters; generally, Mechanical Divisions are to supply required thermistors and relays necessary for starters; review Mechanical Divisions specifications and/or drawings defining these requirements and include necessary work, wiring, conduit and components not being supplied by Mechanical Divisions;

.8 performing required motor starter interlocking in accordance with requirements specified and as outlined on MCC/starter schedules; coordinate interlocking requirements with Mechanical Divisions;

.9 ensure that an identification nameplate is provided on each motor starter or disconnect;

.10 ensure that an identification nameplate is provided on each motor control centre nameplate is to identify name, for example, MCC No. 1, and voltage, for example, 600 V;

.11 ensure that an identification nameplate is provided and attached with stainless steel screws to each separately mounted 3-phase motor starter or group of 3-phase motor starters a suitably sized black-white-black Lamacoid nameplate engraved to read:

"MOTOR(S) IS CAPABLE OF MAKING TWO (2) STARTS IN SUCCESSION, COASTING TO REST WITH APPROXIMATELY 15 MINUTES ELAPSED TIME BETWEEN STARTS, WITH MOTOR INITIALLY AT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE, OR OF MAKING ONE (1) START WITH MOTOR INITIALLY AT A TEMPERATURE NOT EXCEEDING ITS RATED LOAD OPERATING TEMPERATURE, IF ΩK2 OF LOAD, LOAD TORQUE DURING ACCELERATION, APPLIED VOLTAGE AND METHOD OF STARTING ARE THOSE FOR WHICH MOTOR WAS DESIGNED."

.12 Replace motors due to abuse of above prior to acceptance of work. If additional starts are required, it is recommended that none be made until conditions affecting motor operation have been thoroughly investigated and apparatus examined for evidence of excessive heating. Restrict number of motor starts to absolute minimum since life of motor is affected by number of starts.

Page 459: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 20 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTIONWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 7November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.13 Where supplied by Mechanical Divisions and connected by Electrical Divisions, connect VFDs and harmonic filters with power, control and monitoring conductors in strict accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and local governing electrical code. Provide manufacturer’s recommended conductors and connectors to suit respective connected equipment (such as Nexan DriveRX type VFD cables). Provide required upstream fused disconnects or breakers and overload protection. Maintain separation of power and control conductors as per manufacturer’s requirements to minimize effects of electromagnetic interference. Properly ground and bond equipment. Coordinate exact installation requirements with Mechanical Division and equipment vendors.

.10 Refer also to testing and verification requirements in Section entitled Electrical Work Analysis and Testing and include applicable requirements.

END OF SECTION

Page 460: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 27 19 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre SURFACE SERVICE RACEWAYSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 1November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

1 GENERAL

1.01 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings for products specified in this Section.

2 PRODUCTS

2.01 SURFACE SERVICE RACEWAYS

.1 Legrand-Wiremold, Series 700, CSA certified ULC listed and labelled, prime coated galvanized steel, 2-piece (base and cover), surface mounted, metal service raceways, complete with following:

.1 duplex grounding receptacles, faceplates and surface mounting boxes;

.2 clips, couplings, brackets, fittings, elbows, boxes, tees, mounting hardware, etc., for a complete raceway system;

.3 wiring for power.

.2 Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 Legrand-Wiremold;

.2 Thomas & Betts;

.3 Hubbell;

.4 Panduit.

3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION OF SURFACE SERVICE RACEWAYS

.1 Provide surface mounted, service raceway assemblies complete with specified and required accessories necessary for a complete electrical raceway system. Site measure for proper lengths. Provide required type and quantity of receptacles. Review exact types for each application with Consultant prior to ordering. Review finishes with Consultant prior to ordering.

.2 Obtain required training from manufacturer’s representative on any special installation procedures. Install raceways in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions to suit specific installation requirements. Use manufacturer’s recommended tools for cutting and installing raceways.

.3 Assemble and secure raceways, boxes and other components to surfaces in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and requirements. Connect complete. Where possible butt raceway ends to adjacent walls, cabinets, counters, etc. Where raceway is to be attached to equipment or sections of millwork, install raceway for full length of equipment/millwork, unless otherwise noted. Mount-faceplates flush to raceway with no gaps. Keep number of elbows, offsets and connectors to a minimum.

Page 461: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 27 19 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre SURFACE SERVICE RACEWAYSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 2November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.4 Do not exceed wire fill requirements given in manufacturer’s instructions.

.5 Provide barriers for systems with different voltages in raceway.

.6 Test prewired raceways after installation work is complete.

.7 Provide wiring devices of types and standards as specified in wiring devices section.

.8 Coordinate requirements with structured cabling system vendor to ensure that raceways are suitable for and comply with standard for telecommunication jacks and cabling. Ensure that device mounting brackets are co-ordinated to suit final modular jack being installed.

END OF SECTION

Page 462: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 27 26 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre WIRING DEVICESWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 1November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

1 GENERAL

1.01 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings for products specified in this Section.

.2 Submit samples of each typical wiring device, faceplates, finishes and colours. Mount to sample board, clearly labelling devices and finishes. Submit for review with Consultant. Do not order any device unless finishes have been approved by Owner and reviewed with Consultant.

2 PRODUCTS

2.01 SWITCHES

.1 Switches to be CSA approved, ULC listed and labelled devices.

.2 Hubbell Canada Inc., HBL 1221 Series, CSA approved, heavy duty, industrial grade, back, and side wired, AC quiet action toggle type, 20 ampere, 120-277 V switches. Switches to include steel-nickel plated bridge, nylon toggle, one piece rivetless copper alloy spring contact arm and terminal plate, silver cadmium oxide contacts, brass binding head screws, one piece integral grounding terminal and stainless steel automatic grounding clips. Provide single way, 2-way, 3-way, and key type to suit specific application requirements.

.3 Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 Hubbell Canada Inc.;

.2 Eaton - Cooper Wiring Devices (Arrow Hart);

.3 Legrand - Pass & Seymour;

.4 Leviton.

2.02 RECEPTACLES

.1 Receptacles to be CSA approved, ULC listed, certified and labelled devices.

.2 Hubbell Canada Inc., No. HBL5262 / HBL5362 CSA approved, ULC listed, extra heavy duty, specification grade, back and side wired, flush, nylon face/body construction, duplex U-ground, 15/20 ampere, 125 V, 2-pole, 3-wire grounding receptacles complete with one piece nickel-plated brass mounting strip with integral grounding clips, ground retention clips, nickel-plated brass wiring clamps with nickel-plated brass screws, front circuit identification area and reinforced thermoplastic base.

.3 Hubbell Canada, No. GFR 5262SG / GFR 5362SG "AUTOGUARD" Series, extra heavy duty grade, 15/20 ampere, 125 V, duplex, ULC Class "A", Group One, tamper resistant, weather resistant ground fault circuit interrupting receptacles complete with automatic self-test diagnostics, green power ON LED, red ground fault LED and 10ka short circuit current rating.

Page 463: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 27 26 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre WIRING DEVICESWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 2November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.4 Where noted that 20 A receptacles are required, include for "T" slot type of respective series of receptacles.

.5 Colour of special switches and receptacles (unless specified above), to be as specified in PART 3 of this Section of Specification.

.6 Special switches and receptacles not specified above are to be specified on drawings. Low voltage lighting controls are specified in Section entitled Lighting Control.

.7 Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 Hubbell Canada Inc.;

.2 Eaton - Cooper Wiring Devices (Arrow Hart);

.3 Legrand - Pass & Seymour;

.4 Leviton.

2.03 FACEPLATES

.1 Grade 18 8, type 430, 1 mm (0.032”) thick stainless steel, satin, brushed or natural finish, complete with a peel off protective plastic film, and stainless steel screws.

.2 Colours and finishes of faceplates are specified in Part 3 of this Section.

.3 Acceptable manufacturers are as per switches and receptacles.

3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION OF SWITCHES

.1 Provide devices and install in electrical outlet boxes. Refer to drawings to determine flush or surface mounting requirements. Generally, flush mount devices in finished areas. Size electrical boxes to suit device requirements as per device manufacturer’s recommendations. Properly ground device to box and ground system as per code requirements and manufacturer’s instructions.

.2 For pricing only, switches to be ivory for devices connected to normal power circuits.

.3 Ensure that switches located adjacent to doors are located at strike side of door. Confirm door swing requirements on architectural drawings, not on electrical drawings.

.4 Coordinate installation of door switches with trades responsible for provision of doors and frames. Review exact locations of switches with Consultant to ensure optimum operation of switch to door position.

.5 Review final device finishes with Consultant as per sample board submission specified in Part 1. Do not order any devices unless final finishes have been approved by Owner and reviewed with Consultant.

Page 464: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 27 26 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre WIRING DEVICESWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 3November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.6 Additionally, refer to testing and verification requirements in Section entitled Electrical Work Analysis and Testing and include applicable requirements.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF RECEPTACLES

.1 Provide devices and install in electrical outlet boxes. Refer to drawings to determine flush or surface mounting requirements. Generally, flush mount devices in finished areas. Size electrical boxes to suit device requirements as per device manufacturer’s recommendations. Properly ground device to box and ground system as per code requirements and manufacturer’s instructions.

.2 For pricing only, receptacles to be ivory for devices connected to normal power circuits, red for devices connected to essential power circuits.

.3 Provide typed label identifying circuit number and panelboard from where each device is fed, permanently identified at outlets. Review exact location for identification with Consultant.

.4 Where receptacles are indicated in counters and benches, box cut-out to be provided in counter and bench. Provide a box, receptacle, plate and branch circuit wiring. Branch circuit wiring within counters and benches to be flexible armoured cable, under requirements of local governing electrical code and standards. Install and connect complete.

.5 Review locations and nomenclature of nameplates and labelling with Consultant prior to printing of labels and nameplates. Turn over label maker to Consultant/Owner prior to application for Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work.

.6 Review final device finishes with Consultant as per sample board submission specified in Part 1. Do not order any devices unless final finishes have been approved by Owner and reviewed with Consultant.

.7 Additionally, refer to testing and verification requirements in Section entitled Electrical Work Analysis and Testing and include applicable requirements.

3.03 INSTALLATION OF FACEPLATES

.1 Provide each device with a faceplate with an opening or openings suitable for device it conceals and covers openings around boxes. Secure faceplates to device frames with screws to match faceplates. Provide larger than standard type faceplates for devices that require engraved nomenclature to define special purpose for that device.

.2 Provide stainless steel type standard size faceplates for flush mounted devices.

.3 For flush mounted devices, provide oversized faceplates as required to properly cover wall openings around recessed boxes.

.4 Provide faceplates with suitable identification labels. Review exact locations for labelling with Consultant.

Page 465: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 27 26 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre WIRING DEVICESWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 4November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.5 In addition to identification requirements specified with devices, provide faceplates with printed self-adhesive label on inside face identifying circuit number and panel feeding device. Turn over label maker to Consultant prior to application for Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work.

.6 Review exact material, finish, and colour of faceplates for devices in any particular area with Consultant prior to ordering. Submit sample board as per requirements of Part 1.

END OF SECTION

Page 466: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 50 00 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LIGHTINGWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 1November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

1 GENERAL

1.01 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings for products of this Section, and on Schedule of Luminaires on drawings.

.2 Include photometric data, lamp, and ballast information for each luminaire. Include ballast data identifying maximum circuit loading limitations.

.3 Photometric data to include: total input watts, candlepower summary, candela distribution zonal lumen summary, luminaire efficiency, CIE type, coefficient of utilization, lamp type and lumen rating in accordance with IESNA testing procedures.

.4 Include copy of certification that lenses and louvers comply with local governing building code requirements for flame spread ratings.

1.02 WARRANTY

.1 Warranty requirements for luminaires are as follows:

.1 warranties to be full comprehensive direct from luminaire manufacturers;

.2 when LEDs and drivers, or lamps and ballasts are supplied with luminaire by luminaire manufacturer, warranty to be under responsibility of luminaire manufacturer;

.3 unless otherwise noted, warrant LED luminaires and LED drivers for a period of 5 years from date of application for Certificate for Substantial Performance of the Work;

.4 include costs for personnel, equipment and labour for replacing lamps and ballasts covered under warranty;

.5 re-lamp luminaires (except LED types) used during construction period before such date of acceptance of Work by Owner.

1.03 EXIT SIGNS

.1 Provide exit signs in compliance with local governing authority directions but ensure quality standards meet specified product. Advise Consultant where specified exit signs do not comply with local governing authority requirements.

.2 Review each respective installation location and determine required installation accessories to suit support from either wall or ceiling construction. Provide required brackets and stem assemblies. Review with Consultant.

Page 467: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 50 00 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LIGHTINGWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 2November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.3 For suspended from ceiling installation of exit signs, mount signs with stem assembly from ceiling structure, and provide assembly that connects to sign frame directly (not with electrical box mounted onto frame). Provide continuous minimum 13 mm (½") threaded conduit (finished painted as reviewed with Consultant) extending from ceiling mounted junction box complete with ball align hanger to threaded connector directly mounted into the top of specified exit sign.

1.04 SUBSTITUTIONS

.1 Provide luminaires as specified in Schedule of Luminaires and as per documented List of Manufacturers, where applicable. During construction period, no substitutions are permitted unless compelling reasons are given and accepted by Owner and reviewed with Consultant. A delay caused by Contractor’s failure to order luminaires to meet construction schedule is not a valid reason.

.2 Make requests for proposed substitutions as per requirements of Section entitled Electrical Work General Instructions and Division 01. In addition, make payments for additional costs to Consultant for these reviews, based on amount of $250 per luminaire type, and per submission.

.3 Consideration of any proposed substitutions after Bid Period to be at Consultant’s sole discretion.

2 PRODUCTS

2.01 LUMINAIRES

.1 Provide luminaires in accordance with Schedule of Luminaires found on drawings. Luminaires including integrated LEDs and drivers are to be CSA approved or have special local electrical authority approval. Ensure luminaires and integrated LEDs and drivers are tested for full compatibility operation prior to shipping to site.

.2 Where luminaires are noted to be supplied by others, unless otherwise noted lamps are not included with luminaires and are to be provided in scope of this Contract.

.3 Some luminaires as noted by Consultant or identified in other Division documents may be supplied by Owner or under another Division of Work. Include in Bid, Work and materials to accommodate such fixtures, including:

.1 receiving and inspecting fixtures;

.2 complete installation;

.3 providing installation hardware to complete installation, and not supplied by luminaire manufacturer;

.4 aiming as required and connecting;

.5 providing power feeders and control wiring and conduit/boxes;

Page 468: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 50 00 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LIGHTINGWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 3November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.6 cleaning, adjusting and testing;

.7 providing lamps where documented or as scheduled, unless otherwise reviewed with Consultant or supplied with fixture by fixture manufacturer;

.8 provide required power connections and where luminaires are controlled via remote low voltage controller, include for installation of controller and providing required low voltage wiring in conduit and necessary connections;

.9 coordination of exact requirements with supplier of fixtures and reviewed with Consultant prior to installation.

.4 Provide thickness of metal as indicated in Schedule of Luminaires and details, or as required so that luminaires are rigid, stable and resists deflection, twisting, warping or bending under normal installation procedures, re-lamping etc., or no less than requirements specified herein the specifications.

.5 Unless otherwise noted, construct fluorescent luminaire bodies from minimum 20 gauge cold rolled prime steel and of rigid construction to permit any suspension method without sag. Unless otherwise noted, provide body finishes of corrosion resistant, chemically treated and electrostatically spray painted baked white enamel. Reflecting surfaces to be white with an average reflectance of not less than 85%. Provide adjustable mounting brackets for troffers mounted in ceilings.

.6 Unless otherwise noted, linear and continuous linear architectural LED luminaires bodies to be constructed of extruded aluminum and of rigid construction. Unless otherwise noted, provide body finishes of corrosion resistant, chemically treated and electrostatically applied post powder coat finish. Efficiency not to be less than 69%.

.7 Unless otherwise noted, vandal resistant luminaires to be constructed of heavy duty extruded aluminum rails and die cast end caps, complete with stainless steel torx with centre reject pin and Allen head set screws. Screw heads to be mounted and concealed under lens. Lens to be extruded UV stabilized polycarbonate lens with internal linear ribbed design.

.8 Provide neoprene or silicone gasketting, barriers and stops where required to prevent light leaks or water/water vapour penetration.

.9 Fabricate housings to allow for easy accessibility and replacement of parts.

.10 Fabricate fixtures with a minimum number of joints. Make unexposed joints by acceptable method such as welding, brazing, screwing or bolting. Soldered joints are unacceptable. Do not use blind metal tapping methods or rivets for fastening parts which must be removed during service, or for fastening electrical components and supports. Cast parts, including die-cast members, to be of uniform quality, close grained, rigid, true to pattern, free from blow holes, pores, discoloration, hard spots, shrinkage defects, and cracks or other imperfections that affect strength and appearance or are indicative of inferior metals or alloys.

Page 469: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 50 00 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LIGHTINGWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 4November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.11 Reflectors and reflecting cones or baffles to be free of any tooling marks, spinning lines or marks by other assembly techniques. Iridescence to be low. Finishes to be equal to first quality polished, baffled, and anodized "Alzak".

.12 Lenses and louvres to comply with local governing building code and other local governing code flame spread rating requirements.

.13 Unless otherwise noted, construct acrylic lens from 100% virgin acrylic and not less than 3.22 mm (0.125") thick. K12 acrylic lenses to have recessed prismatic pattern with no fade-outs or streaks and be of strain-free and uniform production. Glass lenses to be minimum 9.5 mm (0.375") thick.

.14 Recessed luminaries with replaceable/serviceable parts such as ballasts, lamps, sockets, etc., must be accessible from lens side (ie. room side) of fixtures to allow for proper accessibility.

.15 Luminaires to be factory assembled and tested prior to delivery on site.

.16 Exposed parts and hardware of luminaires located in non-climate controlled areas to be corrosion resistant and weather resistant. Hardware to be tamper-proof. Manufacturer exterior luminaire poles with corrosion resistant finish and construction. Pole suppliers to ensure that poles supplied are suitable for steady wind velocity and gust velocity of area of installation, and suitable for total effective projected area of lighting equipment. Submit verification of this with shop drawings.

.17 When requested, submit luminaire samples.

.18 Dimensions for coves, valances, and strips as shown on drawings are for bidding purposes only. Job measure for exact dimensions of louvres, lenses and strips.

.19 Dimensions for linear and continuous linear LED as shown on drawings are for bidding purposes only. Job measure for exact dimensions requirements to suit installation location.

.20 Review exact colours and finishes of luminaires with Consultant after award of contract but prior to ordering. Obtain information in time to meet installation schedule.

.21 Coordinate with ballast/driver manufacturers and dimmer/occupancy control manufacturers to ensure that components are compatible with each other and that interconnections do not affect performance, life or any warranties.

.22 Products of same specified type to be of same manufacturer.

2.02 LEDS AND DRIVERS

.1 Typically, general features include:

.1 CSA approved, ULC listed and labelled;

.2 NEMA 410 compliant drivers;

Page 470: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 50 00 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LIGHTINGWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 5November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.3 Typical Operating temperatures:

.1 Luminaires for applications in non-climate controlled area: operating temperature range through -40°C (-40°F) to 60°C (140°F);

.2 Luminaires for applications in climate controlled area: operating temperature range through -20°C (-4°F) to 50°C (122°F);

.4 With rapid and changing development of LED technology, provide most technically proven and most advanced and successfully tested LED technology at time of installation;

.5 Specification standards to meet requirements of IES LM 79 and LM-80.

.6 Where connected to dimmers, be 100% compatible with connected dimmer controls to provide dimming down to 1%. Coordinate with dimming controls vendors to ensure that technical operations of dimmers (i.e. forward phase, reverse phase, etc.) match LED/ driver technology. Clearly identify this information in shop drawing submissions.

.2 Typical light emitting diodes (LEDs) features to include:

.1 LEDs to be selected from same colour bin size for consistency in chromaticity and meet ANSI C78 377A as a minimum;

.2 generally, colour temperature range to be from 2700 K to 6500 K; specific temperature requirements to be identified on Schedule of Luminaires and reviewed with Consultant prior to ordering;

.3 minimum CRI of 85 ;

.4 rated life (based on 70% lumen depreciation level) from 50,000 to 70,000 hours.

.3 Typical driver features to include:

.1 Operate from 60 Hz input source of 120 VAC/347VAC (as applicable) with sustained variations of ± 10% (voltage and frequency) with no damage to driver;

.2 Output regulated to ±5% across load range;

.3 Power factor greater than 0.90;

.4 Total harmonic distortion less than 20%;

.5 Class A sound rating;

.6 Comply with ANSI C62.41 Category A for transient protection.

.4 LEDs and drivers are to be 100% compatible with each other.

Page 471: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 50 00 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LIGHTINGWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 6November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.5 Above features are typical requirements but exact requirements for each luminaire type LEDs and drivers to at least meet requirements of each respective base specified luminaire performance requirements. Refer to Schedule of Luminaires.

.6 Acceptable manufacturers of LEDs and drivers to be as packaged with luminaires by luminaire manufacturers and be as recommended by luminaire manufacturers to provide performance as required for luminaires.

3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION OF LUMINAIRES

.1 Confirm with luminaire manufacturers that luminaires have been tested at factory with integrated LEDs and drivers to ensure 100% compatibility of operation.

.2 Provide luminaires as required. Obtain required training from manufacturer’s representative on any special installation procedures. Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions to suit specific installation requirements.

.3 Before placing luminaire orders:

.1 verify quantity requirements;

.2 thoroughly review ceiling types, finishes and construction details; verify ceiling types with latest Architectural Drawings; order luminaires to suit correct ceiling type;

.3 ensure that required mounting assemblies, frames, rings and similar features are included;

.4 review colours and finishes with Consultant.

.4 Include for assembly and mounting of luminaires and lamps, complete with:

.1 wiring and connections;

.2 fittings and hangers;

.3 aligners;

.4 box covers;

.5 other accessories required for a complete, safe and fully operational assembly.

.5 Where outlet boxes locations are shown on drawings, they are diagrammatic only. Position outlet boxes to coincide with suspension hangers and knockouts.

Page 472: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 50 00 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LIGHTINGWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 7November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.6 Install ceiling fixtures in centre of tiles unless dimensioned otherwise on Reflected Ceiling Plans. Locate hangers on tile centres or intersections. Mount recessed downlights, troffers, and surface mounted luminaires in or on full tiles. Install fixtures in and on acoustical tile ceilings in alignment with tile joints.

.7 Cut holes for recessed luminaires to exact size so that gaps are not visible or luminaire trims cover gaps.

.8 Mount surface ceiling luminaires perfectly level or plumb, tightly to ceiling without showing a space or light leak between frame and ceiling.

.9 Carefully align linear luminaires shown in continuous lines or rows, so that rows appear as straight lines. Variation in alignment not to exceed 6 mm (1/4") for any 5 m (16') run.

.10 Provide spacers for fixtures mounted on low density ceiling material.

.11 Provide plaster frames for recessed fixtures in plaster or gypsum board ceilings.

.12 Prepare fixtures, trim and poles and standards required to be painted.

.13 Protect wiring with tape or tubing at all points where abrasion may occur. Conceal wiring within fixture construction except where design or mounting dictates otherwise.

.14 Splices:

.1 Minimize number of splices.

.2 Make with approved mechanical insulated steel spring type connectors, suitable for temperature and voltage conditions to which splices are to be subjected.

.3 Splices are not to be made unless properly terminated in accessible identified junction boxes.

.15 Support luminaires directly by ceiling slab structure and not to formed steel decking, ceiling hangers, ductwork, piping, cable trays, etc.

.16 Do not tighten wing nuts, bolts, or screws that allow fixture adjustment for recessed adjustable fixtures.

.17 Install spread lenses only where called out on Schedule of Luminaires and Specifications.

.18 Use cloth gloves when handling reflector cones, louvers, halogen lamps, glass, sconces and all exposed surfaces of fixtures.

.19 Co-ordinate luminaire installation with work of other trades to ensure that necessary recessing depths and mounting spaces are provided.

Page 473: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 50 00 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LIGHTINGWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 8November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.20 Install luminaires in accordance with applicable architectural drawing reflected ceiling plans and/or wall elevations and/or field instructions issued by Consultant. Review final luminaire locations with Consultant prior to roughing-in. In equipment rooms, shafts and similar secondary areas, install luminaires after mechanical and other major work is roughed in and adjust luminaire locations as required.

.21 Align and position all adjustable luminaires, and ensure that luminaires with adjustable lamp holders are properly positioned to correspond to lamps specified.

.22 Comply with requirements of local governing electrical code regarding support of luminaires in suspended ceilings.

.23 Independently suspend luminaires in suspended ceilings from ceiling slab. For each luminaire, provide minimum two (2) cable supports secured to ceiling slab and to luminaire. Confirm with local governing authorities and review with Consultant if a variance to this requirement can be made for specific luminaires of low weight.

.24 Connect luminaires to power circuits and controls as required. Refer to drawings notes and schedules. Include for both normal and emergency power circuits as required.

.25 Locate exit signs in final locations reviewed with Consultant and approved by local building code authority. Connect to power circuits as required. Where applicable for emergency power requirements, connect to emergency battery units. Relocate exit sign and re-direct direction arrows to suit local building code authority requirements and directions, and as reviewed with Consultant.

.26 For emergency lighting controls include required relays compliant with UL924 and applicable CSA C22.2 Standards.

.27 Notify Consultant immediately and relocate if necessary as reviewed with Consultant, if:

.1 fixture placement is in conflict with a structural beam, mechanical duct, plumbing pipe, etc.;

.2 space above ceiling is not sufficient;

.3 any reason that a fixture cannot be located where it is dimensioned or shown on construction documents.

.28 Ground and bond luminaires as per local governing electrical code requirements.

.29 If requested by Owner or Consultant, demonstrate operation of luminaires intended for special applications such as building floodlights and other decorative purposes. Adjust their locations within a reasonable distance to obtain effects desired.

Page 474: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 50 00 Kortwright Visitor’s Centre LIGHTINGWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 9November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.30 Test and adjust exterior luminaires at times after sunset, in presence of Consultant and at times acceptable to Owner and reviewed with Consultant.

.31 Properly identify circuits and components in manner reviewed with Consultant.

.32 Prior to turn over of Work to Owner, clean luminaires in manner recommended by manufacturer and to satisfaction of Owner.

.33 Lamps to be new and intact when project is complete and ready for acceptance.

.34 Include a full lamp listing in Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manuals.

.35 Additionally, refer to testing and verification requirements in Section entitled Electrical Work Analysis and Testing and include applicable requirements.

.36 Refer to Section entitled Lighting Controls for related controls work.

END OF SECTION

Page 475: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 52 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre EMERGENCY LIGHTINGWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 1November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

1 GENERAL

1.01 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings for products specified in this Section.

2 PRODUCTS

2.01 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS

.1 Lumacell "RGS" Series, CSA approved, 120 VAC/24 VDC emergency lighting battery units. Units are complete with batteries, charger, dual lamp heads per unit (where shown); cabinet and 1.2 m (4') AC cord and plug set. Units to also be complete with automatic testing and self-diagnostic circuitry, and remote monitoring provisions. System to be designed to provide emergency lighting levels in accordance with local governing building requirements. Units and remotes heads to be certified to CSA C22.2 No.141.

.2 Chargers are fully automatic, solid-state type that automatically and instantaneously energizes lamp load upon failure of AC supply. Battery protection circuit automatically shuts down lamp load when battery reaches full discharge. Chargers to fully recharge battery in 12-24 hours and be current limited and short circuit proof.

.3 Batteries to be long life sealed lead, maintenance free and have a capacity to supply sufficient output power to lamp loads and to exit sign emergency loads for a period of time in accordance with latest requirements of local governing building code but be a minimum of 30 minutes. Additionally include 20% future spare capacity. Also include in capacity for limits on loading of circuits as specified in Part 3. Batteries to be designed for and guaranteed for at least 10 years of life expectancy.

.4 Cabinets are constructed of No. 18 gauge steel, finished in white enamel. Front cover is removable to provide easy and full access to battery and charger connections. Knockouts are provided on top for lamp heads. Cabinet includes protective wire-guard, where required and/or where identified with "WG" designation on drawings.

.5 Units include "PUSH-TO-TEST" switch, AC and high charge pilot lights and AC cordset.

.6 Integral lampheads are 24V, 6 W MR16 LED lamps, decorative design, high impact plastic, adjustable heads.

.7 Unless otherwise scheduled in Schedule of Luminaires, provide remote lamp heads as follows:

.1 6W LED lamps to provide greater than 590 lumens output each;

Page 476: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 52 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre EMERGENCY LIGHTINGWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 2November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.2 remote surface mounted heads in climate controlled areas to be type MQMP-NC series, vandal resistant heavy duty, clear, UV resistant polycarbonate lens type, die cast aluminum back plate, single and double adjustable head, 181 mm L x 117 mm W x 95 mm D (7-1/8" x 4-5/8" x 3-3/4"); complete with 24V, 6 W MR16 LED lamps;

.3 remote heads to be of tamper proof construction.

.8 Include for manufacturer’s authorized representative to perform on-site after installation inspection, testing, adjusting, and verification of equipment. Such work to be performed during premium after hours’ time. Refer to Part 3 for additional requirements.

.9 Acceptable manufacturers are:

.1 Lumacell;

.2 Emergi-lite;

.3 Beghelli;

.4 Readi-lite

.5 Aimlite.

3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION OF EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS

.1 Provide emergency lighting battery units and lighting heads as specified herein and on Schedule of Luminaires, and mount where required. Connect battery units complete to dedicated emergency circuit of local power panels designated for this purpose or where identified on drawings, plug into designated adjacent receptacle. Provide wiring in conduit and connections to remote lamp heads and extend to central battery unit serving area.

.2 Install units such that units to be automatically actuated upon failure of power supply to normal lighting in area covered by that unit equipment.

.3 Connect exit signs to battery units circuits in applications where exit signs require backup DC supply.

.4 Obtain required training from manufacturer’s representative on any special installation procedures. Install units in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions to suit specific installation requirements.

Page 477: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 52 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre EMERGENCY LIGHTINGWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 3November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.5 Note that drawings identify location for battery units and generally identify circuiting of remote heads. In absence of direction of circuiting, provide wiring in conduit to feed remote heads and exit lights from nearest battery unit with sufficient capacity in area, in accordance with application requirements, manufacturer’s requirements, and applicable codes. Multiple battery units may be required to accommodate connection of remote heads in some areas. Provide sufficient battery units to accommodate connected lamp loads and system design time of operation. Where more than one battery unit is installed in same immediate location, only one unit is required to be provided with integral lampheads.

.6 Where battery model number is noted, it is for general reference and exact capacity may be required to be increased to suit connected loads and required battery output time duration to suit local governing codes. Ensure that emergency lighting operates at lighting levels and for duration to meet local governing codes.

.7 For units serving genset room, provide SPD unit to line side of power supply to battery unit and install and connect in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

.8 Provide remote mounting lamp heads as specified and refer to Schedule of Luminaires where additional requirements may be identified. Provide remote mounting lampheads in locations to provide system performance in compliance with requirements of Documents and where applicable, local governing building code. Connect complete to battery units. Be responsible for revisions to system, including relocations, aiming and additional remote heads as determined by testing results. Generally, provide wiring in accordance with manufacturer’s requirements but be minimum No. 10 AWG, and increased to suit voltage drop requirements recommended by system manufacturer to comply with local electrical code requirements. Review finish requirements with Consultant prior to ordering.

.9 Provide wiring in conduit and install devices in accordance to manufacturer’s instructions. Comply with local governing codes and authority requirements with regards to providing fire rated conductors (MI) for life safety applications.

.10 Unless otherwise noted in Contract Documents, do not load device circuits more than 80% capacity.

Page 478: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 52 00Kortwright Visitor’s Centre EMERGENCY LIGHTINGWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 4November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.11 When installation of emergency lighting equipment is complete, and in conjunction with manufacturer’s authorized representative, inspect and test entire system, adjust as required, and certify in writing to Consultant that system is complete, have been tested, adjusted, and are in proper operating condition. Engage emergency lighting manufacturer to perform illumination level test in presence of Consultant, throughout project areas of building. Manufacturer’s technician to be responsible for properly aiming remote light heads, recording light level readings on record set of floor plans and calculating light level readings. Co-ordinate, arrange and obtain local authority building inspector approvals. Prepare and submit to Consultant a letter on manufacturer’s letterhead and signed by manufacturer’s authorized technician, stating that emergency lighting levels meet requirements of local building code requirements and applicable CSA Standards. Notify Owner and Consultant at least 10 days prior to propose testing date. Testing dates and times to be acceptable to Owner and reviewed with Consultant.

.12 Provide minimum one hard bound copy and electronic copy of signed test report.

3.02 TRAINING

.1 Manufacturer’s trained technician to perform onsite training of each user (including the provision of user guides) prior to project completion to ensure that users are properly trained in the operation and maintenances of system.

.2 Refer to Instructions to Owner specified in Section entitled Electrical Work General Instructions.

END OF SECTION

Page 479: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 60 20Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRIC HEATERSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 1November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

1 GENERAL

1.01 SUBMITTALS

.1 Submit shop drawings for products specified in this Section.

2 PRODUCTS

2.01 ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS - DYSON

.1 Dyson Canada "Airblade V" series, CSA approved (CAN/CSA-E60335-2-23), electric hand dryers, with features as follows:

.1 Electrical:

.1 Input voltage: 120/208 V AC (refer to drawings), single phase 60 Hz.

.2 Rated power: minimum 1000 W.

.3 Motor type: Dyson digital motor, switched reluctance brushless.

.4 Motor speed: 81,000 rpm.

.5 Standby power consumption: 0.5 W.

.6 Energy consumption per dry: 0.00467 kWh.

.2 Construction:

.1 Polycarbonate casing with anti-microbial resistant lacquer coating on exterior surfaces.

.2 Colour finish: Sprayed Nickel or white of final finish reviewed with Consultant.

.3 Anti-microbially impregnated external plastics and seals.

.4 ABS/PBT plastic back plate / mounting bracket.

.5 Tamper-proof 4mm Pin-Hex type exterior screws.

.6 Water ingress protection to IP24.

.3 Filtration:

.1 Anti-microbial HEPA filter.

.2 Particulate removal tested to 99.97% at 0.3 μ according to ASTM 1977.

.3 Bacteria removal > 99.9%.

.4 Operation:

.1 Touch-free infra-red activation.

Page 480: KORTRIGHT VISITOR'S CENTRE WASHROOM AND CLASSROOM INTERIOR ... · PDF filewashroom and classroom interior renovation . ... craig watson, project manager, t ... kortright visitor's

Toronto & Region Conservation Authority 26 60 20Kortwright Visitor’s Centre ELECTRIC HEATERSWashroom & Classroom Interior Renovations Page 2November 14, 2017

WSP No.: 171-16082-00

.2 Hand dry time: 12 seconds.

.3 Operation lock-out period: 30 seconds.

.4 Airspeed at nozzle: 690 km/h.

.5 Rated operating noise power: 79 dB(A).

.5 Standard warranty:

.1 5 year parts, 1 year labour.

.6 Acceptable Manufacturers are:

.1 Dyson Canada;

.2 Mitsubishi Electric.

3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS

.1 Provide wall mounted electric hand dryers in washrooms as required. Mount onto recessed backboxes.

.2 Obtain required training from manufacturer’s representative on any special installation procedures. Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions to suit specific installation requirements.

.3 Review exact mounting heights and locations with Consultant prior to roughing-in. Review exact colour finishes with Consultant prior to ordering.

.4 When installation is complete, check and test operation of each dryer and adjust as required.

END OF SECTION


Top Related